^•Til^DNVSOl^

■^Ail3AINn-3WV^

^OF-CAIIFO% ^OF-CAIIFO/?^

^ ...

^WtUNIVERy//,

<ril]DNVS01^^ "^Aa^AiNn^wv

^WE-UNIVERS/A

^V^OSANCElfjr^

%J13AINa3WV'

^;^UIBRARY^^

-s^tllBRARYQ^

^.!/0Jl]V3JO^

^<i/0jnV3JO'^

^^WE.UNIVER%

^lOSANCElfx^

^OFCAIIFO/?^;,

,><OFCA1IFO%

<rji3DNV-so]^'^ %a3AiNn-3WV^ ^^Aavaan#

"^^^AavaaiH^^

-ssSUIBRARYOc.

^llIBRARYQ/r

^OFCALIFO/?^

^OFCAIIFO/?^

.^WEUNIVER%

<rjl33NVS01^
A\\EUNIVERS//i

vvlOSANCElfj>

'^Aa3AiNn-3WV^

^lOSANCEtfj>

o ^^^ ■

%avaan-# ^^Aavaan-# ^j:?i3dnysoi^ %a3AiNn-3WV

.^WEUNIVER%

<rii3DNVS01^

vvlOSANCElfx>

%a3AINa-3WV^

^ILIBRARYOc.

^^lllBRARY^/-

^<!fOJnV3JO^

^(yojnv3jo^

.^WEUNIVERJ/A

'^J:713DNVS01^

^lOSANCElfj-^

.^,OF•CAllFO%

_„ c?

,^;OFCAtlF0%

"^/^aaAiNaswv >&Aavaan# ^(?Aavaan-i^

.viT.IIDDAOV/).

vit.llRDADV/l^

<Ut.llMIVFDC/>

.jnc.Aurrifp

3| %\^^g

^j:^13dnvsoi^

?^. ^4.0FCA[IF0% .^WE•UNIVER5•//i

<rji3DNVS01^

^lOSANCElfj-^
o

^OFCALIF0%

'^/5a3AiNn-3\v^ ^<?Aav}iaii-#

^>;lOSANCElfx^

-^l-LIBRARYQ/r

■^AagAiNrt-avw^ ^<i/0Ji]V3-jo^ '^ojiwdjo^

\WE11NIVERS-/A

^lOSANCElfj^.

-V o

O uL J^^ \ -<

<§^ -//, ,.,\>>

"^aBAINH-aWV'

^OFCAL1FO%. ^OFCAilFO%

^<?Abvaan-#'

^WE■UNIVER5•/A

<ril3DNYS0)^

;q<^ ^^llIBRARYQ/r

o>> %Qi\mi^'^

^WEllNIVERy/A

o
<rii30NVS01^

^lOSANCElfjV
o

%a3AINn-3Wv

-s^lLIBRARYQ^

^<5fOJnV3JO'^

/?^ ^>;,OFCALIF0% AWEUNIVERi//i

^lOSAVCElfj^
o ^

^OF-CAL!FO«i^

# "^^Aavjianx^ %313dnvsoi=<^ '^/saaAiNnawv^ '^^Aavaaiii'^

^vlOSANCElfj-^

"^AaaAiNa-awv^

.^ ^lOSANCElfj;>

^tUBRARYQ^

^ILIBRARYQ^^

"^aaAiNaawv^ >&Aavaaii# ^^Aavaani^

.5i\EUNIVER%

oe ^^ ^ -

^J^3DNVS01^

AWEUNIVER5'/a

^^il30NVSQl^

^tir iuii«frnr>.

inc iitrti r.

.r iinnAnvM.

THE

RISINGS

ON THE

North-West Frontier.

Being a complete narrative, with specially prepared
maps, of the various risings of the Frontier Tribes in
the Tochi Valley, the Swat Valley, the Country of the
Mohmands and Mamunds, and the Country of the
Afridis and Orakzai ; and of the several punitive cam-
paigns undertaken against these tribes, as well as the
two minor expeditions sent against the Utman Khels
and the BunervA/als: the whole covering a period ex-
tending from the niiddle of June 1897 to the end of
January, 1898.

(Compiled from the Special War Correspondence of the "Pioneer")

a 1 1 a b a b a D

j^r^INTED AND J^UBLISHED AT THR j^lONEER j^P.ESS
18&8

CONTENTS.

stack
Annex

INTRODUCTION.
The Area of Disturbanxe.

PART I.
The Rising in the Tochi Valley.

Chapter.

I. — The Maizar Outrage
II. — The Official Account
III.— The Pimitive Expedition
I V. — The Work of Destruction

Page.

1-9

10- 17

18 — 22
23—27

PART II.

The Rising in the Swat Valley,

I.— The Attack on the Malakand
II. — The Situation in the Swat Country
III. — Renewed Attacks on the Malakand
IV.— The Malakand Field Force
V, — The Relief of Chakdara ... —

VI. — Further events in the Swat Country
VII. — The Action at Landaki
VIII. — Concluding Operations in the Swat Valley

29-33
34-37

38-44
45—47
48-51

52-54
55-58
59-63

2017207

PART III.
The Rising of the Mohmands and the Mamunds.

Chapter.

I. — The Raid on Shabkadr Fort ...

II.— Prompt Reprisals
III. — The Mohmand Expedition
IV. — With General Jeffreys's Brigade ,,,
V. — With General Wodehouse's Brigade
VI. — With General Elles's Division
VII. — Further Operations against the Mamunds

Page.

65-68
69—74
75-79
80 — 90
91—94

95-98
99 — 106

PART IV.

The Rising of the Afridis and the Orakzai.

I. — The Brewing of the Storm ... ... • ... 107 — 112

II. — The Capture of the Khyber Forts by the Afridis ... 113 — 116

III. — The Rising of the Orakzai ... ... ... 117 — 123

IV. — The Relief of the Kurram Valley Forts ... ... 224 — 131

v.— The Attack on our Samana Forts — Saragheri and Gulistan, 132— 142

VI. — The Tirah Punative Expedition ,„ ... ... 143 — 149

VII.— The Attitude of the Amir ... ... ... 150—157

VIII. — Crossing the Samana — The Capture and Abandonment of

Dargai ... ... ... .. ... 15S— 166

IX. — The Re-capture of Dargai— Gallantry of the Gordons ... 167 — 173

X. — Lifting the Purdah from Tirah ... ..^ ... 174 — 1S4

XI. — Guerilla Warfare — a Heavy Casualty List ... ... 185 — 199

XII. — The Plan of Campaign further developed ... ... 200-210

XIII.— The Plan of Campaign completed ... ... ... 211—227

X.IV.— The Re-occupation of the Khyber and the Expedition into

the Bazar Valley ... ... ... ... 22S— 238

Ill

TART V.

Two Minor Expeditions.

Chapter.

I.— The Utman Khel Expedition
II. The Expedition against the Bunerwals

Page.

... 239—244
... 245-250

APPENDICES.

I.— The Rewards for Maizar
11.— The Tochi Field Force
III.— The Tochi Valley Despatches ...
IV.— The Malakand and Swat Valley Despatches
v.— The Mohmand and Mamund Despatches ...
VI.— The Tirah Field Force
VII.— The Samana and Kurram Valley Despatches
VIII.— The Tirah Despatches ..„ ...■

IX. — Casualty List ... ...

Page.

i & ii

iii — V

vi — vii

viii — xvi

xvii — xxvi

xxvii — XXXV

xxxvi — xliii

xliv — Ixii

Ixiii

><-

Scale— English Mil

Punjab proper and tribal lerritor/.

ODo o a t a Proposed Halliffay tines, -x-x-x-/"
rarious tracts of country inhsbiisd by tfie different tribes.

—Indicates tlie boundary between the
-x-x- X- roughly demarcates tha

INTRODUCTION.

THE AREA OF DISTURBANCE.

I N the extent of the area aftected, more obviously than in any
other respect, the Indian Frontier disturbances of 1897-98 differ
from all previous border troubles. From Waziristan on the left
to Bimer on the right a stretch of more than 400 miles of our border-
land, inhabited, as Sir George White said in a speech at the United
Service Club in Simla, by 200,000 first-rate fighting men, has been
involved in the outbreak, and the dates of the various risings indicate an
identity of design and a unity of purpose never before discernible in
the history of frontier disturbances. " The disturbed area on the true
frontier, namely, the one which we guard and protect," wrote Sir Robert
Low in an article in the National Review, "commences with the
mountains on the right bank of the Indus near Dirbund, where the
river emerges from the hills into the plains. From this point the
frontier line follows the line of mountains: it takes a long sweep to
the north and then bends round to the west and south, enclosing the
Peshawar Valley, and it completes a rough semicircle at Kohat. From
Kohat our frontier goes west to Thull and then north-west up to the
head of the Kurram Valley. The tribes which immediately face us on
this frontier line, commencing at the top of the semicircle at Dirbund,
on the Indus, are, taking them in their order, the Bunerwals, the Swats,
the Utman Khels, and the Mohmunds; then come the Khyber Pass
and the Afridis, and lastly, on the northern flank of the road from
Kohat to Thull, the Orakzai. There are many other minor tribes and
sections of the larger ones with different names, but to mention them is
only confusing. The above are our immediate neighbours, and are the

( vi )

prinoijml tribes, and they led the others with tliem to a great extent
in such risings as we are dealing with.

" Our positions for the defence of this line, — (prior to the outbreak)
— taking them from the top of the semicircle, have been ' Hoti Mardan,'
the head-quarters of the Corps of Guides ; in advance of it in the hills
the Malakand position with its outpost at Chakdara; then, further
round the semicircle, the forts of Abazai, Shabkudhr and Michni, and
then Peshawar with its outpost of Jamrood guarding the entrance of
the Khyber Pass ; then, crossing the spur of the hills which run down
towai'ds the river Indus, we come to the station of Kohat with its out-
posts on the road to the Kurram "Valley at Hangu and ThuU, and the
flanking position of Fort Lockhart and minor posts on the Samana
Eange. These posts were all occupied by troops or police, while beyond
them, the road to Chitral, the Khyber Pass, and the Kurram Valley
were held by tribal levies."

The map facing the first page aflFords a comprehensive view of the
whole affected area. The actual tribal outbreaks and their dates were
as follows: —

The Maizar outrage on the 10th of June ; the attack on the Mala-
kand and Chakdara positions on the 27th July; the attack on Shab-
kudhr on the 9th August : the threatening attitude of the Af ridis and
Orakzai on the 18th August, and the attack on the Khyber Pass on the
23rd August. Thereafter the narrative of events turns from tribal
aggression, and follows the punitive operations of the Goverumeut of
India's forces.

><■

PART I.
THE TOCHI VALLEY AFFAIR.

CII AFTER I.

THE MAIZAR OUTRAGE.

The Fi'ontier disturbances of 1897 began, as has been briefly shown,
on the 10th of June, when a startling outrage was committed on a British
party in the Tochi Valley. Naturally enough the first account of
the affair which reached head-quarters in India from the Tochi
gave but scanty details, but it was unfortunately certain that the
casualty list was a heavy one ; tliree British Officers, twenty-two men
of the native ranks and two followers being killed, while three other
British Officers and twenty-four men were wounded. The three Officers
killed were Colonel A. C. Bunny, 1st Sikhs, Captain J. F. Browne, R.A.,
and Lieutenant H. A. Cruickshank, E,A,, both of No. 6 Bombay
Mountain Battery ^ while the wounded were Lieutenant A. J. M.
Higgiusou and Surgeon-Captain C. C. Cassidy of the 1st Sikhs, and
Lieutenant C. L. Seton-Browne, 1st Punjab Infantry.

It appeared that Mr. Gee, Political Officer in the Tochi Valley, left
Datta Khel on the morning of the 10th June, with an escort of 300 men
from the 1st Sikhs and 1st Punjab Infantry, two guns of No. 6 Bombay
Mountain Battery, and twelve sowars of the 1st Punjab Cavalry.
Colonel Bunny, commanding the Tochi Column, v/as in charge of the
escort. The object in view was to fix a site for a new outpost beyond
Sheranni, nine miles beyond Datta Khel, and also to realise a fine which
had been imposed upon the local tribesmen some months back. The party
got as far as Maizar, which is somewhat to the south of Sheranni, and
halted. What exactly occurred there was not explained in the first hasty
despatches, but Mr. Gee, in a short preliminary report, stated that a
cowardly and treacherous attack was made at 2 p.m., when the troops
were at rest, and the little force was suddenly rushed by a large body of
tribesmen. A desperate fight followed, the escort had to beat a retreat,

( 2 )

and they were followed for four miles along the road to Datta Kliel.
Captain H. A. Cooper, 1st Sikhs, was in command at that post, and the
first news he received was at 5 o'clock, when a sowar arrived, who stated
that the troops had been attacked, their British Officers killed or wound-
ed, and that their ammunition was running short. Captain Cooper
ordered out two companies of infantry with a fresh supply of ammuni-
tion, and sent with them the only two British Officers who, with himself,
had been left at Datta Khel. These reinforcements enabled the retire-
ment to be completed, the tribesmen desisting from the pursuit and not
venturing near the post.

Until more complete information arrived it was not possible to
judge how it came about that an escort of such a size was surprised.
The Political Officer's reference to the cowardly and treacherous manner
in which the original attack was made, pointed to a species of tribal tac-
tics not uncommon on the border, namely, the appearance of headmen
professing friendliness, the gathering of tribesmen about the camp, and
then the sudden rush of others lying hidden near at hand. Judging
from the casualties, the British Officers seemed to have been the first to
be attacked, for all six were killed or wounded. The losses among the
native rank were distributed as follows : — 1st Punjab Cavalry, 2 sowars
wounded ; No. 6 Bombay Mountain Battery, 2 killed, 3 wounded ; 1st
Sikhs, 12 killed, 13 wounded ; 1st Punjab Infantry, 8 killed, 6 wounded.
Two followers were also killed, and one other was wounded. The moun-
tain battery had four mules killed and five wounded, but the guns were
brought safely into Uatta Khel, Nineteen commissariat mules were
lost, while the cavalry detachment had three horses killed.

Tlie tribesmen concerned in the affair belonged entirely to the Madda
Khel sub-section of the Darwesh Khel Waziris. They hold the country
at the western end of the Da war Valley, through which the Tochi River
runs. The Darwesh Khel Waziris had hitherto behaved extremely well,
and as portions of the tribe dwelt in British territory, it was not expect-
ed that they would give trouble. During Sir William Lockhart's expedi-
tion against the Mahsud Waziris, they showed no disposition to join
with their fellow-tribesmen. Conjecture was therefore I'ife as to why
the men of the Madda Khel should so suddenly have committed them-
selves. Meanwhile it was clear that their punishment would have to be
an exemplary one. True, the season was not very favourable for
the movcmeut of a large force, but it seemed quite possible to carry

( 3 )

out punitive measures with a small column. For the moment it was
decided to immediately reinforce the garrison of Tochi with one battalion
of native infantry, and to move an additional regiment to Bannu. The
following moves were therefore ordered : — 33rd Punjab Infantry,
from Bannu to Tochi Valley ; 3rd Sikhs, from Kohat and the 14th
Sikhs from Ferozepore to Bannu ; 2nd Punjab Infantry, from Abbotta-
bad to Kohat.

Within twenty-four hours of the receipt of the first intelligence
the following further particulars arrived regarding the disaster : —
Mr. Gee, the Political Officer, with his escort, arrived at Maizar, as al-
ready stated, on the morning of the 10th June, nothing having occurred
on the road from Datta Khel to excite suspicion regarding the attitude
of the tribesmen. He was met at Maizar by Sadda Khan, Malik of
Sheranni, and other local headmen, whose bearing was quite friendly.
The troops were halted near the village, and Mr. Gee, with only the
cavalry detachment (12 sabres), proceeded to Datoi, a few miles away,
accompanied by some of the maliks. The visit was an uneventful one^
and the party returned to Maizar. Sadda Khan had meanwhile provided
food for all the British Officers and also for the Mussalman sepoys in
the escort. This was partaken of, and such a show of hospitality' threw
the party off their guard, as even among the Pathans the lives of
guests are usually held sacred for the time being. At 2 o'clock, just as
the Officers had finished their lunch, fire was opened upon them from the
village towers, and all six were shot down, almost at once. At the same
time a continuous fire from all sides was directed against the sepoys,
some five hundred tribesmen joining in the attack. The position was
apparently unsuitable for defence, and the troops began to retire over
the hills in the direction of Sheranni. The number of their assailants
rapidly increased, and it was calculated that a thousand men were
engaged in the pursuit before the river bank was reached opposite
Sheranni. It was clearly established that the tribesmen had planned the
attack beforehand, as fresh parties appeared from the hills between
Sheranni and Datta Khel. The troops did not reach the latter post
until 11 o'clock at night. Their march was necessarily a slow one, as a
running fight had to be maintained for four miles, and they were en-
cumbered with their dead and wounded. Nine rifles only were lost,
which spoke well for the sepoys. The Waziris were said to have lost
ninety killed and a considerable number wounded. Among the former
were four mullahs and a malik. It was satisfactory to learn that the

( 4 )

■woundetl Officers and men were on the whole doing well. Lieutenant
Higeinson was severely wounded in the left arm ; Lieutenant Seton-
Browne had a flesh wound in the thigh ; Surgeon-Captain Cassidy was
hit in the knee.

Later information received at Army Head-Quarters from the Tochi
fully confirmed the first estimate of the behaviour of the troops in the
affair at Maizar. It appeared that Lieutenant-Colonel Bunny, though
mortally wounded, almost immediately the tribesmen opened fire, man-
aged to issue orders under which the retirement from the neighbour-
hood of the towers and walls of the village was effected. The men had
to fall back two miles, as no defensive position offered, but thereafter
they quite held their own against the attack. Shortness of ammuni-
tion alone compelled further retirement, but this was made without
disorder. Not on-ly so, but when reinforced by the two companies from
Datta Khel, bringing up more ammunition, the troops faced about and
shelled Sheranni village.

Thus, from a number of separate reports, a fairly complete idea of
the circumstances of the disaster was now obtainable, but the following
simple, straightforward account of the affair from one of the few sur-
vivors of the little party of Officers presented the events in a more con-
nected form and in a clearer light : —

"The recent attack on the military escort which accompanied Mr.
Gee, Political Officer, Tochi, to Sheranni and Maizar was the work of
the Madda Khel section of the Utmanzai Darwesh Khels. The Madda
Khels occupy the Tochi Valley from Sheranni, nine miles above Datta
Khel, up to the Amir's boundary, and a portion of them who were not,
as a tribe, concerned in the attack live in the Kazha, which is a northern
tributary of the Tochi. Sheranni and Maizar are on the main Tochi
route from Birmal or Glia.zni to Bannu, and the tribe is under agree-
ment to keep this road open. Maizar, which is the name given to a col-
lection of villages at the mouth of the Shawal Algad, eleven miles from
Datta Khel Camp, had already been fixed on as the site of the most
westerly levy post in the Tochi, and it was mainly for the purpose of
finally selecting the site for this post that the Political Officer pro-
ceeded there on this occasion. He had also arranged to meet all the
Madda Khel Maliks of the Tochi there, to discuss the question of the
distribution of a fine which was outstanding against the tribe.

"The escort consisted of 200 rifles 1st Sikhs, Lieutenant-Colonel
Bunny in command, with Lieutenant Higginson, 100 rifles 1st Punjab

( 5 )

Infantn- uncTor Liontenant Seton-Browne, fotir gnns No. G Bombay
Mountain Battery undex' Captain Browne, E.A., with Lieutenant Cruick-
shauk, and 12 sabres 1st Punjab Cavalry, and Surgeon-Captain Cassidy,
Medical Officer. The escort marched from camp Datta Kliel at 5 a.m.,
and after halting twice on the road reached Maizar at 9-30. Maizar
consists of a number of cultivated terraces gradually sloping down to
the Shawal Algad, and the men were halted on the highest terrace at
an open space under some trees not far from a hot belonging to the
Drepilari section of the Madda Khels. This spot was jiointed out by
the maliks themselves as the best place to camp, as there was plenty of
room, and water was available near. The guns were jjlaced close to a
o-arden wall in a field clear of the trees. The approach to this camping
ground is over a small kotal and down a narrow laue through fields
bounded by low stone walls. The lane runs straight from the kotal to
the camping ground, which is close to a threshing-floor and then curves
round to the north to the hot. The men were ordered to keep their
arras with them and not to pile them. All necessary precautions were
taken — cruards, pickets and sentries placed were considered necessary..
As soon as this was settled Mr. Gee and Captain Browne, R.A., taking
the sowars, 1st Punjab Cavalry, and accompanied by some of the maliks,
visited Datoi, which lies a few miles further on in the Tochi, while those
left behind made themselves comfortable under the trees.

"The Political Ofiicer returned about 12 o'clock ; the question of
the fine was said by the maliks to have been settled amicably ; food was
provided bv the leading maliks for all the Mussalman sepoys, and there
was not the slightest suspicion of unfriendliness on the part of the tribes-
men. After lunch, about 2 p.m., Colonel Bunny ordered the pipers to
play for the villagers to listen to, and they played one tune. Just as
they began another, a man was seen waving a drawn sword on a tower
in the Drepilari kot, and the villagers suddenly cleared off towards the
village. A single shot was fired, apparently as a signal, and a fusillade
at once commenced, directed at the British Officers, who wei'e together
under a tree, and the Sikhs. Tliis was taken up on all sides, the sepoys in
the meantime falling in at once and taking up positions. Lieutenant
Seton-Browne was hit in the leg at the second or third shot, and Colonel
Bunny was mortally wounded almost immediately after. The guns
then opened fire and did great execution among a party of men who
attempted to rush them, but as they were in an exposed position the
two British Officers afforded an easy mark for the men in the bagh.

( G )

Captain Browne was hit at about the fifth shot and Lieutenant
Cruickshank shot dead almost directly after. This was all within five
minutes of the first shot, and as the enemy's fire did not slacken, and
the guns had expended their ammunition, a movement was made
back towards the kotal, the guns limbei'ing up and going first up
the lane.

"As the Infantry retired, the Waziris came out in great numbers
from all sides, but a stand was made round the corner of the bagh to
allow the wounded men to retire. In the meantime Lieutenant Higgin-
son was shot through the arm and Surgeon-Captain Cassidy in the knee.
The Waziris were, however, successfully held in check by a mixed party
of 1st Sikhs and 1st Punjab Infantry, and the latter retired up the kotal
when every one was over. Successive positions were taken up on the six
ridges which stretch from Maizar to the plain above Shei'anni, a distance
of about two miles, and though the Waziris ft)llowed up in a most deter-
mined fashion and occupied all available positions on the hills round, the
retirement was orderly and time was given for all the wounded to get
safely out on to the plain. Lieutenant Higginson was shot in the ariu a
second time while crossing the hills. The force eventually took up a good
position about a mile from the last ridge about 5-30 p.m., and waited
there until reinforcements (two companies of the 1st Sikhs) with more
ammunition under Lieutenant deBrett, E. A., arrived from Datta Khel.
These reinforcements covered nine miles in IJ hours and arrived at
6-15 P.M.

" The tribesmen had been in the meanwhile kept thoroughly in
check, and the guns were now got to work again, and the heights and
the village of Sheranni were shelled. This put an end to the business
and no farther opposition was met with. The Khiddar Khels, who live
on the Tochi below Sheranni, behaved well, bringing out w^ater for the
sepoys and supplying charpoys for the wounded. The rear-guard reach-
ed camp at 12-30 p.m. Colonel Bunny and Captain Browne died on the
road. One Subadar (1st P. I.) and 22 men were killed and 25 wounded.
Nearly all these were Sikhs and not Mussalmans. The enemy are re-
ported to have lost 00 killed and many wounded.

" The causes of this treacherous attack are not at present clear, but
all the circumstances point to its being premeditated. It is known
that some of the maliks were implicated, and one or two of them were
killed. Once the aifair commenced it no doubt became a matter of
' ghaza ' but it does not appear that the nmllahs had previously worked

( 7 )

up the tribesmen. The fact that they attacked a party who had just
eaten food with them— contrary to all Patlian codes of honour — renders
the matter additionally hard to explain."

To complete the story the following roughly written notes of the
action at Maizar were received privately from Datta Khel :—

" The enemy held a nullah in front in great strength and had lined
the village walls and a 10-foot high wall on the right, the latter with
picked marksmen. They also held the rising ground and some huts
on the left, and a tower in the rear. Our troops were rested on the
ground between. The 1st Sikhs and the 1st P. I. and all the Officers
were under the trees to the left front near the nullah, and 60 to 70
yards from the walls on the right. Pickets were out at the front and
reai^, and the guns were unlimbered at the right rear 10 yards from the
10-foot wall. The mules were unsaddled. At the set-off Captain
Browne and Lieutenant Higginson were hit by the first volley and
Colonel Bunny was struck shortly afterwards while talking to Mr. Gee.
Captain Browne and Lieutenant Cruickshank doubled to the guns and
Captain Browne was hit immediately by a marksman on the wall. The
guns opened fire with case shot on the nullah. Lieutenant Cruick-
shank was hit by a marksman on the wall, but raised himself up on one
knee and continued directing the fire on the nullah till hit a second
time and killed. The guns fired reversed shrapnel when the case shot
was exhausted, and were commencing common having exhausted shrap-
nel, when orders were received to retire. In limbering up a -wheel a
mule was shot, but Havildar Amardin ran back under fire and picked
up both wheels, 72ibs. each, and started to rejoin the Battery. He was
shot dead and the wheels were not recovered. Cruickshank's orderly
picked up a gun weighing 200ft>s. single-handed and carried it to the
gun mule. The mule was shot dead, so he carried it to the relief mule.
Then he went back and brought in Lieutenant Cruickshank's body.
One N.-C. O. of the battery was hit by a '450 express bullet. Surgeon-
Captain Cassidy was hit by a man in the tower. The ammunition and
hospital mules stampeded, so 4,000 rounds of M.-H. ammunition, the
neld hospital, and the Veterinary stores fell into the enemy's hands.
The enemy also captured a helio which they now flash from the top of
a hill. Subadar Narain Singh, 1st Sikhs, conducted the retirement till
the arrival of Lieutenant deBrett who tlu'ew 28 shells into Sheranni.
One shell struck a mosque, blowing up the mullah, who was waving a
green flag, into the air. All the bodies were brought in by fiieudiies.

C s )

Sikhs and Patluins were alike mutilated. Mr. Gee i-endered great
assistance throughout and conveyed the order to the guns for the retii'e-
ment, but escaped being hit. He has it that over 100 of the enemy
were killed, and their wounded are reported to be dying daily."

All was now known tliat could be known of the main incidents
of the outrage, but as tlie details emerged there was much to say of
the gallantry shown by the troops. Colonel Bunny, though mortally
wounded at the outset, directed the retirement. Captain Browne, R.A.,
thouo-li fair.t from loss of blood, owing to a severed artery, looked
carefully after the withdrawal of his guns. Lieutenant Cruickshank,
E.A. after being shot down, staggered to his feet and fought his
cruas until hit by a second bullet which killed him. As to the men
with the section of the battery, they were Sikhs and Punjabis, and
their conduct was beyond praise. There were only sixteen shells for
each of the two guns, and these were quickly expended as the tribes-
men were within a hundred yards. In order to prevent a rush while
the mules were being got ready the native gunners tired powder
charf^es. It has already been related how the gunners carried a gun
and limber when the mules were wounded. Havildar-Major Mahomed
Ismail and Havildar Nehal Singh particularly distinguished them-
selves. The native drivers vied with the gunners in their gallantry.
They assisted in carrying ofi" the wounded, and .some of them even
began coolly loading up spare mules with the over-coats of the detach-
ment in spite of the heavy fire, but Captain Browne ordered them to
lead the mules away as the risk of casualties was too great. One of the
Salutris of the battery, named Kevval, did his best to dress Captain
Browne's wound, regardless of the enemy's approach. As to the in-
fantry, Subadar Narain Singh, 1st Sikhs, must come fii'st on the list
not merely for personal gallantry, but for the military qualities he dis-
played. No sooner had the attack begun than he recognized the im-
mense importance of saving the reserve ammunition (ten boxes, each
containing 600 rounds), as he knew the sepoys had only twenty-two
rounds in their pouches. He told oil" seven men to fetch the boxes, and
they succeeded in carrying six back to the firing line. These were
opened and the packets at once distributed among the two companies
of the regiment. Sepoy Shiv Singh made two journeys for this am-
munition and was twice wounded. Narain Singh, as senior Native
Officer, had the burden of carrying out the details of the retirement,
under orders issued by Lieutenants Higginsou and Seton-Browne who

r 9 )

\veie both suffeiing severely from tlieir wounds. He did his work
adinirablj. Siibadar Sundar Singli, 1st P. I., must be bracketed with
Narain Singh. He, with his bi'other Sundar and Jamadar Sherzad,
]st Sikhs, formed up a party of sepoys to cover the retirement, and
not a man budged until the order was given that they might fall back.
The enemy closed with them, hand-to-hand fighting taking place, but
the tribesmen could not force their way through this small body of de-
termined meji. It was here that the great majority of the casualties
occurred. Sundar Singh was killed, sacrificing himself in order to give
more time for the retirement to be eflfected. He was a young Officer,
having entered the service in 1883. Jamadar Sherzad surely earned
the Victoi'ia Cross if such a decoration were given to the Native Army,
He first of all carried Lieutenant Higginson away, then possessing him-
self of a rifle he covered by his fire a party of three men carrying
Surgeon-Captain Cassidy to a place of comparative safety, and finally
he shared in the desperate rear-guard fight. Subadar Nawab Khan,
1st Sikhs, was among the last to leave the ground. He was twice shot
in the leg, but his wounds did not interfere with his cool discharge of
duty on the way to Datta Khel. Coming now to the rank and file the
gallantry shown was so universal that it is difficult to single men out.
Chief among those who distinguished themselves were Lance-Naik Ishar
Singh, 1st P. I., who killed several of the enemy with the bayonet, him-
self escaping untouched ; Bugler Bala Singh, who first assisted in sav-
ing the reserve ammunition, then with a rifle taken from a dead man
doing some fighting, and afterwards distributing packets of cartridges
among the sepoys whose supply was running out; Sepoy Allayar Khan,
1st P. I., who carried Lieutenant Seton-Browne to the first defensive
position taken up ; Lance-Naik Assa Singh, 1st P. I., who assisted the
same Officer when the enemy were pressing closely upon the troops
during the retirement ; and last, but not least, Sepoy Nurdah, 1st P. I.,
who drove ofl" a party of tribesmen by shooting two of them at close
quarters and then with a few comrades charging them with the bayonet.
He was severely wounded in the affray.

( 10 )
C II APT Eli II.

THE OFFICIAL ACCOUNT.

Finally there was the official version of the affair, contained in the
report of Mr. Gee, the Political Officer in Tochi, which may be given
in full :—

Maizar is the name given to a group of Madda Khel villages
situated above the junction of the Shawal Algad and the Tochi, and not
the name of one single village. It consists of a number of broad culti-
vated terraces sloping down to the stream, and is occupied by Drepilari,
Khoji Khel, Ali Khan Khel and Macha sections of the Ger portion of
the Madda Khel tribe. It lies two miles beyond the village of Sheranni,
and is about eleven miles distant from Datta Khel Camp.

The main road to Birmal and Ghazni, which the tribe is under
agreement to keep open, runs through it, and it forms part of that tract
of the Upper Tochi in which a more extended influence was contemplat-
ed as compared with the hill tracts of Darwesh Khel country. As long
ago as September 1896, I had visited Sheranni and Maizar with the view
of examining possible sites for the Sheranni levy post, and you had
concurred generally with me that the post should be somewhere between
Sheranni and Maizar.

My chief object in making the present visit was to select a final site
for this post, as the building season was already far advanced and the
sanctioned plan and estimate were expected back from the Public Works
Department, and, if possible, to establish a temporary post there for the
Sheranni levies, who since our occupation of Datta Khel have been kept
close to camp. I had asked Colonel Bunny to accompany me in order
that he might give me his advice in the final selection of the site. In
my letter, dated 15th June 1897, 1 have explained the circumstance con-
nected with the realisation of the fine in Honda Kam's case, and my
intention of discussing the details of distribution with all the maliks
concerned on my visit to Maizar. This was an additional leason for
going up the valley, though the fact that I asked the jiryah to meet me
at Maizar was merely due to my intention to halt there as being the
most convenient place.

Under ordinary circumstances, with the valley quite peaceful, as we
believed it to be an escort of sowars and maliks would have sufficed to

( 11 )

visit Maizar, as the road lies through open country, and the kotal above
Maizar is visible from Datta Khel Camp. I asked Colonel Bunny if he
■would mind taking out the same number of men aa were employed on
my recent visit to the Kazha. That visit had an excellent effect on the
Kazhawals, and aa 1 had not visited Maizar foi- some time, I was of
opinion that the sight of a large escort would have a good effect there
too, especially in view of the early commencement there of the levy post.
Lieutenant-Colonel Bunny agreed to my proposal.

The following is the detail of the escort that accompanied me : —

200 riiies 1st Sikhs with Lieutenant-Colonel Bunny and Lieutenant
Higginson.

100 rifles 1st Punjab Infantry under Lieutenant Seton-Browne.

2 guns. No. 6 Bombay Mountain Battery under Captain Browne,
R.A., and Lieutenant Cruickshank, E.A.

12 sabres 1st (P. A. V. O.) Punjab Cavalry.

Surgeon-Captain Cassidy, 1st Sikhs.

The 9th was originally fixed for the visit, but owing to rain it was
postponed till the 10th. Sadda Khan and Alambe had been sent on
one day in advance to make what preparations were required and col-
lect the local maliks for the purpose of discussing the distribution of
the fine in Honda Eam's case.

A start was made from Datta Khel at 5 a.m. and Maizar was
reached at 9-30. I was accompanied from Datta Khel by Khan Baha-
dur Ghulam Muhammad Khan, Assistant Political Officer, Maliks Nabbi
Khan, Sabil and his son Dande and Khanadin of the Kazha ; Shadam
Khan, brother of Malik Sadda Khan, Mozammil Khan, his nephew, at
present officiating as Levy Jamadar, and Kotan Khan, Kabul Khel.
At Ziarat village I was joined by the Khiddar Khel Maliks, Salehdin,
Gul Samid, Syad Khan and Khan Wazir, and at Sheranni by the
Madda Khel Maliks, Khan Habib and Zer Makhmad. Sadda Khan
and Alambe were already at Maizar, and met me there.

Sadda Khan showed me the place where he wanted the troops
to camp and where a number of charpoys had been placed in readi-
ness. This was under some ti-ees on the topmost terrace, close to a
threshing floor and not far from the Drepilari kot of Modai, a small
malik. I showed the place to Colonel Bunny and the troops were halted
there.

( 12 )

I wont on at once with most of the maliks wlio had come with nie
and the cavahy ho a3 to inspect Datoi, and came back before it was
very liot. Before going, however, I and the Assistant Political Officer
saw some of the Maizar Maliks, and they were told with reference to
the line in Honda Ram's case that I would have them all up and dis-
cuss the matter on my return. Sadda Khan and Alambe stayed in
camp by my order. Captain Browne, KA., and Lieutenant Higginson
accompanied me towards Datoi and we returned to camp at 11-30,
when we all had breakfast. The people of the villages round at that
time appeared perfectly friendly, and talked freely to the Pathan
sepoys. Everything required in the way of grass and wood had been
supplied ; and about midday food which had been cooked in one of the
Maizar kots was brought down for the sepoys, and a special point was
made of the British Officers partaking of some of it. I then made
enquiries as to whether the local J irg a fi, which had been sitting under
some trees near for some time, were ready to come and see me, and I
was told by the Assistant Political Officer that they had come to an
amicable agreement by themselves and that all that was necessary was
that they should come up later and make a formal statement before
me. This was what Malik Sadda Khan had led Ghulam Muhammad
Khan to believe ; but if the evidence available is to be trusted, Sadda
Khan's statement was a deliberate lie, for at that very time the Maizar-
wals had refused, as they had the day before, to be bound by Sadda
Khan's proposals and must have been preparing for the outbreak. Had
Sadda Khan given us the slightest information of this attitude on the
part of the Maizarwals, which he, as well as the other Madda Khel
Maliks, who had been there all day, must have been perfectly well
aware of, there would have been plenty of time to prepare for an attack.

The attack actually did not take place till a little while after this,
about 2 P.M., when we had just finished lunch. I was pi-eparing to go
round with Captain Browne and look at sites for the post. The pipes
had begun to play at the request of the maliks, for the villagers to listen
to, and the sepoys and ourselves were seated under the trees. Tiie
pipes played one tune and had just commenced a second, when suddenly
all the villagers cleared off towards the Drepilari kof. It was seen that
something was wrong and the order to fall in was given, but at the same
moment a signal shot was fired which was followed by an irregular
.volley a])parently aimed at the Officers under the tree. Lieutenant
Seton-Biowne was hit in the thigh at the second or third shot, and

( 13 )

Surgeon-Captain Cassidy carried liini tn a place of comparative safety
by a small bhusa stack and tied up his wound. Colonel Bunny and
myself had meanwhile gone towards the trees where the men were, but
the Colonel was mortally wounded in the stomach just as he got there,
and Lieutenant Higginson was shot in the left arm almost at the same
minute. The firing had now become general from all the kots round.

The guns then opened fire with case and did great execution among
a body of men who had come out of the Drepilari hot and attempted to
charge them. As they were not protected b an v cover, the two Eoyal
Artillery Officers afforded an easy mark for the men who were shooting
from towers around, and Captain Browne was hit in the arm at about
the fifth round from the battery, and Lieutenant Cruiekshank was shot
very soon afterwards, first in the arm and then in the chest, the second
wound being fatal. It is much to be regretted that no medical aid was
available for Captain Browne. The bullet had severed the artery, and
had a proper tourniquet been applied, his life would have been saved,
but Surgeon-Captain Cassidy was shot in the knee while going towards
the kotal and could give no assistance.

After about five minutes from the commencement of the attack, the
guns having expended all their ammunition limbered up, and Colonel
Bunny gave orders for a general retirement towards the kotal. This
was efltected along the lane which had low walls on either side of it. As
far as the kotal we were exposed to fire on both sides, and practically
all the casualties occurred before the kotal was reached.

A fine stand was made at the corner of the garden by the lane, with
the result that the battery and the wounded men were all safely over
the kotal before the position was evacuated. It was here that the
greatest loss in men occurred, including Subadar Sundar Singh, 1st
Punjab Infantry, and many individual acts of gallantry were performed
which will be duly brought to the notice of Government by the Officer
Commanding Tochi Valley. The retirement was then continued across
the six ridges which extend from the kotal above Maizar to the sloping-
plain above Sheranni, \shich is a part of the Tsirai plain. A position
was taken up on each ridge in succession, and the retirement wascon-
. ducted in an orderly manner, time being given for all the wounded to
get safely out on the plain, a distance of about two miles. Directly Maizar
.itself was evacuated, the tribesmen came on in large numbers, which were

( 14 )

constantly being increased by reinforcements from every village round
including Sheraiini. They followed up the force closely and persistently
and also occupied all the heights they could along the line of retirement.
They were unable to do much damage owing to the steady behaviour of
the rear-guard, and they must have lost a good many men themselves.
Lieutenant Higginson had the misfortune to be shot again in the left
arm while crossing the hills.

The force eventually took up a good position about a mile from the
last ridge at 5-30 p.m., and waited there for reinforcements from Datta
Khel, which arrived at 6-15 p.m., under Lieutenant deBrett, E.A.
Some sowars of the 1st Punjab Cavalry had been despatched as soon as
possible to fetch them and warn the camp. These reinforcements cover-
ed a distance of nine miles in one-and-half hours. They consisted of
two companies of the 1st Sikhs and extra gun and rifle ammunition.

The tribesmen meanwhile, whose numbers had probably increased
to well over 1,000, had been kept thoroughly in check, and as soon as
the gun was got to work (the second gun had lost its wheels) the gather-
ing began to disperse. The heights all round, which had been crowded
-with men, were shelled, and then Sheranni village, from which I had
myself seen large parties issuing to intercept our retirement. This was
continued until I received a message from Khan Bahadur Ghulam Mu-
hammad Khan who had escaped via the Tochi with a few maliks, to the
effect that he had arrived close to the village and was in danger of
being hit.

No further opposition was met with. The Khiddar Khels of Ziarat
village gave us great assistance in bringing out water for the men and
charpoys for the wounded, and though a few of them undoubtedly join-
ed the Madda Khels, the maliks, who had gone straight back from
Maizar when the attack began, were entirely successful in preventing
the tribe from joining.

Captain Browne, E.A,, had by this time died from loss of blood, and
Colonel Bunny did not live to reach camp. The rear-guard reached
camp at 12-30 p.m. Khan Bahadur Ghulam Muhammad Khan also
came in the same night.

It appears that when the outbreak occurred, Sadda Khan had
just come over to him from the jirgah with Kotan Khan and stated that
the fine had been arranged for and would be paid up in five days, and

( 1.5 )

almost directly afterwards the firing began. Ghulam Muhammad
Khan had just gone down to a lower terrace to perform his ablutions,
and he was at once joined by Nabbi Khan, Khangai Macha, Alimad
Madda Khel, Wadin Saidgi and the Khiddar Khel levies and Border
Police. His munshi and clerk were also with him. This party was
afterwards joined at different times by Sadda Khan, Shadam Khan,
Dande, his brother, Khan Habib, Zerin and Mozammil Khan and they
went down the Shawal Algad to the Tochi and took refuge on the
other side of the Tochi in Tarraori Kila, the inhabitants of which were
just preparing to join the fight. From thei'e Sadda Khan was despatch-
ed to Sheranni to keep the people quiet, and he returned after two hours,
saying he had dispersed the lashkar and the road was clear. Nothing
could have been further from the truth. In consequence of what he
stated, Ghulam Muhammad Khan started down the Tochi, and, as
already stated, arrived at Sheranni when it was being shelled. Mozam-
mil Khan and Alam Shah, the Madda Khel Daffadar of Kazha, were
the only Ger Madda Khels who came on with the Assistant Political
Officer to camp.

The next day I called the Khiddar Khel Maliks in and asked them
to arrange to bring in the dead, and this they eventually did with the
assistance of Kotan Khan, Kabul Khel, and 1 think great ci^edit is due
to them for the performance of this service, especially as the bodies
were much mutilated, Mussalmans and Sikhs alike.

The following is the list of casualties on our side : —

Three British Officers killed. Three British Officers wounded.
Native ranks killed —

One Subadar and seven men of the 1st Punjab Infantry.

Twelve men and a Kahar of 1st Sikhs.

One Havildar and one driver, No. 6 Bombay Mountain Battery.

It is a significant fact that of the above total 17 were Sikhs, though
the force was composed of nearly an equal number of Sikhs and Mussal-
mans.

Wounded —

1st Punjab Infantry — Two men severely, two men slightly.
1st Punjab Cavalry — One man slightly.

1st Sikhs — Twelve men severely, one mule-driver dangerously,
eight men slightly.

( 10 )

No. Bombay Momitain Battery— Two men severely, one man
slightly, one Kahar slightly.

The Waziri loss in killed has been put at 100 by the maliks, from
whom enquiries have been made, and as it is probable that a good many
have died since of their wounds probably a total of 100 is not very wide
of the mark.

This is also the opinion of Native Officers who had the best means
of judging. A large number (some 30 or 40) are said to have been killed
outside theDrepilari hut by the case shot, and very nearly as many were
killed at the corner of the garden where the stand was made. All
alon"- the line of retirement the ti'ibesmen pressed close, and a number

of them were shot down.

• • •

Here ends the Political Officer's report. The narrative of the
Maizar outrage however cannot properly be closed without mention of
the rewards granted to those who had taken part in the action connected
with the outbreak.

The military reports received from Lieutenant-Colonel Gray regard-
ing the Maizar affair were published as despatches. The Commander-
in-Chief placed on record his appreciation of the heroic conduct of
Officers and men, and declared that " the action was a deed of arms
second to none in the annals of the British Army." The Government
of India " most heartily endorsed this view."

The two surviving British Officers who were present at Maizar,
Lieutenant A. J. M. Higginson, 1st Sikhs, and Lieutenant C. L. S. Seton-
Browne, 1st Punjab Infantry, both of whom were severely wounded,
were recommended for the Distinguished Service Order.*

With regard to Mr. Gee, Colonel Gray, in his report on the Maizar
affair, thus referred to the Political Officer whose escort was attacked :
" Though it is not my business to report on Civil Officers, it would
be unjust to omit mentioning that Mr. Gee's exertions and presence of
mind were of great value in the help he rendered during the retire-
ment and in sending to call up the reinforcements."

On the recommendation of General Corrie Bird, supported by the
Commander-in-Chief, the three principal Native Officers with the troops
engaged in the Maizar atfair were given the Order of Merit at once
as a reward for their gallantry. Subadar Sund ar Singh, 1st Punja b

* Lieutunani Hiusinson did not live to receive this award, and Surgeon-Captain
Casisidy liaii alreaily succumbed to his wuuud.

( 17 )

Infantry, who was killed, was also gazetted to the Order of Merit, so as
to enable his widow to draw a larger pension. Subadar Narayan Singh,
1st Sikhs, whose coolness and gallantry were so noticeable, was admitted
to the Order of British India, with the title of Bahadur ; 23 Non-
commissioned Officers and men were given the Order of Merit ; Jhanda
Singh, cook of the 1st Sikhs, was also admitted to the Order of Merit,
though a non-combatant, for having carried off a box of ammunition
under heavy fire. The widows of eight men killed were admitted to a
pension of the 3rd class of the Order of Merit. Later on there was
published in the Gazette of /nrfea a full list of rewards for the Non-
commissioned Officers and men. This list will be found among the
appendices.

There is only one more fact to chronicle. An impression gained
ground, when the news of the outrage was first published, that the
Madda Khel had singled out the Sikhs for attack and that the Maho-
medan sepoys escaped lightly. This was altogether erroneous. No-
such distinction was made, and indeed in the melee it would have been
impossible. It is sufficient to mention that of five sepoys killed in
the splendid defence at the garden wall three were Mahomedans and
that both Sikh and Mahomedan bodies were afterwards found mutilated
in the horrible manner peculiar to the frontier tribes.

A special Gazette was subsequently issued, containing a despatch in
which the gallantry of Lieutenant de Brett, E.A., on June 10th, near
Sheranni, was warmly acknowledged. This Officer, it appeared, in his
keenness to keep his battery in continuous play, rammed the charges
home in a mountain gun with a sepoy's rifle without sponging out be-
tween the rounds— a most dangerous thing to do.

CHAPTER HI.

THE PUNITIVE EXPEDITION.

As it appeared imperative to punish without delay the villages
of Maizar and Sheranni, which were immediately concerned in the
treacherous attack on the Political Officer's escort, the Government of
India arranged within the next two or three weeks for a punitive
column to move into the offending country from Datta Khel.

The expeditionary force consisted of two Brigades. Major-General
G. Corrie Bird, then commanding the Punjab Frontier Force, was given
the chief command, and the principal members of his staff were as fol-
lows : — Assistant Adjutant-General, Major J. Wilcocks, D.A.A.G.
at Nagpore ; Assistant Quartermaster-General, Lieutenant-Colonel J. E.
'Nixon, 18th Bengal Lancers ; Ordnance Officer, Major C. H. Wilson,
E.A.; Intelligence Officers, Major G. V. Kemball and Lieutenant G. K.
Cockerill of the Intelligence Branch at Army Head-Quarters ; Superin-
tendent, Army Signalling, Captain G. W. Rawlins, 12th B.C.; Field
Engineer, Major I. Digby, Madras ; Assistant Field Engineers, Captain
A. L. Schreiber and Lieutenant W. I). Waghorn ; Principal Commissariat
Officer, Major G. Wingate, Peshawar ; Transport Officers, Veterinary-
Major G. J. R. Rayment and Captain H. James, Mian Mir ; Provost
Marshal, Captain P. Malcolm, 4th Gurkhas ; Principal Medical Officer,
Surgeon-Colonel R. H. Carew.

The two Brigades were composed as follows : —

\st Brigade: Colonel C. C. Egefton, Corps of Guides, Commanding ;
D. A. A.-G., Captain H. B. B. Watkis, then at Army Head-Quarters ;
D. A. Q.-M.-G., Major F. Wintour, Allahabad; Commissariat Officer,
Lieutenant E. A. R. Howell, Sialkot. Troops -.—The Peshawar Mountain
Battery, the Argyll and Sutherland Highlanders, the 1st Sikhs, the
1st Punjab Infantry, and the 33rd Punjab Infantry.

2n£f Brigade : Brigadier-General W. P. Symons, Sirhind District,
Commanding ; D. A. A.-G., Captain J. MacN. Walter, Devonshire
Regiment, then on the Staff at Lucknow ; D. A. Q.-M.-G., Major M. H.
S. Grover, then D. A. Q.-M.-G., Punjab Command. Troops :— No. . 6
(Bombay) Mountain Battery (4 guns), the 3rd Battalion Rifle Brigade,
the 14th Sikhs, and the 25th Punjab Infantry, The two squadrons of th©

( 19 )

Ist Punjab Cavalry already in the Toclii Yalley and No. 2 Companr
Bengal Sappers and Miners were also ordered to form part of the expe-{
ditionary force.

Fuller details of General Corrie Bird's staff and of the staffs of the
two Brigades, as well as of the composition of the force, are added in
an appendix.

Full political power was vested in Major-General G. Corrie Bird
during the operations in the Tochi Valley. Mr. Gee was appointed
Chief Political Officer attached to the General, while Mr. Lorimer and
Mr. Kettlewell were Assistant Political Officers, each attached to a^.
Brigade. A proclamation was at once issued notifying to the tribes-'
men in and about the Tochi Valley the reason for the expedition.

While the concentration of the Tochi Field Force Avas yet in pro-
gress, speculation was rife as to the nature and strength of the opposi-
tion which our troops would be likely to encounter at and beyond Datta
Khel. News received from native sources mentioned that a gathering of
tribesmen in strength was contemplated at Sheranni and Maizar. The
Mahsud Waziris, who were then lying to the south, were said to be send-
ing a contingent to join the Madda Khel, while another tribal force was
reported to be moving from Birmal in Afghan territory. As against this,
the Darwesh Khel in the Upper Tochi Valley were certainly not unani-
mous at that time in the matter of further hostilities : the Khiddar
Khel sub-section had brought in the bodies of some sepoys killed in the
retirement from Maizar, and their headmen were holding aloof from the
Madda Khel. It seemed improbable also that the tribesmen of Birmal,
who are subjects of the Amir of Kabul, would cross into British terri-
tory. It was quite likely, however, that restless spirits among the.
Mahsud Waziris would join their kinsmen in Tochi. Later news from
the Waziristan direction stated that the Khiddar Khel and the Sadgis
from Birmal were helping the Maizarwals to remove their goods into
Afghan territory, thus giving the tribesmen a free hand for fighting.
The latter, however, showed no desire meanwhile to assume the offensive,
against the Datta Khel post.

At this early period there appeared upon the scene a figure of some
note — an old acquaintance, the Mullah Powindah — whose movements
thenceforth became a matter of considerable interest to our Intelligence
Department in Tochi. The tactics of the Mullah up to the time of the
preliminary concentration of our troops at Banna were however of a kind

( 20 )

which showed that his influence over the Mahsud Waziris as a body was
not as great as three yeai's previously. He at first tried to induce the
tribesmen to send a contingent to help the Madda Khel, but there was
such a faint response to his appeal that he promptly changed his ground
and wrote into our Political Officers in the Tochi offering to mediate be-
tween the Government and the people of Maizar and Sheianni. This
step was, of course, taken by him in order to increase his prestige in
Waziristan and the adjacent country : it was a clever move, but the
Government could not recognise his position in any way. The Madda
Khel are a section of the Darwesh Khel Waziris, and with the latter the
Mullah had nothing whatever to do. He had, in fact, no status, and it
would have been most unwise to have any dealings with him. As a
possible enemy he had to be watched : as a friendly mediator he was put
aside. Mediation moreover was not called for. The Madda Khel had
deliberately planned the attack on Colonel Bunny's detachment and had
carried it out in the most treacherous way. Their offence was clearly de-
fined and their punishment would need to be exemplary. A tribal rising
of the ordinary local kind, or a raid upon an outpost, is not of material
consequence in the borderland. Such disturbances are more or less ex-
pected whenever our troops occupy positions beyond the old frontier line.
But the Maizar affair was of an entirely different complexion, for it in-
volved a breach of hospitality and could only have been successful by
cunningly contrived treachery. The Mullah Powindah himself was said
to have denounced its treacherous character, but probably if he did so at
all he only did it when he found that the Mahsuds would not obey his
summons to raise a force to help the Madda Khel.

From all that could be learnt it seemed that the great majority of
the Darwesh Khel, many of whom held lands in British territory, were
as little disposed as the Mahsuds to commit themselves to hostilities.
Lest, however, in view of these facts and in the light of subsequent
events it should be thought that the Field Force was too large for the
work before it, it may be at once said that the Government of India were
anxious not to set the whole frontier from Kurram to the Gumal in a
blaze by sending up a small force which would invite attack, and it was
expected that large military preparations would have the effect of check-
ing the fanaticism of any clans who might be hesitating whether
they should join the malcontents in the Upper Tochi Valley. It was
known that the Madda Khel against whom the Tochi Valley Force
were about to move, could muster only 1,200 fighting men, but it was
impossible to say with certainty that no other section of the Uarwesh

( 21 )

and Mahsud Waziris would join them, and hence the necessity for
being prepared for more than a mere promenade to Maizar, Sheranni
and Datoi. The Dawaris also, who hold the greater part of the Tochi
Valley, were known to be an ill-conditioned and fanatical lot, who
might give trouble along the line of communications in case of any
check to our troops beyond Datta Khel. The Kabul Khel of Birmal
who were said to have made common cause with the Madda Khel are a
section of a big clan of the Utmanzai, and they were in a position to
fight with the comfortable assurance of being able to get away whenever
they had had enough, for Birmal is in Afghan territory and is only a
day's journey from Sheranni. It was therefore impossible to fore-
see that General Corrie Bird's force would find no enemy when the
advance was made from Datta Khel. As had been proved at Wano,
5,000 or 6,000 tribesmen can assemble so quickly, and their movements
are made so secretly, that their presence is first announced by a rush
of swordsmen on our pickets. Waziri tactics are, as a rule, based on
surprise, and valleys which may have been empty of men in the morn-
ing may swarm with thousands after nightfall. If opportunity offers
for striking a sudden blow the tribesmen do not generally hesitate to
deliver an attack. The affair at Wano itself was but a repetition of that
at Palosin in 1860, when our losses were 63 killed and 166 wounded, in
addition to 60 casualties among the levies. Any force which moved up
the Tochi Valley had to be prepared for attack, not only from the south
but from the north also, for there was no guarantee that the tribesmen
from the Kurram border to the Gumal would not suddenly be infected
with a spirit of hostility.

And now to follow the actual course of events. The concentration
of the troops was carried out as rapidly as possible consistent with the
collection of supplies and transport. Bannu being the base, Datta
Khel was fixed upon as the advanced base from which the force would
only have to advance about 13 miles to reach Maizar and Sheranni,
and 6 miles further to reach Datoi (some tribesmen of which partici-
pated in the Maizar outrage). To ensure the safety of Bannu itself and
to keep the peace on the border the following additional moves were
ordered : — 200 sabres of the 3rd Punjab Cavalry and the whole of the
3rd Sikhs from Kohat to Bannu ; the 2nd Punjab Infantry from
Abbottabad to Kohat, and 250 of the 4th Sikhs from Dera Ismail Khan
to Jandoula, Sarwakai and Haidari Kach on the Mahsud frontier. As
a special precaution against the effects of the heat the British soldiers

( 22 )

in the Toclii Field Force were j^rovided witli sola topees in lieu of
helmets and with sun glasses. It is probable that this thoughtful
measure saved many casualties that would otherwise liave occurred
from sunstroke and fever.

The concentration at Bannu was of course uneventful, but the ad-
vance to Datta Khel via Saidgai, Idak and Boya was not made quite so
serenely, as shots were repeatedly fired into camp, a sentry being killed
in this way at Datta Khel.

The Engineers en route from Bannu had rendered valuable service
in cutting a good road, partly through solid rock, all the way to Boya,
and in constructing (in twelve days) a crib and trestle bridge, 600 feet
wide, over the Tochi Eiver at Boya. As a result the march to Datta
Khel was accomplished with the minimum of difficulty, and the Field
Force was then within striking distance of the doomed villages.

( 23 )

CHAPTER IV.

THE WORK OF DESTRUCTION.

WiTHOTTT a blow being struck or a shot being fired, Sherannl was
Occupied by General Egerton's Brigade of the Tochi Field Force on
July 20th. General Bird and his Staff accompanied the Brigade. The
rear-guard saw a body estimated at about 500 men some 2 miles from
the road who disappeared into the further hills.

On arrival at Sheranni the cavalry reconnoitred the scene of the
action at Maizar and found one man who was brought in prisoner. The
carcases of five mules and two ponies were seen lying where they had
been shot down, and about five yards from the wall of one of the kothis
an ordnance pack saddle and one or two other articles of Government
property were found and. brought in.

Sheranni itself was quite deserted. Its wood wall was torn down
to serve for firewood for the troops, as the hills in the vicinity were
barren of vegetation. There was a certain quantity of bhusa, barley
and clover about in the village, and the fields around were fairly
advanced in cultivation. After the bhusa had been gathered and
sufficient wood accumulated the destruction of the village was begun.

A few shots were fired into camp that night by a band of about 10
to 20 men, but no large body of the enemy was anywhere discernible.
This absence of opposition was variously explained. The Madda
Khel tribesmen in a body, with their families, were reported to have
crossed the Afghan frontier into Birmal, leaving only scouts to watch
the approach of General Corrie Bird's force. As Birmal is a tract which
usually yields only sufficient supplies for its ordinary population, the
position of the Madda Khel, if this report were true, threatened to be-
come a very awkward one. In another direction it was reported that
the Mullah Powindah had assembled 7,000 Mahsud Waziris near Razani
in the adjoining Khaisora Valley to the south, and that his intention
was to attack Boya or Datta Khel after the advance from the latter
post to Sheranni had been made. As a precautionary measure two
companies were ordered from Miran Shah to Boya. Boya is the post
on the line most exposed to Waziri raids, as a fair road is said to exist
.to it from Khaisora, but it had been strongly entrenched by the Sap-
pers and was believed to be impregnable against any tribal attack.

( 24 )

When all defensive arrangements had been completed news was received
that the Mullah Powindah had abandoned his intention of attacking
our troops in the Tochi Valley, and that his gathering of Mahsuds had
dispersed. Every precaution, however, was still taken at Datta Khel,
Boya, Idak, and Miran Shah to guard against possible surprises, while
all convoys were strongly guarded. Reports from Wano showed that
southern Waziristan was quiet, and no demonstration seemed likely to
be made in that quarter ; in fact the Mahsuds as a body had apparently
shrunk from committing themselves to helping the Madda Khel. Later
news made it almost certain that the Mullah Powindah had returned
to his own village in Waziristan, and it was further ascertained that
there was no large gathering of Mahsuds at Razmak. The Tochi Field
Force had therefore little prospect of getting any fighting worthy of the
name, unless some totally unexpected tribal combination occurred.

The night of the 25th of July witnessed the successful destruction
of the towers and fortified houses of Sheranni. The next day parties
from each corps went out to Maizar to destroy the fortified houses and
towers of the villages. The defences of Drepilari hot were destroyed
by the Highlanders and Sappers. The towers were blown up, and after
the troops had left, smoke was seen rising from the direction of Drepi-
lari, the result probably of some woodwork catching tire after the
explosions necessary to demolish the towers. As a high wind was
blowing, and the kot contained a large quantity of bhusa, most of it
was probably burnt. The troops were again occupied on the 27th of
July in destroying the kots in the Maizar settlement to the north of the
village of Drepilari. The village itself, which caught fire, was already
pretty well destroyed. On the 28th July the kots to the south of it were
destroyed, as also were those in the village of Tormor, which lay some
two miles up the stream of Sheranni on the left bank of the Tochi.

With the exception of intermittent and ineffectual sniping, varied
by small seizures of straggling camels and donkeys, there was nothing
all this time to suggest the presence of an enemy in the neighbourhood,
and the position eventually became very tiresome. Finally, on the 5th of
August, letters were sent to all the leaders of the Madda Khels, inviting
them to come in under safe conduct and hear what the terms demanded
by the Government were. It was, of course, well understood beforehand
that nothing less than the surrender of the ring-leaders and the payment
of heavy fines could well be exacted by General Bird. When first sum-
moned the maliks huug back and apparently placed no reliance on the

( 25 )

safe conduct promised them. General Bird, however, utilized the services
of some of the headmen of the neighbouring tribes, and on the 16th of
August three Madda Khel Maliks came in. The following afternoon
General Bird held a Darbar at which some Kazha Khel and Tori Khel
Maliks were also present. It was announced that Government demanded
the return in good condition of the property which had been lost at
Maizar, the surrender of some 18 headmen, the payment of a fine still
outstanding for the murder of a Hindu writer there, and a further fine
of Rs.10,000 for the outrage. Ten days was given them in which to
take the terms to the tribe and discuss them and to give an answer. The
Darbar did not last more than half-an-hour, and the people were told
that no discussion was to be permitted ; they had been sent for merely
to receive the orders of Government.

On the 22nd of August the tribes were reported to be still discuss-
ing the terms imposed on them, and thereafter news from the Tochi
Valley became very scant and infrequent. On the 2nd of September
there was said to be a probability that the sons of the Madda Khel
Maliks would come in that day and give their answer to the terma
imposed by the Government, but the expectation was not realised. The
same day a column, under the Hon'ble Montagu Curzon, consisting of
the Eifle Brigade, the 1st Punjab Infantry, two guns, and a company of
Sappers, marched to Landi Khel to make a road along the right bank of
the Tochi River to Datoi, and was fired at on arrival and also at night
when in camp. The next evening a belated reconnoitring party under
Major R. M. Maxwell, while returning to Miran Shah from towards the
Khaisora Valley, was also fired at in the dark by parties from both sides
of the river near the village of Argun ; but no mischief was done.

In this uneventful manner the Tochi Valley punitive operations, for
want of an enemy to punish, came to be generally regarded as at an end.
The aspect of affairs was not enlivened when, on the 14th of September,
the Madda Khel definitely refused to accept the terms offered them, for
as they still carefully avoided a collision with our troops by remaining in
Afghan territory their contumacy only converted a position of perplexity
into an absolute deadlock. It was perhaps rather sanguine to expect that
at this stage any frontier tribe would agree to give up leaders whose
execution was admittedly a foregone conclusion. Our troops meanwhile
could do nothing. There was no enemy to fight and it did not seem in
the least likely that there ever would be one. Nevertheless, the Gov-
ernment of India decided to leave the Tochi Force in occupation for a
time with the general idea of their continuing to o verawe the Waziris.

( 26 )

At the end of J-'eptember the political situation was much the same.
The Madda Khel showed no .signs of submitting to our terms, and
were still over the border. It was stated that the Amir had offered
them land and water, but in Tuikistan, and that they could not make
up their mind whether or not to accept the offer. No doubt they hoped
by staying out to wear down the patience of Government, and so be re-
admitted to their own land on terms less severe than those already
deliberately imposed on them for their conduct.

A month later — October the 29th to be exact — five headmen belong-
ing to the villages of Tormor, situated about two miles above Sheranni,
came in and surrendered themselves to General Bird. On the 31st of
the month Khan Saheb and three other Sheranni Maliks came in,
followed shortly afterwards by Sadda Khan and his brother Shadam, the
headmen of the Madda Khel tribe. It was decided to try them by a
tribunal to be specially assembled for that purpose. On the 14th
November General Bird received the submission of the whole of the
Madda Khel tribe unconditionally, and among those who surrendered
were four more of the seventeen men who were demanded by name for
their share in the affair at Maizar. A good many of the proscribed
headmen, whose families took refuge in Afghan territory, were said
to be experiencing a difficulty in getting away from their asylum and in
removing their families. Five of the proscribed men for instance were
ready to come in and surrender unconditionally on the 13th November,
but during the night received news that their families had been detained
beyond the border, and they naturally went off to obtain their release
before surrendering to General Bird, which they had sworn on the
Koran before their whole jiiyuk to do.

General Corrie Bird proceeded to Datta Khel on the 15th November,
taking with him his prisoners and the jirffa/i of friendly tribes, for the
purpose of finally deciding the question of assessment and distribution
of fines among those concerned, and of obtaining proper security for
payment. These points were duly settled, and it was understood that
the tribe as a whole would be admitted back to its territory at once.
The work assigned to the Tochi Field Force was accomplished, and the
Tochi Valley no longer formed part of the " disturbed area."

It is but fair to add here that though the force only experienced de-
sultory opposition on the part of the enemy, it had to fight against an
unhealthy season in the hottest time of the year, and against difficulties

( 27 )

which only those who are actually acquainted with the Tochi Valley can
properly appreciate. Moreover, the expedition has been productive of
at least one permanently useful result outside the scope of its strictly
militai-y purpose : a very large extent of country, the whole of it
in fact that lies between the Tochi Valley and the Kurram River at
Thai, has been accurately surveyed and mapped by Lieutenant Pirrie,
the Survey Officer with the Tochi Force. The gazetteering and recon-
naissance work was done by Major Kemball, who on one day reached
the village of Biland Khel which is only some three miles from Thai.
* * * .

In order to preserve the continuity of what is to some extent a
separate narrative, we have carried events in the Tochi Valley unin-
terruptedly from the Maizar outrage in June to the submission of the
castigated tribesmen in November ; and have made no mention of the
graver occurrences which were being enacted the greater part of this
time in other territories on our North-West frontier. Thus, while
General Corrie Bird's punitive force was engaged towards the end of
July in destroying Sheranni and Maizar, the Malakand position was
being fiercely assailed by thousands of Swatis ; and to this stirring period
the story now reverts.

-^^

PART II.
THE RISING IN THE SWAT VALLEY.

( 29 )

PART II.
THE RISING IN THE SWAT VALLEY.

CHAPTER I.

THE ATTACK ON THE MALAKAND.

An outbreak no less sudden than that in the Tochi Valley, and in-
finitely more serious in its extent and sustained ferocity, began at the
Malakand on the 26th of July when our strategical position at the
head of the Pass was attacked by about 2,000 tribesmen, mostly belong-
ing to the Swat country. The assailants were for the moment driven
back with great losses, but also not without a severe loss to the garrison,
one British Officer being killed and four others wounded, in addition
to several casualties in the native rank and file.

From all the information ultimately available it appeared that on
the morning of the day in question, which was a Monday, news reached
Malakand that a disturbance had taken place at Thana, a village a few
miles to the north-east, opposite Chakdara (the outpost of our Malakand
position) where the suspension bridge crosses the Swat River. It did
not then seem that anything very serious had occurred, but later in
the day further reports were received to the effect that the " Mad
Fakir," a mullah who had gained much notoriety locally, had gathered
some hundreds of tribesmen about him and was bent upon mischief.
In the evening the levies employed on the road to Chakdara came
flying into camp, their report being that the Swatis had risen en
masse, and that the "Mad Fakir" was marching down the valley with
the intention of attacking Malakand. Colonel Meiklejohn, Commanding
the Malakand Brigade, decided, after consultation with Major Deane,
the Political Officer, to send out a column at 3 a.m. in order to disperse
the tribal gathering. But the mullah and his following anticipated this
action by attacking the camp at half-past ten o'clock at night, a most
unusual hour for Pathans, who usually wait until just before dawn.

At 9-45 P.M., while the troops were engaged preparing for the
march at daybreak, a levy jamadar arrived with the news that the

( 30 )

" Mad Fakir " and his force had passed Khar- and were advancing up the
Buddhist and graded roads, and that the hillsides east of the camp were
covered with Pathans. The alarm was at once sounded, all the pickets
were doubled, and the regiments fell in on their alarm posts. Lieute-
nant-Colonel McRae, who was commanding the 45th Sikhs, taking as
many men as he could get together, at once doubled up to the point
where the old Buddhist road reaches the top of the hill, and arrived
at the narrow gorge through which the Buddhist road passes just in
time to meet a mass of several hundred Pathans creeping silently up
the road. In another few minutes they would have been in the camp.
He gave them a very hot reception, holding this gorge for about 20
minutes, and finally falling back, as the enemy took possession of
ground commanding the gorge, to a very strong position completely
barring the road, which he held the whole remaining time. Colonel
McRae's prompt action and the stubborn resistance which he, aided
by Major Taylor and his small party, offered to vastly superior num-
bers, undoubtedly saved the camp from being rushed on that side.
As Colonel McRae fell back to the more easily defensible position he
■was reinforced by Lieutenant Barff, and thenceforth that night they
held in check immense odds, fighting unremittingly till daybreak.
Major Taylor was wounded in the side by a bullet early in the fight, and
was carried away to hospital, knowing that he could not recover.

In the centre and left of the camp, on the alarm sounding. Lieute-
nant Climo, with a company of the 24th Punjab Infantry, had manned
the walls of the bazar commanding the approaches from the graded
road and the gorge below it. Another company of 24th Punjab Infantry
under Lieutenant Costello had manned the walls of the commissariat and
hospital enclosures facing the gorge from the North Camp, and a third
company of the same regiment supported the pickets on the left.
The remainder of the regiment was held in reserve in their camp.
No. 5 Company Sappers and Miners had fallen iu at the walls and
abattia surrounding their own camp.

It was a^pitch dark night, and at about 10-15 the first shot was
fired. The eaemy made a vigorous rush at the Abbott Road picket and
overpowered it. Dashing through the opening thus made they gamed

• There are two places, quite (listinct liom each "ther, so named. .'""^.'^''J^^ °'''f,V'
mcutiou in different parts of the nan-ativo. Tlie Khar now referred to is «''"'''■")"'; J"
road between Malakai.d (aud Cha><dara. The other Khar lies ou tlie uortherii couuucb
ot the Muhiiiaud eouutry.

( 31 )

tlio hioli ground behind tlie Rappors ' lines and surrounded tlioir eamp
and the commissariat godown. Colonel Meiklejolin, with his D.A.A.-CI.,
went at once to the 24th Punjab Infantry camp and ordered Lieute-
nant-Colonel Lamb to bring up another company of this regiment to
strengthen the Sappers, and proceeded with them to the Sappers and
Miners' camp. Lieutenant Climo's company was now also ordered into
this enclosure, as the enemy were getting round his left flank and in his
position he partially masked the fire which Lieutenant Costello could
brino- to bear on them. In these positions the troops remained all night.

The enemy came on with great determination, charging the abattis
defended by the Madras Sappers and Miners over and over again.
The corps behaved splendidly, driving their assailants back and hold-
ing their own manfully under a hailstorm of bullets and rocks shower-
ed on them from the rising ground close in front of their abattis.
Twice, however, the enemy got through, once taking possession of their
quarter-guard, in which was all the ammunition of the corps and some ,
spare rifles. In trying to check this charge Lieutenant Watling was
wounded by a ghazi, who leapt the abattis, but whom he ran through
as he got in. The man struck him across the shoulder and neck first,
but apparently with the back of his sword, and then as he fell cut
him again above the heel. Sergeant Byrne of this company was killed
here. Colonel Meiklejohn was at this time watching the defence on the
south and south-east faces of the enclosure, to which place Lieutenant
Watling was carried, and where Major Herbert, who had also been
shot, was being attended to by Surgeon -Captain Langston, Lieutenant-
Colonel Lamb, commanding the 24th Punjab Infantry, was leaning over
Major Herbert, asking him about his wound when he himself was struck
by a bullet above the knee, shattering the bone. Colonel Meiklejohn, on
hearing that the quarter-guard had been taken, at once decided that it
must be retaken, and getting together 10 or 15 men with Captain
Holland and Lieutenant Climo, led them on to the attempt. As they
got near they made a dash. Colonel Meiklejohn leading. Almost imme-
diately two Sappers were shot and fell at his feet, his orderly was cut
down at his side and a Pathan struck him across the chest with the flat
of his sword. This was really the gallant Colonel's second escape, for
the bullet which had wounded Major Herbert had first passed through
Colonel Meiklejohn's gaiter. Captain Holland was shot here, the bullet
passing across his back, going under both shoulder blades, but missing
his spine, leaving four holes. The reception that this party got caused
a .slight check, but Colouel Meiklejohn, who was now standing ahead

( 32 )

alono, was immovable, shooting down his assailants with his revolver as
they came for him. The check was only momentary, and the sepoys,
clieered on by Lieutenant Climo, dashed up to him and into the guard,
driving, the enemy from the enclosure and saving the ammunition.

Some of the enemy had at the commencement got into the commis-
sariat enclosure and into the room where Honorary-Lieutenant Manley,
Commissariat Officer, and Sergeant Harrington were. Lieutenant
Manley went for them with his revolver, shooting two, and was then
killed. Sergeant Harrington had a wonderful escape : he had no
weapons, the room was dark, and he stood with his back to the wall
as still as he could. The ghazis walked round the room feeling the
wall, but just missed him, and thinking the room was empty left. As
they came in he had heard them say in Pushtoo : " There should be
two here," showing that the men knew the place well and expected to
find him there. The attack was carried on for the rest of the night
with great vigour, and the enemy, having possession of commanding
ground on two sides of this enclosure, brought a severe cross fire to bear
on the defenders, and continually charged right up to the abattis. It
was so dark that, although their yells and shrieks could be heard, they
could not be seen till within five yards of the men's rifles. At 2-30 the
sound of pipes and " tom-toms '' coming up the graded road indicated re-
inforcements coming to the enemy, and Colonel Meiklejohn therefore
ordered Lieutenant Rawlings, 4th Punjab Infantry, to go up to the fort
and bring down 100 men to this enclosure. The enemy were pretty well
all round the enclosure, and it was a risky thing to be asked to do, but
Lieutenant Eawlings, accompanied by one orderly, did it gallantly and,
shooting a ghazi who attacked him on the way with his revolver, re-
turned safely with the reinforcements.

At 4-30 A.M. the enemy withdrew, taking most of their dead with
them, but some 40 bodies were picked up in the camp, most of which
were recognised as those of men who had been in the habit of bringing
wood, grass, milk, eggs, etc., for sale into camp.

One very unfortunate incident of the fighting was that the enemy
succeeded in looting 19 boxes of ammunition containing 10,400 rounds.
After the Madras Sappers had been attacked, these boxes, belonging to
their reserve supply, had been loaded upon mules ready to be taken up
to the fort. The animals were standing in the lines when the tribesmen
temporarily captured the quarter-guard, and in the confusion mules
and ammunition disappeared.

( 33 )

A brave deed was performed by Lieutenant E. W. Costello. Dur-
ing the hottest part of the fight, while the football ground was overrun
with the enemy's swordsmen and swept by a heavy fire from both the
enemy and our own troops. Lieutenant Costello dashed out upon the
ground from the hospital enclosure and, with the assistance of two sepoys,
brought in a wounded Lance-Havildar who was lying 60 yards away
in the open. For this he was, on the 9th November, awarded the
Victoria Cross.

Our losses on this the first night were — British OflScers : — Killed :
Honorary-Lieutenant L. Manley, Commissariat Department ; woundtd
dangerously : Major W. W. Taylor, 45th Sikhs ; wuunded seriously :
Lieutenant-Colonel J. Lamb, Commandant, 24th Punjab Infantry ;
Major Herbert, D.A. and Q.-M.-G. ; Captain H. F. Holland^ 24th
Punjab Infantry ; Lieutenant F. W. Watling, R.E., Madras Sappers
and Miners. British N.-C. Officer : — Killed : Sergeant Byrne, Madras
Sappers and Miners. Native ranks : — Killed^ 21 ; ivounded, 31. It may
be added that two days later Major Taylor died of his wound, and on
the 23rd of August Colonel Lamb also succumbed.

( 34 )

CHAPTER II.

THE SITUATION IN THE SWAT COUXTRY,

The rising in the Malakand was totally unexpected. Since the time
when the Chitral Campaign came to an end the Lower Swat Valley
had been singularly peaceful, and the people seemed well content with
the new order of things. Trade had expanded, the Chitral road had
been kept open without any ditficulty, and splendid crops were ex-
pected in the valley. Everything in fact seemed to make for peace.
Suddenly the "Mad Fakir" appeared on the scene and quickly
gathered about him a large fighting force, whose boldness in attack-
ing a stronghold like Malakand showed with what desperate courage
they were inspired. He chiefly had with him men from Upper Swat,
Mian Guls as they are called, from their adherence to the prin^^iples
inculcated by their great Akhund who died some years ago. These
tribesmen are noted for their fanaticism, but another motive for their
action was the resentment excited by the Khan of Dir-'s attempts to
extend his authority over them. Once the " Mad Fakir " had succeeded
in making a disturbance at Thana, he was joined by the Lower Swatis,
carried away by the rising tide of enthusiasm, and as the news of the
movement spread the lawless Utman Khels from the west and a section
of the Bunerwals from the south-east also sent contingents.

The suddenness of the attack on the 26th July illustrates the
marvellous rapidity with which the tribesmen on our borders can be
mustered for warlike projects. The few hundreds who assembled in
the first instance at Landaki had their numbers swollen by men from
Thana, Aladand and Khar, as the " Mad Fakir" made his way down
the valley ; and by nightfall the gathering was so large that the
mullah was able to attack the Malakand at once. But for the news
brought by the levy jamadar the pickets might have been rushed before
they had been doubled, and the regiments would not have had ti>ue
to reach their posts. The tribesmen apparently waited until after sunset
before beginning their stealthy movement along the hills, and this further
accounts for theii' sudden and unexpected appearance. Their numbers on
this first night were fortunately smaller than on subsequent nights ;
otherwise, with the troops broken n\) into two parties— in the North

( 35 )

Camp and on the Malakancl Ridge— the losses of the garrison nmst have
been very great.

Fanaticism did not entirely account for this determined rising in a
country which liad been singularly peaceful for two years. The " Mad
Fakir " was, undoubtedly, a power in the country at that cime, but his
fiery preaching was not the sole incentive which made the villagers
of Swat leave their rice-fields at a moment's notice, swarm about the
Malakand, fighting with a heroic disregard for their lives, and when
repulsed turning with savage fury (as will afterwards appear) upon the
isolated garrison at Chakdara.

"When the purdah was lifted from Swat in April 1895, the people
of the valley fought one action on the Malakand and then quietly made
their submission. At the close of the campaign they accepted will-
ingly enough, as it appeared at the time, the new conditions which
were established. They were formally brought within the sphere of
British political influence, though permitted to manage their own tribal
concerns ; their headmen were subsidised in return for the levies which
they provided ; they benefited materially by the demand for supplies
required by the troops left in occupation of the Malakand and Chak-
dara ; the trade of the valley developed rapidly, owing to the im-
proved load to Bajour and Chitral and the bridging of the Swat and
Panjkora Rivers ; and, to add to all this, some of the material benefits
of civilisation were placed within their reach. Major Deane, the Poli-
tical Officer to whom their interests were entrusted, was acceptable
to them, and they showed marked anxiety to refer their disputes to
him for decision. No resentment was openly mainfested at the pi'e-
sence of our troops in the country ; the relations between the sepoys
and villagers were of the most friendly kind ; and not a single disturb-
ance occurred. The annual relief of the Chitral garrison was carried
out in 1896 and again in 1897 without a shot being fired in Swat,
and the Government of India might fairly have congratulated itself on
the peaceful outlook beyond the Malakand.

We have spoken so far only of Lower Swat, through which the
Chitral road runs. In Upper Swat the same contentment did not
altogether prevail, though no danger was anticipated from that quarter.
The reason for unrest in the upper country was the growing power of the
Khan of Dir, the man whom Umra Khan had driven into exile among

( 36 )

the Swatia, but who rose as the Chief of Jhandoul fell. Mahomed Sharif
Khan, after the campaign of 1895, had all the prestige which attaches
to a border chief directly supported by the British Government, and he
began to extend his authority over that portion of Upper Swat which
adjoins Dir. Further, the people in the Talash Valley beyond Chakdara
were made to feel that he might possibly claim to exercise control over
them. Exactly how far he pursued a forward policy is not for the
present purpose worth inquiring into, but it is certain that the Upper
Swatis grew alarmed at his pretensions. The Mian Guls, the four
grandsons of the old Akhund, began to fear that such power as they
had might disappear, and it was difficult to reassure them. A man
calling himself Mohamed Ibrahim appeared in Simla at the beginning
of July bringing a letter addressed to the Lieutenant-Governor of
the Punjab from one of the grandsons of the late Akhund of Swat.
It was an attempt to play a trick which is common enough in the East.
Those who employed him had addressed Major Deane direct regarding
their grievances and had simultaneously sent the emissary to make a
separate representation at head-quarters. They hoped to obtain con-
flicting orders and thus to weaken the authority of the Political Officer
on the spot. Their scheming was so transparent that it was seen
through at once, and their emissary was referred back to Major Deane.
This was the situation in the Swat country when the " Mad Fakir "
appeared on the scene.

According to tribal reports this man is a native of Swat, who, in
his earlier years, travelled to Central Asia and eventually settled in
Mazar-i-Sharif, the Amir's chief cantonment in Afghan Turkistan. He
lived there for ten yeai's and then moved to Kabul. During the sum-
mer of 1897, he visited Bajour, the Utman Khel* country and Buner,
preaching the necessity of waging war against all enemies of the Faith.
He was in league with Hajab-ud-din, the notorious Mullah of Hadda,
whose fanatical hostility to the British Government was already notori-
ous and who was destined to play an active part in subsequent frontier
troubles. When the " Mad Fakir " appeared in Upper Swat in July,
the fame of his preaching spread far and wide. He gradually worked
his way down the valley, with a huge rabble of men and boys at his heels,
and on July 26th was at Landaki within hail of Chakdara. It was not

* This name is also borne by several unimportant sub-sections of other and quite
distinct t>ibes. In this part of the book it refers only to the clan dwelling between Swat
and Bajour.

( 37 )

till then that he took the final step -which brought about the rising.
He claimed to be inspired to work miracles ; the Heavenly Host were,
he said, on his side ; and he announced that with or without help from
his listeners he would sweep our troops from Chakdara and the Mala-
kand in eight days. His excited appeals to the fanaticism dormant in
every Pathan were responded to in a manner little short of marvellous :
his progress from Landaki to Thana and thence to Aladand, both
villages in view of the Chakdara post, must have been a triumphal one ;
the villagers flew to arms ; our levies hastily retired, except such as
joined his standard ; all the headmen, with one solitary exception,
were carried away by the popular enthusiasm, and by nightfall a reso-
lute body of tribesmen were on the move to attack the Malakand, while
another party turned their attention to Chakdara, The mullah had
roused the whole valley, and his standard afterwards became the rally-
ing point for thousands of fighting men from Upper Swat, Buner, the
Utman Khel country, and even more distant parts.

>^-

( 38 )

CHAPTER III.

RENEWED ATTACKS ON THE MALAKAND.

Soon after daybreak on the 27th of July, in fact immediately the
enemy had withdrawn after the repulse of their initial attack on the
Malakand, Colonel Meiklejohn, in accordance with his original idea, sent
out a column consisting of four guns of No. 8 (Bengal) Mountain Battery,
one squadron of the 11th Bengal Lancers, and the 31st Punjab Infantry.
These troops were ordered to pursue and break up any gathering in the
Swat Valley and open up communication with Chakdara. They found
themselves opposed to large bodies of tribesmen, but the cavalry pushed
on towards Chakdara. The guns and infantry, however, had to return
to Malakand. It then became clear that the rising was serious and
Colonel Meiklejohn wired down south to Mardan oi'dering the Corps of
Guides up with all possible speed. He withdrew the troops from the
North Malakand Camp, concentrating his brigade in and about the
entrenched position on the Kotal, Avhere they could best be utilised in
repelling any attack in strength. At the same time he telegraphed to
the head-quarters of the Punjab Command at Murree asking that rein-
forcements might be sent. During this same day (July 27th) bodies
of tribesmen appeared on the hills about the Malakand position, but
did not venture upon any determined advance. They were fired
upon when within range. The Guides arrived in the evening, though
they had received the order to proceed to Malakand only at 9 p.m.
the night before. They thus completed the march of 32 miles, with
a long climb of seven miles at the end of itj in most oppressive heat,
in something like 16 hours. It was a march to be proud of. They
dropped a detachment of infantry at Dargai* at the foot of the hills
so as to keep the road open.

The garrison in the Malakand at that time consisted of one squad-
ron of the 11th Bengal Lancers, No. 8 Mountain Battery, No. 5 Company
Madras Sappers, the 24th and 31st Punjab Infantry, and the 45th Sikhs,
or something under 3,000 men. Of these, 25 cavalry and 200 infantry
were ordinarily detached to hold the outpost at Chakdara and the

* Tliis place will not be confused with the now famous heights of the same name on
the Bamaua liange,

( 39 )

bridge-head on the Swat River. The Chakdara post was considered to
be impregnable, and was armed with Maxim guns which could sweep
the bridge. As ample supplies and reserve ammunition are always
stored there, not the least fear was entertained regarding the safety
of the post itself. In response to Colonel Meiklejohn's demand for re-
inforcements the following movements of troops were promptly ordered
from Murree : — No. 7 British Mountain Battery from the Murree
Gullies, the 3r)th Sikhs from Peshawar, the 18th Dogras from Now-
shera, to Malakand ; three squadrons 11th Bengal Lancers from Now-
shera, and the 22nd Punjab Infantry from Jhelum, to Mardan ; the
37th Dogras fi'om Sialkote to Peshawar ; and one Native Infantry regi-
ment from the Bengal Command to Nowshera, where there was only
a small detachment of British troops, as the Argyll and Sutherland
Highlanders were absent on service in the Tochi Valley.

When Colonel Meiklejohn evacuated the North Camp on Tuesday
afternoon, July 27th, the tents in the camp had to be left standing, as
no camel transport was available to move them and they were too
heavy for the mules, being of the pattern known as " European pri-
vate's." The enemy burnt them, and as the conflagration must have
been visible for miles, the tribesmen from a distance flocked in to see
how far successful the Swatis had been. The numbers of the enemy
were thus greatly increased, and at 8-30 p.m. they again attacked
Malakand on all sides.

The Malakand force had by this time been redistributed, the 24th
Punjab Infantry with two guns holding a conical hill on the north side
of the camp commanding the approaches from the North Camp direc-
tion, and the 31st Punjab Infantry with two guns and the main body of
the Guides occupying the central enclosure ; two guns and 100 of the
Guides wei'e sent to strengthen the 4.5th Sikhs on the right, while a party
of 50 men were sent from the Fort to Maxim Point to close that side
of the camp and command the water-supply. The attack commenced at
8-30 P.M. and was carried on with the same determination as on the
night before, but this time the enemy did not penetrate. They, how-
ever, succeeded in capturing the Serai, which was outside the line of de-
fence, and in which 25 men of the 31st Punjab Infantry had been placed.
The enemy attacked it with great vigour, and eventually mined it and
set fire to the door. The picket held on manfully as long as they could,
but ultimately had to let themselves down by the back wall and retire
to the enclosure, in doing which they lost ten men. The 45th Sikhs and

( 40 )

24tli Punjab Infantry were equally vigorously attacked, but tliey
drove off the enemy with great loss. As day dawned the enemy began
pressing the 24th Punjab Infantry, and Lieutenant Climo, who was in
command of the regiment, decided to deliver a counter-attack. Accord-
ingly with 100 men he advanced up the spur to the east to meet them
and delivered a tremendous fire. The enemy drew off, but were pursued
and driven from crest to crest in grand style, losing about 90 killed.
Lieutenant Costello was wounded in this brilliant little counter-attack,
and our losses altogether on the second night were : — Lieutenant
Costello slightly wounded ; native ranks, 10 killed, 45 wounded.

All day during Wednesday, the 28th July, desultory fighting was
going on in every direction round the camp, and large bodies of the
enemy could be seen collecting from all directions and joining our foes
on the hills. At 10 o'clock in the evening they attacked f\gain from all
sides and with the same vigour as they had shown both nights before.
The distribution of the troops remained the same as on the 27th. The
attack commenced on the enclosure in which were the Sappers and
Miners, the 31st Punjab Infantry and the Guides — and the brunt of the
fi<fht fell on this position all night, the enemy continually charging in
the dark right up to the abattis and breast-works, but they did not
penetrate. The 31st Punjab Infantry suffered heavily, the 45th Sikhs
also had a very severe time, but they must have killed at least 200 of
the enemy. The fighting was incessant all round the camp, and lasted
till 3 A.M. It was impossible then to estimate the total losses of the
enemy ; they were certainly very large, and in the early morning the
.tribesmen could be seen dragging away bodies over the hills. The
troops, however, had been fighting now fur about 60 hours without
sleep, and were too exhausted for pursuit, with the risk that they might
have to fight again the following niglit. Our casualties on this the third
night were : British Oflftcers — Lieutenant Ford, 31st Punjab Infantry,
seriously wounded ; Lieutenant Swinley, 31st Punjab Infantry, slightly
wounded ; Lieutenant Maclean, Guides, slightly wounded. Lieutenant
Maclean had a narrow escape, the bullet going into his mouth and
coming out of his cheek. Native ranks — 2 killed, 16 wounded.

Signalling communication was re-established with Chakdara on the
29th, when it was ascertained that they also had been attacked twice by
day and three times by night but were holding their own. Lieutenant
Minchin, Political Officer at Chakdara, signalled that large bodies of
men were streaming down the valley, the number being calculated at

( 41 )

5,000, and that another attack might be expected on the Malakand that
night. The determination of the tribesmen in their repeated attacks at
night showed how large was the gathering, for their losses had been so
heavy that unless fresh men were constantly arriving the attacks could
not have been renewed.

All day during Thursday, the 29th July, the troops at Malakand were
employed strengthening the defences, clearing the field of fire of huts,
trees, and anything that could give cover to the enemy, and in arranging
bonfires to light up the approaches over which the enemy were bound to
■advance to reach the central enclosure. The force was augmented in
the afternoon by one squadron 11th Bengal Lancers, under Major
Beatson, who were taken into the Fort.

The same night the garrison was attacked by a very much larger
force than had appeared on the three previous nights ; the attack was
delivered on both flanks and in a most determined manner. Apparent-
ly the enemy did not like the idea of crossing the belt of light given
by the bonfires in front of the Sapper enclosure, and consequently this
portion of the camp had a less severe night of it than before. The
24th Punjab Infantry on the left and the 45th Sikhs on the right
had to bear the brunt of the fighting this time, and it seemed to
be carried on with even greater ferocity than before. The guns of
No. 8 Bengal Mountain Battery, commanded by Lieutenant Wynter,
^hich had been working almost incessantly for 84 hours, played
great havoc with the enemy and rendered valuable assistance to the
defenders. The attack began at 9-30 and was pressed vigorously all
night, culminating with a tremendous effort from 2 to 2-30, when it
suddenly ceased, and the enemy drew off. The increased fury of the
attack this night turned out to be due to the presence of the "Mad Fakir'* "
himself. On the three previous nights he had sent his infatuated fol-
lowers on to fight, saying that he would stay behind and pray. After
three nights of defeat, and having suffered very heavy losses, the
believers began to feel a little dissatisfied with the efficacy of their
leader's prayers, and suggested that he should come himself and lead
them and then perhaps the heavenly hosts which he professed to be
able to call to his aid would come down and assist them. It was an
argument that he dared not resist and so he came. His followers,
firmly believing that the " infidels " were now to be delivered into
their hands and that the heavens would be opened and crowds of
armed spirits would descend and help tliem, dashed on to our ranks,

< 42 )

lod by tlie Fakir himself and his first lieutenant and faithful companion.
The latter was killed and the Fakir himself wonnded. This probably-
happened at 2-30, when the enemy withdrew, the Fakir himself flyinj^
back to Landaki. The accident to their leader considerably shook the
belief of his followers in his divine power and his rapid retirement to
Landaki was no doubt regarded by them as a proof that he had not a
very strong belief in himself. At any rate, the fighting, though again
resumed the next night, was no longer pushed with the same spirit as
hitherto. Our casualties that night (July 29th) were : British Officer^
Lieutenant Costello, seriously wounded. He had already been shot in
the arm, but insisted on going on with his duty, and was again shot in
the other arm, the bone being fractured. Native ranks — killed one,
wounded 17.

A curious fact afterwards came to light which illustrates the kind
of reverence felt by the tribesmen for their mullahs. The " Mad Fakir's "
wound necessitated the amputation of two joints of one of his fingers, and
these joints were buried with gieat ceremony, a standard being placed
over them and a shrine erected. But the most amusing thing was that
the Fakir gave out that anyone who had a wish or want had only to pay
a visit to the shrine in order to get it fulfilled— and he was believed.

The four night attacks on Malakand had been made with the great-
est determination, and the total losses resulting had been very heavy.
They amounted to 36 killed and 106 wounded, including 15 followers
killed and 11 wounded, mostly in the first attack. The casualties among
the British Officers were the noticeable feature of the afi'air, two having
been killed and nine wounded. The regiments being short of Officers,
the control of the fire could not be so good as it would have been with
«i full complement, and the repeated and long night attacks caused an
enormous expenditure of ammunition, but fortunately the supply was
}n excess of the regulation number of rounds, which would ordinarily
have been 400 per rifle.

All was pretty quiet during Friday, the 30th July, but a very large
organised gathering was seen to have joined the enemy, and it was
evident that though the two leaders were /tors de combat the tribes had
no intention of giving up the fight yet, and the garrison prepared for
another attack in the night. It began at 9-30, but was not delivered with
the same energy as before. A heavy thunderstorm broke over the scene
in tiie middle of the night, and the enemy, taking advantage of the
greater durkiitss, the nuise of tht- thunder and the rain, attempted to

C 43 )>

rush the 45th Sikhs. Thoy were met, however, with the same perfectly
cool and steady resistance which this jrallant regiment had opposed to
them night after night since the figlit began, and were Iwyoneted in
considerable numbers. The enemy withdrew at about 3 a.m.; our
casualties being only 2 sepoys wounded.

The next day, Saturday, July 31st, the 35th Sikhs and 38th Dogras
arrived in camp after a most trying march, the heat on the road being
intense, and they were a most welcome reinforcement to the garrison.
All was quiet during the day and nothing but sniping into camp occur-
red that night, so the troops had comparative rest.

On Sunday, the 1st of August, Colonel Meiklejohn decided to
take with him 1,000 infantry, one squadron of cavalry and 2 guns, and
also 50 Sappers and try to relieve Chakdara. At 11 a.m. the cavalry
went down to the plain by the short road to the North Camp. This
move was at once discovered by the enemy, who turned up in swai^ms
from every direction. The cavalry, comjoosed of the Guides Cavalry
under Colonel Adams and one squadron 11th Bengal Lancers under Major
Beatson, chai'ged them in grand style, and got well into them once, but
the difficult nature of the ground and the skill with which the enemy
availed themselves of it prevented their going far, and they had to fall
back, having accounted for nearly 100 of the enemy. They returned into
camp under cover of the fire from the _ infantry and guns, their casualties
being : British Officers:— Captain Baldwin, Guides, severely wounded,
and Lieutenant Keyes, Guides, slightly wounded. Native ranks : — 1
killed, 12 wounded. Colonel Adams had his horse shot under him. It
was now so late in the day and the enemy were evidently in such
numbers, that it was thought impossible to get to Chakdara that night,
Avith the probability of having to fight three fights on the way, one in
getting out of the kotal, another at Butkela and the third at Amandara
Pass. The attempt was accordingly put off till the next day.

At Chakdara itself, the attacks upon the fort had been almost con-
tinuous, and it looked as if the assailants intended to wear out the
garrison, and, if possible, cause them to exhaust their ammunition.
Practically, it was impossible for the enemy to capture the fort until
the troops holding it had no cartridges left, and even then storming
parties might be beaten back with the bayonet, as the fort stands on a
scarped, rocky eminence of great natural strength. A heliograph message
had however been received at Malakand from Chakdaiu with the two

( 44 )

■words "Help us" and great anxiety was consequently felt for the
little force. A heliograph had been sent in reply " Expect us to-
morrow morning. Is the bridge standing ? " But no reply to the ques-
tion had come back. It was imperative therefoi-e to relieve the post at
all costs. How this relief was carried out at a critical moment will
presently be related.

( 45 )

chaptfh IV.

THE MALAKAND FIELD FORCE.

Owing to the serious aspect of affairs in the Swat Valley orders were
issued from Army Head-Quarters for the troops at Malakand, together
with those moving up, to be formed into a Division for field service,
the command of which was given to Brigadier-General Sir Bindon
Blood (then commanding the Bundelkhand District), with a complete
staff. The 1st Brigade, under Colonel Meiklejohn, was to be composed
of the Royal West Kent Regiment, the 24th Punjab Infantry, the 31st
Punjab Infantry and the 45th Sikhs. The 2nd Brigade, under Colonel
Jeffreys, then officiating in command of the Sirhind District, was to be
composed of the Buffs, the 35th Sikhs, the 38th Dogras and the Guides
Infantry. The Divisional corps were to be No. 1 and No. 7 British and
No. 8 Bengal Mountain Batteries, No. 5 Company Madras, and No. 4
Company Bengal Sappers and Miners, the Guides Cavalry and one
squadron of the 11th Bengal Lancers. Colonel Aitkin was given the
command of the Royal Artillery. Lieutenant-Colonel Schalch, 11th
Bengal Infantry, was made Base Commandant at Nowshera.

The following was the full staff of the new Malakand Field
Force : —

Commanding, Brigadier-General Sir B. Blood ; Assistant Adjutant-
General, Major H. H. Burney, Gordon Highlanders ; Assistant Quarter-
master-General, Lieutenant-Colonel A. Masters, Central India Horse ;
Deputy Assistant Quartermaster-General, Intelligence Department, Cap-
tain H. E. Stanton, R.A. ; Field Intelligence Officer, Captain H. F.
Walters, 24th Bombay Infantry ; Signalling Officer, Captain E. W. M.
Norie, Middlesex Regiment ; Principal Medical Officer, Surgeon-Colonel
G. Thomson ; Commanding Royal Artillery, Colonel W. Aitkin ; Ad-
jutant, Royal Artillery, Captain H. D. Grier ; Field Engineer, Major
£. Blunt ; Assistant Field Engineers, Lieutenants C. M. F. Watkins
and H. O. Lathbury ; Ordnance Officer, Captain W. W. Cookson,
R.A. ; Chief Commissariat Officer, Major H. Wharry ; Assistant Com-
missariat Officer, Lieutenant A. S. Cobbe, 32nd Pioneers ; Divisional
Transport Officer, Captain C. G. R. Thackwell ; Assistant Transport
Officer, Captain F. H. Hancock, 26t.h Punjab Infantry ; Veterinary

( 40 )

Officer, Captain tt. T. W. Mann ; Provost Mar.'shal, Captain C. fi. V.
Edwards, nth Punjab Cavalry.

1st Brigade St off : — Commanding, Colonel W. H. Meiklejohn ; Deputy
Assistant Adjutant-General, Major E. A. P. Hobday, R.A. ; Deputy
Assistant Quartermaster-General, Captain G. F. H. Dillon, 40tl) Patbans;
Commissariat Officer, Captain C. H. Beville ; Brigade Transport Officer^
Captain J. M. Camillery ; Regimental Transport Officer, Lieutenant R.
Hariuan, 4th Sikhs ; Veterinary Officer, Captain W. R. Walker.

2nd Brigade Staff : — Commanding, Colonel P. D. Jeffreys ; Deputy
Assistant Adjutant-General, Major E. O. F. Hamilton, Queen's Royal
West Surrey Regiment ; Deputy Assistant Quartermaster-General,
Major C. H. Powell, Ist Gurkhas ; Commissariat Officer, Captain G. A.
Hawkins ; Brigade Transport Officer, Captain D. Baker, Bombay
Grenadiers ; Regimental Transport Officer, Lieutenant G. C. Brooke,
Border Regiment ; Veterinary Officer, Lieutenant T. W. Rudd.

Bane and Line of Comirinnicadon ." — Base Commandant, Colonel
V. A. Schalch, 11th Bengal Infantry ; Staff Officer at Base, Captain H.
Scott, Royal Sussex Regiment ; Section Commandant, Captain O. B. S. F.
Shore, 18Lh Bengal Lancers ; Commissariat Officer, Captain S. W,
Lincoln ; Assistant Commissariat Officer, Lieutenant E. G. Vaughan ;
Transport Officers, Lieutenants R. S. Weston, Manchester Regiment,
and E. F. Macnaghten, 16tli (Queen's) Lancers.

Brigadier-General Sir Bindon Blood was given the temporary rank
of Major-General while commanding the Malakand Field Force, and
Colonel W. H. Meiklejohn and Colonel P. D. Jeffreys were given the
temporary rank of Brigadier-General while commanding the 1st and 2nd
Brigades respectively under Sir Bindon Blood.

Orders were also issued for the immediate formation of a Reserve
Brigade for the Malakand Field Force. This was composed as fol-
lows:— Commanding, Brigadier-General J. Wodehouse, R.A. Troops: —
The Highland Light Infantry from Cawnpore, the Gordon High-
landers from Rawalpindi, the 2nd Battalion 1st Gurkhas from Dharm-
sala, the 10th Field Battery from Rawalpindi, and No. 3 Company
Bombay Sappers from Kirkee.

The formation of this Reserve Brigade was due to further inform-
ation received as to the attitude of the tribesmen in the Swat Valley.
It was by this time clear that four sections of the BuUfi wals were in the

( 47 )

field, and thnnoh the Malakand position was no longer in danger there
were ten or twelve thousand of the enemy on the hills to the north, the
north-east and the south-west, as well as in the Swat Valley itself.

Sir Bindon Blood arrived at Malakand in advance of some of his
troops on Sunday, August 1st (the day when Colonel Meiklejohn made his
ineffectual attempt to relieve Chakdara% and at once assumed command.
After inspecting the Malakand defences and the garrison, he reported
to Army Head-Quarters that all the arrangements made by Colonel
Meiklejohn were admirable in every way, and the position absolutely
secure. He described the spirit of the troops as excellent, all showing
eagerness to be led against the enemy. He warmly praised " their
soldierly bearing and keenness after the almost continuous fighting of the
Week, with little rest at night and exposure to sun during the day."
With such troops there could no longer be any lack of confidence in
assuming the offensive and in relieving Chakdara, as the Malakand
garrison now comprised more than four thousand infantry, five or six
hundred cavalry, one company of Sappers and a mountain battery.

The heliograph, it will be remembered, had already told the Mala-
kand garrison that help was urgently needed at Chakdara. On the
evening of Monday, .July 26th, almost simultaneously with the first
assault on the Malakand, Chakdara had been invested by a large force
of Pathans, who attacked from all sides. The garrison of four British
Officers, two companies of the 45th Sikhs, and 25 sowars of the lltli
Bengal Lancers, was augmented on the Tuesday, under circumstances
already described, by two Officers and 40 sowars of the] 1th Bengal
'Lancers from Malakand. Communications in the fort were commanded
■from nearly all sides by the enemy, who sniped from cover at from 100
to 200 yards distance. Frequent attacks were made on the Tuesday and
Wednesday, the enemy bringing ladders and bundles of grass to get
over the wire entanglement. All this time the garrison could get no
rest, not being able to tell when or where the enemy's attack would
next take place. On the Thursday night a desperate assault was made
on the isolated signal tower, garrisoned by 16 men, but was repulsed
with great loss. On the Friday, the strength of the enemy in men and
Martini-Henry rifles was very much increased, and they so closely sur-
rounded the fort that no one could leave cover. This critical condition
of affairs continued till the Sunday night when the tribesmen made an-
other fierce onslaught, which was still in progress the following morning
when the relieving force from the Malakand dashed victoriously upon
the scene, ' ■

( 48 )

CHAPTER V.

THE RELIEF OF CITAKDARA.

The relief of Chakdara was carried out by Colonel Meiklejolin in bril-
liant style on Monday morning, August 2nd. In order to clear the way
for the relieving column, it was necessary at the outset to disperse the
enemy on the hills to the east and north-east, as they commanded the road
leadinf into the Swat Valley. This task was assigned to Colonel Gold-
ney, who took with him two mountain guns, the 35th Sikhs and the 38th
Dogras, these two regiments being quite fresh, as they had had two days'
rest after arrival at Malakand. At the very first streak of dawn Colonel
Goldney silently advanced from the position his troops had held at
night to within rushing distance of the enemy's position without firing
a shot. He charged the position with the bayonet, taking the enemy
completely by surprise. They fired a few wild shots and then fled in
every direction, disappearing like rabbits among the huge rocks and
boulders with which the whole side of the hill down to the foot of the
oi-aded road is covered. Their exact casualties were never ascertained,
but seven dead bodies were found and one prisoner was taken. At the
same time that Colonel Goldney started. Colonel Meiklejohn also moved
off with his force, and he got three-fourths of the way down the graded
road before a shot was fired at him. Those of the enemy, however, who
bad fled from Colonel Goldney's attack had carried the alarm down to
the villages and encampments at the foot of the hill, and Colonel Meikle-
john soon saw swarms of men with many banners running out of the
villages and down the hillsides to prepare to oppose him. They took up
a position across the road ; their right being strongly posted on a conical
hill west of the graded road, their left resting on a high spur running
from the main mountain and completely commanding the road. Colonel
Meiklejohn immediately deployed to his left, sending a party to seize
the levy post, which was about 600 yards in advance of the enemy's
position. It was grand to see the way the troops advanced. They had
longed for this opportunity, and they went at it with a determination
that the enemy doubtless appreciated.

The fire was brisk on both sides, but there was no delaying our
troops. They rushed the hill occupied by the enemy's right and drovs

( 49 )

them from it. The enemy fled up the- hills to the east, and in the dix'ec-
tions of Khar and Butkela, where they were met by a friendly stream
drawn from Butkela by the noise of the firins^. Thefleeing and advancing
portions of the enemy met where the road crosses the saddle of the Dogras
Hill, and here they re-formed, taking up a position on Dogra Hill.
Colonel Meiklejohn, without wasting a moment, advanced on this se-
cond position, covered by the fire of his guns, sending his cavalry round
the north point of the hill, so as to be in a position to cut off the
enemy from Khar and Butkela. The enemy, however, would not wait
to be attacked. Many of them probably had a remembrance of the
Guides' charge over the same plain in 1895, and they fled. They
were too late, however, for in a few minutes the cavalry were on
them, through them, and beyond them to the villages of Khar and
Butkela, leaving our polo ground and the whole plain dotted over
with what appeared to the garrison left behind in Malakand Fort only
little black heaps, but were in reality Swatis, Bunerwals, and others
who would fight no more. The cavalry scoured the whole plain, and only
those escaped from them who took to the broad stretch of rice-fields
on the banks of the river.

This sudden dart from the Malakand spread terror in the valley
and people could be seen hurrying in every direction from the village to
the river bank, carrying away what they could. Colonel Meiklejohn's
force, however, had another and more pressing object in view than in
cutting these men off, and so the cavalry resumed their direction straight
for Chakdara, having first dismounted a third of a squadron, and given
the gathering on the banks a few rousing volleys. Colonel Meiklejohn,
having taken Dogras Hill, resumed his march, and disappeared from
the view of those who had watched with admiration the brilliant and
dashing manner in which the previous week's score was being wiped
out.

Covered by the cavalry, Colonel Meiklejohn's force advanced on
Butkela, which was occupied by the enemy. The cavalry got beyond
the village without a shot being fired at them, and galloped on to the
Amandara Pass, holding it with dismounted men, and then cut off the
enemy's retreat. The infantry came up rapidly and attacked Butkela.
The enemy made next to no resistance and fled across the rice -fields
to the river, where the cavalry could not pursue them. As soon
as the infantry came up to the Anmndara Pass, the cavalry dashed

( 50 )

on towards Cliakdara, where, from the noise and smoke, rt was evident
that severe fighting was going on. The cavahy reached Cliakdara at
9 a.m. Tlic Ivridge was intact, but the enemy were occupying the Civil
Hospital and the terraces of the hill on which the signalling tower is
and also innumerable sunffars all over the level ground and rice-fields
round the north and east sides of the fort, from which they kept up a
lieavy fire. The cavalry at once crossed the bridge, part of the garrison
moving out to cover their crossing, and on reaching the north bank
they at once moved out against the enemy in the open, getting among
those on the hard ground and attacking those in the smit/ara in the
rice-fields with dismounted fire, while the fort supported them with fire
from their 9-pounder guns and Maxims* They killed a great many of the
enemy, who began to retire at once, some towards Uch, others up the
valley to Upper Swat. In many of the sungars light scaling-ladders
were found, with which the enemy had evidently intended to get over
the walls of the fort.

The Chakdara gari'ison were in good spirits and holding their own
magnificently. The party in the mgimlling tower were suffering most,
not having had any water for two days. The only casualty that morning
among Officers was Lieutenant Rattray, severely wounded in the neck,
who was hit in coming oat to cover the passage of the cavalry to
cross the bridge. Other casualties among the garrison were very slight.
The fort had proved itself practically impregnable and the garrison
had behaved gallantly. Tliey had been fighting with hardly any sleep
for seven days.

Colonel Meiklejohn arrived with the infantry at 10, by which time
the fighting had ceased. It may be added here that in addition to
the troops already spoken of the Chakdara Relieving Column included
No. 5 Queen's Own Sappers and Miners. The casualties in Colonel
Meiklejohn's force in the morning's operations were : — Native ranks, 4
killed and 26 wounded. No British Officers were hit.

As for the enemy, their losses had all along been enormous. The
following were sent in as reliable estimates for the week's fighting at
Malakand and Chakdara :— At Malakand, 700 ; at the fighting with
Colonel Meiklejohn's force on its way to Chakdara, over .lOO ; at
Chakdara, 2,000. The Maxims and 9-pounder guns at Chakdara did
great execution. One discharge of grape from the 9-pounder smooth-
bore is supposed to have accounted for 80 men. Another shot, which

( 51 )

happened to land in the mosque at Chakdara while the enemy were
at prayer, killed a considerable number. Several stories are told of
the individual courage of the Pathans, and the f<jllowing is an instance
of their extraordinary vitality, as recorded by aw eye-witness. One of
the Bengal Lancers ran a Pathan through with his lance, and being
unable to extra-ct the lance left it and passed on. The Pathan pulled
the lance out, threw it away, and attacked the next man who came up
to him, wounding his horse with his sword. He then attacked an
Officer of the 11th Bengal Lancers, who shot him through the head.

"^^ <^'" ' "

( 52 )

CHAPTER VL

FURTHER EVEXTS IN THE SWAT COUNTRY.

So completely was the aspect of affairs changed by the relief of
Chakdara that the lately beleaguered troops had now actually to move
out and search for the enemy, who had vanished as quickly as they had
appeared. Sir Bindon Blood was determined not to give his demoral-
ised foe any breathing time to rally, and to this end, after doubling the
Chakdara garrison and replenishing its stores, he arranged, in concert
with Major Deane, a plan of action under which flying columns were
to be sent out to sweep the whole of the disturbed country and enforce
submission. The full strength of the field force, on the completion of
the concentration at Malakand, was : two regiments of cavalry, three
mountain batteries, two companies of sappers, and ten regiments of
infantry (not counting the garrison of Jellala) ; in all between 8,000 and
9,000 men. This was quite sufficient for immediate purposes, more es-
pecially as the Bunerwals, who lay on the flank of any force moving into
Upper Swat by the river route, seemed inclined to disown the hostile
action taken by the Salarzai* section of their tribe during the recent
fighting. It was known that the Utman Khels, the Kanazai, the Lower
Swatis and a certain number of Upper Swatis were implicated ; not to
mention the Dushi Khels, the Adinzai, the Showazai, the Shoniizee, the
Nekbe Khels and other sub-sections, whose names are only worth re-
peating by way of showing how general was the rising ; but the whole
strength of the enemy actually in the field at that time was not believ-
ed to be much more than twice as numerous as the full field force.
Sir Bindon Blood accordingly issued the following orders on the 4th
August regarding the disposition of the troops : — The 1st Brigade, con-
sisting of the Royal West Kent Regiment, the 24th and 31st Punjab
Infantry, the 45th Sikhs, with a proportion of sappers and artillery, to
concentrate at Amandai'a ; the 2nd Brigade, consisting of the Buffs, the
Guides Infantry, the 35th Sikhs, the 38th Dogras, with the Divisional
troops, to be placed on the Malakand and at Khar. These order's
were quickly carried out and the two brigades then stood ready to move
in any direction at the shortest notice, equipped with ten days' supplies.

* There is also a Salarzai section of the Bajoui-is.

f 53 )

The rising of the tribes about tlie Malakand did not seem to have
infected those further to the north with any excitement or restlessness.
Communication between Gilgit and Chitral was still open, and the last
letters received from Chitral, dated the 17th July, spoke of nothing
unusual, though this was of course long antecedent to the Swat outbreak.
Again, Major Eundle, D.S.O., and Captain Walker, 4th Gurkhas, had just
arrived in Gilgit, having come up by way of the Babusar Pass and Chilas
with an escort of police levies of the Agency, and had found all quiet on
the route ; and the Chilas revenue had been duly paid in to Captain
Godfrey, the Agent at Gilgit. Nor were there as yet (August 6th)
any signs of further outbreaks elsewhere along the frontier. Tlie Indus
Kohistan, the Mohmand country, the Khyber, Kohat and Kurram all
seemed to be undisturbed. With regard to Bajour satisfactory news was
received from the Nawab of Dir that the Bajouris had remained quiet.
The tribes on the border of Peshawar district— with the exception of the
Utman Khel, who are always ready to turn out when a prospect of loot
offers— had also remained quiet. The Mohmand headmen sent in word
that their clans had not participated in the rising. The Buner frontier
on the Hazara side continued undisturbed, while no signs of unrest were
apparent on the Black Mountain border. The quickness with which
Malakand was reinforced had doubtless exercised a strong effect upon all
the tribes who might have been inclined to join the Swatis. It was the
Lower Swatis, who had generally been despised as fighting men, who
really formed the bulk of the recent attacking force. Thus the Khan
of Aladand, whose conduct had been exemplary since the Chitral Cam-
paign, and who had provided a portion of the levies, receiving a subsidy
in return, was among the enemy killed in one of the attacks. Villagers
who had been in the habit of furnishing supplies for the past two years,
and who were perfectly well known to the garrison, shared in the ffhaza,
fighting well too.

The only disquieting frontier news was to the effect that a number
of mullahs with a following of fanatical tribesmen had left Ningrahar,
Tagao and other districts about Jellalabad to join either the Mullah of
Hadda* or the " Mad Fakir."

Jirgahs now began to come in to Major Deane from the offending
country beyond the Swat River, and these submissions were expedited
when Sir Bindou Blood with the 1st Brigade under Brigadier-General

* Vulti Pait lU, Chapter I.

( 0-4 )

Meiklejohn moved up tin; left bank of tlie Swat River into U])per Swat.
The Lower Swatis generally submitted unconditionally and were allowed

to return to their villages.

The strength of the 1st Brigade was increased for the purpose of the
advance by one field and two mountain batteries, the Guides Cavalry and
a detachment of the llth Bengal Lancers, as well as by No. 5 Company
Queen's Own Sappers and Miners ; and as the tribesmen always dread
both artillery and cavalry, especially the former, it was not expected
that the progress of this formidable force would be seriously resisted.
The Bunerwals who were on the right flank of the advancing force
were not expected to make any demonstration ; but to guard against
possible trouble with them, the 1st Reserve Brigade at Mardan under
Brig-Kdier-General J. H. Wodehouse was mised to the full strength by
the addition of the Highland Light Infantry and the 2nd Queen's
Regiment from Rawalpindi. General Wodehouse then moved out in
force to Rustam, 20 miles north-east of Mardan, to watch the southern
border of the Buner countiy, having with him one squadron of the 10th
Bengal Lancei^, the Highland Light Infantry, and the 39th Garhwalis.
The appearance of this force at Rustam was very timely as it reminded
the Bunerwals that they could be attacked both in front and in rear.
The Musa Khel, holding the country between Landaki and Barikot, had
already submitted in haste before the 1st Brigade started marching.

While Sir Bindon Blood was preparing for his advance, orders
were issued from Simla on the 13th August for the concentration at
Rawalpindi of two additional Reserve Brigades to be known as the
2nd and 3rd Reserve Brigades of the Malakand Field Force. The new
brigades were constituted as follows : —

2nd lieseros Briyaie : — 2ud Oxfordshire Light lufantiy fromFeroze-
pore ; 2nd Royal Iiish Regiment from Jubbulpore and Saugor ; 1st
Battalion 3rd Gurkha Rifles from Almora ; 12th Bengal Infantry from
Bareilly ; No. 3 Mountain Battery from Jutogh ; 18th Bengal Lancers at
Rawalpindi ; No. 4 Company Bombay Sappers from Kirkee.

Zrd Reserve Brigade: — 1st Northampton.shire Regiment from Secun-
derabad ; 1st Dorsetshire Regiment from Bangalore ; 9th Gurkha Rifles
from Lansdowne ; 1st Battalion 2nd Guikha Rifles from Dehra Dun ;
3rd Field Batteiy fiom Saugor ; 3rd Bengal Cavalry from Fyzabad ;
No. 4 Company Madi'as Saj^peis from Bangalore.

( 55 ]

CIIA VTER ril.

THE ACTION AT LAXDAKI.

Major-Gexeral Sir Bindon Blood moved out from Tliana on the left
bank of the Swat Eiver at 6-30 on Tuesday morning, August 17th.
As already forewarned by a reconnoitring party, he found some three
thousand tiibesmen gathered near Landaki to oppose his advance up
the valley, and to clear these away an action became necessary. The
10th Field Batteiy got to work without delay, its twelve-pounder guns
making excellent practice, and the Eoyal West Kent Eegiment at-
tacked on the left, while Brigadier-General Meiklejohn, with two regi-
ments and six companies of native infantry and a mountain battery,
advanced on the right, to make a turning movement and so cut off the
enemy's line of retreat to the hills on the right. The advancing force
also included No. 5 Company Queen's Owai Sappers and Miners. The
tribesmen would not wait until this movement was developed, about two
thousand retiring rapidly over the Morah Pass into Bvmer, These were
apparently a contingent of the Salarzai Bunerwals. The remainder stood
their ground for some time, but were driven fiora their position, and by
11 A.M. the action was over, the enemy being in full retreat.

The following are the details of the fighting : —

On the enemy being sighted at 8 o'clock the force moved steadily up
to the foot of the long spur which runs down towards the Swat Eiver
from the range on the right, and the attack was commenced by the West
Kents driving back skirmishers from the small spur in front, where they
were presently reinforced by No. 7 Mountain Battery under Major Fegan^
who kept up a galling fire on the main body of the enemy, assisted by No.
10 Field Battery from the plain below. The guns had come up to their
position over ground which was very difficult for wheeled artillery.
Meanwhile the main attack under Brigadier-General INIeiklejohn was
developed on the right. The 24th Punjab Infantry, supported by the 31st
Punjab Infantry, with the 45th Sikhs in reserve, worked their way up
the hill to within 500 yards of the crest line, where they opened a heavy
fire on the position. By this time No. 8 Bombay Mountain Battery, com-
manded by Captain Birch, had joined the firing line and came into action
at a range of about 500 yards. The resistance offered here was slight,

( 50 )

and the troops soon won their way to the summit of the ridge. Tliey
now wheeled to the left, and swept the crest of the hill before them for
a short distance, when they were joined by the West Kent Regiment.
The battery (No. 8) opened fire on a small stone fort at a range of 600
yards and after shelling it for about ten minutes it was rushed by the
West Kents. Resistance had practically ceased, and the enemy were
seen streaming away across the plain below in the direction of Butkela
and were harrassed by shrapnel from No. 8 at a longish range.

All this time the Guides had been anxiously awaiting their oppor-
tunity. A narrow causeway commanded by the enemy's fire prevented
them from passing round the end of the ridge into the plain beyond, but
when at last the Sappers had cleared the way both of the enemy and of
the obstacles placed in the road, they at once advanced and were seen
from above moving rapidly towards the village of Kotal. The retreat-
ino- tribesmen had reached a point about a mile beyond this village and
■were already close under the hills. Passing the village the Guides
broke into a gallop ; but to those watching from the hills it became plain
that the fugitives could reach shelter before it was possible for the
cavalry to overtake them. The heavy rice-fields soon told on the troop
horses, and a few, better mounted than the rest, singled themselves out
from the advancing line of horsemen and bi'avely forged ahead many
vards in front of their corps. Then occurred a most regrettable in-
cident. The two leaders, Lieutenant Greaves and Captain Palmer, were
met by a heavy volley — the former was shot dead and Captain Palmer's
horse was killed and he himself shot through the right wrist. Colonel
Adams and Lord Fincastle, who were close behind, at once dashed up to
rescue their fallen comrades, who were now surrounded by a crowd
of ghazis — both their horses were shot under them and they found
themselves on foot under fire at a distance of about 20 yards. By
this time Lieutenant MacLean with a few sowavs had arrived on
the scene and the little party dashed in most gallantly to the rescue
of the Officers. Lieutenant Greaves' body was safely removed, but
meanwhile Lieutenant MacLean was shot through both thighs and
bled to death almost immediately. Colonel Adams and some of his
men ao-ain charged into the hornets' nest at the risk of their lives and
bore away his body. The cavalry now took up their position in a
neighbouring clump of trees, which they defended until relieved by
some infantry and No. 8 Mountain Battery. This closed the operations
of the day, and the enemy retreated over the hills. Other casualties

( 57 )

were Colonel Adams, Guides, slightly wounded ; three sepoys, 24th Pun-
jab Infantry, wounded; one sepoy, 3lst Punjab Infantry, wounded; one
sepoy, 45th Sikhs, wounded ; two followers, wounded. As some of the
Bunerwals who had been engaged in the fight were I'etreating into their
own country over the Morah Pass, they were pursued and routed by
Major Delamain with two squadrons of the 11th Bengal Lancers who had
been left behind at Thana, and who now accounted for some 20 or 30 of
these tribesmen.

As must almost necessarily happen after a desperate fight, some
rather conflicting accounts were subsequently received as to the details
of the Guides' charge. To publish all these would not perhaps make the
story any clearer, but room may be found for an extract from a private
letter of an Officer with the 1st Brigade, the publication of which set at
rest the controversy as to the exact manner in which Lieutenants Greaves
and MacLean met their deaths : — " When the 1st squadron of the Guides
Cavalry debouched from the causeway, the enemy were already taking
a position on a hill about Ih miles away up the valley. Colonel Adams
thereupon directed the squadron to move across the plain to a tope of
trees, about 150 yards from the enemy's position. Captain Palmer
meanwhile had got separated from his men, owing to the ground being-
intersected by nullahs, and Colonel Adams was unable to make him un-
derstand his intended movements. Shortly afterwards Captain Palmer,
looking round and seeing Colonel Adams with the squadron following,
thought he meant to charge the enemy's position. He therefore kept
ahead, followed by Greaves who seemed to have a difficulty in hold-
ing his horse. Lord Fincastle meanwhile had been following the
cavalry on one flank, but hearing Colonel Adams shouting to Palmer
he closed up towards the former and rode towards the tope with him.
On nearing the tope Palmer and Greaves made a dash for some stand-
ards at the foot of the hill which was now occupied by some four or five
hundred ghazis. They were at once attacked, Greaves falling at the foot
of the hill, and Palmei^'s horse being shot down. The latter, on being
dismounted, at once engaged in a hand-to-hand conflict. Colonel Adams
called out ' Follow me,' and he and Fincastle went straight for Greaves
who was now surrounded by ghazis. Fincastle's horse was killed a few
yards off', and he ran up on foot. Colonel Adams having already got up.
The latter dismounted, but Fincastle shouted to him to get up again,
which he did, while Fincastle tried to get Greaves, who was still alive,
on to Adams' horse. The ghazis poured in a heavy fire, and Adams'
horse was wounded, while Greaves was shot dead in Fincastle's arms as

( ^38 )

he was being lifted, and the latter's scabbai'd was smashed by a bullet.
Two sowars meanwhile had ridden out to Palmer's assistance, who was
severely wounded, and got him back to the tope. These two sowars
then came on to help Adams and Fincastle — on whom the ghazis were
closing — and one had his horse killed. Lieutenant MacLean came out a
minute later, having dismounted the remainder of the squadron in the
tope, whence they kept up a heavy fire on the enemy ; he arrived just
in time to check the enemy as they were preparing to rush these two
Officers. MacLean brought three sowars out with him, two of whom
had their horses shot under them. Meanwhile Adams and Fincastle
had been carrying Greaves nearer the tope. MacLean was shot through
both thighs as he was helping Fincastle to lift Greaves' body on to his
horse. Adams and Fincastle then got back safely to the tope with the
dismounted sowars who supported the bodies of MacLean and Greaves
on MacLean's horse. This tope was held for about a quarter of an hour
until the infantry arrived, the enemy's fire being exceedingly hot as
our troops were practically attacked on three sides."'

Lieutenant R. T. Greaves belonged to the Lancashire Fusiliers and,
being on leave from his regiment, was acting as special correspondent of
the Times of India. Lieutenant H. L. S. MacLean belonged to the Guides :
he had been wounded in the previous fighting at Malakand but had
rejoined his regiment. Lord Fincastle belonged to the 16th Lancers and
was acting as the special correspondent of the Times with the Malakand
Field Force : in recognition of his heroism General Blood at once
attached him to the Guides Cavalry for duty.

On November 9th Lieutenant-Colonel R. B. Adams and Lord Fin-
castle were gazetted for the Victoria Cross.

( 59 )

CHAPTER VIII.

CONCLUDING OPERATIONS IN THE SWAT VALLEY.

The force continued its march into Upper Swat on the 18th August,
leaving Landaki at sunrise. No opposition was encountered on the
way, and the troops camped near the village of Ghalajai. Here
Major Deane received a letter from the Mian Guls and other tribes in
general terms of submission to the Government. This included all the
tribes of Upper Swat. The " Mad Fakir " was said to have moved off
in the direction of Buner. The next day, August 19th, the force moved
up the valley to Mingaora, a large village on a tributary of the Swat
River, and camped there for five days. The Swatis appeared to have
completely settled down, and were sending in everyday their submissions
and their arms, some of them even assisting Major Deane in forwarding
daks to and from Chakdara. Over 800 guns and rifles were collected,
including some Government rifles stolen from the Malakand Fort.
The Guides Cavalry made a number of peaceful reconnaissances, and
survey parties did sume work in jierfect security. In short, the object
of the advance up the Swat Valley seemed alieady to have been fully
accomplished, and on the 25th August Brigadier-General Meiklejohu's
Brigade started to retrace its steps.

We may pause here for a moment to describe in greater detail
this march of the Field Force under General Sir Bindon Blood up the
Swat Valley, as it had been one of great interest to all who had taken
jjart in it. The greater part of the country travelled over was previously
quite unknown to Europeans except from the reports of natives ; and
the map compiled from various sources by the Intelli;/euce Branch,
although in the main correct as to names and intermediate distances,
proved to be considerably out as regards the general direction of the
valley, which keeps a more easterly bearing than had been estimated.

From Chakdara the valley runs straight, general direction E.-N.-E.,
as far as Barikot, a distance of some 12 miles, whence it turns sharply
almost due north for a short way, and then again resumes its easterly
bearing, running about N.-E. for some 20 miles. Numerous side streams
join the SwatRiver at various points, and the whole valley is of wonderful
fertilit} — at that time of the year it w-as green with luxuriant crops of
<'rowinf' rice und Indian corn. Villages are thickly scattered along each

( 00 )

side of the main stream, and around them are the invariable graveyards,
shaded by groves of trees, wliich form such a characteristic feature in
the scenery of this part of the world. Numerous remains of Buddhist
" stupas, " monasteries and other buildings are passed, which would afford
an interesting field for investigation to the archaeologist. Most of
these remains are of great antiquity, as is proved by the writings
of the Chinese traveller Hiuen-Tsiang, who ascended this valley some
1,400 years ago, and whose remarks upon prominent features and
objects of religious interest were verified in numerous instances by
Major Deane, Political Agent, who took a number of interesting
impressions of Pali inscriptions, and also of the footprints of Buddha,
which latter and their exact location are accurately described in the
manuscript above referred to. Even at this early date Hieun-Tsiang
speaks of the remains as '' old and ruined. "

As one advances up the valley the scenery becomes wilder and more
mountainous. The hills, which rise to heights of 3,000 or 4,000 feet
above the river bed, become more rugged and bolder in outline, while
the snowy peaks of the Kohistan are seen towering in the far distance.
These rise to altitudes of 16,000 or 17,000 feet and form a fine back-
ground to the vista of the river winding sluggishly along through its
green level valley bounded on either side by bare rocky hills on which
the pines begin to show themselves at elevations of 4,000 to 5,000 feet.

The furthest point reached by the cavalry reconnaissance on the
21st August from Mingaora (the present capital) was Gutibagh, about
12 miles higher up, where a halt was made on the summit of a small
eminence opposite to the junction of the Arnawai River with the Swat.
From here the view extended some 5 or 6 miles further, beyond which
point the river appears to trend in a more northerly direction towards
the Kohistan or hill-country proper— the valley itself still fertile and
thickly populated. Between Mingaora and this point the village of
Manglaor was passed : this was the former capital and is surrounded by
numerous Buddhist remains. Here, and for a few miles higher up, the
valley widens, instead of narrowing as was expected, and broad stretches
of cultivation are found on both sides of the Swat.

The reconnaissance to the Kai'akar Pass on the 25th Augu£.t lifted
the " purdah " of another hitherto unexplored country. This pass leads
from Barikot in the Swat Valley into the Salarzai portion of Bunei',
and is one which is much used for the export of grain from Upper
Swat southwards to Eustani and other Indian marts. The pass is an

( 61 )

easy one, some 4,500 feet in height above the sea level, and from its
summit a fine view is obtained of this portion of Buner. The general
character of the country appeared to be similar to Swat, that is to say,
a mountainous country with wide, level river beds which are fertile and
highly cultivated. Immediately below the pass is an open valley, now
green with growing crops, drained by a stream which makes its way
through a break in the hills into a larger valley beyond. Mountains rise
in the background, beyond which lies the Indus, and on the nether side
a river of considerable size (the Barundu) is seen winding its way south
and east through a broad fertile valley.

Thus the expedition had served to reveal some 40 miles of new
country of a highly interesting character. The Swat Valley is of great
fertility throughout. The principal crops are Indian corn, wheat, barley
and rice : fruit trees are scarce, although doubtless they would flourish
if once planted and cared for. Vines, tomatoes and water-melons are
grown and ripen well. The villages are of the usual Pathan type, flat-
roofed, built of stone and rubble, the household utensils few and rude,
■with grain stored in bins made of earth and straw, or else buried in the
ground. The old Buddhist road, flagged in places, is still the principal
means of communication up and down the valley, and is good enough
except at those places where spurs run down from the hills and dip steep-
ly to the river. Here the roadway is generally very bad, being rough,
stony and uneven, and it was such a place that delayed the Guides in
their pursuit of the enemy after the action at Landaki.

As regards the Swatis themselves both Upper and Lower are of
pronouncedly Semitic type with aquiline noses, thin lips, and sharp
gleaming eyes. Most of the elder men are bearded, and many of the
faces show signs of strong individuality and character. They are power-
fully built, and wonderfully active on the hillside. As regards the
women few or none (except old hags and quite young girls) were seen,
as they had all been removed to safe retreats among the hills during Sir
Bindon Blood's occupation of the valley.

On the 27th August the 2nd Brigade, under Brigadier-General
Jeffreys, marched out to Thana, to relieve the returning 1st Brigade
which was ordered to rest at Khar, Sir Bindon Blood and his staff and
the Eoyal West Kent Regiment proceeding to Malakand. This move
was thought at first to prelude an advance into Buner — a measure by no
means uncalled for in view of the fact that the Salarzai section of the
Bunerwals retained some twenty rifles and a large amount of Martini

( «^ )

aniiminition captured at the Malakand. But the idea, if it was ever
entertained, was relinquished, greatly to the disappointment of the now
idle Field Force ; and the following moves were ordered : — " The 2nd
Brigade, with divisional troops, will march back past Khar to Golagrani
to await orders ; the 1st Brigade remaining at Khar. A small force of
all arms will proceed to Uch to support the Khan of Dir in settling the
right bank of the Swat. The 1st Reserve Brigade, henceforth styled the
3rd Brigade of the Malakand Field Force, will withdraw from Rustani
and concentrate at Mardan.

Colonel Reid was given command of the force moving to Uch, which
was composed of the 10th Field Battery, all the 11th Bengal Lancers
available except one squadron, the 38th Dogras, and the 22nd Punjab
Infantry. Uch is situated about six miles from Chakdara on the Dir
Road. On the 29th August the troops composing the Uch force con-
centrated at Chakdara, and moved oif to Uch the following: day, when
they were joined by Major Deane. The work of disarmament there was
at once be^un, and large quantities of firearms were readily brought in,
showing that the spirit of the Svvatis to the north was thoroughly broken.
These were the clans which suffered such severe losses at Chakdara.
The Khan of Dir was then at Uch, and he was well pleased to see the
policy of disarmament being carried out so thoroughly.

The 2nd Brigade under Brigadier-General Jeflfreys, which had been
marched back to Golagram to await orders, was now directed to move
out against the Utman Khels, starting on the 30th August ; and Captain
Walters with one troop of the 11th Bengal Lancers was sent on in front,
two days ahead of the brigade, to reconnoitre the passes. The Inzari
Pass, 12 miles from Khar (which is not to be confused with the pass of
the same name in the Mohmand country), was reached by General
Jeffreys without opposition, but there the advance came to an abrupt
end, the brigade being at once recalled to Khar

There were two reasons for this sudden cancellation of the move-
ment against the Utman Khels. In the first place, the Mohmands on the
Peshawar frontier had risen in force in front of Shabkadr (under
circumstances which will presently be related) ; and the whole of Sir
Bindon Blood's Division— that is to say, General Jefi'reys' Brigade moving
against the Utman Khels, General Meiklejohn's Brigade resting at Khar,
and General Wodehouse's Brigade watching the Buner frontier at Rus-
tani— was required to be available at Khar to co-operate at any
moment with General EUes's Division at reshawar, iu case it should be

( G3 )

decided to advance into tlie heart of the Mohmand country and deal
a knock-out blow at the new rising. The second reason for recalling
General Jeffreys' Brigade from the Utman Khel passes was connected
with events transpiring or at least impending in the direction of Uch.
The Hadda Mullah, of whom much will have to be told in subsequent
pages, and whose Mohmand army just alluded to had already been
severely chastised by General Elles's troops, was apparently bent on re-
trieving his fortunes in a new direction ; in other words, he was reported
to be preparing an attack upon the Khan of Dir. News was brought in
that the mullah had succeeded in collecting a large force of "Western
Mohmands for this purpose, and that he was trying to persuade the
Utman Khels and Bajouris to join him. It was therefore considered
advisable to keep General Jeffreys' Brigade in hand at Khar, instead of
losing it for a time in trivial operations against a comparatively small
clan like the Utman Khels, so that in the event of the Khan of Dir
being seriously threatened the brigade could be promptly despatched
to join Colonel Reid's Column at Uch. From Uch to Sado on the Panj-
kora Eiver is one march only, and a force placed there could check any
hostile movement against Dir.

It has been mentioned that the 3rd Brigade under Brigadier-
General "Wodehouse was withdrawn from the Buner frontier to Mardan in
order to be at hand for possible employment with General Elles's Division
against the Mohmands. The move was no sooner carried out than the
brigade was further ordered to Uch (instead of General Jeffreys' Bri-
gade) to join Colonel Reid's force. The march was quickly accomplished,
and on assuming command of the united forces at Uch, General Wode-
house at once sent out a small force to take possession of the Panjkora
bridge from the Dir levies which was effected without opposition,
though only just in time to forestall the Mohmands.

On the 5th September orders were issued for the 2nd and 3rd
Brigades of Sir Bindon Blood's Field Force to move to Nawagai on the
northern confines of the Mohmand country and then turn southwards
right through the heart of the Mohmand country according to circum-
stances, with the view to eventually effecting a junction with the force
under General EUes which would advance from Shabkadr on the southern

side of the Mohmand country to meet Sir Bindon Blood.

* * *

And now it will be convenient to leave the Malakand Field Force
temporarily and to turn to those events at Shabkadr which added the
Mohmand country to the "disturbed area" on our frontier.

PART III.

THE MOHMAND RISING.

( 6o )

PART III.

THE MOHMAND RISING.

CHAPTER I.

THE KAID ON SHABKADR FORT.

While in the early part of August Sir Bindon Blood was preparing
for the advance up the Swat Valley which led to the fight at Landaki
and to the subsequent subjugation of the Swat tribes, another grave
outbreak of tribal fanaticism was disturbing that portion of our border
which faces the Mohmand territory.

The facts are briefly these. About four o'clock in the afternoon of
Saturday, August 7th, some four or five thousand Mohmands made a
sudden incursion into British territory near Shabkadr Fort, 18 miles
north of Peshawar. They moved upon the Hindu village of Shankar-
garh, which is the bazar of Shabkadr, and burnt it, killing two men
who had remained there. The rest of the villagers, having been warned
of the approach of the raiders, had already sought refuge in the Fort,
held by a detachment of the Border Police. Shabkadr itself was not
very fiercely assailed, but some sort of an assault upon it did take place,
and the Border Police fired on the raiders, killing and wounding a
number of them.

On the news of this outbreak reaching Peshawar, the same evening,
Brigadier-General E. E. Elles, commanding the Peshawar District,
took out a reinfoi'cing column consisting of four guns of the Slst
Field Battery, two squadrons of the 13th Bengal Lancers, four com-
panies of the Somersetshire Light Infantry, and the whole of the 20th
Punjab Infantry. The cavalry went on ahead, and arrived at Shabkadr
at 6 A.M. The guns and infantry were a good deal delayed in crossing
the Kabul River, having to be ferried over. By this time the laiders
had disappeared and were reported to have hurriedly retired across
the border on the approach of the reinforcing troops.

( GO )

Shabkadr Fort was built by the Sikhs. It stands on a mound and
has walls tifty feet high, so is piactically impregnable to any force with-
out artillery. Shankargarh was an old Sikh Cantonment bazar,
inhabited chiefly by rich Hindu money-lenders, who had very profitable
dealings with the tribesmen on both sides of the border, which is only
three miles distant. At the time of the raid Shabkadr was held by forty
or fifty Border Police, and the attack lasted from about 4 p.m. to 5 a.m.,
the little garrison accounting for some forty of the tribesmen without
loss to themselves.

This raid, it may be said at once, though the fact was not learnt till
afterwards, was the direct work of the notorious Mullah of Hadda, Najib-
ud-din, who has already been alluded to in these pages, and who was at
that time a great power among the more fanatical tribesmen in the
Mohmand country, as well as in Bajour and the Utman Khel districts.
It was this mullah who tried so hard to create trouble for us during the
Chitral Campaign, and it was he again beyond all doubt whose plotting
had indirectly hepled to bring about the recent rising in the Swat
Valley. He lived at the supposed village of Jarobi* at the head of
the Bohai Valley, in that part of the Mohmand country which is
under the Amir of Kabul, and was known to have intimate relations
with the Sipah Salar, General Ghulam Hyder Kliant Karki (com-
manding the troops in Eastern Afghanistan, with head-quarters at
Jellalabad). While the recent attack on the Malakand was proceediner
the Hadda Mullah had collected a body of men and sent them to help
the Swatis. A few days before the present raid on Shabkadr the mullah
had succeeded in stirring up the fanaticism of the Northern and Western
Mohmands, and had gathered a considerable body of men about hini.
This force advanced down the Bohai Valley, crossed the Nahaki Pa.ss,
and then entered the Gandab Valley, and so into British territory at
Shabkadr. The raid was doubtless designed to effect a diversion in
favour of the Swatis, still suffering from their failure to capture the
Malakand or Chakdara. If the Hadda Mullah had timed his effort so
that Shabkadr should be attacked on the same day as the Mala-
kand, he would have done a clever stroke of business, and widespread
uneasiness would have been caused all along our Peshawar frontier. As
it was, our troops (as already shown) had swept the Lower Swat clear of
tribesmen, and two full brigades in the Malakand were now ready to

^___^ __ _ _ _ "f nioutliB later when

Gene ■'■'-- ■ - .

t Since (U'aii.

* The mystery envelopiiiu this place was dispelled a couple i>f r
sneral Klles lifted the jMrdah of the Bohai Valley ( I'iilc Chapter VI).

( 67 )

operate in any direction, while a reserve brigade liad been formed at
Mardan which could move at a few hours' notice into the Peshawar Valley.

As for the Mohmand tribes, a few woi'ds will suffice to tell all that
needs to be stated here about them. They hold the country bounded
on the south by the Kabul River from Jellalabad to its entrance into
British territory, and on the north by Bajour. They extend west-
wards to the hill country above the Kunar River, and in the east they
touch the Peshawar border and the Utman Khel country lying about
the junction of the Swat and Panjkora Rivers. Under the Durand
Treaty they came partly under the political influence of the Indian
Government and partly under that of the Amir of Kabul. The actual
demarcation of the zones of influence has never been carried out, the
attempt to form a Boundary Commission having come to nought a few
months previously. The following is an official description of the
Mohmand territory : "The country of the Mohmands is divided naturally
into two parts, the rich alluvial lands along the bank of the Kabul
River from Jellalabad to Lalpura, and the country to the east of Lalpura,
consisting of a network of hills and valleys. The principal of the latter
are the valleys of Shilman, Gandab and Pandiali. They are, as a rule,
dry and arid water-courses, raging torrents in heavy rain, but usually
presenting a stony and shingly bed, from which slopes of barren ground
lead to the rocky spurs and ranges that flank them." As the Durand
boundary runs from Landi Kotal eastwards of Lalpura and then along
the watershed separating the basins of the Kunar and Panjkora Rivers,
the most considerable portions of the country are within the British
zone. The fijihting strength of the whole tribe is put at between 17,000
and 18,000, the Baizai accounting for one-half of the total. These hold
the eastern part of the country adjacent to Bajour and the Utman Khel
border. The Mohmands had never been accounted an enemy of much
importance in previous conflicts with our troops. In 1880 they made
but a poor resistance, when some 5,000 of them, who had crossed the
Kabul River near Dakka, were attacked by a column 850 strong under
Colonel Boisragon. On an earlier occasion, in 1879, a small detach-
ment of 170 men of the Merwara Battalion, under Captain O'Moore
Creagh, successfully held a position near Kane Dakka against several
thousand Mohmands who attacked for six hours. As a tribe, the
Mohmands are split up into six clans : the Baizai, already mentioned,
good fighting men ; the Tarakzai, (including the Is Khel and Barhan
Khel), 2,800 ; the Halimzai, 2,600 ; the Khwaizai, 1,800 ; the Dawezai,

( 68 )

800 ; and the Utmahzai, 400. There is a conipavatively easy route into
their country from Matta, a few miles north of Shabkadr, over the
Inzari Pass.* This is known as the Alikandi route, and it might have
been used by the Chitral Relief Force in 1895 in preference to that over
the Malakand, but it was thought desirable not to enter the Mohmand
country at that time.

* Another pass bearing this name, situate in the Afridi country, comes into the
xiaxrative later.

><-

( G9 )

CHAPTER II.

PROMPT REPRISALS.

The report regarding the retirement of the Mohmand raiders after
the arrival at Shabkadr of strong reinforcements from Peshawar was
true only in part. They withdrew to the low hills which run from the
main ranges to within a mile of the Fort, which is three miles from the
border line. Here they remained out of gunshot range. Their numbers
increased on Sunday night, August 8th, the presence of the Hadda
Mullah serving to attract contingents from all the Mohmand clans, with
the exception of the Tarakzai.

On Monday morning, August 9th, at daybreak, Lieutenant-Colonel
Woon, 20th Punjab Infantry, who had been left in command at Shab-
kadr by Brigadier-General Elles, moved out his troops to the attack.
He had at his disposal four guns of the 51st Field Battery, two squad-
rons of the 13th Bengal Lancers, two companies of the Somersetshire
Light Infantry, and the whole of the 20th Punjab Infantry 600 strong,
or a total of between 1,100 and 1,200 men. The enemy's line was about
two miles in length, some 6,000 men, at least, being assembled. Their
right rested on the high hills, their centre extended across the low hills,
while their left stretched* into the cultivated ground in the plain itself.
Colonel Woon began his attack with the infantry, shortly after 6 o'clock,
but could make no impression on the position, and his small force was
outflanked by the Mohmands, who streamed out into the plain on either
hand. To guard against the infantry being completely enveloped.
Colonel Woon began to withdraw towards the Fort.

At this period of the action Brigadier-General Elles arrived on the
scene and took command. He had had to return to Peshawar on the
previous day to arrange the disposition of the garrison thex'e (weakened
by the sudden call upon it) and to report by telegraph to Army Head-
Quarters the state of affairs on the border. He left Peshawar again
early that morning, taking with him two companies of the 30th Punjab
Infantry. On arrival at the ferry over the Kabul River, he heard the
sound of heavy firing at Shabkadr and at once pushed on, leaving the
infantry to follow.

( 70 )

General Elles reached the scene of action at 8-40 a.m., by whidi time
most of the enemy had swarmed down from the low hills and were en-
gaged with our infantry in the open, and he at once saw the favourable
opportunity offered for using his cavalry. He first concentrated the fire
of the four guns upon the enemy's left, and then directed the two squad-
rons of the 13th Bengal Lancers to charge from right to left along
the whole line of tribesmen. This charge was brilliantly carried out
under the leadership of Major Atkinson, commanding. The two squad-
rons of Lancers swept right along from end to end of the line, rallying
and re-forming on the left of the infantry. Their losses were few, but
Major Atkinson and Lieutenant Cheyne had their horses shot. By this
time the two companies of the 30th Punjab Infantry had come up, and
an infantry attack was ordered against the enemy before they could re-
cover from the effects of the cavalry charge. The Mohmands were driven
back, and pursued to the foot of the high hills, on which they took re-
fuge. Had an additional cavalry regiment been present they would, in
General Elles's opinion, have been almost completely cut off, but as it
was, their losses were very heavy, as the dead they left on the ground
showed. The action was over by 10-30 a.m. ; General Elles not con-
sidering it desirable, with the small infantry force at his command, to
push further into the hills, particularly as his men had been hotly
engaged for four hours. The Mohmands, however, had received a
sufficiently sharp lesson, and they began to retire over the hills when
the troops returned to Shabkadr, and by two o'clock not a man was
to be seen. The Hadda Mullah, who was present during the fight, had
evidently seen that liis defeat could not be retrieved.

Our casualties in this affair were 12 killed and 52 wounded; not
heavy losses considering how sharp was the fighting, and the number of
the enemy. Severely wounded : Major Lumb, Somersetshire Light In-
fantry, bullet wound in the neck ; Captain Blacker, 51st Field Battery,
bullet wound in the leg. Slightly wounded •' Lieutenant Cheyne, 13th
Bengal Lancers, The details of the casualties were as follows :— Somer-
setshire Light Infantry : 4 men killed, 8 wounded severely, 1
slightly ; 20th Punjab Infantry, 7 killed, 20 wounded severely, 1
slightly ; 13th Bengal Lancers, 1 killed, 8 wounded severely, 6
slightly.

Another account of the fight gave the following additional details :—
" Our infantry attacked in front, the cavalry and artillery on the right
being thrown forward for the advantage of the ground, and to threaten

( 71 )

the enemy's line of retreat. The enemy changed front to meet this, and
swarmed on both flanks under heavy rifle fire from our left, and they
pressed hard to cut us off from the Fort, distant about 2 miles. Most
of our casualties occurred at this time, but the artillery kept the
enemy off on our right. General EUes with his Staff arrived at this
moment, about 9 a.m., and took over command. He lengthened
and threw back our left and ordered the cavalry out to the right
front. Captain Blacker of the Artillery here received his wound. The
cavalry charged down the enemy's line, rolling it up, and in spite of
the heavy ground and bad going, the charge was brilliantly executed by
Major F. G. Atkinson, Lieutenant A. G. B. Turner, and Lieutenant
Cheyne and two squadrons of the 13th Bengal Lancers, supported
by the artillery fire directed ahead of the cavalry line. The enemy
immediately fled to the tops of the foot hills, and remained watching
in groups. Shells dispersed the groups, but our force was too small to
enter the hills in pursuit. On our side the total number engaged was
just 800, and with these were only 15 British Officers, including General
EUes and Staff, and four of these were wounded in addition to the Medical
Officer. The latter was struck by a stone knocked up by a bullet, and
incapacitated for a short while, but he insisted on returning to duty.
Cei'tainly first aid to the wounded was efliciently performed, and in this
case saved many lives. None of the wounded have yet died, and none
apparently are in bad case. Seventy-seven were killed or wounded,
a loss of about 10 per cent." A curious fact worth mentioning is that
the ground on which the action was fought was practically the same as
that on which Sir Colin Campbell in 1852 with 600 men met and
defeated 6,000 Mohmands, and where again in January 1864 Colonel
A. Macdonnel, of the Rifle Brigade, with 1,750 men, defeated a body of
5,000, who held the low hills facing Shabkadr. The success of the latter,
like that of General Elles, was due to the cavalry, the Mohmands being
tempted into the plain and then charged. A squadron of the 7th
Hussars on that occasion made three successive charges which enabled
the infantry to act with decisive effect against the enemy's broken line.

Having withdrawn the troops to the neighbourhood of the Fort,
General Elles returned to Peshawar, and immediately ordered up to
Shabkadr the remainder of the Somersetshire Light Infantry and 250
of the 37th Dogras, so as to be ready to assume the offensive if the
Mohmands should reappear. At 3 o'clock, however, a heliographic
message was received from Shabkadr stating that no enemy could be seen
even on the distant hills.

( 72 )

As it was impossible to say how far the excitement extended
along the border, General Elles called up tluee companies of the 8th
Bengal Infantry from Nowshera, and at the same time asked for one
battery of artillery, a regiment of native cavalry and one of native
infantry, it being important to have a garrison at Peshawar. The
Gordon Highlanders, under orders from Army Head-Quarters, had been
despatched from Rawalpindi by train at midnight on Sunday, August
8th, and reached Peshawar on the Monday afternoon ; the 2nd Queen's
from JuUundur replacing them at Rawalpindi as part of the Re-
serve Brigade of the Malakand Division. The arrival of the Gordon
Highlanders filled the gap at Peshawar caused by sending the Somer-
setshire Light Infantry to Shabkadr. The troops now watching the
Mohmand Frontier were the 51st Field Battery (four guns), two
squadrons 13th Bengal Lancers, the Somersatshire Light Infantry
(740 strong), the 20th Punjab Infantry (600 strong), the 30th Punjab
Infantry (300), and the 37th Dogras (250); a handy force of about
2,200 men.

A reconnaissance was made on Tuesday, August lOth, five miles
into the hills from Shabkadr without any enemy being seen. The
Mohmands, however, were reported as intending to return to the attack
after i-eplenishing their ammunition and food supplies. They were said
to have lost between three and fuur hundred killed and several
hundred wounded in the action on the 9th August,

The reinforcement of the Peshawar garrison was most promptly
carried out. In addition to the Gordon Highlandez's from Rawalpindi
and the three companies of the 8th Bengal Infantry, the 2nd Battalion
1st Gurkhas arrived on the scene. The Gurkhas had been intended for
the Reserve Brigade at Mardan, but on arrival by train at Nowshex-a they
were sent straight on. The 9th Bengal Lancers and the 57th Field
Battery from Carapbellpore were also ordered up. These reinforce-
ments enabled General Elles to send the whole of the 13th Bengal
Lancers to Shabkadr, thus raising the strength of the force there to
about 2,500 men. Apart from this detached column General Elles
eventually had the following troops in Peshawar itself : one section of
the 51st Field Battery and the whole of No. 57 Field Battery, No. 5
Company Bengal Sappers, 9th Bengal Lancers, the Devonshire Regiment,
the Gordon Highlanders, the 2nd Battalion of the 1st Gurkhas, five
companies of the 30th Punjab Infantry, six companies of the 37th Dogras,
and three companiea of the 8th Bengal Infantry

{ r.\ )

As the i^oneral sitiiaLioii <»ii the North- W^cst Froiitior now presented
itself, however, it was obviously wise to still t'urthei- strengthen the
gairison of Feshawai' so as to have a seeond eolunin ready to take the
field in case the tribal excitement should spi'ead. The Government of
India therefore ordered up the following troops :— 4tli Dragoon Guards
and " K " Battery Royal Horse Artillery, from Rawalpindi; the 26th
Punjab Infantry from Jullundur, and No. 3 (British) Mountain Battery
from Jutogh, Simla Hills.

For the next five days or so phenomenally heavy rains came down
and made matters extremely uncomfortable for the Peshawar and Shab-
kadr garrisons. The fair vale of Peshawar almost disappeared under
watei-, and the roads were turned into bogs, the one to Shabkadr being
a veritable slough of despond to Transport Officers. The new bridge
over the Kabul River, which runs midway between Peshawar and
Shabkadr, was a triumph of engineering skill. The current at that time
was coming down with a roar at a speed of from ten to twelve knots an
hour, and was generally level with and sometimes overflowing the
banks ; but the bridge, which was held by wire hawsers, splendidly
withstood the flood : it consisted of country boats, pontoon system, and
its length was about two hundred yards.

Fortunately the floods did not interfere with any urgent military
operations, for the reason that no immediate operations were possible
without an enemy ; and the Mohmand warriors, imitating the beaten
Swatis at Chakdara, had completely disappeared. The Mullah of
Hadda was so discredited that he had retired temporarily to his haunt
in the Bohai Valley. The " Mad Fakir " in Swat, in replying to a mess-
age from the Hadda Mullah asking for congratulations, was reported
to have sent the answer—" Dog, you have done nothing ! " which indeed
was the plain truth. On August the 22nd, however, about a fortnight
after the action at Shabkadr, it was reported at Peshawar that the
Hadda Mullah had again worked up the Mohmands, and that he in-
tended to attack both Shabkadr and Michni, one tribal column coming
down the Gandab Valley and another by the more northerly Alikandi
route. This demonstration was announced as arranged for Monday,
August 23rd. If it had actually taken place the Mohmands would have
had a warm i^eception, as more cavalry were now on the scene with
General Elles than were available on the 9th of the month ; but the
still smarting tribesmen were apparently not to be thus easily inflamed
a second time. As a matter of fact many of them were attending

( 74 )

peacefully to their fields, the recent heavy rains havin? rendered agri-
cultural work a necessity ; added to which the war council of the tribe
was for the moment hopelessly torn by internal dissensions.
* * *

"While General Elles was awaiting permission from head-quarters to
press home retaliation upon the Mohmands, signs of restlessness were
being reported day by day from the Afridi and Orakzai country, and at
length on Tuesday, August 24th, the smouldering embers of fanaticism
in this new direction burst suddenly into flames, and a fierce attack was
made upon our Forts in the Khyber Pass. This new rising, however,
and the grave events which succeeded it, require separate narration,
and are only mentioned here for the sake of chronology, and because
they influenced the Government of India in deciding upon the further
exemplary operations against the Mohmands now to be described.

X-

( 75 )

CHAPTER III.

THE MOHMAND EXPEDITION,

During the .first week in September the welcome announcement
was received in Peshawar that the Government of India had sanctioned
extensive punitive measures against the various tribes on the Peshawar
border, and that the Mohraands would be the first tribe to be taken in
hand. Definite orders followed for the immediate concentration at Shab-
kadr of two brigades under the command of General Elles, the troops to
be drawn from the force already in and about Peshawar. The Peshawar
force at that time numbered something like 9,000 men, although it had
just been depleted by the despatch to the disturbed Afridi and Orakzai
frontier of the 6th Bengal Cavalry, the 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, and
the 30th Bengal Infantry.

The proposed movement against the Mohmands was well timed, as
the Hadda Mullah was once again reported to be on the war-path, this
time with 4,000 Baizai Mohmands, his intention being to re-visit Shab-
kadr. His other ambitious plan (already described) for attacking Dir and
cutting round to Chitral had come to nought, owin» to the rapid move-
ment across the Panjkora Eiver of the Uch force under Brigadier-General
Wodehouse, a'nd owing also to Sir Bindon Blood's promptness in recall-
ing Briyadier-General Jeffreys' Brigade from the Utman Khel Expedi-
tion. Everything pointed to the operations of our troops being short
and decisive, as two powerful forces were about to move upon the con-
demned country from opposite directions. Sir Bindon Blood, with the
two brigades of the Malakand Field Force under Brigadier-General
Wodehouse and Brigadier-General Jefi'reys, was acting from the north
and east, while General Elles, with two brigades (commanded by Bri-
gadier-General Westmacott and Brigadier-General Macgregor), would
move forward from Shabkadr on the southern side.

The composition and staff of the Mohmand expeditionary force
fi'om Peshawar were as follows : —

Commanding : Brigadier-General Elles with the rank of Major-
General; A.-D.-C, Lieutenant E. Elles ; A. Q.-M.-G., Major P. Sulivan,
RE.; Commanding Royal Artillery, Colonel A. E. Duthy ; Adjutant,
R. A., Captain W.K. McLeod ; D. A. Q.-M.G, for Intelligence, Captain

( 7G )

r. A. Jloghton, Iflt Bombay Gronadiors ; Field Intelligence OfTicor,
liieutenant C!. E. E. F. K. Maoqnoid, Hyderabad Contingent ; Principal
INIedical OlHecr, Surgeon-Colonel E. Townsend ; Field Engineer, Major
Kelly ; Assistant Field Engineers, Lieutenants VV. A. Stokes and C. B.
L. Greenstreet; Ordnance Officer, Major F. E. Rowan ; Chief Commis-
sariat Officer, Captain G. R. C. Westropp; Divisional Transport Officer,
(!aptain F.C. W. liideout; (^munissariat Officer for the Base at Shabkadr,
Lieutenant E. G. Vauglian ; Veterinary Officer, Veterinary -Captain F.
W. Forsdyke ; Provost Marshal, Major II. S. Massy, 19th Bengal
I>ancers.

I'lf. Brigaile : — 0>mnianding, Brigadier-General Westmacott. Troops:
Somerset Light Infantry, 20th Punjab Infantry, 2ik1 Battalion 1st
Gurkhas.

<2nd Brigade .•— ODmmandingr, Brigadier-General C^. R. Macgregor.
Troops : Oxfordshire Light Infantry, 9th Gurkhas, six companies 37th
] )ogras.

Divisional Troopn .—13th Bengal Lancers, No. 3 British and No 5
Bombay Mountain Batteries 28th Bombay Pioneers, and one regiment
of Imperial Service Infantry.

The Maharaja of Patiala and Sir Partab Singh of Jodhpur joined
General Elles's personal staff as extra Aides-de-Camp ; Major W. J.
Bythell, R.E., accompanied the Mohmand Expedition in charge of the
survey.

It will be noticed that certain Imperial Service Troops were includ-
ed in the expeditionary force, and the following notification on the sub-
ject, which was issued from the Foreign Department on September 5th,
affords all the explanation that is necessary : — "The tiibal disturbances
on the frontier have prompted the ruling Chiefs in all parts of India to
come forward with their wonted loy alty to press upon the Governor-
General in Council the services of their Imperial Service Troops. The
Governor-General in Council has resolved that the time has come when
the assistance of the troops so loyally prepared and maintained may be
accepted from the Chiefs of the Punjab, and when they may be allowed
to co-operate in punishing those who have made and are making per-
sistent efforts to disturb the peace of that Province. It is impossible
to employ cavalry to any great extent in the expeditions which have
now to be undertaken ; the Governor-General in Council has therefore

( 77 )

tlocidcd to aceopt from the States in the ruiijab the service of four bat-
talions of infantry and of two companies of Sappers and Miners. These
troops will immediately proceed to the front. It has also been deter-
mined to utilise the services of the Gwalior and Jaipur transport trains
which did such good work in the Chitral Expedition, and which the pat-
riotic action of His Highness the Maharaja Sindhia and His Highness
the Maharaja of Jaipur places again at the disposal of the Government
of India. Orders have been given tliat the thanks of the Government
of India should be conveyed to all the Chiefs from whom otfers of
troops have been received. The urgency and unanimity, which charac-
terise the action in this respect of rulers of States in India emphatical-
ly testify to the spirit of loyalty which animates them."

The plan of campaign, already outlined, may now be more fully
unfolded. During previous border wars the custom in attacking hostile
tribes had been to march straight into their country on one line of
advance. This had always enabled the tribesmen to gather at a single
point, generally a pass, offering a good defensive position, thus compel-
ling our troops to storm breastworks before making good their entrance
into the country. In some instances heavy losses had been incurred by
our troops in this way, and progress had necessarily been slow. The
present expedition was being conducted on very different lines. Our
possession of Lower Swat and the opening out of the road to Chitral
through Dir permitted of a strong flank movement being made against
the Mohmands, pending the development of which General Elles
would not move out from Shabkadr. Sir Bindon Blood had crossed
the Panjkora Eiver at Sado, and was marching rapidly due west up
the Ushiri Valley to Mandia, the route followed by Sir Robert Low
in the Chitral Campaign. From Mandia a road leads south-west up the
Khaluzi Valley to the high range which separates Bajour proper from
the Mohmand country. This range Sir Bindon Blood intended to cross
by a pass overlooking Nawagai, the head-quarters of the Khan of that
name, who had assumed a particularly friendly attitude towards the
British Raj. This Chief is an old rival of Umra Khan's and his
territory in the south touches the Mittai Valley, a tract about which
there had been a dispute between the Government and the Amir of
Kabul. From Sado to Nawagai is about 50 miles. When our troops
reached Nawagai, they would be in rear of the Mohmands and could
march to any point in their country. A caravan route leads due south to
the Peshawar border and this would perhaps be the best to follow as it

( 78 )

passes throngli Lokerai in tlio Bnliai Valley, where the Mohmands have
many villages. The Mohmands, on the appearance of Sir Bindon
Blood's Division at Nawagai, would be obliged to gather their fighting-
men to oppose his advance southwards. They had never been attacked
from the north before, and would clearly be taken at a disadvantage.
But at the very time at which their attention would be turned to
Nawagai, their scouts would bring in news that another big force had
entered the country from Shabkadr and was pressing forward through
the Gandab defile upon Lokerai. This place is 30 miles from Nawagai
and about 50 from Shabkadr. As each division was 5,000 strong, and as
the total strength of the Mohmands was only 17,000, of which one-half
had to be furnished by the Baizai clans to the extreme west, the
tribe was not likely to make much of a fight against the two forces.
The Mohmands are a poverty-stricken race, and, unlike the Afridis,
were badly armed, as they had never been able to purchase breech-
loading rifles. In the raid on Shabkadr they were assisted by the
clans which owe allegiance to the Amir, but help could not, it was
believed, reach them from this direction now, as Abdur Rahman *
had shown that he would not permit his subjects to join in the
fighting on the border. As our two divisions moved to meet each
other in the Boliai Valley, the tribesmen would probably flee to the
hills, though they might make some show of resistance at the outset.
Their villages would lie open to the troops, and columns could be
sent out in various directions. Jarobi, the head-quarters of the
Hadda Mullah, would doubtless be visited, as it lies at the head
of the valley and could readily be reached. This then was the plan
of operations, and predictions were not wanting that within a week
the Mohmand operations would be over, the four brigades being
then free to move against the Afridi and Orakzai combination. As a
matter of fact, the expedition (as will be shown) occupied more than
a month, and to at least a portion of the troops engaged afibrded quite
as much fighting as even a keen soldier could desire.

No proclamation was issued to the Mohmands before our troops
moved into their country. Our Political Officers, however, made known
that the visit was not made in order to deprive any tribe of its independ-
ence, but because the British Government were determined to "take such
measures as would insure its border against being attacked in the
future.'' Further, the Mohmands were informed that if any opposition

* The attitude of the Amir towards the various tribes breakiug the peace ou our fron-
tier is alluded to more fully in a later chapter.

( 79 )

was offered, those who engaged in hostilities would be followed up and
punished.

On Saturday, the 11th of September, Major-General Elles and the
Divisional Staff moved out from Peshawar to Shabkadr, and Colonel
A. Gaselee, then commanding Cawn^Dore station, took over the command
of the Peshawar District with the temporary rank of Brigadier-General.
On Monday, the 13th September, the whole force was concentrated on the
Shabkadr-Michini road, and after a delay of two days man^hed off. This
short delay, it is worth explaining, was due to causes affecting General
Blood's further advance upon Nawagai. Major Deane, before leaving
General Blood and returning to Swat, desired to secure the complete
submission of the Utman Khels, who had apparently been wholesomely
alarmed by the march of our troops. All their jirghas were anxious to
come in, and General Blood at Major Deane's request halted his
division for two days for that purpose. Hence the date of General EUes's
advance was changed from the 13th to the 15th September, as it was
most important that the combined advance of the two divisions should
be so timed that the enemy could be caught between the two armies ap-
proaching simultaneously from north and south. It was now expected
that General Blood and General Elles would join hands at Lokerai
on the 18th September : whereupon Sir Bindon Blood would assume
supreme command of both divisions with full political power.

The advance from the Shabkadr side was uneventful enouo-h. On
Wednesday, September 15th, General Westmacott's Bzigade marched
through the Khorappa* defile into the Gandab Valley. Half of General
Macgregor's Brigade followed in support. The Hadda Mullah was
reported to be in the Gandab Valley just ahead with a gathering of
tribesman belonging to the Khwazai and Utman Khel sections, the
numbers being unknown. No enemy, however, was seen on the march,
which proved to be a difficult one. The remaining troops of the divi-
sion followed in due course, and General Elles soon found himself in an
advanced position in the enemy's country, practically unchallenged,
♦ * *

Leaving the Shabkadr Division thus marching on unopposed, the
narrative has now to follow the more chequered fortunes of the two
brigades under Sir Bindon Blood on the opposite borders of the Moh-
mand country.

* Another place bearing this name is mentioned in later pages dealing with tlie
Orakzai rising.

( so )

CU AFTER IV.

WITH GENERAL JEFFREYS' BRIGADE.

Geseral Wodeiiouse's Brigade, accompanied by Sir IJindoii lilood,
reached Nawagai on Monday, September 13tli, the camp having been
sniped at the previous night at a place called Lhamshak. No jirgahs
had come in, and evidently the natives were hostile, as small parties
armed with Martinis had fired the previous day on two squadrons of the
11th Bengal Lancers reconnoitring the Mohmand Valley. But the Khan
of Nawagai was friendly, and while the troops remained in his territory,
collected grain and supplies for them. No large body of the enemy
beinf in sioht, instructions were issued to the Survey Officers with the
force to examine the Mittai Valley closely, with a view to the settle-
ment of its boundaries. This was an imjjortant step to take, as the
Amir of Kabul, when he claimed the valley the year before, had
sent troops to occupy it. The country could now be surveyed without
interruption (as it seemed), up to the Durand Boi'der, after which
the brigade could swing round and march due south via Lokerai
upon Yakhdand, in order to unite with General Jeffreys' Brigade
entering the Mohmand country by the route east of Nawagai which
leads direct upon Yakhdand. But neither General Wodehouse nor
General Jeffreys was able to adhere strictly to these plans, owing to
the difficult position of the one and the resolute opposition encountered
by the other.

While in the neighbourhood of Inayat Kill on the 14th September a
determined attack was made at night on General Jeffreys' camp and the
firing lasted for nearly six hours, two British Officers being killed, and
one dangerously wounded, while nine men in the rank-and-file were hit,
and about 80 horses and transport animals lost. The tribesmen attack-
ing were Mamunds* and Salarzai, who inhabit the valleys of south
Bajour west of Munda. It has just been mentioned that a day or two
previously a cavalry reconnaissance in the Mohmand Valley was fired
upon by tribesmen, but Sir Bindon Blood did not stop to punish them as
there was no large gathering to be found. These tribesmen were
Mamunds, and seeing one brigade thus pass on harmlessly to Nawagai

* A clau of tlif Biijouii tribes, uut to bu cuuf used with tLic Mohmauils.

( 81 )

they seem to have thought they could hai-ass the troops which still re-
mained south of the rauge of hills separating Bajour from the Mohmand
country. General Jeffreys had intended crossing this range the follow-
ing day, September 15th, and had sent the Buffs and Sappers to hold the
crest for the night. His camp, with the transport animals, was in the
best position available, and it was guarded by shelter trenches, which the
35th Sikhs and the 38th Dogras lined when the enemy opened fire. The
tribesmen must have got the range accurately, judging by the results
of their tire, but they made no attempt to rush the entrenchments.
Firing began at 8-15 p.m. on the face of the camp occupied by the
Guides Infantry. At 10 o'clock there was a lull, but at 10-30 heavy
firing recommenced on the face occupied by the 38th Dogras and the
35th Sikhs, and Brigadier-General Jeffreys proceeded thither to direct
the fire. The attack was continued until 2-15 a.m., when the enemy
retired carrying their dead with them. The disproportionate loss
among the British Officers was due to the fact that they walked about
without cover, conducting the defence, while the men were protected
by shelter trenches. The enemy were extremely well armed, and
creeping along various nullahs, gained positions whence a most galling
fire was delivered. The troops were directed to avail themselves of
cover, but the necessity of sending messages involved exposure,
principally of Officers, resulting in the losses already mentioned. All
lights were extinguished, yet such tents as stood were pierced by
bullets. The enemy were everywhere repulsed. Our casualties in
detail were : — British OSicers— killed : Captain "W. E. Tomkins and
Lieutenant A. W. Bailey, 38th Dogras; dangerously wounded : Lieu-
tenant H. A. Harrington,* 26tli Punjab Infantry, attached to the 38th
Dogras. Natives — killed: one havildar, No. 8 Bengal Mountain Battery,
one sepoy, 38th Dogras, and two followers ; wounded, 5. Seventy-six
horses and mules were hit. Captain Tomkins and Lieutenant Bailey
were buried the next morning with military honours. Lieutenant
Harrington's condition was hopeless from the first, the bullet having
penetrated the brain.

That same morning, as soon as light allowed, a squadron of the 11th
Bengal Lancers, under Captain E. H. Cole, went out and overtook the
Mamunds at the foot of the hill, killing 21, with the loss of one
horse killed and one wounded.

** Died of his wounds a fortnight later.

( 82 ;

TliP onomy, howovor, did not appear to be disheartenpcl, and thoufrh
tlioy were quiet the next night, they had boldly declared their intention
of returning after resting. Clearly they had not been punished suffi-
ciently. General Jeffreys accordingly recalled the Buffs and Sappers
from the crest of the Eambat Pass, and proceeded to visit the
valleys whence the enemy had come. The idea of joining General
Wodehouse's Brigade at Yakhdand was given up in favour of punitive
operations in the Maraund (or Watelai) Valley. How far these operations
would delay the movement of the brigade into the Mohmand country
was not yet plain ; but in any case Sir Bindon Blood with General
Wodehouse could carry out the plan of joining hands with General
Elles. The incident showed the wisdom of having sent large forces
forward from the Swat Valley. If there had been only one brigade on
the northern Mohmand borders, the plan of the Mohmand Campaign
would have fallen through. Now, however, General Jeffreys could
comfortably devote his attention to the two sections of the Bajouris
which had thus unexpectedly assumed a hostile attitude, and in the
event of this task occupying a considerable time he could return to
the Swat Valley via Sado, as the troops already in the Mohmand coun-
try would be sufficient to deal with any possible Mohmand combination.

Sir Bindon Blood, on hearing what had happened, ordered another
squadron of the 11th Lancers at Nawagai to join General Jeffreys,
seeing that the cavalry already in the Watelai Valley had been used
against the Mamunds to such good purpose.

The Mamunds and Salarzai were plainly in a sullen temper, but
whether they would be able to gather in any great strength seemed
doubtful, as the Bajour clans as a whole had not made common cause
with them. In order, however, to be prepared for possible compli-
cations, the Ist Brigade under Brigadier-General Meiklejohn, which
since its return from subjugating the Swat Valley had been awaiting
develojjraents, was moved from Sarai to the Paujkora River, a depot
being established at Sado on the river bank.

On Thursday, September 16th, General Jeffreys' Brigade fought the
important and in some respects memorable action of the Mamund Val-
ley, which began at 7-30 in the morning, continued throughout the day,
and did not finally cease till after midnight. In this severe engage-
ment nine Officers, includinp- the Brigadier himself, and 140 men were
either killed or wounded. This was the gi-eatest loss that had occurred
in frontier warfare in a single dav since the Ambela Campaign. The

( 83 )

facts are these : After the night attack on General Jeffreys' camp on the
14th September the brigade moved from Inayat Kili to the head of the
Watelai Valley, to punish the Mamunds by burning several of their vil-
lages near at hand. To expedite the work of destruction General
Jeffreys divided his attacking force into three columns, each of which
was to operate independently of the other two. The right column under
Lieutenant-Colonel F. G. Vivian consisted of the 38th Dogras, a section
of Sappers and two guns. The centre column under Colonel P. H.
Golduey consisted of one squadron 11th Bengal Lancers, four guns, the
35th Sikhs and the Buffs. The left column under Major F. Campbell
included the Guides and was instructed to operate in the ueighboui'hood
of the camp. At 7-30 the cavalry with the centre column came in con-
tact with the enemy, and firing began. The tribesmen retired slowly,
taking advantage of cover, and shooting accurately. Five companies of
the 35th Sikhs belonging to the same column now arrived and cleared
the enemy from the hillside, reaching a village, which they partially
burned, the tribesmen ascending the hills. At 12 o'clock only a few
snipers were visible, and the retirement of the column was ordered. As
soon as this had begun, large numbers of the enemy ajopeared showing
great courage, and being armed generally with Martinis they pressed the
retreat severely. The ground favoured the tribesmen, who succeeded in
out-flanking the 35th Sikhs. Their swordsmen and snipers frequently
came to within 40 yards, and the Officers had to use their revolvers freely.
There was also stone-throwing. The rear company was encumbered
with the wounded. Here Lieutenant Hughes was killed and Lieutenant
Cassels wounded. The enemy showed the greatest daring, and firing
was maintained at under 100 yards for 15 minutes. As soon as the
ground admitted, the charge was sounded, and the men responded well.
Fixing bayonets they drove the tribesmen back up the hills. Some of
the Buffs forming part of the same column under Lieutenant J. Hasler
came up, and the enemy in retiring across the open suffered considerable
loss from their fire. All this fighting was confined to Colonel Goldney's
column. Colonel Vivian had found the villages allotted to him too
strongly held to be attacked by so small a force and had returned to
camp. Major Campbell's column had also avoided an action for the
same reason, and after destroying some small hamlets had retired.

As soon as the enemy's resistance to Colonel Goldney's column
was found to be vigorous, orders had been sent to the two other
columns to concentrate, and reiuforcemeuts were ordered from the

( 84 )

camp. Brigadier-General Jeffreys, who now arrived from the camp,
ordex^ed the Buffs again to occupy the village, to complete its destruction,
and recover the bodies of the killed. Covered by the fire of the 8th
Bengal Mountain Battery, the Buffs and the 35th Sikhs re-occupied the
hill again, the tribesmen retiring and inflicting slight loss by sniping. At
2-30 the village was completely destroyed, and the force began marching
back to camp again. The enemy once more attacked the columns, and
the Buffs and Guides covered the retirement with great steadiness, but
still the enemy, displaying a standard, advanced recklessly, and though
suffering severe loss from carefully-aimed volleys, followed the troops to
the camp, frequently firing at close range. Night had now come on, and
the darkness was intensified by rain, but vivid lightning enabled the
enemy to continue firing at the marching columns. The steadiness and
endurance of the troops were admirable, and the camp was reached by
the main body of the troops in perfect order at 8 o'clock.

Meanwhile, in addition to the main attack, the hills to the right of
the enemy's position had been crowned by one strong company of the
35th Sikhs under Captain Ryder. This company was at 5 o'clock attacked
by large numbers of Mamunds, and desperate fighting ensued. It was
here that Captain Ryder and Lieutenant Gunning were wounded. To
extricate these troops two companies of the Guides were detached from
the main body, and in spite of severe fighting, darkness and rain, they
were relieved and reached the camp safely. Their losses were, however,
severe.

In the darkness and the pelting rain, which made it impossible at
times for one company to hear or see anything of its nearest neighbour,
four guns of No. 8 Mountain Battery and a half company of Sappers
who had been covering the Guides's retreat found themselves separated
from the main body, together with a few men of the Buffs. Brigadier-
General Jeffreys, himself belated, and literally in the dark as to the exact
whereabouts of the remainder of his brigade, joined these stragglers and
assumed command. On reaching the village of Thana he decided to give
up the idea of reaching camp that night, and halted the foz'ce, and they
took up an entrenched position. The enemy, however, occuj^ied half the
village, and severe fighting at close quarters ensued. The guns fired
case-shot through the walls, and eventually the enenjy were expelled
with the bayonet. Here Lieutenants Wynter and Watson were severely
wounded, and the Brigadier himself had his head cut open by a fragment

( So )

of rock. Captain Birch, R.A,, had his left side cut by a bullet, and
other Officers had bullets through their helmets. As soon as moonlight
allowed, the cavalry, the 38th Dogras, and four companies of the 35th
Sikhs proceeded from the camp and relieved the place. Our casualties
for the day were: — British Officers— 4»7Zed .• Lieutenant V. Hughes, 35th
Sikhs, and Lieutenant A. T. Crawford, Eoyal Artillery. Wounded :
Lieutenant G. E. Cassels and Lieutenant O. G. Gunning, 35th Sikhs ;
Captain W. I. Ryder, Ist Gurkhas (attached to the 35th Sikhs) ; Lieute-
nant F. A. Wynter, Royal Artillery ; Lieutenant T. C Watson, Royal
Engineers. Slightly wounded : Brigadier-General Jeffreys and Captain
A. H. C. Birch, Royal Artillery. British soldiers — killed, 'i\\danijerously
wounded, 1 ; severely toouiided, 3 ; slightly ivounded, 5 ; (all of the Buffs).
Native soldiers — No. 8 Mountain Battery — killed, 6 ; tvounded, 22.
Guides— Ai/Zerf, 2 ; wounded, 1 Subadar, 2 Havildars, and 7 men. 35th
Sikhs— AiVZerf, 22 ; ivounded, 44. llth Beugal Lancers— ivounded, 2. Sap-
pers and Miners — killed, 4 ; wounded, 1 5.

Another account of this action, which gave rise to much criticism,
was published some time later. The following extract from it is worth
adding : —

" The idea of the punitive operations in the early morning was it let
loose nearly the whole brigade in the valley, to punish every village of
importance in a single day, and then march back again to Inayat Kili.
The brigade was already due in the Mohmand countxy to co-operate with
"General Elles's Division : its Coiumander and the troojjs composing it
had the further prospect of Tirah before them ; and there was every
inducement therefore to ' polish off ' quickly the Mamunds who had been
bold enough to fire into the camp below the Rambat Pass. To each
Commandant was allotted a village, or group of villages, and he was
directed to deal with it independently. Thus the Buffs, the 35th Sikhs,
the 38th Dogras and the Guides Infantry, each six companies strong,
moved off to accomplish their respective tasks : a detachment of the
llth Bengal Lancers, the Mountain guns and the Sappers being held
ready for emergencies in case of any particularly strong oj^position.
The 38th Dogras on the right found the village of Damodolah far
too strong to attack without artilleiy, and Colonel Vivian very
sensibly returned to camp, instead of knocking the heads of his
men against mud walls. On the left the Guides were successful in
sweeping through some small hamlets, but had they pushed on to Agrah
■and Gat, they would probably have had to withdraw, as the 38th Dogras

( SG )

had dune. FiuLliei' up the valley the BulFs luid disjXKsed of one villaf^e
also. It was in the centre that matters went wion<,'. The 35th Sikhs
pushed on well into the hills at the far end of the valley, and as the fur-
ther mistake was made of splitting the six companies into three parties,
the Mamunds saw their chance and got to close quarters. Three com-
panies which had begun to burn the village of Shahi Tangi were forced
back, and they had to abandon the body of Lieutenant Hughes, who had
been killed. Word was sent back for the Buffs and Guides to come up
with all speed, and the 11th Bengal Lancers made a charge which, though
it could not be driven home owing to broken ground, prevented the Sikhs
from being surrounded. When the reinforcements arrived the Mamunds
were driven back, and Lieutenant Hughes's body was recovered. Then
came a long halt of some three hours, which enabled the enemy to col-
lect in full strength ; and when the retirement was eventually ordered,
the tribesmen pursued their usual tactics with considerable success.
Two companies of Sikhs, holding a hill over 2,000 feet high, were left to
fifi-ht their way down alone : an order, it is said, was sent to them to
retire, but it never reached Captain Ryder. There was some desperate
fighting, and the Guides Infantry had to double back to save the Sikhs
■who were attacked by overwhelming numbers. It was here that the heavy
losses occurred. The retirement down the Watelai Valley was weary
work for the troops, for a thunderstorm came on, and as the enemy closed
in, it became pitch dark. The guns, with a half company of Sappers and
15 men of the Buffs, got separated from their escort of four companies of
the Sikhs, and in the thick darkness General Jeffreys found himself belat-
ed with this small party. The valley is intersected with ravines, and
marching at night was no easy matter, as the Guides, who formed the
rear-guard, discovered. The General eventually decided to take up a
position under the walls of a village, and here for four or five hours the
handful of British soldiers, gunners, and Sappers had to defend them-
selves against the enemy at very close quarters indeed. There were no
means of sending off to camp for assistance, and it was not until the
moon rose that the party were extricated, about an hour after midnight.
The details of the fight under the village walls go to show that Officers
and men behaved with the finest courage. Lieutenant Wynter fought his
guns after he was wounded, until through faintness from loss of blood he
could no longer give orders. Then a sepoy took him in his arms, and
sat for hours shielding him with his own body against the enemy's fire.
It was an heroic action, and the sepoy was severely wounded, while thus
protecting his Officer. Another man coolly beat out with his coat the

( 87 )

bundles of bnrnin.Q- straw which the Mamnnds threw from the house-
tops to light up the ground and enable them to aim. The work was
perilous in the extreme, but the sepoy went about it calmly, and re-
peatedly extinguished the flaming straw. A Sapper was sent out into
the open to watch a door in the walls from which it was feared the
enemy might rush : his figure was outlined clearly with every flash of
lightning and he was repeatedly shot at, but he stuck to his post, calling
out from time to time to show that all was well. Again, Major
Worlledge, with the relief party from the camp, finding that he could not
reach the spot whence the noise of firing came, sent out a sowar to open
communication with General Jeffi-eys. This man passed safely through
the tribesmen who were on the move across the valley, reached the vil-
lage, only to get a volley from his own friends, delivered his message
and carried back another to Major Worlledge. Other instances of de-
votion and gallantry could be given, but enough has been said to show
that, as at Maizar, the Malakand, Chakdara, and the Samana* our troops
acquitted themselves in splendid fashion."

General Jeff"reys in his official despatch afterwards reported several
conspicuous acts of gallantly during the fighting on the 16th September,
and amongst them, as most remarkable, the behaviour of the Guides
under Major Campbell, Captain Hodson and Lieutenant Codrington
when they relieved the company of the 35th Sikhs which had got
isolated, at which time Havildar Ali Gul of the Guides particularly
distinguished himself. Captain Ryder and Lieutenant Gunning with the
relieved company of the 35th Sikhs and Captain Cole with one squadron
of the 11th Bengal Lancers did valuable service. Other Officers specially
mentioned were Lieutenant-Colonel Bradshaw, 35th Sikhs, and Captain
F. Duncan, 23rd Pioneers (distinguished himself when Lieutenant
Hughes was killed), Captain Birch, E.A., and the men of No. 8 Bengal
Mountain Battery, Lieutenant Watson, R.E. (wounded three times),
Lieutenant J. M. C. Colvin of the Sappers, and Major Hamilton,
D.A.A.-G.

In subsequently reporting the Mamund Valley action to Army
Head-Quarters, Major-General Sir Bindon Blood, to whom General
Jeffreys had reported events, entered into a full and detailed examina-
tion of all the facts. As this day's fighting has been much discussed
and in some quarters severely criticised, we give in an appendix virtually

* Not yet related.

( 88 )

the whole of Sir Bindon Blood's despatches, these being the only official
data available from which an opinion as to the tactics of the day can
fairly be formed.

All was quiet in the camp at Inayat Kili on the night of the IVth
September. At six the following morning, the available strength of the
2nd Brigade moved to attack the fortified village of Damodolah. The
tribesmen appeared in considerable numbers, and firing began at 8-45.
The 35th Sikhs crowned the spurs to the right of the village, and the
38th Dogras and the Battery occupied positions on the left, the Guides
Infantry in the centre, and the Buffs in reserve. The village was
carried and completely destroyed. The retirement was brilliantly exe-
cuted by the Guides, and the enemy had no chance of rushing. The
Buifs covered the homeward march of the brigade, inflicting loss on the
tribesmen, who pursued. Much grain was captured. The casualties
were : — 35th Sikhs — killed, 1; wounded, 2. 38th Dogras — killed, 1 ; wound-
ed, 2. Guides— rcouJJtierf, 1. Tiring ceased at 2-30.

Sunday, the 19th of September, was free from fighting, but some
further jjunitive work was carried out, owing to the fact that the

Mamunds, who had by this time sent in their jirgahs, neverthe-
less refused to comply with the terms imposed by General Jeff'reys,
This clan, which numbers only about 1,500 fighting men, was show-
ino- much determination, and though' now suing for mercy, still
refused to surrender its own rifles and those captured in the
attack on September 16th. It was desirable, therefore, to demol-
ish the fortifications of the villages in the centre of the Mamund
Valley, and on the morning in question the force moved out against the
village of Zagadirai, four or five miles from Inayat Kili, and destroyed
it. No opposition was encountered, and later in the day jirgahs began
to come in again. These jirgahs were informed by General Jeffreys that
no proposals would be entertained unless their arms were surrendered.
One day's grace was given to allow of this being made known. Much
indignation was excited in the force by the news that the tribesmen
had disinterred the bodies of the Mahomedan native soldiers killed
in the recent fighting and had insulted their remains.

The following day (September 20th) Sir Bindon Blood, who had
been kept well informed of events by means of the heliograph, was able
to report from Nawagai to Army Head-Quarters that he had not found
it necessary to reinforce General Jeffreys' Brigade, which had proved

( 89 )

itself quite equal to dealing with the Mamuuds, " in fact (he telegraphed),
since Thursday night wlien the tribesmen inflicted such heavy losses
upon the brigade, the operations in the Maniuud Valley seem to have
been completely successful."

Successful they had undoubtedly been, but hostilities were far fi^om
being over. At the very time when Sir Bindon Blood at Nawagai was
telegraphing that the end of the fighting in the Watelai Valley was now in
view. General Jeffreys' Brigade was obliged to march out to attack the
fortified village of Zagai (once owned by Umra Khan). Sharp fighting
ensued, chiefly with the Buflfs on the right, and severe loss was inflicted
upon the tribesmen. The village was taken and the retirement cleverly
executed. Firing began at 8-50 a.m. and ceased at 12-30. A re-
connaissance by a squadron of the 11th Bengal Lancers had revealed the
fact that the village was strongly held. The Buffs were on the right,
the 38th Dogras in the centre, the Guides Infantry on the left, and the
35th Sikhs in reserve. Firing began on the left at 8-50, and the guns
came into action near the centre about 9-15. The Buffs, who had fur-
ther to go, were engaged about 9-20. The enemy as usual retired, snip-
ing ; the village was occupied, and all the fortifications were destroyed.
At 11 A.M. the retirement began, and immediately afterwards
the tribesmen gathered on the flanks. On the left, the Guides
Infantry were threatened by about 600 tribesmen displaying standards.
These were dispersed by long range fire. On the right, the Buffs retired
with admirable discipline, in spite of very sharp fire. Excellent prac-
tice was made with the Lee-Metfords ; Lieutenant F. S. Reeves's section
killed five men at one valley. The Dum-Dum bullet was most effective.
Lieutenant R. E. Power was slightly wounded in the right arm, but
after the wound was dressed he returned to his company. Lieutenant
Keen was shot through the left arm and in the body. After the Buffs
■were clear of difficult ground, the line of the regiment lay across the
open fields, and the enemy from cover fired with effect, several men be-
ing wounded. Firing ceased when the troops got clear, as the enemy
did not dare to follow into the open. On the extreme left, considerable
numbers of the enemy appeared. Captain E. H. Cole's squadron trotted
forward, causing the tribesmen, ever in terror of cavalry, to bunch
together. The Battery immediately exploded two shells with great
effect, and this ended the action. The brunt of the fighting fell to the
Buffs. The casualties were : two Officers wounded (Second-Lieutenant
G. N. S, Keene, Unattached List, and Lieutenant E. E. Power of the

( 90 )

Buffs) ; British soldiers — tvounded : Buffs, 9 ; Native troops — 38tb Doj^-
ras, 2. Total casualties, 13.

On the night of the 21st September, firing into camp took place,
and several animals and one native orderly were wounded, and on the
22nd the important village of Dag was captuied — together with great
stores of grain — with the loss of one killed and two wounded.

In the 2nd Brigade alone the losses of a single week amounted to
14 British OfKcers and 153 men, besides nearly 150 transport animals,
cavalry horses, and Officers' ponies. But General Jeliieys had now
demonstrated the ability of his troops, when not divided into a number
of weak parties, to sweep the valley from end to end.

General Jeffreys and his Brigade may now be left, settling accounts
with the Mamunds, while the movements of General Wodehouse's
Brigade with Sir Bindon Blood at Nawagai are brought up to date.

-^<r~

( or )

CHAPTER K

WITH GENERAL WODEHOUSe's BRIGADE,

While General Jeffreys was coiintermarcliing his Brigade in order to
deal with the aggressive Mamunds and Salarzai, the punishment of the
Mohmands was steadily proceeding. Sir Bindon Blood was at Nawagai,
and the Mohmand tribes to the south of this position had tendered
their submission and agreed to surrender the arms demanded of them.
The Hadda Mullah, however, was reported to have assembled a large
gathering on the Bedmanai Pass, twelve miles from Nawagai, and it
became evident after the arrival of this news that Sir Bindon Blood's
position was by no means an. easy one and might in certain contin-
gencies become even critical. General EUes was still at or close to
Shabkadr and could not therefore be looked to for prompt help, should
help be required. The Hadda Mullah, with a large gathering, occupied a
strong position in the Bedmanai Pass. The Mamund and Salarzai tracts
were either in a blaze or at the combustion jooint. Between these two
hostile forces lay Nawagai. The Khan, a man of great influence in
those part-s, might, by throwing his influence against the British have
seriously increased the difficulties of the campaign. The pass of
Nawagai would have been closed, and General EUes, arriving with,
his Brigade from Shabkadr, would have had to stand on the defen-
sive or even to fall back without attacking the Mohmands at all.
It is in fact easy to realise how serious the effects of such a develop-
ment might have been.

Bold measures were necessary. Sir Bindon Blood decided to
remain at Nawagai, to keep the Khan loyal and the pass clear at all
costs. This action kept the tribesmen in two sections — the Mohmand
on one side andthe Mamunds on the other. It also paralysed the Khan,
supposing his friendship were weak, though subsequent events 2)roved
his loyalty to be sincere. It maintained the communications. But it
was not unattended with diflSculty and danger.

Sir Bindon Blood considered himself strong enough to hold his posi-
tion in spite of any attack that might.be made, and he judged rightly.
On Friday, September 17th, between 3 and 4 o'clock in the afternoon,
some 800 tribesmen were seen near the mouth of the Bedmanai Bass»

( 02 )

The greater part of General Wodeliouse's Brigade turned out, but the
enemy remained among the ravines and only the cavalry could get near
them. A few rounds were fired by dismounted men, and the Mountain
Battery fired some shells. The force returned to camp in the evening.
Evidently the Hadda Mullah was feeling his way.

Atmidniglit, September 19th-20th, the Hadda Mullah, venturing out
from his ravines, made a half-hearted attack upon General Blood's camp.
Some 150 of the enemy, chiefly swordsmen, were in the first line, and
about 1,000 in the second line. The first line crept up unperceived to
within about 30 or 40 yards of the parapet held by the Queen's Kegiment,
and began firing, but being met by steady volleys, dispersed in a few
minutes, after trying other faces of the camp in a half-hearted way.
The tribesmen then turned their attention with much shouting to the
picket held by the Khan of Nawagai's men on the low hills a mile to
the west. After half-an-hour's sniping at this picket they made off.
Our casualties were one man of the Queen's Regiment killed and one
wounded. The enemy left no dead or wounded on the ground.

On the following night (September 20th-21st) another attack was
made in force, the Hadda Mullah having been joined by the Saffi Mullahs
and a contingent of Shinwaris from Afghan territory. The total strength
was estimated at 3,000. Tactically the assault showed considerable skill,
regular rushes being made, covered by rifle fire. It began about
9 P.M. and firing continued till 1 p.m. Constant charges were made from
all directions more or less simultaneously. The troops ou their part
behaved with the utmost steadiness, and the fire discipline was perfect.
The safety of the camp was never for a moment in doubt, though some
of the tribesmen must have advanced to within ten yai^ds of the parapet,
as their bodies were afterwards found at that distance. The enemy must
have suffered heavily, as they came under a cross-fire, and our men could
see them plainly as they stood up. No. 1 British Mountain Battery fired
four star shells very successfully. General Blood had been warned at8 p.m.
by the Political Oflicer that the attack was intended, so everything was
ready when the enemy appeared. The Mountain Battery was of the
greatest value, firing shrapnel as well as star shells. The casualties
vrere :— In the British ranks, one man killed and four wounded ; in the
Native ranks, fourteen wounded, most of these slightly. Brigadier-
General Wodehouse was shot through the leg. Some horses and mules
were shot. The enemy had breech-loading rifles, some of which were
Lee-Metfords, as the bullets picked up in the camp showed.

( 93 )

General Blood moved out the ti'oops next morninfr to find the enemy,
but they had disappeared. He thereupon marched without further delay
right on to Lokerai, where he knew, from lieliographic signals, that he
should meet General Elles, who had successfully carried out on his side
the advance from Shabkadi'.

On the night of the 21st September, after the meeting between Sir
Bindon Blood and General Elles, there was considerable picket firing at
individual tribesmen who endeavoured to approach the camp, also some
sniping on the part of the enemy. Three star shells were fired. On the
morning of the 22nd September the village of Das, west of Agrah,, was
attacked. The tribesmen, as usual, after the destruction of the Aallage,
followed and harassed the returning troops, and the following casualties
occurred :— Guides Infantry — killed, 1 ; dangerously wounded, 1 ; 35th
^ikhaslightly wounded, 1. A squadron of the 11th Bengal Lancers
protected the flank. The Guides executed the retirement with their cus-
tomary skill and steadiness.

And now to trace briefly the less exciting movements of Major-
General EUes's Division up to the time of his meeting Sir Bindon Blood's
troops at Lokerai.

General Elles with his two Brigades under Brigadier-Generals
Westmacott and Macgregor marched out from Shabkadr, as has been
stated, early on the 15th September. Five miles out, the 20th ■ Punjab
Infantry, forming the advance-guard, were fired on. The Khorappa defile
was found impassable for camels, and the General sent back orders for the
2nd Brigade to halt and camp, and left the 5th Company Bengal Sappers
and the 28tli Bombay Pioneers to improve the road. The six miles of
very bad road were turned into one passable for camels by the evening
qf the 18th September, a very creditable piece of work for both Sappei^s
and Pioneers, and General Elles continued his marched with a proportion
of mule transport on September 15th to Galanai, 16 miles from
Shabkadr.

On September 17th, news of General Jeffreys' fight at Eambat
arrived. General Westmacott and the 1st Brigade, with the 20th
Punjab Infantry, No. 3 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, and two
squadrons of the 13th Bengal Lancers, moved on six miles to Esuj Khel,
three miles south of the Nahaki Pass. Plenty of forage was found in
the valley between the top of Khorajspa Jangi and Nahaki, but little
supplies for the troops. Helio communication was established at
Nahaki with Genei-al Sir Bindon Blood's force.

( 94 )

The Lower Mohmands, or TTalimzais in the valley between Khorappa
and Nahaki, accepted General Elles's terras, i.e., Rs.500, 300 jezails and
2,500 maunds of grain ; all breach -loading rifles to be given up, and free
forage to be provided for the force while in the district for seven days
commencing September 19th. The 13th Bengal Lancers, after a recon-
naissance towards Lokerai, reported very barren country beyond Nahaki
with very little water. General Macgregor with the Oxford Light
Infantry, the Patiala Regiment, and the Bombay Mountain Battery
marched from Dand to Galani on September 19th.

The Saffi Mullah with 2,000 men was reported to be at Kung, 9
miles from Nahaki, and Major F. G. Atkinson with 100 men of the 13th
Bengal Lancers, was sent to investigate the truth of the report. The
Lancei's were fired on from two sides, but they advanced in line, and the
villagers fled. The Lancers held the village, and soon some villagers
returned and spoke to Major Atkinson. He found two Sikh bunnias,
who said they had bought up all the grain to sell to the Sirkar.

On the 21st September General Elles with General Westmacott
arrived at Lokerai and met General Blood as already stated. General
Macgregor had been left behind with two and a half battalions and two
guns to hold a Nahaki Pass, which dominates the whole Mohmand
country.

Having seen the completion of the first part of the plan of cam-
paign Sir Bin don Blood left General Elles on September 23rd and rode
down to Inayat Kili to see how the operations against the Mamunds
were progressing. He had previously made over General Wodehouse's
Brigade to General Elles, who united it with General Westmacott's
Brigade for the purpose of making what was intended to be an over-
whelming descent upon the Hadda Mullah's gathering reported to be
still holding the Bedmanai Pass. Unfortunately General Wodehouse
himself was not able to continue in command of his brigade being
obliged, owing to the wound in his leg, to proceed by sick convoy to
India. This was hard luck on a brave Officer, as much fighting had
yet to take place. Colonel B. C. Graves of the 39th Garhwalis was givea
the command of the 3rd Brigade of the Malakand Field Force, with
the temporary rank of Brigadier-General, and hereafter in the narrative
of the Mohmand Campaign the brigade which has been known all along,
as General Wodehouse's Bx'igade will be styled General Graves's Brigade.

( 95 )

CHAPTER VI.

WITH GENERAL ELLES's DIVISION.

On September 23rd, the day before Sir Bindon Blood left Nawagai to
join Brigadier-General Jeffreys in the Manuind country, General Elles
concentrated General Graves's Brigade and General Westniacott's Brigade
at Kuz Chinarai, his camp being four miles north of the Bedmanai Pass,
held by the Hadda Mullah and his supporters. The Mullah had outposts
at the foot of the Pass, and our cavalry were fired upon when reconnoi-
tring the position. Little parties of the enemy were also apparently prowl-
ing about the camp, as two followers were cut up and two wounded.

On the morning of the 24th September, the troops moved forward
and, after some opposition, carried the Bedmanai Pass. The 20th Punjab
Infantry, with Maxim detachments, particularly distinguished them-
selves in clearing the heights. The capture of the Pass, contrary to all
expectation, proved easy of accomplishment, as only 500 of the enemy
faced General Westmacott's Brigade, when it moved forward to the
attack at 6-30 a.m. As to the actual assault, the 20th Punjab Infantry
and the Maxim gun detachments led, and were opposed on every ridge,
but the Maxim fire and the spirited manner in which the 20th Punjab
Infantry moved forward were too much for the tribesmen. They were
driven back until at last our troops crowned the peak 2,500 feet above
the Pass. General Graves's Brigade was meanwhile moving in support of
General Westmacott's up the centre, and guarding the right flank ; but
it was not actually engaged. Our casualties were only one sepoy killed
and four wounded. No. 1 Mountain Battery, Eoyal Artillery, made
excellent practice. The hills are most precipitous, making the perform-
ance of the infantry more creditable than would at first sight appear.
General Graves's Brigade returned to Kuz Chinarai, General West-
macott's Brigade holding the villages round Bedmanai. Several forts
and towers were destroyed. '

This easy victory over the Hadda Mullah's forces was attributed to
the previous want of success on their part in the night attack on General
Blood's camp already described. They had made their real effort then,
and failed, and when General Elles's two Brigades faced them they had
very little heart for further fighting. The contingent of Afghan

( 9G )

tribesmen also, who had been expected to help, no doubt considered
it more advisable to retire across the frontier while their line of retreat
was still open.

General Elles determined to advance from the Bedmanai Pass on to
the much-talked-of Jarobi, where the Hadda Mullah had his head-
quarters, uncertain whether that fanatical leader would be able to rally
his men for another stand. The Afghan border is only a mile away,
and once beyond this the Mullah and his followers would be safe, for
British troops cannot cross the Durand line.

It is of no great importance to describe in detail how General Elles
' advanced from Bedmanai through the Bohai Valley breaking into the
innermost seclusion of this hidden country, and sweeping away in the
general destruction the very nest and hiding-place of the Hadda Mullah.
As it turned out, the only spot bearing the name of Jarobi was a small
glen, very picturesque to look at but quite devoid of mystery and signi-
ficance. As for the often-mentioned " head-quarter buildings " of the
Hadda Mullah, these were found to consist of nothing more than a few
wretched mud huts. The troops had to pass through a difficult defile,
but no real opposition was off"ered to their march. They, however, were
fired at repeatedly by small parties of tribesmen, and some thirteen or
fourteen casualties occurred during the advance. They returned to
Bedmanai, having satisfactorily punished the various villages visited.
The plan of operations had been admirably conceived and carried out.
General Elles moved his force in two columns parallel with each other,
sweeping the valley, thoroughly destroying all the forts, and punishing
villages which declined to submit. Such opposition as was offered was
easily broken down, and General Westmacott's Brigade pushed quite
close up to the Durand boundary line. At Manzari Chena our troops
were at the foot of the Sibala Pass, over which a road leads to Jellala-
bad. They skirted the range of hills which forms the boundary of
Afghanistan in this direction, and worked southward, punibhing the
Khoda Khels, who would not accept the terms offered them. These
operations must have convinced the Baizai, who had been hostile all
through, that the force opposed to them was too strong to be faced.
Their neighbours in the east, the Khwazai, submitted.

With regard to the punishment of Khoda Khels just mentioned, a
few details may be given, as these villagers alone of all the others offered
resistance. On September 26th, General Westmacott, with 4 guns of

( 97 )

No. 5 Bombay Mountain Battery, the 20tli Punjab Infantry, 1st Gurkhas,
a wing of the 28th Bombay Pioneers, half of No. 5 Company Bengal
Sappers and the Devons' Maxim, joined by the Oxfords, who with
four squadrons of the 13th Bengal Lancers had marched from Nahaki to
Kung, started to destroy the forts and towers of the Khoda Khels, all in
a sort of amphitheatre about two miles from camp. The advance-guard
of the Gurkhas was met with a heavy fire from the villages and heights
around, which were held for nearly a mile. The guns were immediately
brought into action and soon cleared the villages, while four companies
of Gurkhas on the left crowned the heights, their advance being covered
by the guns and Maxims. This crowning of the heights was a difficult
job, but smartly done. Meanwhile the Sappers thoroughly distroyed
the forts and towers, and when this was completed the retirement
was most deliberately carried out, covered by the guns and Maxims
and the Oxfords. The casualties were : five Gurkhas wounded, Captain
Knapp, commanding the guns, had his horse hit on coming into action.
The Khwazai jn-gah came in to General Westmacott during the fight
so their forts and towers, which were to have been destroyed on the
way back, were spared. The Khoda Khels were the best armed clan of
the Mohmands, which no doubt explains why they refused to surrender
their breech-loaders.

There was now no prospect of further fighting, as the Dawazai,
Utmanzai and Khwazai had all made submission ; and the troops
were permitted to enjoy a well-earned rest. On September 28th, the
Somersets, with the Maharaja of Patiala (who had accompanied
General EUes from Shabkadr) returned to the Divisional Head-Quarters
at Peshawar. His Highness had been treated all along like any other
soldier and had shared all the hardships of service. He had faced
eveiything in a true military spirit, taking the greatest interest in
what was going on and showing the real Sikh keenness to see fighting.
The Patiala Regiment, it may be added, was used under General
Graves in chastising the MiLtai and Sara Valley, and came into contact
with the enemy.

The military part of this short but very successful expedition
was now over, and the troops under General Elles muved back in
separate columns to Peshawar, each force taking its own route. By the
beginning of October the Mohmand expedition could fairly be spoken
of as au event of the past

( 98 )

The effect of these short but completely successful operations
had been very great. The utter rout and precipitate flight of the Hadda
Mullah had made a deep impression on the tribes, who were paying
up fines and surrendering arms in all directions. The campaign, con-
ducted in an unexplored and mountainous country, with very bad roads,
over difficult passes, and with a great scarcity of water— the enemy
having breached the tanks, which are the chief sources of supply — had
been virtually completed within a little more than three weeks of cross-
ing the frontier. The rapid advance and attack on the Bedmanai Pass
one day before it was expected, and at the moment when everything led
the enemy to anticipate an attack on Mittai, and the subsequent sudden
appearance of General EUes's force in Jarobi, the Mullah's stronghold,
had utterly upset any organised resistance and prevented any further
tribal combinations. The attacks on Shabkadr and other villages
were now avenged and the tribes, if appearances go for anything
will be quiet for many years to come, while the prestige of the
British Government is completely re-established throughout the length
and breadth of the Mohmand country. The Mohmand country was
traversed in every direction for three weeks, the troops lived free
upon the country, which was equivalent to a fine of four thousand
rupees a day, seventy-two towers and forty forts were destroyed,
and the troops penetrated to the farthest recesses of the mountain fast-
nesses deemed by the clansmen inaccessible to British arms : 800 swords
and 100 guns, including breach-loaders and Enfields, were collected by
the time the troops left the country, as well as fines aggregating thirteen
thousand rupees in cash. A remarkable feature of the expedition was
that after the demolition of the last Baizai forts the troops were in no
way molested, and marched about the country in perfect peace and
security, and not a single offence was committed on the line of commu-
nication. From these symptoms it is fair to conclude the Mohmands
had taken to heart the lessons taught them. General Elles was fortu-
nate in having as Chief Political Officer Mr. Merk, whose intimate
knowledge of the people and country and great experience of frontier
matters generally conduced not a little to the rapid progress and com-
pletion of the operations.

We have now to follow the adventures of Sir Bindon Blood with
General Jeffreys' Brigade in the Mamund country.

( 99 )

CHAPTER VII.

iiURTHER OPERATIONS AGAINST THE MAMUNDS.

It has been stated that on September 23rd, Sir Bindon Blood, after
sending oflf General Elles with two brigades to capture the Bedmanai
Pass, left Nawagai with his staff and divisional troops for Inayat Kili
to see how the operations under General Jeffreys against the Mamunds
were progressing. The situation at Inayat Kili at this period was
somewhat peculiar, as for two reasons the 2nd Brigade was for the
moment compelled to stand fast. In the first place it had lost a large
number of ti'ansport mules, and in an undeveloped country of this kind
the mobility of a large force must always depend on its pack animals.
Secondly, the memorable fight of the 16th September, the attempt to
clear the Watelai Valley in one day, had resulted in 150 wounded men
being thrown on the field hospitals, and these could not now be carried
nor could they be left behind, because deducting an adequate guard for
them the rest of the brigade would not have been strong enough for the
fighting which was to follow. Hence up to the time of Sir Bindon
Blood's arrival on the scene with reinforcements only those villages
within striking distance of the camp had been visited and the
more remote villages of the valley remained untouched. Sir Bindon
Blood's first step was to restore the mobility of the force. The wounded
were sent to Panjkora where General Meiklejohn's Brigade was
awaiting employment, and the transport animals killed were now
replaced.

The last fight recorded in the previous chapter dealing with the
Mahmund Campaign was the taking of the village of Dag on September
22nd. Early the following morning the brigade marched to visit the
fortified village of Tangi, the inhabitants of which had been concerned in
the recent fighting. The enemy appeared at first in small numbers, and
the guns came into action at 8 o'clock. Firing continued until 11-45 ;
the village was taken, the Guides first seizing the hills to the left The
38th Dogras were in the centre, the 35th Sikhs on the right, and the Buffs
in reserve. As usual, on the troops returning considerable numbers
of tribesmen appeared, but not many cared to face our troops. A

( 100 )

file of the Buffs now advanced from cover, .and the Lee-Metford fire
again checked the enemy. Our casualties were : the Buffs, Major
R S. II. Moody, slii^htly wounded ; 38th Doi^ras, severely wounded, one.
Lieutenant F. S. lieeves of the Buffs had a curious escape, the bullet
striking his revolver and glancing thence through his case.

Here it may be mentioned that as the Maraunds live partly in
Bajour and partly in Afghan territory, cultivating lands on either
side of the frontier, they were always able during these punitive
operations to retire in safety when hard pressed and then return
again when our troops withdrew. They are notoriously turbulent,
and the Afghan authorities have had much trouble with them since
Asmar was occupied a few years ago. During the Chitral Expedition
they caused us constant annoyance. They were among the tribesmen
who opposed our troops in the advance beyond the Panjkora, and they
were up in arms the whole time, the "sniping" into camp in the
Jhandoul Valley being laid at their door. Again and again Sir Kobert
Low and Brigadier-General Waterfield wished to punish them but this
step was forbidden from head-quarters. Our troops remained inactive
for months, though the Mamund Valley lay only one march from
Mandia; and the Field Force returned to India leaving the clan
untouched. It would have been a simple matter to have sent a strong
brigade to Inayat Kili and thence to have visited every village held by
the tribesmen, for none are mure then ten or twelve miles distant ; but
the Government would not sanction any jsunitive measures. The result
was that the Mamunds, and their friends the Salarzai, believed that
our troojjs were afraid to approach them; and thus, three years later,
they were now harassing a force marching past the mouth of their
valley and not intended to interfere with them in any way. That
a grave disaster did not occur on the 16th September when General
Jeffreys' Brigade weakened by division began reprisals, was due solely
to the staunchness of our troops. However, the present punitive opera-
tions were going far to retrieve past omissions and already the Mamunds
•were beginning to send in their jirgahs. For a whole week after the
capture of Dag aud Tangi hostilities were stayed while negotiations
with reference to the surrender of arms proceeded. Meanwhile, on
September 25th, the Buffs mai'ched off to Nowshera to join the
Tirah Field Force and weie relieved by the Royal West Kent Regiment
from Panjkora. Their departure was much regretted, as in the recent

( 101 )

fighting tliey had shown themselves worthy of the finest traditions of
the British Infantry.

At this stage of affairs it did not seem to be advisable to hasten
unduly the evacuation of the Mamund country. Apart from the fact
that no axnus had actually been surrendered, there were other and
■wider considerations to be seriously weighed. General EUes was about
to return to Shabkadr, and it was doubtful in Sir Bindon Blood's
view what course the Mohmands intended to pursue. True all tlie
large Mohmand gatherings had been dispersed; the Bohai, Mittai and
Suran Valleys, south-west of Nawagai, had been visited, and the Hadda
Mullah chased into Afghan territory, while in the central parts of
the Mohmand country our troops had effectually overawed the people.
But there were probably some thousands of tribesmen just over the
Afghan border who would return as General EUes's Brigades moved back
to British territory. Nawagai might become their objective, as the
Khan had cast in his lot with the British authorities. Inayat Kill is only
one mai^ch from Nawagai, and General Blood would thus if required be
able to extend a helping hand to the Khan until the excitement caused
by the expedition had subsided. At the same time the reality of the
submission of the Mamunds and the Salarzai v^ould be assured.

On the 27th September Mr. Davis, Political Officer, in an interview
with the Mamund jir(/ah found them determined not to give the 50
breech-loaders originally demanded as a punishment for their share in
the attack on Chakdara, or the 22 Martinis captured from our troops
on the 16th September. They admitted having taken part in the Chak-
dara attack without provocation, and coolly offered the excuse that all the
world was diomgghaza and they went too. They further admitted going
five miles from their valley to attack General Jeffreys' camp at Markanai
on the 14th September. They stated that the rifles taken on the IGth Sep-
tember were in the hands of trans-frontier tribesmen from the Kunar
Valley, who had shared in the fight, and that they could not be recovered.
The J Jrffah flately refused either to give up breech-loaders or surrender
hostages, but offered a sum of money and a number of useless old match-
locks. Eventually they left to consult the tribesmen, promising to
return. The promise was not kept, and on the 30th September, as no
further reply had been received and as this amounted to a refusal of
the Government terms, General Jeffreys, in the absence of Sir Bindon
Blood who, anticipating a peaceful submission, had moved off with a

( 102 )

sniall escort to Sarai, resumed punitive operations. All the villages in
the centi'e of the valley were dealt with, and there was no opposition, the
tribesmen declining to come into the open ground.

On the morning of the 1st October the brigade under General
Jeffreys attacked the village of Agrah and very severe fighting ensued,
resulting in the following casualties : — British Officers — killed; Lieu-
tenant-Colonel O'Bryen, 31st Punjab Infantry, and Second-Lieutenant
Browne Clayton, Royal West Kent Regiment; severely wounded:
Lieutenant Isacke, Royal "West Kent, and Lieutenant Peacock, 31st
'Pui\]&hlnfa,ntry; slightly wounded : Captain N. Styles. British soldiers
— Royal West Kent, killed, 3 ; wounded, 15. Native ranks — Guides
Cavalry, wounded, 4 ; 31st Punjab Infantry, Jdlled, 7 ; tvounded, 15 ;
38th Dogras, wounded, 4. Total casualties : British Officers, 5 ; soldiers,
45. The enemy's losses were also heavy.

Some description of this severe action is called for. The Guides
Cavalry reconnoitred the ground, and reported that the village was
occupied and that the adjacent heights were strongly held. The enemy
appeared in considerable numbers both on the hills where they displayed
standards and among the scrub in broken ground to the left. The
action was opened by the cavalry who at 8-20 a.m. were fired on from
the scrub and hills. Dismounted fire was at once ordered by Lieutenant-
Colonel Adams, and desultory skirmishing ensued. Meanwhile, the
infantry were advancing, and at 9-15 a.m. the battery came into action
shelling the enemy on the heights. The Guides Infantry then advanced
to clear the hills to the left. The enemy, who occupied mortures
and fangars, maintained a sharp fire, but on Major Campbell ordering
the Guides to charge, the hills were splendidly carried. The Royal
West Kent had now advanced in the centre and the 31st Punjab In-
fantry on the right, and very severe fighting ensued. The British Infan-
try cleared the village and attacked the tribesmen in the tangars behind
it. Second-Lieutenant Clayton was killed by a volley at close range, and
theenemy at once charged, causingatemporary check ; but Major Western
advanced with Lieutenant Jackson and one and-a-half companies of the
Royal West Kent, and drove back the enemy and captured the sangarg
at the point of the bayonet. The losses had already been severe, and
the 31st Punjab Infantry who had ascended the rocks on the right
of the village, with a long spur on their flank occupied by the enemy,
became exposed to a close and deadly cross-fire. It was here that Lieute-
nant-Colonel J. L. O'Bryen was killed. Moving swiftly from point to

{ 103 )

point he directed the fire and animated the spirit of the men, who
were devoted to him. It was not long before the enemy's marksmen
began to take aim at this prominent figure. But for a considerable
period although bullets fell everywhere around him, he remained unhurt.
At last however he was shot through the body and carried mortally
wounded from the action. The fact that Colonel O'Bryen had been
specially selected — while still a young man — to the command of a
battalion, goes to show what a loss the army in India sustained by
his death. Already he had passed through the drudgery of the lower
ranks of the service and had reached a point when all the bigger prizes
of the profession appeared in clear view. And though the death in
action of a Colonel at the head of his regiment is perhaps the finest end
that a soldier can hope for, everyone at the front deeply regretted the
premature close of an honourable and brilliant military career. All the
positions were held until the Sappers had completely destroyed the
whole of the village. The return to camp was then oi^dered. The 38th
Dogras under Lieutenant-Colonel Vivian now advanced to support
the Slat Punjab Infantry on the right. The enemy, however, did not
press the retirement as vigorously as usual, and the display of the
cavalry prevented any advance into the open ground, but much firing
was maintained from the hills with some etfect. No. 7 British
Mountain Battery fired sharpnel at close lange and kept the nearest
spurs clear. All firing ceased at 2-10 p.m., and the homeward march was
not further molested, which was a tolerably sure sign that the enemy
had suffered heavy losses. The Officers displayed great gallantry, most of
the Royal West Kent having bullet holes in their clothes and helmets,
and nearly all having strange escapes. The Guides Cavalry were of the
greatest service during the action. They held a large force of the enemy
in check on the left for five hours by dismounted fire and by threatening
to charge whenever the tribesmen pressed heavily or advanced from
the broken ground. No. 7 Battery Eoyal Artillery fired 140 sharpnel
shells during the action, and when it was apparent that the Royal
West Kent and 31st Punjab Infantry were severely engaged Major
Fegan advanced his guns within 800 yards of the enemy and by
constant fire kept many spurs clean. Though the guns came under
sharp fire only one mule was killed. The want of more troops was
severely left ; three additional battalions could have been fully em-
ployed ; and only the great skill with which the Guides Cavalry on the
left were handled checked the enemy's advance from that direction.
The 31st Punjab Infantry also suffered from haviag no battalion on

( 104 )

their riglit Hank. The dirticiilty and danger of attacking forLilied villages)
ill broken ground and high cropa are always great, and it ahould be
remembered that after an adequate camp-guard and the details were
deducted General Jeffreys' Brigade could only parade for lighting
some 1,300 strong. Of this small number the loss in a fortnight of 245
was severe.

On the 2nd of OctoberSir BindonBlood and Head-quarters with four
guns of No. 8 Battery and four companies 26th Punjab Infantry arrived
at luayat Kili, the 10th Field Battery and the Highland Light In-
fantry following on behind ; and it was hoped that this formidable
concentration of artillery would produce decisive effects. In his report
to Army Head-Quarters Sir Bindon Blood telegraphed : — " 1 am crowd-
ing every man and gun on the decisive point and expect thei'e will
be an end of the Mamund business in a few days." He was right.

On the 3rd October at 6 o'clock in the morning, the 2nd Brigade
with two batteries of artillery, under Brigadier-General Jeffreys, attack-
ed the village of Badilai. Very little opposition was encountered until
the return inarch of the troojjs commenced. Firing began at 8-45. The
31st Punjab infantry cleared and occupied a spur on the right, while
the West Kent moved against the village, and the 38th Dogras cleared
the hills to the left, the Guides Infantry covering the left flank, on which
the cavalry were also posted. The guns came into action at nine o'clock,
shelling the village, which was captured and completely destroyed. Up
to this time only two casualties had occurred, but as soon as the with-
drawal of tlie troops began the enemy appeared in great numbers, as
many as three thousand being roughly counted. Firing now became
brisk and all the corps were involved, but the 31st Punjab Infantry were
most severely pressed. The cavalry covered the retirement with great
skill, but though tlie enemy showed much boldness, they did not advance
into ground which rendered charging possible, and took refuge in nulin/ts
whenever threatened. Firing ceased at 2-30, and the force reached camp
safely. The whole affair was extremely successful, but the loss was not
small. Sir Bindon Blood and the Head-quarters Staff' watched the opera-
tions and reconnoitred the valley. The casualties were as follows : —
Royal AVest Kanl—damjerouily wounded, 1 ; 31st Punjab Infantry —
killed, 1 ; ivuunded, 5 ; Guides Infantry — ivounded, 3; Guides Cavalry —
wounded, 2 ; 39th Dogms— killed, 1 ; wounded, 3 ; totAl— killed, 2 ;
wounded, 14. During the day Gcucral Meiklejohu and Staff arrived.

( 105 )

The Mamunds were now thoroughly broken. On the Gth of October
1,000 tribesmen from the Kiinar Valley joined the enemy and expressed
their intention of attacking the camp, but the Mamunds in terror of
further reprisals dissuaded them from doing so and opened up negotia-
tions for submission. Three or four days later ten rifles lost during the
fight on the 16th September were brought in, and nine more were in
the hands oi the jtrgah who now put out pickets to prevent trans-border
men from sniping into the camp at night. The Mamunds had received
a severe lesson. Details of their losses were not obtainable, but
272 men had been buried in the valley and the number of wounded must
have been very large. The British casualties in the Mamund Valley
since September 14th had been : — British Officers— killed, 6 ; loounded,
16 ; British rank and ]i\e—kiU»d, 5 ; wounded, 4,3 ; Native ranks — killed,
50 ; wounded, 147; followers— A;j7/s<^, 1 ; lo^^unded, 5 ; total 273, out of
a force which never exceeded 1,360 fighting men. This shows how
stubbornly the Mamunds fought. The Khans of Nawagai, Khar* and
Jhar endeavoured to induce the Mamunds to comply unreservedly with
the Government terms and eventually complete submission was secur-
ed. On the 12th of October the representatives of the Mamunds'
jirgah arrived near camp and asked for an interview with Sir Bindon
Blood. They sat under the trees near the village of Nawah Kili,
and a durbar was arranged by Major Deane. Sir Bindon Blood and his
staff arrived at 3 p.m. and received the jirgah, which promised to abstain
from hostilities and to give no more trouble in future, also to turn Umra
Khan's followers out of their country. They gave security for the two
rifles still unsurrendered and declared that they wanted peace, having
fought only because they feared annexation. Finally, all swore with
uplifted hands to keep their promises, and were dismissed. The damage
done to the valley amply settled all outstanding accounts, and our animals
had lived free of cost for a month. There was no reason to doubt the
sincerity of the Mamunds, for the ruins of their forts and villages in the
Watelai Valley formed an object-lesson to which even the most turbulent
of the tribe could not shut their eyes. Sir Bindon Blood and his two
brigades under Generals Jefi^reys and Meiklejohn now moved out of the
Watelai Valley in the direction of Panjkora and from this point the
Mamunds cease to figure in the frontier narrative. It is worth adding
that No. 5 Company Queen's Own Sappers and Miners had the honor
of sharing in the latter part of the operations in Bajour.

* la Bajour, as distinct from Khar near Malakaud.

( 106 )

On hia way back to the Malakand Sir Bindon Blood halted in the
Salarzai Valley and easily forced the cowed tribesmen there to submit, 10
rifles and carbines and 139 guns being surrendered. In the same way the
Shamazai section of the Utman Khels, who had shared in the Swat
Valley rising, at once surrendered the arms demanded of them. On the
23rd October Sir Bindon Blood and General Jeffreys' Brigade arrived at
Chakdara en route for the Malakand, and General Meiklejohn'a Brigade
followed the day after.

lAKZAI,

SKETCH MAP
AFRIDI & ORAKZAI tUUNTRV

OOU""-" "''

n3P I

PART IV.
THE RISING OF THE AFRIDIS AND ORAKZAI.

( 107 )

PART IV.
THE RISING OF THE AFRIDIS AND ORAKZAI.

CHAPTER 1.

THE BREWING OF THE STORM.

About the middle of August, while Sir Bindon Blood was moving out
from Chakdara to subjugate the Swat Valley, and while General
Elles on the Mohmand border was awaiting permission to follow up his
initial success against the Hadda Mullah's forces at Shabkadr, there
came news of restlessness among the Orakzai, a tribe found in the hill
country to the west of the Kobat district. A mullah had been trying to
induce them to rise and attack our frontier posts, and had met with
some success, though the tribesmen were urging that they had no
representative leader to conduct the operations. The Orakzai country
at that time was watched mainly from Fort Lockhart, our chief outpost
on the Saraana Range, a strong defensible position where six companies
of the 36th Sikhs were stationed. A couple of days later another report
came in that the restlessness was spreading westwards and that
Parachinar, our last post in the Kurram Valley, was threatened by a
large lashkar. As there seemed to be good foundation for both reports
it was promptly decided to reinforce the Head-quarters garrison at Kohat
(this post being the support of both Fort Lockhart and Parachinar)
-with the following troops :— The 9th Field Battery from Mian Mir, a
wing of the Scots Fusiliers from Sialkote, the 18th Bengal Lancers from
Eawalpindi, and the 15th Sikhs from Ferozepore. On inquiry it was
ascertained that the mullah who was trying to brew mischief for us in
this new direction was one Saiad Akbar, belonging to the Aka Khels,
a poverty-stricken section of the Afridi tribe.

Further disquieting news was received shortly afterwards regard-
ing the Afridis, who were said to have entered into a war alliance with
the Orakzai tribe, the compact being that two simultaneous attacks
should be delivered on British territory — one on our Kohat border, by
the Orakzai ; and the other on Jamrud and the mouth of the Khyber
by the Afridis, The Aka Khel Mullah, Saiad Akbar, after sufficiently

( 108 )

inflaming the Orakzai, had passed from tlieir country to Tirah, the
summer head-quarters of the Afridis. Apj^arently this fanatic was
bent on doing in these two ti acts of country what the "Mad Fakir"
liad done in Swat and what the Hadda Mullah was at that time doing in
the country of the Mohniands.

Tlie Orakzai are numerically a powerful tribe, mustering some
25,000 fighting men, and of no mean martial qualities. Tliey hold the
hills to the north-west of the Kohat district; the Afridi country lying
to the north, while westward the Orakzai borders touch the Zaimukhts
and extend to the foot of the Safed Koh Range. It is to the south that
our own border faces them, and previous expeditions into the Miranzai
Valley had been undertaken in order that the Samana Range might be
held by a chain of posts, blocking the tribe from raiding into British
territory. Since Fort Lockhart and its posts had been held the tribes-
men had not i^entured on any hostile demonstration, but they had
been sullenly defiant and might now, while the whole frontier was in
a ferment, be expected to give trouble if undeterred by the strengthen-
ing of the Kohat garrison. But no unanimity seemed probable. Of
the six divisions of the tribe the Daulatzai and one sub-section of the
Mahomed Khels were receiving allowances for keeping open the Kohafc
Pass, and these it was reasonably conjectured would in any event remain
on their good behaviour. Moreover, the Orakzai are split vip into two
great factions, Samil and Gar, so that a general combination seemed
difficult of attainment. The mass of the tribesmen are Sunis, but there
are some Shiah sub-sections, and sectarian quarrels are not uncommon.
Moreover as the whole tribe are a good deal dependent on the Kohat
district for supplies, and especially for salt, it was believed that some
sort of pressure could be brought to bear upon them ; but it was never-
theless recognised as possible that they might listen to evil counsel*
and try conclusions with our troops.

The Afridis hold the country to the south and west of the Khyber,
and their settlements touch the west of the Peshawar district. They
are divided into eight clans, of which six, the Kuki, Malikdin, Kambar,
Kamar and Zakka Khels and the Sipah are known collectively as the
Khyber Afridis. The Aka Khels are found further to the south, beyond
the right bank of the Bara River ; while the Adam Khels hold the hills
between the Peshawar and Kohat districts and are rcgaided as a separate
community, their interests not being identical with those of the clans to

( 109 )

the north-west. The whole tribe covers an area of aljont 900 square
miles. In the summer months the majority of the Afridis move to
Tirah, a high plateau inhabited chiefly by the Orakzai. The Rajgul and
Maidan Valleys are studded with their mat huts during the hot weather,
and their flocks and herds find good pasturage. The Kuki Khels always
resort to Eajgul, while Maidan is left for the other clans. In the winter
the whole population swarm down into the Bara and Bazar Valleys, and
also into the low hills bordering the Jamrud plain. Tirah had never been
visited by our troops, and was regarded as the Afridi stronghold. In the
Afghan War of 1878 — 80 two expeditions were sent into the Bazar Valley,
but it was not then considered expedient to enter the Eajgul and Maidan
Valleys, as this would have involved the employment of at least 10,000
men. The Afridis muster in all some 26,000 or 27,000 fighting men, of
whom about 6,000 belong to the Adam Khels, 4,500 to the Zakka Khels ;
and 4,000 each to the Kuki, Malikdin and Kambar Khels. The Kuki
Khels under Amin Khan were the clan which had sent levies into the
Khyber, and their standing feud against the Malikdin Khels as well as
their professions of friendliness towards the Government of India pre-
vented at least a portion of them joining in the contemplated rising.
The Afridis are men of fine physique and grand fighting qualities, but
their general character is of the worst. It is thus described by one
authority : " Ruthless, cowardly, robber}^ cold-blooded, treacherous
murder, are to an Afridi the salt of life. Brought up from his earliest
childhood amid scenes of appalling treachery and merciless revenge,
nothing can change him ; as he has lived, a shameless, cruel savage,
so he dies. And it would seem that notwithstanding their long
intercourse with the British, and that very large numbers are, or have
been, in our service, and must have learned in some poor way what faith
and mercy and justice are, yet the Afridi character is no better than
it was in the days of his fathers." From such material as this, however,
good soldiers have been made of the men enlisted in certain native
regiments, and the trained Afridi fights with splendid Han. The blood
feuds and quarrels between the various clans lead to much internal
fighting, but any common menace to their country unites them.
Already in the present instance they seemed to have sunk their
diff'erences and to have banded together in their hostile preparations
against the British Government. They were posing as something
more than religious fanatics. Their leaders had intimated to the
authorities at Peshawar that certain concessions were desired from
the Goveiument of India. These were the withdi'awal of all troops

( 110 )

from the Swat Valley and the Saniana Eange, the rectification of the
salt tax and the rendition of all Afridi women livinf:f in British
territory. Given these terms their fighting men would return to their
homes.

For some days after the first rumours, Orakzai gatherings continued
to be reported, but they were apparently waiting for the Afridis to
move before carrying out their threatened attack on the Samana. Their
attitude had caused some alarm among the friendly Turis of the lower
Kurram, but reassuring news came presently from Parachinar. The
garrison there was so confident of holding its own that one hundred
men had been sent to reinforce the smaller post of Sadda held by 25
of the 3rd Punjab Cavalry as a link with Thall, which lies near the
■junction of the Kurram and Mii^anzai Valleys. The hostile tribesmen
had gone to the length of cutting the telegraph wire, but messages were
being sent through daily by sowars without hindrance. Apparently
the tribes in the Kurram Valley, like the Orakzai of the Samana,
•were waiting in some doubt to see how matters developed in the
Khyber direction.

Brigadier-General A. G. Yeatman-Biggs, then Commanding the
Presidency District, was ordered up from Calcutta to take command of
the troops at Kohat, and by the 22nd of August he was able to have a
stronfT brigade ready to move out either to the Samana Range or to
Kurram. No more striking instance of the want of union among the
congeries of tribes on the North-West frontier had ever occurred than
this vacillation of the Afridis and Orakzai. Instead of descending upon
us swiftly and suddenly as the Swatis and the Mohmands had done,
they were by their hesitancy giving us an opportunity to make better
defensive preparations.

On the Peshawar side, owing to the intelligence that 10,000 Afridis
were marching on the Khyber Pass from the Bozai Valley, Captain
F. J. H. Barton, Assistant Political Officer at Landi Kotal, was with-
drawn from that post, but the garrison remained in occupation. It was
said that the Afridis, after capturing the Khyber Pass, meant to take
Jamrud, our post at the Peshawar end of the pass. Jamrud was ordi-
narily held by detachments of native cavalry and infantry from Pesha-
war, while the Khyber Rifles, who were garrisoning the Khyber, had
their head-quarters there. General Elles, who had not yet moved out
from Peshawar against the Mohmands, now despatched No. 3 (Bi'itish)

( ni )

Mountain Battery from Peshawar to Jamriid Fort, together with strong
detachments of British and native infantry and some cavahy. Mahomed
Aslani Khan, Commandant of the Khyber Rifles, also concentrated four
of his companies there. The remainder of the Khyber Rifles were distri-
buted between the fortified sai'ai at Landi Kotal, the strong Fort at Ali
Muajid, and the minor posts along the pass. These minor posts, it was
already foreseen, might have to be given up if the Afridis should sweep
down the Khyber, but Landi Kotal and Ali Musjid, if held with deter-
mination, could not, it was believed, be captured by any tribal force with-
out artillery. The tactics of the Afridis would no doubt be to close the
Khyber, and then appear in strength about the low hills which are
found near the mouth of the pass. They were scarcely likely to ventui'e
far into the Jamrud plain, where they would lay themselves open to
attack by cavalry, unless their numbers should indeed embolden them
to make a demonstration against Jamrud Fort itself. Their raiding
parties might also be expected to appear to the south, where Forts Bara
and Mackeson, garrisoned by the Border Militia, guard our frontier
between Jamrud and Koliat.

In a very short time General EUes had a column at Jamrud com-
posed of " K " Battery, R. H. A., No. 3 (British) Mountain Battery,
the 4th Dragoon Guards, a wing of the Gordon Highlanders, seven com-
panies of the 1st Gurkhas, and a wing of the 26th Punjab Infantry.
Bara Fort was held by detachments of native cavalry and infantry. By
way of reserve there was the Shabkadr column, watching the Mohmand
country, and a big garrison of 5,000 or 6,000 men in the Peshawar
Cantonments.

On the 21st of August the Afridis really began to move, the Aka
Khels, the Malikdin Khels, and the Zakka Khels having collected their
fighting-men and started out from Tirah. Eventually six out of the eight
clans into which the Afridis are divided joined in the hostile demonstra-
tion. Five of these, the Malikdin, Kambar, Kamar, Zakka Khels, and
the Sipah have already been mentioned as forming with the Kuki Khels
the Khyber Afridis : the sixth were the Aka Khels, south of the Bara
River, to which the Mullah Saiad Akbar belonged. The Kuki Khels
would not join, and their astute malik, Amin Khan, actually sent some
of his followers to assist in the defence of Ali Musjid and Landi Kotal.
The Adam Khels the last of the eight Afridi clans, holding the hills
between Peshawar and Kohat, are in a sense a distinct community, and
•they were far-sighted enough to see that any -temporary success secured

( 112 )

by a raid would have to be dearly paid for in the long run. They are
subsidised to maintain the road through the Kohat Pass and they de-
clined to close the pass when urged to do so by the mullahs. Their jirgah
went into Kohat when summoned, and the clan afterwards remained
quiet. Some tribesmen bearing the name of Adam Khels did aa a matter
of fact join the Afridi lashkar, but these were a sub-section of quite a
different clan inhabiting Tirah. This duplication of trans -frontier names
is of frequent occurrence and is apt to be confusing.

In order to be on the safe-side, General "Elles despatched a flying
column of all three arms to Bara to watch for any hostile demonstra-
tion in that quarter, while the Jamrud column was kept even more
on the alert than usual. The Commander-in-Chief, seeing the advisabil-
ity of having a large force of cavalry in and about Peshawar, order-
ed up the 6th Bengal Cavalry from Eawalpindi, and these arrived at
their destination on August 22nd. This gave General Elles 18 squad-
rons of cavalry in all, apparently quite enough to smash up a tribal
force 10,000 strong if it should venture from the hills.

Information reached Peshawar about this time which shed a curious
side-light upon the tribal risings on the frontier. It appeared that
both the Hadda Mullah and the " Mad Fakir " wrote to Saiad Akbar,
Aka Khel Mullah, urging him to incite the Afridis and Orakzai to take
up arms against the British. Saiad Akbar hesitated at first to respond
to the appeal, but eventually on the 13th August he managed to assemble
a number of Afridi maliks in Musjid Bagh in Tirah the summer head-
quarters of the tribe. Here there was a great discussion as to the
propriety of attacking British territory. The headmen were divided in
opinion, many of them taking the sensible view that such an attack
could not be successful and might bring reprisals upon the Afridis as
a whole. Saiad Akbar then left for the Orakzai country, and here he
succeeded in exciting the tribesmen to such an extent by working upon
their fanaticism that they agreed to attack the Kohat border if the
Afridis would move against the Khyber and Jamrud. The mullah
hurried back to Tirah with this news and it was sufficient to excite the
Aka Khels and Zakka Khels, who gathered their fighting-men at once.
But, as has been seen, the delay in bringing about the tribal combina-
tion had given the Government of India ample time in which to rein-
force the garrisons of Peshawar and Kohat, and it was now clear that
the bellicose Afridis and Orakzai would shortly receive a severe lesson.

( 113 )

CHAPTER II.

THE CAPTURE OF THE KIIYBER FORTS BY THE AFRIDIS.

After twelve days of doubt as to the real intentions of the Afridis,
the question was finally settled on the 23rd August by a sudden and
overwhelming attack on Ali Musjid and on Fort Maude, tlie latter a
small fort about three miles from Jamrud and just within the mouth
of the Khyber Pass. The tribesmen had apparently advanced from the
Bozai Valley by the Alachi route, which brought them into the pass quite
close to Ali Musjid. This fort was held by a detachment of the Khyber
Eifles and some Kuki Khel levies who, either because they mistakenly
thought they could not pofssibly prevent it from falling into the hands
of the enemy, or because they did not care to shoot down their own
countrymen, abandoned it and retired to Jamrud ; and the Afridis at
once burned the building to the ground. Advancing further along the
pass the raiders came upon Fort Maude, which though small was strongly
built and well placed on an eminence overlooking the road. Its little
garrison, some 40 or 50 of the Khyber Eifles, behaved staunchly, but
could not save the situation, for the Khyber was now swarming with
Afridis, whose line extended 1| miles.

At three o'clock in the afternoon, the news reached Jamrud that
Fort Maude was being attacked, and " K " Battery, with an escort
consisting of the 4th Dragoon Guards and four companies of British
infantry, was ordered out towards the mouth of the Khyber Pass with
a view to render assistance if this should prove practicable. As the fort,
however, was some distance up the pass itself, this force could not with
safety move far into the hills, where it would have been liable to flank
attacks. The battery eventually opened fire at 3,200 yards on a number
of tribesmen who were sighted. These retired at once, but it was not
found possible for the guns to proceed up the pass, and the would-be
relieving force was obliged to return to Jamrud. At night Fort Maude
was seen to be in flames. The post was one of no great importance in
itself, but there was no telling how far its capture might encourage the
Afridis to press forward.

Though the Afridis took Fort Maude they did not take the garrison.
When " K " Battery with its escort came into action at 3,200 yards, it

( H4 )

tomponarily scared ofTtlic assailing horde, and the oarrison, seeing the
ho))clossness of the position, took advantage of the brief but welcome
diversion to withdraw in safety, joining the battery and returning with
it to Jamrud. During that night Janirud itself was sniped, but there
were no casualties, and next morning all the enemy had disappeared.

There was a reason for the disappearance. An attack was to be
made that day on Landi Kotal, the fortified mrai already mentioned,
further up the Khyber. This attack began about noonday and the
garrison, as a whole (for there were defections), offered a steady resis-
tance, keeping the enemy outside during the afternoon and evening,
and continuing to stand to the defence right through the night. Not
until 10 o'clock the next morning — and then only by means of treachery
on the part of certain Afridis within the stronghold — did the enemy
get inside. As in the other instances, the building was set on fire, after
which the raiders withdrew and soon afterwards dispersed quietly but
exultingly to their homes.

Some of the details of the taking of Landi Kotal are interesting.
The garrison of the sarai consisted of five Ni^tive Officers and 370 men
of the Khyber Rifles, including 2.5 recimits and munshis. Of these 120
belonged to miscellaneous clans ; thus 40 were Shilmani Mohmands, and
a similar number were from the Peshawar Valley, while the rest were
Adam Khels and men from the neighbourhood of the Kohat Pass. Of the
remaining 250, 70 were Lawargai Shinwaris, within whose limits Landi
Kotal lies, while 180 were true Afridis, their numbers being pretty
equally divided among the Mullagoris, Zakka and Malikdin Khels.
These 250 rifles formed the bulk of the garrison, and they seem to have
behaved steadily enough on the 24th August, firing volleys at any groups
of tribesmen who tried to approach the w-alls of the sarai. On the morn-
ing of the 25th a Shinwari jemadar named Jhawas Khan was wounded,
and the Shinwari sepoys then concluded they had done sufficient fight-
in f^. They accordingly jumped down from the north wall of the sarai
and bolted away to their villages. If we are to believe the story of some
of the Khyber Eifles who afterwards came into Jamrud, the Afridi por-
tion of the garrison were so disgusted with these deserters that a volley
was fired upon them as they fled, three or four men being hit, A little
later some Shinwaris and Zakka Khels among the attacking force managed
to scale the wall on the north-east face near the Othcers' bungalow, but
they were promptly driven back. Then certain of the Afiidis manning

( 115 )

tlie wall began exchanging greetings the reverse of hostile with their
fellow-tribesmen outside, and the sequel was that some traitors within
opened the gate and the tribal mob poured in. It is not clear, and it
probably never will be what exact proportion of the besieged gave
friendly admittance to the besiegers and what proportion remained loyal
to their salt. But there were undoubtedly many true-hearted soldiers
among the garrison, as the protracted resistance would itself suffice to
prove.

The Mullagori and Shilmani sepoys escaped over the wall with their
rifles, while the Zakka and Malikdin Khel men took refuge under the
flags of their clansmen in the attacking force, and joined in looting the
post. The Adam Khel sepoys had joined the besieging lashkariit the very
outset. Of the 40 Peshawaris, six were carried ofl" as prisoners, while the
remainder were allowed to escape after their rifles had been seized.

A Subadar who was killed just before the enemy effected an
entrance into the s«m?', and who conducted the defence, had two sons
in the attacking force, and one son with him in the Khyber Eifles.
The Subadar commanding the Mullagori company, when the enemy
through treachery efiected an entrance into the Fort, collected his
company and fought his way through, losing several men in doing so.
He then took his company through the Shilmani country, back to
Jamrud, without the loss of a rifle.

When the Landi Kotal sarai had been looted and the quarters for
the troops set on fire the Afridis began to break up, making for their
homes in the Bazar Valley, and carrying their dead and wounded with
them. This was done in spite of the protestations of the mullahs, who
had organised the raid, and who wished to keep the lashkar together.
There was apparently not enough fanaticism at work to induce the
tribesmen to remain, and moreover they were running short of supplies.
The most they were equal to was a promise to gather again on Septem-
ber 15th.

Coming now to consider the loss which the Khyber Eifles sufiered
throughout the whole raid upon the Khyber, Colonel Aslam Khan,
their old commandant, who was acting as Political Officer in the Khyber,
put it at 10 only, killed and wounded. The losses of the Afridi tribes-
men were put at 34 at Fort Maude, 12 at Ali Musjid, and 200 at Landi
Kotal.

" -■"'■ ' ( IIG )

It may be worth recalling here that in the agreement of 1881
between the Government of India and the Afridis the following
paragraph was subscribed to by the headmen of the tribe : " We
understand we are exclusively responsible for the future manage-
ment of the Khyber, and that Government in no way shares in this
responsibility, and this position we accept. " Under the same agree-
ment a corps of Thezailchis was raised among the tribes to garrison All
Musjid and Landi Kotal, and this during the succeeding sixteen years
had expamded into the corps of the Khyber Rifles, about 1,000 strong,
the cost of which had been defrayed by the Government of India, the
annual charge being roughly two lakhs. Yet another lakh yearly had
been paid in tribal allowances. As an offset againt this the tolls levied
on caravans had been collected by Government. The Afridis, therefore, in
their raid not only attacked their fellow-clansmen enlisted in the Rifles,
but broke the agreement which had been in force since 1881 and had
worked till then without a hitch.

Before leaving the Khyber it has to be mentioned that one of the
most serious results of the capture of Landi Kotal was that an immense
quantity of ammunition fell into the hands of the enemy. When intelli-
gence came in that 10,000 tribesmen were marching on the Khyber,
Captain Barton, strong in the belief at the time that the pass would be
held, sent up fifty thousand rounds to that place, and when he was
peremptorily recalled by Sir Richard Udny he had of course to leave
this reserve behind him. No effort was made by the authorities at
Peshawar to secure the ammunition, though three days elapsed before
the Afridis entered the pass.

( 117 )

CHAPTER III.

THE RISING OF THE ORAKZAI.

A FURTHER example of the extraordinary want of tactical combina-
tion among the frontier tribes was supplied by the inactivity of the
Orakzai while their allies the Afridis were raidin<^ the Khyber. The
Orakzai, it will be remembered, had bound themselves by a compact
with the Afridis to rise as soon as the latter made a demonstration, yet
they waited until the Afridis had withdrawn from the Khyber and
entirely dispersed before themselves commencing- hostilities, thus losiu<>-
a great opportunity. Now that the attention of our Peshawar and
Kohat troops was no longer anxiously engaged, the Orakzai at last made
a tardy advance upon our border and on the 26th of August imitated
tlie Afridis by capturing the Ublan Pass, But their success was
short-lived, for the very next day, as will presently be related, General
Yeatman-Biggs recaptured the pass and completely routed the Orakzai
lashkar.

The Ublan Pass, some six miles north-west of Kohat, lies on the
boundary line separating the Bizoti section of the Orakzai from British
territory. It was obviously a matter of very considerable importance,
looked at from every point of view, that no disturbance should be
allowed lo ferment unchecked in the neighbourhood of a pass which
overlooks the high-road of our communications to Kurram and is within
so short a distance of a comparatively small cantonment like Kohat,
Before narrating in detail the events which occurred during the re-
capture of this supposed impregnable position by the then small force
under General Yeatman-Biggs, on tlie 27th August, it may be
interesting to glance brietiy at previous operations directed against the
Bizotis, In March 1868, various offences against life and property com-
mitted by this section of the Daulatzai clan culminated in the occupation
by them of the Ublan Kotal with a threat to attack the towers and
village at the foot of the pass. Accordingly on the morning of the 11th
March, a small force moved out from Kohat consisting of two guns of a
light held battery and some 500 men of the 3rd and 6th Punjab Infantry.
The position was assaulted and the enemy gradually driven back into a
strong breastwork situated on the summit of a perpendicular crag on
the right of the pass. Three attempts were made to storm this position,
all of which failed, and the troops retired at sunset, having suffered the

( 118 )

heavy loss of 11 killed and 44 wouuded, including 1 Officer killed and
2 wounded. Again in the following year the pass was crossed secretly
at night by a foi'ce sent out from Kohat. This movement being totally
unexpected no resistance was encountered, and the force mov^ed down to
the village of Gora on the other side. Having destroyed this village the
troops returned at once over the pass, closely followed by the enemy,
who had by now taken the alarm and were up in arms. The losses on
this occasion were 3 killed and 33 wouuded, most of the casualties occur-
ring on the way down from the summit of the pass, where the troops
were exposed at every turn of the path to a galling fire from above.
This short resume of operations in the neighbourhood of the Ublan
may suffice to show that the position is one of great natural strength,
justifying the Bizotis to a certain extent in their boast that when pro-
perly defended it was impregnable. Let us now turn to actual events.

On the 25th August news was brought in from Mahomedzai, the fort
which is situated near the foot of the pass, that some snijiiug had been
going on at night and that the enemy had occupied the sungars which
had been the scene of the defeat of our troops 29 years ago. The same
day Major Bewicke-Copley, Intelligence Officer, and Captain Wake,
Orderly Officer to General Yeatman-Biggs, rode out from Kohat and
reconnoitred the ground. The next night our levy post was rushed by
some Bizotis and Utman Khels,* and one man was killed, one havildar
and one man wounded, and the remaining levies fled for refuge to Maho-
medzai. At dusk on the 26th, Mahomedzai had been reinforced by one
company of the 2ud Punjab Infantry under Captain Cooper,

At 4 A.M. on the 27th August a force consisting of one squadron 3rd
Punjab Cavalry, six guns No. 9 Field Battery, two companies Eoyal Scots
Fusiliers, and the 2nd Punjab Infantry moved out from Kohat to attack
the pass. General Yeatman-Biggs arrived on the scene at daybreak and
the guns took up a position near a tank on the plain at the foot of the
pass, and opened fire at 2,200 yards. After some very pretty shooting,
Major Wedderburn succeeded in almost completely silencing the enemy's
frontal fire and also that on the crags to our left, but the latter afterwards
broke out again during the advance. Dispositions were then made for the
attack, the 2nd Punjab Infantry leading and the Eoyal Scots Fusiliers
lying in reserve, with the squadron of the 3rd Punjab Cavalry as escort
to the guns. The troops advanced up the centre of the pass, and when
about half-way found themselves exposed to a galling and very accurate

• From a previous cxpluiiatiou it will be uiulerstood tliat this clan has uo couutction
■with the Utiuau Kbcls lyiug bctwcuu Swat aud Uajour.

( 119 )

firo, coming chiefly from the left flank, whore a number of sharpshooters
were concealed amongst some steep crags overlooking the pass. These
crags were a serious difficulty during the whole progress of the
engagement : they are perpendicular and quite inaccessible, and it is
impossible either to scale or to outflank them. Here a number of the
enemy remained concealed, keeping up a galling fire, and no counter-fire
could dislodge them. About 8 a.m. the Kotal was gained— Lieutenant
Elsmie, Adjutant of the 2nd Punjab Infantry, who had led his company
most gallantly from first to last, being the first to arrive at the summit.
The enemy did not wait to try conclusions at close quarters, but were
seen rapidly retreating in a fairly compact body down the other side of
the pass, where they crossed the Bara Eiver and entered the village
beyond. Vollej-s were fired after them, both from the main attack and
also by the men of the 2nd Punjab Infantry on the right. Meanwhile
the right attack had been having some sharp work : after fighting their
way from ridge to ridge they gamed the crest and swept the enemy be-
fore them, the two companies being well lead by Lieutenant Eales and
Subadar Bhuta Earn respectively. The troops had to fight their way up
a rocky and almost precipitous hill with little or no available cover,
under a burning sun and exposed to a heavy fire. The heat indeed was
terrible, and the European troops sufi'ered a good deal, one man dying of
heat-apoplexy. No water was procurable, and the ground was too bad
to allow of mules being brought up. The casualties during the advance
■were : 1 sepoy, 2nd Punjab Infantry, killed, and Subadar Akhbar Khan
and to sepoys, 2nd Punjab Infantry, wounded.

The retirement began about 10-30 a.m. and was carried out
in echelon^ the main body moving off" first down the centre of the pass,
followed in turn by the Eoyal Scots Fusiliers and the two companies of
the 2nd Punjab Infantry who had originally advanced on the right.
The enemy promptly followed up, and it was now that most of the
casualties occurred. During all this time the snipers concealed among
the crags on the left had maintained a galling fire, and they now kept
moving down and harassing our rear-guard. About half-way down
Captain Baird Smith and Lieutenant L. A. North, both of the Royal
Scots Fusiliers, were severely wounded, the former in the ankle, and the
latter in the stomach, the bullet by a fortunate chance running round
under the ribs and coming out without having penetrated very deeply.
Surgeons-Captain Beyts and Bamfield, A. M.S., rendered prompt and
efficient aid to the wounded ; the former with the aid of a sepoy carrying

( 120 )

fi woundod Officer for some distance down the hill under a heavy fire
when the ground was too bad for doolies to be used. The retirement
Avas well and steadily carried out, but the troops on reaching the foot
of the pass were almost completely exhausted, 16 men of the Royal
Scots Fusiliers having been knocked over by the sun. However tongas
had been sent out from Kohat for these and the wounded, and after a
short rest the remainder marched back to cantonments going well and
strong. The total casualties were : 1 private. Royal Scots Fusiliers,
and 1 sepoy, 2nd Punjab Infantry, killed; 2 Officers, Royal Scots Fusiliers,
2 Warrant Officers, 2nd Punjab Infantry, and 8 sepoys wounded, of whom
two afterwards died. Several of the enemy were dressed in khaki and
appeared to be old sepoys, both from the steadiness and accuracy of
their fire and from the manner in which they at once distinguished
the Officers. They were armed chiefly with Sniders,

While the action on the Ublan Pass was in progress other hostilities
of less magnitude were occurring to the west, on the Samana Range.
On the evening of the 20th August, pressing news having been received
at Kohat from both the Kurram Valley and the Samana posts, a flying
column started at 7 p.m. for Hangu, under the commandof Colonel Rich-
ardson and consisting of the 18th Bengal Lancers, four guns No. 2 Derajat
Mountain Battery, the 5th Punjab Infantry and one squadron 3rd
Punjab Cavalry. The 26 miles were covered by 5 a.m. the following
morning, and the force encamped at Hangu facing the Samana Range.
Rumours of the enemy's movements and intentions being most conflict-
ing, a reconnaissance was made by the caA'alry the following day to
Marai, about 7 miles from Hangu, and at the eastern end of the Khanki
Valley in rear of the Samana; but without encountering any hostile
force. The following days were spent in reconnaissance in various direc-
tions, but nothing definite could be ascertained regarding the enemy's
position. Various dates were given for intended tribal attacks, Friday
being the most likely day of the week, as the one most favoured by
the Prophet. The mullahs were said to have given out that all Sikhs
were to be wiped out, but special attention was to be paid to the 5th
Punjab Infantry, this regiment being apparently singled out for tribal
revenge owing to their occupation of the Samana for a year previously.
On the 22nd August a convoy of ammunition to replenish Forts
Lockhart and Gulistan was sent up to the Samana from Hangu
under Colonel Jameson, the escort consisting of the 5th Punjab
Infantry and 2 guns, and being accompanied by Colonel Richardson

( 121 )

and his flying column. No opposition was met with, although it was
ascertained afterwards that a thousand of the enemy had been watching
the force the whole way, but had thought it more prudent not to attack:
For the next few days nothing happened of much interest except that
the usual rumours of an intended attack on the camp were more
frequent than ever.

On the morning of the 27th August at 7 a.m., the troops at Hangu
were aroused by three loud repoi'ts coming from the border police posts
of Lakha just above Hangu on the Samana ridge. As this was the pre-
arranged signal of distress, a column was at once ordered out, consisting
of the 16th Sikhs and two guns, under Colonel Abbott. This column left
at 9 A.M., and commenced the ascent up the graded road to Lakha. The
enemy never appeared in large numbers, but contended themselves with
firing from behind every possible bit of cover, and managed to enfilade
the road so successfully that the infantry were forced to leave it when
about half-way up and make a direct ascent up the khud. The ground
was most difficult and steep, but the regiment went straight ahead,
sweeping all opposition away and reaching the crest in a marvellously
short time everything considered. The enemy melted away on the
northern slopes of the Samana and also away to the east where they
could find excellent cover. During this advance the I5th Sikhs lost one
follower killed, one follower wounded and one sepoy wounded. Mean-
while a wing of the 5th Punjab Infantry had moved out from
Hangu under Major F. P. L. White in support, and on reaching the
crest this wing managed most successfully to keep the enemy in check,
while Colonel Abbott with the 15th and his two guns moved further
west to carry out the task assigned to him, ois., to relieve Lakha and bi'ing
awav the garrison with their rifles and ammunition. This movement
was followed up by small parties of the enemy incessantly : they did not,
however, venture to anything like close quarters. Having relieved the
Lakha Post, Culonel Abbott halted, after tiring a few shells at the
enemy dispersing down the northern slope of the Samana. Then hear-
ing that the post of Saifaldara, still further to the west, was also haid
pressed, Colonel Abbott pushed on as rapidly as possible, this movement
being similarly covered by the 5th Punjab Infantry, Whilst all this
was being done, the remainder of the 5th Punjab Infantry under Colonel
Jameson had moved out from Hangu up to the foot of the hills, ready to
cover Colonel Abbott's retirement. It was, however, found impossible
to signal successfully so as to ascertain Colonel Abbott's intention, and
eventually this wing, which was accompanied by Colonel Richardson and

( 122 )

Staff, moved along the foot of the hills to the Saifaldara road where it
■was thought Colonel Abbott would eventually descend. Great anxiety
was for some time felt regarding his force, as heavy tiring was continual-
ly heard and nothing could be seen of the force. At 7 p.m., however, the
remaining wing was much relieved to see some guns about half-way dowa
the Saifaldaia road from the Samana, and this proved to be Colonel
Abbott's force retiring covered by the first-mentioned wing of the 5th
Punjab Infantry. The remaining wing now halted, and moved straight
up the spurs covering the zig-zag road, for some thousand feet. The
ascent was extremely difficult over huge volcanic jagged rocks with large
crevices intervening, and the men were quite exhausted when they
reached the last position to be held. Meanwhile it was getting quite
dark, and the enem}' grew bolder, yelling and firing as they came
along down the rocky spurs and even venturing on the road. One
small body of some 50 in attempting a kind of charge met with a
severe check, six of them falling from a volley fired by the 5th Punjab
Infantry. The retirement had now to be finally made, for when the zig-
zags liad been passed the road debouched into a small basin behind the
low hills, and then passed through the latter in a very narrow defile.
When the last remaining companies reached this place, the enemy were
still further emboldened and hovered all round, shouting and firing con-
tinuously. Still, fortunately, they did not chaige home as they might
and it was perhaps the darkness alone which prevented the regiment
having a very bad time. As it was, three men were lost, two of whom
however turned up during the night, the other being cut up. It was a
great relief to reach the open country beyond. After forming up, the
whole column moved off and reached the camp at Hangu, unmolested, by
11 P.M. ; most of the troops having had no food and very little water
for 14 hours.

The following night the troops were aroused by a tramp of feet in
the distance and the familiar shouts of a rjhazi rush. The men fell in
quite quietly at their posts, and a few scattered shots were fired by the
enemy, but nothing more occurred. That same night the Eoyal Irish
and the 9th Field Battery arrived in camp from Kohat, which perhaps
explained why the expected attack was not made.

There was now a faiily strong force concentrated at Hangu, ready
to move anywhere at the shortest notice. At the same time there were
persistent rumours that Hangu itself and the vicinity would shortly be
attacked, and this prevented Colonel Richards's flying column from mov-
ing on to the Kurram Vallev. A force was licld in readiness to move out

( 123 )

and assist Gulistan, but they helio'd that there was no urgency. On the
night of the 29th August, just as the men were retiring for the night,
fairly heavy and continuous firing began from the overlooking hills,
sevei'al bullets falling in and about the camp one grazing a sepoy's puggari
and one falling near the field hospital. The troops fell in, as usual, per-
fectly quietly and without the slightest confusion, and refrained from
returning a single shot, and the enemy at last left the camp in peace.
Ti'ansport, field hospitals, and other accessories had now been rapidly
coming up, and the force received a useful addition in the Bombay
Sappers and Miners.

Meanwhile news had been received that the border police post at
Shinawari had been attacked and burnt, and that the Orakzai, embolden-
ed by their success, had attacked and pillaged the adjacent villages of
Kahi and Nariah, looting the Hindu bunniahs. The following morning
the Field Battery and the 18th Bengal Lancers moved out to Shinawari,
hoping to catch the enemy returning to the hills with their spoil. No
sign however was seen of them, and the little force returned to camp
on the evening of the 30th August much fatigued, having covered 40
miles. This movement was carried out under Colonel Mansel, 3rd
Punjab Cavalry. That same evening it was noticed that several men
were lurking about on the near hills above the camp, whence the firing
had come, and some few were seen to make for a cave, evidently a refuge
whence to safely snipe into camp. Accordingly one of the 12-pounders
was trained on to the cave during daylight, and about 9 p.m. a shrap-
nel shell was fired into it. As may be easily imagined, no more snip-
ing occurred, and five or six bodies were being buried the following day.

On the 31st August General Yeatman-Biggs with his Staff rode
into Hangu from Kohat, bringing in news of the arrival of his brigade
safely through the Kohat Pass. When about six miles from Hangu, the
General's baggage was attacked by a small raiding party of the enemy.
The driver was wounded, and Major Bewicke-Copley's servant was hit
three times, without however being seriously hurt. The Major's bag-
gage was riddled by bullets. Some of the baggage was carried ofij but
the escort to a large convoy then arriving, assisted by a small party sent
out from Hangu, managed to recover everything and drive off the enemy.

The Maharajah of Kuch Behar joined General Yeatman-Biggs at
Hangu on the 8th September, His Highness had volunteered for
active service on four previous occasions, but this was the first time he
had been allowed to proceed to the front.

( 1^^4 )

CIIAVTER I J'.

THK UKMKF OF THK KURRAM VALI-KV FCtRTS.

The nij^lit hefdro tlie arrival f.f (Jeiicral Yeatman-Biirgs, tlie 15tli
Siklis, two iiiniiiitaiii i;iins, two squadron.-; of the 18th Bensfal Lancers
and the Kojubay Sappers and Miners, the whole under Colonel Abbott,
moved out from Hangn towards Thai, serious news having been received
that a general and simultaneous attack was intended on Thai and Sadda
and various other points in the Kurram Valley. The column was
followed at midday on the 1st September by the 5th Punjab Infantry,
two other mountain guns, and two other squadi'ons, 18th Bengal Lancers,
the M'hole being accompanied by Colonel Richai'dson, who had now been
appointed to the command of all the troops composing the Kurram
relieving force as well as of the troops already in the Kurram. This
proved a most tiring march, for the troops had been on half ritions for
some time The heat was terrific, the sun blazing down on the men's
faces. The transport column, having been made up in a gieat huriy,
consisted of carts, donkeys, bullocks, ekkas, besides the regulation camels
and mules. Doaba was safely reached by the second half of the relieving
column at about 11 p.m., but the rear-guard did not arrive until 2 a.m.,
having been fired into. Two of the snipers were captured and brought
into Thai, where they were incarcerated. The troops bivouacked at
Doaba inside a thorn zareba which a little while previously had been
occupied by the 1st half of the column under Colonel Abbott.

It was ascertained that Captain Chesney of the 18th Bengal Lancers,
who was with the 1st half of the column, after reconnoitring towards
Shinawari had obtained a guide to show him a good camping ground
at Doaba. This guide made a deliberate attempt to lead the cavaliy
into an ambush, for when nearinsr the large nullah which runs to the
west of Doaba, it was seen to contain some 1,500 of the enemy, the
ground moreover being unsuitable for cavalry work, and the enemy being
in great strength. Captain Chesney dismounted some men andfiredat the
ambuscaders, retiring gi^adually so as to allow the 15th Sikhs to come up.
He managed thus to kill thiee or four of the enemy, who disappeared
in all directions on the approach of the 15th Sikhs and the battery.
The guns completed their rout with a few well-directed shells, and the

( 125 )

column raarclied into Doaba. The second niglit they were fired into
heavily, good aim being taken at the mess table where the Officers were
dining and where a lamp was btn-ning, Colonel Abbott having a very
narrow escape. Some coni))anies were sent out, and a few volleys man-
aged to keep the camp free from sniping for the rest of the night. Just
before the arrival of the 2nd half of the column Colonel Abbott had left
for Thai, intending to push on to Sadda in theKurrani Valley as soon as
possible.

The camp of the 2nd half of the column was somewhat confused,
and in the pitch darkness it was almost impossible to find one's way about
the zareba, amid the jumble of transport animals. The troops were com-
pletely exhausted after their 23 miles in the heat, and had scarcely enei'gy
left to cook their food. At 6 a.m. the following morning. Colonel Richard-
son pushed on with the cavalry in the tracks of Colonel Abbott, to Thai,
followed by the 5th Punjab Infantry and two guns under Colonel
Jameson. This was again a very trying march, and the troops had
comparatively little rest to prepare them for it. At 1 p.m., however,
Thai was safely reached, and the march of 36 miles completed in 36
hours : no great recoi'd in itself but for the fact of the heat and want of
food. The men, however, were rewarded here, for supplies were
plentiful, and they could rest till the following morning. The cavalry
meanwhile had had a small engagement. Whilst camping near Thai, some
of the 18th Bengal Lancers had gone into the village, and the last of them,
who, by the way, was a Sikh, was shot dead just as he entered. The
alarm was quickly sounded, and the men, who were about to water their
horses, mounted as they were, turned out and pursued some 20 or 30
armed men, who fled across the surrounding fields towards the hills,
firing as they went. Six were killed and 14 taken prisoners, but unfor-
tunately the man who had shot the sowar escaped. His property, how-
ever, was confiscated and destroyed, and the occurrence evidently had
a good general effect on the people. Apparently that same night had
been fixed upon for a big attack on Thai fort. The troops lined the
ramparts all night, but the force was evidently too impossing for the
enemy, and the following day the Kabul Khel Waziris, who were breed-
ing this trouble, had dispersed. The march to Sadda was resumed
in the same order on the 3rd September, Colonel Richardson pushing
on with the cavalry in support of Colonel Abbott, and the remainder
following a few hours later. Everything looked wonderfully peaceful
and fertile all along the Kurram Valley.

( 126 )

Colonel Alibott's half of the column made Alizai on the morning of
the 3rd September, and Sadda at 3-30 p.m. on the 4th, thus completing a
very fine march under exceptionally difficult circumstances, the men
being without tents. The 2nd half of the column halted at Manduri, 13
miles beyond Thai, marched the next day to Alizai, 9 miles, and
reached Sadda on the 5th September at about 2 p.m., in pelting rain.
The 3rd Gurkhas arrived shortly afterwards, whereupon the Kurrani
Valley Brigade under Colonel Bichardson became complete, consisting
of the 18th Bengal Lancers, No. 2 Derajat Mountain Battery (4 guns),
one company Bombay Sajjpers and Miners, the 15th Sikhs, and the 5th
Punjab Infantry.

No doubt when Colonel Abbott with the advance troops reached
Sadda, after marching 49 miles in 40 hours, a little disappointment was
felt at finding all quiet instead of a hardly- pressed garrison selling
their lives dearly. But as a matter of fact the arrival of the troops was
most opportune and probably saved the situation in the valley. A
gathering of some 3,000 to 4,000 Oiakzai was threatening Sadda village
seriously, and the militia post at Balesh Khel still more closely, and
their advance-guard of 500 men had actually committed themselves to
an attack, the remainder waiting to see how things would go. So hard
did the enemy press, that one mullah was killed at the very door of the
fort. The moment the troops neared the place, however, the whole
gathering melted as if by magic, and everything was now perfectly
peaceful again. At Parachinar, beyond Sadda, the garrison could no
doubt have held out against immense odds. Sadda, with its garrison of
50 Sikhs, 100 Kurram militia, and 300 or 400 Turis, would also have
been a hard nut to crack. Yet the position was critical, especially in
view of the scarcity of ammunition. Worse than all, the slightest ad-
vantage gained by the tribes would probably have doubled their num-
bers, and part of the Lower Kurram might also have risen, while the
rest of the valley would have been given over to fire and sword. The
political effect of such a reverse would have been serious. All this was
saved by Colonel Abbott's promptness. Opening a telegram, as it after-
wards transpired, from the Political Officer in the Karram Valley to
the Commissioner (which was also addressed to the Officer commanding
the troops on the I'oad), he .saw that troops were urgently required, and
instead of waiting for orders determined to advance at once. Colonel
Richardson arrived in time to approve of the plan. Meanwhile the
troops, consisting of two guns No. 2 Derajat Mountain Battery, the 15th

( 127 )

Siklis and half of No. 4 Company Bombay Sappers, had begun their
trying march to Sadda. The heat, as already described, was intense by
day while at night heavy rain added to the discomfort of the men.
Owing to scaicity of mule transport only one blanket per man could be
taken, and owing to the hostility of the villagers, supplies could
scarcely be obtained. Once in the Kurram, however, the friendly Turis
readily brought out supplies.

It has been said that the arrival of Colonel Eichardson's flying
column altered the situation in the Kurram Valley. That situation, so
far as it had developed before the appearance of the relieving troops,
may now be described at a little greater length. On the 29th of August
it was reported that the Mussazai, Mamozai, and Alisherzai, three power-
ful sections of the Orakzai, had risen and determined to attack Sadda in
force. The wire was working as far as Thai, but news was received
that an important telegram, which should have been taken on from
Thai to Hangu by sowars, had been brought back to Thai : the sowar
carrying it, instead of finding a relief at the first police post, had
found the post quite deserted. The mail had brought news of fighting
on the Saniana, and it seemed as if the disturbances on the Samana
were spreading to the country between Thai and Hangu. As a
matter of fact raiders were out in Upper Miranzai, and even Kur-
ram villagers were turning against the garrisons. Under the circum-
stances, it seemed as if the Kurram Valley would be left to look after
itself. The Sikh garrison of Sadda therefore was increased by 25 rifles
and 200 Kurram militia were despatched under Captain Maconchy,
District Staff Officer, to the village of Hassan Ali, 7 miles east
of Sadda. His orders were to endeavour by making a show of
strength to postpone the attack of the tribes as long as possible, and to
help the neighbouring villages as for as possible, but not to engage any
overwhelming force of the enemy; in the event of the tribes attacking
in force, a retreat was to be made to the Kurmana River, G miles from
Parachinar, where troops would be ready to cover the retirement. For the
above purpose a movable column was organised, consisting of 20 sabres,
3rd Punjab Cavalry, two guns No. 2 Derajat Mountain Battery, 100 rifles
36th Sikhs and 300 rifles l-5th Gurkha Rifles, the whole under the com-
mand of Major Vausittart, the Officer commanding the Kurram garrison.
As little transport as possible accompanied the column, practically
nothing but reserve ammunition and one day's cooked rations were
carried on mules. On the 31st August Captain Maconch} reported

( 128 )

that there had been slight firing during the night in the direction of
Badania, a, Mussazai village about 3 miles from Sadda ; and that although
the Maniozai and Alisherzai had gone off to the Saniana, they had
left 700 or 800 Mussazai threatening Sadda. A later report improved
tipoa this by stating that 2,000 tribesmen were collected 5 miles from
Sadda. Still graver news was received in the evening, when the
Political Officer received a telegram saying that the advance of rein-
forcements had been postponed for the present. This, however, was
capped at 10 P»M. by information arriving that 3,000 Afridis and
Orakzai had now collected at Badama ; that they had brought their
women-folk and rations, and that they intended to make a combined
attack on Sadda on the night of the 3rd September. The wire was still
working as far as Thai, and a message asking for troops was sent off in
the middle of the night. Almost immediately afterwards the line was
broken up in three separate places, and damaged to such an extent that
no attempt was made for the time being to repair it. On the morning of
the 1st September the Intelligence Officer heard that the Afridis and
Orakzai had been waiting for contingents to arrive from the Chamkannis
and Alisherzai, amongst whom mullahs had been sent to stir up afeeling
of fanaticism and hostility against the Government. But these two
sections were disinclined to join the tribal gathering, so the Afridis
had voted to attack without them. This they did the same night.
About 2,000 men marched straight for Sadda, halting in the jungle
about a mile off. The remainder proceeded to attack Balish Khel, an
isolated militia post, about 3 miles from Sadda, which was built so as to
enable raiders to be cut off, when i-eturning to the hills. The Afridis
apparently did not relish the idea of leaving this small post in their
rear, and so determined to take it first, and then, uniting their forces, to
attack Sadda. The firing began in broad daylight, and increased
as twilif'ht deepened into darkness, when a continuous fusillade was
kept up on every side till midnight. The Balish Khel Post consists of
a small tower with a courtyard on the south side, in which are the huts
inhabited by the garrison, which amounted at the time of attack to 20
men of the Kurram militia, under a havildar. No doubt the Afridis
expected to make short work of this mere handful of men. But the fire
kept up from the ramparts was so severe that for a long time none of the
attackers dared venture near the walls. About midnight ammunition
began to run short; the Afridis crept up to the courtyard gate, and began
to hew it to pieces with axes. This they soon succeeded in doing, but
the fire from the tower still kept them, almost literally, at arm's length.

( 129 )

They tried, but failed to set the huts on fire. Matters were getting
serious for the little garrison, and they made signals of distress by throw-
ing up bundles of burning grass from the top of the tower. The enemy
were now closing in, when help at last arrived from two directions.
Fifty men (Malik Khels) arrived from Sadda, and charged right up to
the fort walls, losing two of their number in doing so. The Afridis
drew off, leaving two bodies in the gateway of the courtyard. Fifty
Kurrani militia also arrived from Hassan Ali, but they were just too late
to get into touch with the enemy. Only one of our men in the fort was
wounded. How many of the attackers were killed, it is impossible to
say, but the Koran and standard of the mullah who led the attack were
found on the ground in the morning, and blood stains were found here
and there. The darkness of the night, however, and the good cover
aflbrded by nullahs were a great advantage in favour of the attacking
party. The Afridi havildar in command of Balish Khel had been
called to by name, and asked to surrender ; but he remained faith-
ful to his salt, and replied to these overtures by volleys of Snider
bullets. Both he and his men fought as well as men could, and the
party of villagers from Sadda (only 50 strong) showed great pluck in
going out to help the post, knowing as they did that the Afridis were
attacking in force. It was lucky for them that they did not stumble in
the darkness on the 2,000 men who were only waiting for the post to
fall to advance and make an attack on Sadda. The 2nd September
passed away quietly, so far as the tribes were concerned, except that some
sowars were fired at close to Parachinar, when returning from patrol,
about 11 P.M. But a passenger in the mail ekka brought in the pleasantly
astonishing information that troops were on the road between Thai and
Sadda, and that they would probably reach the latter place by the even-
ing of the 3rd September. No official intimation of any move of troops
had been received since the telegram came stating that the advance
had been postponed; but next morning Mr. Hastings and Major
Vansittart, who had proceeded to Sadda, got a letter saying that troops
would arrive at Sadda by 6 p.m. The arrival of reinforcements was of
course a still greater surprise to the Afridis than to the garrison ; and
instead of attempting a further attack the tribal gathering broke up.

The road into Sadda, on the 3rd and 4th September, presented a
most extraordinary sight. On the 3rd, before the news of the advance
of reinforcements had been confirmed by letter, bands upon bands of
friendly Turis, horse and foot, could be seen making their way from

( i-'^o )

ITp])or Knrrani to Sadda and otlior ])oints likoly to he attacked in Lower
Kiiirani. The big attack was expected on the niglit of the 3rd Septem-
ber; all these men were going down to help to beat off the common
enemy; tliey all gladly responded to the call of the Political Officer, and
every village sent a contingent, just as they would have done in the old
daj-s, before we took over the safe custody of the valley. Many an old
raider's heart must have beat quicker as he thought of the past, when
he had ridden forth in just the same way on some foray far across the
border. Breechloaders were very scarce, but two-thirds of the men had
jezaih, and all of them had the long Pathan knife stuck through their
kinnmei hands, while here and there was a revolver or pistol, the latter
generally of native workmanship. To look at their merrv face.s, one
would have imagined they were off to some wedding or other tammtha
and not going to fight against odds for hearth and home. The
Turi cavalry especially took things with evident lightness of heart.
Here and there a grass chupli would be stuck up in the middle of the
road, and the next minute it was to be seen at the end of a lance high
in the air. The way they galloped along the hard high road was
wonderful to see. The following day they were to be seen returning
to their homes : the arrival of reinforcements in the very nick of time
had made their presence no longer necessary in Lower Kurram. Tlie
Turis, the reader may be reminded, are Shiah Mahomedans ; wliilst
their tribal neisjhbours are almost without exception Sunnis, hence the
division and inveterate animosity between the two.

But hostilities were not yet at an end in the Kurram Valley, despite
the arrival at Sadda of Colonel Richardson's flying column ; indeed the
very presence of so large a force in rear seemed to incite the now out-
flanked Orakzai tribes in the neighbourhood to renewed aggression. On
the 16th September at ]0-30 p.m., the Sadda camp was attacked from the
direction of the Karmana defile. The advanced picket of the 5th Pun-
jab Infantry was driven in by a sudden rush of the enemy, assisted by
villagers living three miles east of Sadda. The retirement was admir-
ably covered by the steady company volleys of the 5th Gurkhas,
under Lieutenants Kitchen and Browne, and the section volleys of the
5th Punjab Infantry. The portion of the camp attacked was the east
face, held partly by the wing of the 5th Gurkhas, under Major Yansit-
tart, which had just arrived after a trying march from Parachinar, with
two mountain guns, and partly by a wing of the 5th Punjab Infantry.
The plan of the attack had evidently been carefully thought out, the
force held by the (iurkhas being kept engaged by several hundred of

( 131 )

the enemy, whilst the main attack was made on the south-east corner
held by the 5th Punjab Infantry. Here the ground, especially that
formerly held by the 5th Punjab Infantry picket, lent itself admir-
ably to the tactics subsequently adopted by the enemy, who, finding
the garrison on the alert, abandoned the idea of rushing the camp,
and settled down to a musketry attack, pouring a steady and fairly
well directed fire into the camp for about 2| houi'S, except for breaks
of five minutes. The defence of the east face was valuably strengthened
by a company of the 15th Sikhs, sent up by Colonel Abbott with admir-
able forethought. All the troops actively engaged were in position in
tlie shortest possible time, and the first two steady and precise volleys
of the gallant Gurkhas disabused the enemy's mind as to the possibility
of effecting an entrance in that quarter, although their maintaining a
position on broken ground 500 yards from the Gurkhas, coupled with
the uncertain light, which concealed their numbers, prevented a counter-
attack. Two companies of the 5th Punjab Infantiy under Lieutenant
A. G. Ames, and one company of the 15th Sikhs, the whole under
( "olonel Jameson's immediate command, consequently bore the main
brunt of thti enemy's attack. Colonel Richardson, commanding the
flying column, and his Staff Officer, Captain Kennedy, were quickly
on the spot, arranging for a reinforcement, and were assisted by
Captain Eardley-Wilmot, and Lieutenants Rickets and Norman, of the
18th Bengal Lancers. The discipline of all ranks was excellent, and
although the casualties amongst the horses and transport were heavy,
the order that prevailed throughout the attack of three hours spoke
highly for the arrangements of the column and for the c^uiet energy of
all the British and Native Officers when exposed to a fire to which there
was no opportunity of response. The enemy was estimated at 2,000
strong; their casualties were unknown, but from a visit to Badhura
village it was apparent that large numbers were wounded, the dead
having already been buried. Our total casualties were : 1 man killed,
5 wounded, and 5 followers wounded ; 2 horses killed and 9 wounded ; 3
mules killed and 2 wounded ; 2 camels killed and 5 wounded.

A week later the Chamkanni tribe, of about 1,700 fighting men, in
noi'th Kurram, joined the ranks of the enemy ; a fact of no great import-
ance except so far as it illustrated the unusual extent to which excite-
ment on the border had now spi'ead, for according to Bellew's Races of
yJ/j/AanjA-^aw the Chamkannis are " a quiet, inoffensive and industrious
people, and distinguished by the non-existence among them of feudal
tights and highway lobberies."

( 132 )

CHAPTER V.

nilBAL ATTACK ON OUR 8AMANA FORTS — SARAGHERI AND GULISTAN.

Oy September lOtli, information reached General Yeatman-Biggs on
the Saraana tliat a combined Orakzai and Afridi Inshkar liad begun
to move down the Khanki Valley. A reconnaissance confirmed the
news, as several thousand men were seen marching eastwards. It was
surmised that Shalm Khel was their first objective, and that the large
village of Ibrahimzai on the Kohat-Hangu road might also be threat-
ened. Shahu Khel is only three miles north of Ibrahimzai, which
again is five miles east of Hangu. General Yeatman-Biggs accordingly
set his column in motion, and marched along .the Samana ridge to-
wards Lakha and Shahu Khel in order to intercept the enemy and cover
Ibrahimzai. The column consisted of a detachment of the Royal Irish
Regiment, the 1st Battalions of the 2nd and 3rd Gui'khas and the 2nd
Punjab Infantry. The enemy, who came in touch with the rear of the
column at dusk, numbered from 3,000 to 4,000, all Sheikhan, Mishti and
Mala Khel clans of the Orakzai, carrying 1 1 standards. They attacked
the rear-guard, consisting of a half battalion of the 3rd Gurkhas and
five companies of the 2nd Gurkhas, about 4 miles from the bivouac
by Gogra Hill. The rear-guard kept the enemy in check by steady
volleys, in spite of rushes made up to 20 yards from the muzzles, and
escorted all the mule transport in safety. The sanvans left the camels
and bolted, with one exception, and the camels threw off their loads and
wandered off the road, .several being liit by bullets. Two companies of
the 2nd Punjab Infantry, under Lieutenant Elsmie, accompanied by
Captain Scudamore, Deputy Assistant Quartermaster-General, went out
and covered the retirement of the Gurkhas very smartly. Of the enemy
Yar Muhamed, a leading Chief of the Sheikhan, five lesser chiefs of the
Mala Khel, and 25 others were killed, and a very large number of
wounded were carried off. Our casualties were 4 men killed and 9
wounded. Captain J. G. Robinson, 2nd Gurkhas, was slightly wounded.
The bodies of our killed were recovered the next morning by Colonel
Lawrence's column.

Having checked the enemy's advance, General Yeatman-Biggs wa»
obliged, owing to the want of water, to return to Hangu, where his
column halted on the 12th and 13th September, ready to move out ajjaia
in any direction should the enemy reappear.

( 133 )

As for the Orakzai, finding they were blocked on the eaat of the
Sanjana they turned their attention to the small posts on the range
itself, a lashkar moving up from Khorappa so as to place itself between
Forts Lockhart and Gulistan.*

After repeated assaults, the tribesmen succeeded in capturing on
the 12th September, under circumstances that will long be remembered,
the small post of Saragheri on the road between the two forts. The
garrison, which consisted of only 21 men of the 36th Sikhs, made a
gallant defence, holding out from 9 o'clock in the morning till 4-30
in the afternoon against odds which from the first were clearly over-
whelming. Two determined assaults wei'e brilliantly repulsed, but at
the third rush the enemy succeeded in breaking down the door, and
when the plucky Sikhs manning the walls rushed down from their posts
to defend the doorway the swarming tribesmen scaled the walls and all
was over. But not a sepoy even then thought of surrendering while
life remained, and eventually the whole of the gallant defenders fell
victims to their heroism. One stout-hearted soldier in the guardroom
killed twenty of the enemy without hurt to himself, and lost his life
by refusing to budge when the Afridis, unable to get at him, finally set
the room on fire. The signaller, as brave as the rest, coolly kept up
communication with Fort Lockhart up till the very last moment. The
entire garrison in fact behaved with splendid courage, and there is
perhaps no more touching instance of inflexible devotion to duty than
this in the whole narrative of frontier fighting. The details of the
fight will never be known, for not a soldier came out of Saragheri alive,
but if the story could be told it would beyond doubt be one of the
most thrilling that Sikh valour has ever furnished. The facts related
here came mainly from the enemy, and may not be absolutely correct,
but at all events no more reliable account of the fall of Saragheri will
ever be obtainable.

A fund was subsequently opened by the Pioneer with the object of
benefitting the widows and families of the 21 fallen Sikhs and of
erecting some suitable monument in the Punjab to perpetuate the
memory of the defence of Saragheri. Before the end of the year over
Es. 20,000 had been subscribed.

It has been mentioned that the signaller at Saragheri kept up
communication with Fort Lockhart while the Afridis were storming the
walls. On the receipt of the news of the attack, the garrison at Fort

* Otlierwise koowa as Cavaguari.

( 134 )

Lockliart attempted a diversion by sending? out 100 rifles, but this
little foi'ce was threatened on its right flank and forced to fall back.

The capture of Saraglieii and the shiughter of its brave little garri-
son served to direct attention some time later to the system under which
small posts are held along the frontier. " Some of them," wrote the
i'iojieer in an indignant article, "are certain death-traps in case of at-
tack by large bodies of tribesmen, and in the interests of those who have
to defend them something should be done to give the gan-isons some
chance of holding out until help can I'each them. In more than one in-
stance we read of wooden-doors having been forced ojjen: is there any
good reason why those doors should not be so placed as to be out of the
reach of any one who has not a scaling ladder ? Cannot thick sheet-iron
be substituted for wood ? All along the borderland and in Afghanistan
are towers which might well be taken as patterns for our very small posts.
The lower portions of these are of rocks and stones; the door is 10 or 15
feet above the ground ; and access to the tower is gained by a ladder
which is pushed up when there is an alarm of an enemy approaching.
At Saragheri, and at Sadda also, the doois seem to have been flush with
the ground, and the tribesmen could thus get at them with pickaxes, and,
in the case of Saragheri, force an entrance. The fact seems to be that our
smaller posts are built for occupation by levies, and the men ordinaiily
occupying them can generally^riange to make terms with their assailants
and so escape with their lives. But when war breaks out and there is a
great rush of hostile bodies across our frontier, some of the posts have to
be taken over by regular troops and held at all costs. They are hastily
provisioned, a scanty supply of water is given to the garrison, and only
in the matter of abundant ammunition are our sepoys made happy.
They cheerfully face the danger into which they are thus thrust and
they die fighting to the last. There must be something very wrong in a
system which thus makes the fate of a small party of soldiers a foregone
conclusion, We are told that it was essential to hold Saragheri in order
to maintain conmiunication by signalling between Forts Lockhart and
Gulistan. If that were so the little post should have been originally
made so strong that it could hold out for at least three or four days."'

The opinion may also be quoted here of an Officer who inspected

what was left of Saragheri after it had been re-captured by our troops.*

He declared that the post was situated in a hopeless place and that an

attacking force could get up all round, under cover, quite close to the

* The re-capturc of Sanvj^hcri has yet to be related.

( 135 )

walls. To have defende,d it successfully 100 men at least would have
been required, and the door should have been bullet-proof. The 'Jl
8ikhs had no chance of holding their own. The discovery was also made
that the bastions of all the forts on the Saniana have a " dead corner,"
so that if a few men can manage to creep up undiscovered they can dig
awav at the walls in perfect safety from rifle-fire. This was what
actually happened at Saragheri.

On the 12th of September, at the time that Saragheri was attacked,
Fort Gulistan was closely invested by a large Orakzai lashkar. On the fall
of Sara«heri, at about 4 p.m., the investment of Gulistan became a regular
attack, the enemy there being joined by a considerable part of the force
which had been at Saragheri. During the night of the 12th-13th, the
enemv, who were in great force behind Picket Hill, about 350 yards from
the western end of the hornwoik, pushed their advanced parties close
up to the hornwork, especially on the west and north. On the morning
of the 13th September, the situation was decidedly serious ; in addition
to the foi'ce attacking Fort Gulistan all communication was cut off" by
Inshkars of the enemy holding Saragheri heights, the Gogra heights and
the Samana Suk. The most advanced post of the enemy, with several
standards, was within 20 yards of the south-west corner of the hornwork,
under cover of banks improved by mugars erected during the dark night.
The enemy, elated by their success at Saragheri, were very bold, and it was
feared that they might, as they had done at Saragheri. breach the fort
wall at the dead angle of a bastion. Under these circumstances Major
Des Vceux approved of the suggestion of Colour-Havildar Kala Singh,
36th Sikhs, who volunteered to take his section and attempt to drive
the enemy out of their advanced post. The responsibility was very
great : on the one hand, should the sortie be successful, the moral effect
would be very great, both in dispiriting the enemy and in raising the
spirits of the garrison; on the other hand failure would mean something
very nearly akin to disaster ; and in any case it was certain that the
small garrison, originally numbering 166 of all ranks, but already much
reduced by casualties, would suffer still greater losses at a time when
a single man could ill be spared.

Havildar Kala Singh's section numbered only 16 men in addition to
their gallant leader, but they were men indeed. The eneni}^ at the
immediate point to be attacked numbered at least 200. The little partj^,
with bayonets fixed, crept out of the south-east gateway and along the
south wall of the hornwork; then when within 20 yards or so

( 130 )

of the enemy marie a rush. They were met with such a fire
tliat they could not get up to the enemy ; but though sadly reduced
they had no thouglit of retreat, but lay down at a distance of only
six paces fiom the enemy's sav()ar and returned the fire. At this
juncture Colour-Havildar Sunder Singh and 12 men posted in the horn-
work at the nearest point to the sangar, without waiting for orders ■
and of their own initiative, scrambled over the wall and joined Kala
Singh's section; and the combined party then charged the enemy,
killed and wounded a great number, drove the remainder out and cap-
tured three of their standards, which they brought back to the fort
amidst ringing cheers from their comrades. It was then discovered that
two wounded men had been left behind. Three sepoys, two of whom
had taken part in the sortie, at once of their own initiative again got over
the wall and brought the two wounded men in.

During the sortie a hot fire was kept up from every effective rifle in
the fort and hornwork, and thanks partly to this the casualties were
not greater, though 12 of the first party and four of the second were
wounded and several afterwards died.

The effect of the sortie was great, the garrison were in the highest
spirits, whilst, it is said, the three sections of the Mamuzai represented
by the three standards captured, returned to their homes, and Fort
Gulistan saw them no more.*

Havildar Kala Singh was so seriously wounded that he died shortly
afterwards. The so-called hornwork at Tort Gulistan, is an enclosure
about 80 yards long by 30 broad, having the fort on one side and being
surrounded by a wall of loose stones — a mere snngar — on the other
three sides. This wall had been temporarily improved in places by
logs of firewood, and atta bags and kerosine tins filled with earth and
stones, to give a little head cover to the defenders.

Major Des Voeux now got through a letter for help to Fort
Lockhart on the pretence of asking leave to surrender, the Afridis
having offered to spare the lives of British Officers if all the forts were
given up. By evening the enemy closed all round, and kept up a
heavy fire. There were several casualties among the Officers and
men, who had now been at their posts for 30 hours continuously. The
enemy kept up the fire all night again, but at 7 p.m. the garrison saw a
field battery in the Miranzai Valley firing on the enemy, and were much

* Till here the story of the seige of Gulistan is given in the exact words of Colonel
Haiighton's official report.

( 137 )

encouraged. All the next day and right through the night — the third
night of the attack — the fatigued garrison were forced to stand to the
defence, but at 8 o'clock on the morning of the 15th September they
again heard firing in the distance, indicating the approach of help from
Hangu, and felt cheered, though the enemy now closed in more fiercely
than ever. At noon the tribal force then occupying the captured Sara-
gheri post was shelled out by General Yeatman-Biggs's relieving force and
soon afterwards Gulistan itself was rescued and the enemy completely
driven off. The strength of the Gulistan garrison was as follows : — Major
C H. Des Voeux, Commanding ; Lieutenant H. R. E. Pratt, Surgeon-,
Captain C. B. Pratt, and 165 rifles, 36th Sikhs ; besides Mrs. Des Voeux,
four children and two nurses. The Major had conducted the defence
with untiring courage and cheerfulness, and was well backed up by Lieu-
tenant Pratt. The Medical Officer, assisted by Miss McGrath (Mrs. Des
Voeux's nurse) attended and nursed the woimded under continuous heavy
fire; Miss Teresa McGrath's heroism was spoken of by Major Des Vceux
in the warmest terms. The total loss was : 2 killed, 8 dangerously wound-
ed, 8 seriously and 24 slightly wounded, of whom 7 did not report them-
selves wounded till the fort was relieved. There is no doubt that this fort,
as well as the small posts of Sangar and Dhar, would have fallen but for
the timely arrival of the relieving column. The following is an extract
from a private letter, dated 18th September, received in Australia, from
Major Des "Va?ux, and published in the Queenslander : — "My men here
fought like tigeis, but we lost heavily — 44 out of 166, killed, wounded,
and missing. Things were very serious indeed, but my men pulled me
through. The enemy were all round, within twenty yards, well under
cover and firint; like mad. I ordered a sortie at 8 a.m. on the 13th, as
the enemy were getting too close, and it was garried out with the most
splendid gallantry, and we captured three standards. Teresa (Miss
McGrath) surpassed herself attending to the sick and wounded. Her
name has gone forward for reward and I hope she will get it. She will
certainly get the medal, and probably an order. I have recommended
thirty of my men for the Order of Merit (The Indian Victoria Cross).
. . . A good many of my poor wounded are dead or dying ; the rest
have been sent to Fort Lockhart. I had 10,000 tribesmen all round me
for three days, and we held out ; they could have taken the fort easily
if they had had the pluck. We killed and wounded 200 of the enemy."
It afterwards transpired that Mrs. Des Voeux, who gave birth to a
daughter during the fighting, had done noble service previously iu
attending to the wounded.

( 138 )

We have now to relate how it came about that Geneial Yeatman-
Biggs's relieving column arrived on the scene at such an opportune
moment. It is necessary to go back to the 10th September, when Gene-
ral Yeatman-Biggs, hearing of the advance of the Orakzai and Afridi
lashkar, had marched his column along the Samana ridge and after some
rear-guard fighting had driven the enemy back up the Khanki Valley.
It will be remembered that the absence of water on the Samana had
compelled the General to hurry back with all speed to Hungu, and
it was while he was making this return march that we left him, in
order to follow the further movements of the enemy. From this
point the Special Correspondent of the Pioneer at Hangu may be allowed
to take up the narrative : —

"At 3-30 P.M. (he wrote) just as we had started on our return to
Hangu, we received news by helio that the greater part of the lashkar
we had been hunting had doubled on its tracks, and was at that
moment investing the posts we had left the day before ; Saragheri and
Gulistan being hard pressed. There was not a drop of water to drink
nearer than Hangu, and to fight our way back in the dark without it was,
in view of the condition of men and animals, a physical impossibility.
Very reluctantly the General, not daring to leave Hangu unprotected,
followed the convoy, and we toiled painfully down the path, much
harassed by the tribesmen, and at 6-30 p.m. arrived in camp dead beat.
All next day we rested as well as we could, after receiving the news of
the fall of Saragheri, which reached us that evening, haunted by the fear
that we should be too late to relieve Gulistan, which, be it remem-
bered, contained English women and children. As a diversion, five
squadrons and four field guns were .sent off under Major Middleton,
3rd Bengal Cavalry, to get as near as possible under Gulistan and do
what they could. As it turned out, this was a good deal, for though
their fire at that range could not be very effective, their appearance not
only greatly cheered the beleagured garrison, but misled the enemy
by suggesting to them that our advance would be made by Doaba. This
they showed by breaking up the roads and planting aangars against us.

" At midnight the relieving force started from Hangu, carrying only
great coats, waterproof sheets, blankets and one day's provisions, with
every pakhal we could muster. The whole force was concentrated at
Lakha by 4-30 a.m., and at daybieak we advanced to Gogra Hill. As we
anticipated, the enemy, though taken by surprise, soon took possession
of an ideal position on the hill with advanced posts at Tsalai, with 11

< 139 )

stanclards and about 4,000 men. They opened a hot and fairly accurate
fire on our advance, but the guns which were brought up quickly into
the fi-ont line soon produced an effect, and the 3rd Gurkhas, supported by
the 2nd Gurkhas, stormed the hill. The enemy's retreat was pounded by
the guns and long-range fire of the Royal Irish, and Colonel Haughton
on the west, hurrying down from Lockhart Fort with all of the 36th
Sikhs and signallers and sick of the Royal Irish that could be spared,
materially quickened their pace.

" Our force rapidly pushed on for Fort Lockhart, passing on its way
the little post of Sangar, besieged for the last 24 houi's ; its garrison
of 41 men of the 36th Sikhs, were drawn up, as we passed, proudly
displaying a standard they had captured in a smart 1 ittle sortie the night
before. On we pushed to Fort Lockhart, and the General, mounting
the Fort tower, could see Saragheri Hill on which the captured post stood,
covered with masses of the enemy. At last we believed in the oft-reported
* thousands ' of the lashkar, for there must have been at the lowest
computation 8,000 tribesmen in battle array. Still there was no news of
Fort Gulistan, so the General ordering up the guns, soon had the hill
so swept by shrapnel that on the advance of the infantry not a soul was
found. It was a thousand pities, for had we but known it, Gulistan was
safe for some hours yet, and had we but had the time we might have
inflicted heavy loss on an enemy whose line of retreat would have beea
open to our fire. However, so far as we knew, no time was to be lost, so
limbering up we pushed on another two miles, and there, on the oppo-
site hill, stood Gulistan Fort still bravely holding out. The slopes above
and beyond were literally packed with swarms of the enemy, now warned
by the sound of our guns that the time for their departure was at hand.
At the sight of our skirmishers on the skyline every man of the beleaguer-
ed garrison who could stand, wounded or whole, sprang to the parapets
and opened a heavy fire on the now wavering foe. Our guns hurried
up and, unlimbering, poured in their shrapnel, while the infantry, racing
down the steep hillside, did their best with long-range volleys to per-
suade some at least of the tribesmen to stay behind. The guns under
Captain Parker made beautiful practice, even at extreme ranges, across
the wide valley, searching out and dispersing every group we could see
and putting shell after shell into a village where the tribesmen had
imagined themselves at least secure.

" Saragheri was a piteous sight; the fort, which only two days before
' we had deemed impregnable unless reduced by want of ammunition,

( 140 )

\vatei' or food, was almost levelled to the ground, while the bodies of it«
' gallant carrison lay stripped and horribly mutilated amid the ruins of
the post they had so bravely held. The whole attack had been clearly
visible to the garrisons at Gulistan and Lockhart, who were however
powerless to render effective aid. After the second assault on Saragheri
two of the enemy had been left behind in a dead angle of the
■Flanking Tower. These, working with some instrument, had speedily
removed a stone and then mass after mass of masonry fell. Soon a prac-
ticable breach was made, and in less time than it takes to write all
Was over. Hundreds swarmed in through the breach and over the
walls. The little garrison, 21 rifles only in all, before the fight began,
retreated to their sleeping quarters and fought it out grimly to the
bitter end.* Tales have come from the very enemy, how one man in the
guard-room slew 20 before they burnt him inside, and how one wounded
man on his charpoy shot down four before they could gain admittance.
Their comrades looked on silently as we drew out corpse after corpse,
but there will be, I ween, a bitter day of retribution to come. Sikhs and
Gurkhas have now seen their mutilated dead.

" However, Fort Gulistan was safe, and with lightened hearts, some
of us pushed on. By 2 p.m., we were within its walls. Blackened with
gunpowder, worn out with 36 hours of continuous toil and stre.ss, many
bandaged and blood-stained, the garrison still presented a brave front.
Drawn up at the gate were the survivors of the sortie with the three
standards they had captured. Out of the original garrison of 165
rifles two had been killed, 8 dangerously and some, I fear, mortally
wounded ; 8 severely and 24 slightly wounded. Of these latter, 9 did
not report themselves wounded till relief had come. Major Des Voeux,
who had his anxieties doubly intensified by the presence of his family,
had been the life and soul of the defence, guarding against every danger
and showing a fine example of cheerfulness and steadfastness to all.
Lieutenant Pratt, an Officer of a year's standing had ably seconded
him, though sufi'ering from dysentery : Surgeon-Captain Pratt had
untiringly tended the wounded under heavy fire, helped by Miss
Teresa McGrath, Mrs. Des Voeux's maid, who amid the flying bullets
could be seen here bathing a wounded sepoy's head and there tying up
another's arm till the doctor could come. Last, but not least, every
sepoy of this gallant band did his duty, and at times almost m(jre than
his duty, in a way worthy of the proud name of Sikh. The state of

* This account, it will be noticed, differs slightly la detail from what may be called
tfceeuemy's version of the affair, already given.

( 141 )

'the fort may be better imagined than described. Bearing in mind the
number of dead and wounded in that small space and the impossibility
of any but the most primitive conservancy arrangements, it is due only
to the wonderful purity of this mountain air that the place was in
any way endurable."

Leaving the fort with two mountain guns and the 2nd Punjab
Infantry to guard it, the main column leturned to Fort Lockhart and
there bivouacked, having marched since midnight 24 miles without
food and come into action three times. From " friendly " Rabia Khels
it was afterwards ascertained that the losses of the enemy, all told,
during these several operations, exceeded 400, including some 180 killed
in the taking of Saragheri. The next day General Yeatman-Biggs
visited Gulistan and issued a stirring Force Order extolling the heroic
defence of these two posts and promising to forward the names of the
most distinguished for valour. Major Des Voeux presented to him his
Officers and, last but not least, Miss McGrath, and he then visited the
wounded, many of whom wore ghastly signs of what thev had o-one
through, and gave orders for the remedying of the most obvious
defects of the post.

For the time being hostilities had ceased, but there was every prospect
of this kind of desultory fighting being resumed. The difficulty which
General Yeatman-Biggs had to face was one not easily overcome. Each
time his troops advanced on to the Samana Range the tribesmen at once
drew oiF into the Khanki Valley, and then began marching eastwards
so as to threaten our border north-east of Hangu. But it was impos-
sible for any large body of troops to remain on the range for more than
two days at a time, as the water-supply was limited and the springs only
yielded a certain quantity. This quantity was ample for the normal
garrison of six companies of infantry, but not for a whole bi'igade with
followers and transpoit animals. Hence the marching and counter-
marching that had to be done. If the Orakzai had only advanced well
beyond the Samana there would have been some chance of punishing
them severely, but large as their numbers were they were not bold
enough to do this. The operations therefore became a game of hide
and seek, with the advantage on the side of the Orakzai that they could
move rapidly from point to point, as they were not incommoded by
any transport train and each man carried his own supplies. Our forts
were strong enough to resist any ordinary attack, but they could not
be left to be beleaguered for days together.

( 142 >

After tlie fightino; of the 15th September, culminating in the relief of
Gulistan, the tribal gatherings on the Samana disappeared, and the Afridi
Ioshkar, separating itself from its Orakzai allies, returned dispirited to
Tirah. The Orakzai villages in the neighbourhood of the Samana forts
were completely abandoned, the enemy betaking themselves with all their
cattle into temporary security up the Khanki Valley. A reconnaissance
along this valley as far as Khorappa showed that all was quiet, and
advantage was taken by General Yeatman-Biggs of the suspension
of hostilities to improve the very defective water-stipph' of the Samana
by digging fresh tanks, and to repair the roads and tiie telegraph lines.
On the 18th of September a representative jirgah of the Aka Khels came
in professing their loyalty and pleading that they were in fear of the
more powerful clans of the Afridis. They received orders regarding
the making of a road through their country, and departed promising
compliance.

Several plans for assuming the offensive against the Orakzai were now
considered, but the time was not deemed ripe for any general advance
into the Khanki Valley. The plan most favoured was to move four
regiments with mountain guns down to Khorappa, where water was
plentiful, and take up a strong position within a mile or so of the
Khanki Biver. This movement, it was thought, would cover the front of
the Samana, and would at the same time pei'mit of the Sappers and
working parties improving the two routes from Shinawari, which any
punitive force advancing into the Afridi country later on would have
to follow. The Orakzai would then hesitate to move down the Khanki
Valley, as their rear would be threatened. In order, however, to
guard against possible raids east of the Samana, more troops were sent
toKohat, so as to permit of a flying column operating in the neighbour-
hood of Ibrahimzai and Hangu: the Northamptonshire Regiment and
the 2nd Battalion 2nd Gurkhas were railed from Rawalpindi to Kushal-
garh, whence they marched to Kohat

( 143 )

CHAPTER VI.

THE TIRAH PUNITIVE EXPEDITION.

Early in September the Government of India announced their deter-
mination to institute punitive operations on an extensive scale against
both the Afridisand the Orakzai : the campaign to be under the supreme
control of Lieutenant-General Sir William Lockhart, Commanding
the Forces in the Punjab and Commander-in-Chief-Elect of the Army
in India. Sir William Lockhart was then at Home, but he left Brindisi
on the 3rd September at almost a day's notice, accompanied by Major-
General Lord Methuen, who desired to have an opportunity of seeing
how a big frontier expedition is carried out.

We publish at the end of this volume full details of the composi-
tion and staff of the Tirah Field Force, as tinally selected after several
necessary revisions. As will be seen, it was a magniticent force, and
indeed was quite" correctly described as "the flower of oifr Army in
India." It comprised, firstly and most importantly, two divisions, each
consisting of two brigades and divisional troops, the whole forming
what was officially styled the "Main Column." This column was
to be under Sir William Lockhart's personal direction, being charged
with the foremost task of advancing over the Samana into the heart of
the Orakzai and Afridi country and sweeping away all opposition en route.
The column as a whole was composed of eight regiments of British In-
fantry and twelve regiments of Native Infantry, with six Mountain Bat-
teries, one regiment of Native Cavalry and five companies of Sappers.
Tlu'ee subsidiaiy columns were also formed, oiie to move from Peshawar
into the Bara Valley, another to stand ready for action in the Kurram
Valley, and the third a reserve brigade made up of four legiments of
infantry and the Jodhpur Lancers placed at Rawalpindi. The following
corps constitued the several columns of the Tirah Field Force ; —

MAIN COLUMN.

i^ifs< ZJiwsion.— Commanding : Brigadier-General W. P. Symons,
C.B., (Commanding one of the Tochi Valley Bi igades), with the local rank
of Major-General.

( 1^4 )

1st Brigade.— Coiiunandiiig :* Brigadier-General R. C. Hart, V.C,
C.B., (Coniinanding Belgaum District). Troops : 2nd Deibyshire
Regiment, 1st Devonshire Regiment, 2nd Battalion 1st Gurkhas, 30th
Punjab Infantry.

2nd Brigade. — Commanding : Brigadier-General A. Gaselee, C.B.,
(Commanding Cawnpore Station). Troop : 2nd Yorkshire Regiment,
1st Royal West Surrey Regiment, 2nd Battalion 4th Gurkhas, 3rd Sikhs.

Divisional Troops.— No. 1 (British), No. 2 (Derajat), No. 1 (Kohat)
Mountain Batteries, two squadrons IStli Bengal Lancers, 28th Bombay
Pioneers, Nos. 3 and 4 Companies Bombay Sappers, Nabha Imperial Ser-
vice Infantry, Maler Kotla Imperial Service Sappers.

2nd Division. — Commanding : Major-General A. G. Yeatman -Biggs,
C.B., (then Commanding the troops already on the Samana).

3rd Brigade. — Commanding : Colonel F. J. Kempster, D.S.O.,
(Assistant Adjutant-General, Madras Command) with the temporary
rank of Brigadier-General. Troops : 1st Gordon Highlanders, 1st Dorset-
shire Regiment, 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, 15th Sikhs.

4th Brigade.— Commanding : Brigadier-General R. Westmacott,C.B., ^
D.S.O., (Commanding Nagpur District). Troops : 2nd King's Own
Scottish Borderers, 1st Northamptonshire Regiment, 1st Battalion 3rd
Gurkhas, 36th Sikhs.

Divisional Troops.— -Nos. 8 and 9 (British) and No. 5 (Bombay)
Mountain Batteries, Machine gun, 16th Lancers, two squadrons 18th
Bengal Lancers, 21st Madras Pioneers, No. 4 Company Madras Sappers,
Jhind Imperial Service Infantry, Sirmur Imperial Service Sappers.

Line of Communication. — Commanding : Lieutenant-General Sir A.
Power Palmer, K.C B., (Commanding Punjab Frontier Force). Troops :
No. 1 (Kashmir) Mountain Battery, 22nd Punjab Infanti7, 2nd Battalion
2nd Gurkhas, 39th Garhwal Rifles, 2nd Punjab Infantry, 3rd Bengal
Cavalry, No. 1 Company (Bengal) Sappers.

PESHAWAR COLUMN.

Commanding : Brigadier-General A. G. Hammond, C.B., D.S.O.,
(Commanding Rawalpindi Station). Troops : 2nd Royal Inniskilling

• The commaud of this brigade was originally given to Colonel Ian Hamilton, V.C,
D.S.O., Deputy Quartermaster-Ueueral in India, l)ut he had the misfortune to be thrown
from his horse before the lighting had begun and his injuries placed him /lors de combat.

( H5 )

Fusiliers, 2nd Oxfordshire Light Infantry, 9th Gurkhas, 34th Pioneers,
45thSikhs, 57th Field Battery, R A., No. 3 British Mountain Battery,
9th Bengal Lancers, No. 5 Company Bengal Sappers.

KURRAM MOVABLE COLUMX.

Commanding : Colonel "W. Hill (Assistant Adjutant-General for Mug-
ketry). Troops : 12th Bengal Infantry, Kapurthala Imperial Service
Infantry, four guns 3rd Field Battery, E.A., 6th Bengal, Cavalry, one
Regiment Central India Horse.

RAWALPINDI RESERVE BRIGADE.

Commanding: Colonel C. R. Macgregor, D.S.O., (Commanding 42nd
Gurkhas and officiating in command of Fyzabad Station), with tempo-
rary rank of Brigadier-General. Troops : 2nd King's Own Yorkshire
Light Infantry, 1st Duke of Cornwall's Light Infantry, 27th Bombay
Light Infantry, 2nd Regiment Hyderabad Contingent, Jodhpur Imperial
Service Lancers.

The approximate strength of the Field Force, including the Reserve
Brigade, was as follows : British Officers, 1,010; Native Officers, 491 ; hos-
pital assistants, 197 ; British troops, 10,182 : native troops, 22,123 ; grand
total, 34,203. Excluding the Reserve Brigade the total was just under
31,040, with 18,250 followers, 966 ordnance mules, 13,000 pack mules
and 2,200 camels. The sti'ength of the 1st Division was about 9,460 ;
2nd Division, 9,268 ; Line of Communication troops, 5,000 ; Peshawar
Column, 4,500; Kurram Movable Column, 2,600; Rawalpindi Reserve
Brigade, 3,200. The British infantry regiments were shown as having
each 29 Officers and 103 rank and file : the native infantry regiments
each 9 British Officers and 16 Native Officers and 721 rank and file.

Major-General Sir Bindon Blood and Brigadier-Generals Jeffreys
and Meiklejohn were to have been given commands, the former of a
Division and the two latter of Brigades, in the Tirah Field Force, but
this arrangement was prevented owing to the necessity of retaining a
full Division at and beyond the Malakand to watch Nawagai and Bajour,
the Mamunds being then still in arms.

A question arose at this juncture whether it would be quite wise to
strain the loyalty of the Afridi sepoys in the Indian Army by employing
them against their kinsfolk in the forthcoming Tirah Expedition ; and

( 146 )

while the point was still beiiiff jniWicly rliscusHed, a Government Order
was issued on the 7th of Octobei', which set the question at rest. The
order read as follows: —

"The Government of India lived at jseace with the Afridi tribe, and
made an agreement with them under which British forts in the Khyber
were entrusted to their care. Allowances were paid to the tribe, and
arms issued, so that they might be strong in the alliance of friendship
with the Government of India and have the means of forcing turbulent
persons to keep the peace. Without any provocation the Afridis, in
conjunction with other tribes, have broken their alliance with the British
(iovernment, and have attacked and destroyed forts which their tribe
had engaged to guard. Further, they have waged war against our
gairisons on the Samana and elsewhere, killing some of the soldiers in
the British service and causing great loss of property. The British
Government, confident in its power, cannot git down quietly under such
defiance and outrages, and has been forced by the wanton acts of the
Afridis themselves to inflict punishment on them in their own country,
and to send a force into Tiiah to exact reparation for what has lately taken
place. The Afridi soldiers in the service of the Govei'nment have given
proofs of their loyalty, devotion and courage on many a hard-fought field,
and the value of their services has been fully appreciated by the Govern-
ment of India. After a most careful consideration of the circumstances
connected with the Tirah Expedition, the GoA'ernment have decided to
show consideration to those Afridi soldiers who wish to be loyal to their
engagements, and to excuse them from service in the campaign which the
Government has been forced to wage against their fellow tribesmen.
On these grounds alone it has been determined that Afridi soldiers who
are serving in regiments detailed for service on the Peshawar-Kohat
border, are not to be employed near the Tirah frontier at the present
time, but their services will be utilised elsewhere. The necessary orders
to this effect will at once issue. As far as possible care will be taken
that no property belonging to the Afridi soldiei's in the service of the
Government who have not taken part in the raids on British territory is
either confiscated or destroyed during the time our troops are engaged
' in Oi^akzai or Afridi territory."

The Afridi soldiers in the ranks of the native army had done such
splendid service that every effort was made to spare them any reproach
in communicating the foregoing Order to regiments composed in whole or
part of Pathans. At the same time the fact that desertions had occurred,

( 147 )

Bot only on the Kohat-Peshawar border 1)ut furtlier afield, showed that
the action of the Government was quite jus-tified. As to the number
of trans-frontier tribesmen enlisted in infantry battalions it may be
interesting to state here that these numbered about 4,000 in all, of
whom 1,907 were Afridis, 309 Orakzai, 283 Bunerwals, and 232 Ghilzai ;
while Bajouris, Duranis, Swatis, Shinwaris, Hazaras, and Mohmands
mustered less than 200 each ; and Waziris, Utman Khels, and other clans
contributed between them only a total of 226.

Sir Eichard Udny received orders to accompany the Tirah Field
Force as Civil Political Officer, but to General Sir William Lockhart was
committed the supreme political as well as military control of the ex]>edi-
tion. Colonel R. Waburton, C.S.I., who had recently retired from the
political charge of the Khyber, and whose knowledge of the Afridis and
their country is probably unrivalled, was also asked by the Government
to return temporarily to the scene of his former labours, and to accompany
the expedition. Mr. Lorimer, Mr. King, Mr. Donald and Mr. Blakeway,
were appointed Assistant Political Officers with the force.

There was a good deal of survey work to be done during the
operations in Afridi laud, for no European had been in the country since
Captain L. H. E. Tucker, in 1872, made a hurried trip "id the Bara Valley
to the eastern portion of the plateau. Colonel Sir T. H Holdich, R.E.,
was given charge of the survey parties, the Departmental Officers with
him being Major Bythell and Captain C. L. Robertson. Sir Pertab
Singh was permitted to join General Lockhart's Staff as Aide-de-
camp.

Sir William Lockhart arrived at Simla on the 20th September, and
after visiting Rawalpindi and Murree, reached Kohat on the 5th October,
accompanied by his Chief of Staff, Brigadier-General W. G. Nicholson,
C.B., and Lord Methuen. He had the great advantage of being able to
bring to bear on the task before him not only exceptional ability but
exceptional knowledge ; for the Miranzai Campaigns of 1891 and 1892
had made the Samana Range and the Khanki Valley familiar ground to
him. It was quite expected that the Afridis would give our troops plenty
of fighting, particularly as a mischievous notice in Urdu had been
circulated among them by their mullahs stating that a war of extermina-
tion was to be waged against them. To counteract as far as possible the
effects of tills false aaaouiicenient and to present the Tirali Expedition

( 148 )

in its true light in the eyes of the wliole of the north-west border,
Sir William Lockhart issued the following proclamation to the Afridis
and Orakzai preparatory to advancing against them: —

" In the year 1881 the Afridisof theKhyber Pass entered into treaty
engagements with the British Government, undertaking, in considera-
tion of certain allowances, to maintain order throughout the Pass, to deal
with oflFences on the road, to furnish levies for the above purposes, and
to abstain from committing outrages in British territory. Up to the
month of August 1897, these engagements have been, on the whole,
faithfully observed, but during that and the succeeding month the
Afridis have broken their engagements, attacked, plundered and
burnt the posts in the Khyber Pass, wliich were garrisoned by the levies
furnished for the purpose by the Afridis themselves, and have joined
the Orakzai in an attack on British posts and villages on the Kohat
border. For these offences all tribal and service allowances hitherto
granted by the British Government to the Afridis and Orakzai are de-
clared to be forfeit, and entirely at the disposal of the British Govern-
ment to withhold or to renew, wholly or in part, as they may think fit.
The British Government has also determined to despatch a force under
my command to march through the country of the Orakzai and the
Afridis, and to announce from the heart of their country the final terms
of the British Government. This advance is made to mark the fact that
these tribes took part in the attacks above mentioned, and that the
British Government have power to advance if and when they choose.
The Government have neither the intention nor the wish to inflict
unnecessary damage on the tribes, provided they immediately make sub-
mission and reparation. The terms and conditions on which such
submission will be accepted will be announced to the jirgahs of the tribes
when I have arrived in Tirah, and I am authorised to enforce the fulfil-
ment of these terms and conditions, and of any further terms and con-
ditions which opposition by any tribe, or section or individuals thereof,
may render it necessary to impose. It is therefore notified that all who
wish to live in peace with the Hirkar and desire to possess their own
country and to see it no more in the power of and occupied by the Sirkar^
should assist to the utmost of their abilities in the work of enforcing
compliance with my orders and with the said terms and conditions, by
which means they will save the tribes from the further punishment which
any opposition to the advance of the British troops will infallibly bring
upon them, and the tribal country from further occupation,"

( 149 )

Some time afterwards the Mussazai clan in the Kurram Valley sent
back to Fort Lockliart the copy of the Government proclamation which
liad been sent to them, and on the back of it they had scribbled their
views. They had four grievances : one was that the British Government
had occupied the Khyber ; another that the salt tax was too high (their
desire being to buy four maunds for a rupee) ; the third was a protest
against the occupation of the Samana Range ; the fourth also related to
this subject, their complaint apparently being that our forts prevented
free passage over the range. The Kham Khel Chamkannis replied
to Sir William Lockhart's proclamation, saying that they had no option
but to fight, as they were under the orders of the Fakir of Swat and the
Hadda and Aka Khel Mullahs. The proclamation also drew forth a
reply from another clan of the Orakzai, the Daulatzai, near Kohat.
They alleged they had serious grievaDces against the Government in the
matter of the salt tax, while they complained that unfaithful wives who
leave their husbands and take refuge in British territory, were no longer
surrendered, as was the case formerly.

Before proceeding to describe the advance of the Tirah Field Force
it is necessary to make a digression in order to explain at some length
the attitude of the Amir of Afghanistan towards the frontier risings
and the relations which came into evidence between His Highness and
the fanatical tribes then in arms against us.

( 150 )

CHAPTER I'll.

THE ATTITUDE OF THE AMIR.

When, on enquiries being made regardint,' the MoLniand attack on
Shabkadr on August 7th, it was ascertained that the Hadda Mullah had
with him on that occasion a considerable number of men who were subjects
of the Amir, hailing from Eastern Afghanistan, public attention became
directed to the policy of our ally of Kabul with reference to the hostile
frontier tribes generally, and the Government of India were not slow to
recognise the extreme importance of this factor in planning operations.
Various rumours was circulated connecting Abdur Eahman more or
less intimately with the earlier rising in Swat, and when, afterwards,
the Afridis captured the Khyber, there was some who thought they
perceived the hand of the Durani Chief in this new outbreak also. To
clear the air, a strong expression of the Governor-General's opinion
regarding General Ghulam Hyder's relations with the Hadda Mullah
and the part taken by Afghans from Jellalabad district in the Mohmand
disturbance, was forwarded to the Amir, together with an admonition
that something more than a mere formal disclaimer of responsibility
was expected from him. The response to this communication was satis-
factory enough, especially as His Highness had forestalled it by pre-
viously despatching a firman to Jellalabad forbidding his subjects to
engage in hostilities on the border. The reply to the Governor-General
was couched in very explicit terms. The Amir denied that any Afghan
soldiers had shared in the Mohmand fighting, and at the same time
solemnly and personally engaged on behalf of the Sipah Salar and
the regular army that no such hostility should ever be committed by
them. As regards non -military Afghan subjects, he alleged that if any
of them had joined the Mohmands at all they must have done so secretly,
for they would not dare to take up arms openly for fear of him. He
attributed all the border disturbances to the action of the mullahs,
especially the Hadda Mullah, who he said had in former ^ears excited
risings against the gadi of Kabul, and he denounced their conduct.

The Amir had certainly known in years gone by what it was to be
plagued by fanatical mullahs, but he had made short work of these when
they became dangerous to his authority. His sincerity in disapproving
of the present tribal risings was shown by the careful manner in whicli

( 151 )

he arranged for the forwarding of his reply to the Viceroy. So anxioUs
was he that his answer should be safely delivered at its destination that
he took the precaution of sending a duplicate via Kandahar. His postal
runners always use the Shilman route to Peshawar in preference to the
Khyber route, but knowing that the Mohmand country was disturbed,
His Highness sent mounted messengers from Kabul through Ghazni
and Kandahar. The duplicate letter reached New Chaman towards the
end of August, whence it was forwarded to the Governor-General's
Agent at Quetta.

About the same time the British Agent in Kabul reported that the
Amir read in public durbar on the 17tli August the Viceroy's letter
which called upon His Highness to restrain his subjects from taking
part in the frontier disturbances. His Highness solemnly swore that
he had always maintained friendly relations with the B)-itish Govern-
ment, and had never induced his subjects or sepoys to take hostile action
against the British. The Amir also read the draft of his reply to the
durbar, which was very largely attended, as it was held on the anniver-
sary of his assumption of the title of Zin-ul-Millat xva ud-din.

A few days after this dwhar the British Agent addressed a letter
to His Highness on the subject of rumours which had I'eached him that
people from Lughman and other places in Afghanistan were still joining
the Hadda Mullah, and that supplies were being sent from Lalpura for
the support of the Mullah's gathering. The Amir at once replied in an
autograph letter, reminding the Agent of what had taken place at the
durhar, and adding that though the Mullah's disciples had helped the
Mullah secretly they certainly had not done so openly because of their
fear of His Highness. The Amir also informed the British Agent that
he had issued instructions to all officials in Ningrahar, and they were
now secretly keeping a watch; that he would as far as possible watch
the disciples of the Hadda Mullah in Afghanistan; and that the Gov-
ernor of Lughman had recently attacked and dispersed a gathering of
500 men collected by one of the Mullah's disciples who were about to
proceed from Lughman to join the Mullah. The Governor had also
arrested 40 of them, and was taking steps to capture the leader of the
gathering, who had escaped. This last statement was quite true, and it
was also true that some Sangu Khel Shinwaris, who had collected near
Pesh Bolak and who probably intended making for the Khyber at the
invitation of the Mtillah 8aiad Akbar, had been dispersed by Afghan
■ cavalry. Further, under orders from Kabul, the Afghan troops were

( 152 )

•witlidrrawnfrom the outlying posts because of the possibility that they
might be tempted to slip away temporarily to join some tribal gather-
ing. At the same time the Amir issued orders that no bodies of armed
tiibesmen fleeing before the Government of India's troops in any of the
operations about to be undertaken, should be allowed to enter Afghanis-
tan. In return for Abdur Rahman's frankness the Government of India
were no less open with him and in further correspondence informed
His Highness that the expedition against the Mohmands had been
undertaken principally to punish the Hadda Mullah and his gathering
and to disperse all who opposed our troops, and that there was no in-
tention of i-emaining in the country.

After the attack on the Khyber and the subsequent spontaneous
dispersion of the Afridi force, the mullahs, in order to induce the tribes-
men to renew hostilities played the bold game of pretending that the
Amir was at their back, and even paraded mule loads of ammunition
which they asserted had been sent from Afghanistan, but which had
actually been captured from the Khyber Rifles at AH Musjid and Lundi
Kotal. As a matter of fact they knew very well that the Amir, so far
from sympathising with the Afridis in their rising, was extremely angry
■with them for having closed the Khyber, as this caused heavy loss to
him owing to the stoppage of the caravan trade, besides preventing a
consignment of arms and stores imported by him from Europe being
sent up from Peshawar.

About the middle of September the Afridis began to realise the
danger which menaced them, as definite preparations for invading Tirah
had by that time been begun. They held a h'xgjirgah and decided to
send a deputation to Kabul to ask the Amir to help them in the coming
struggle. The members of this deputation got as far as Jellalabad, where
they were stopped by the local Afghan officials and turned back, in
obedience to orders received from Kabul. A request was preferred
for ammunition but this was refused. Thereafter, to remove all possible
doubt the Amir caused to be posted in Kabul a public reply to the Afridi
deputations. The notification, which was dated September 23rd, was as
follows : —

"The Afridis of Tirah have sent me now eighteen of their men,
consisting of Maliks, Ulama and Elders, each sect sending a separate
petition and asking for help. In accordance with my orders they were
detained in .Jellalabad, their petitions were sent to me and I have refused
them. I have written and sent them replies to their petitions to

( 153 )

Jellalabad, that they may receive them and go back. The particulars of
their petitions are as follows : — •

" ' The British Government have been from olden times gradually
encroaching upon our country, and even upon Afghan territory, and
they have erected forts at various spots and places. We complained
of this to the Afghan Government on numerous occasions, but Your
Highness paid no attention to our complaints. Therefore, being help-
less and having regard to Islam and our constancy in religion, we have,
under the guidance of God, opened the door of ie/jarf in the face of the
said Government, and we have severed our connection with them in
every way. We have plundered and destroyed five forts on the Samana
above Hangu, one fort at Shinawari at the foot of the Samana in British
territory, one fort at the Ublan Pass near Kohat, one thana at Tora
Wad], a second thana at Kahi, one thana at Ghalo China, one thana at
Shams-ud-din, one//jano atChardi, ouethnna at Kar Killa nearKhatak,
one thana at Naniak, one thana at Narai Ab and the Hindu bazaar at
Narai Ab. There are three big forts on the top of the said mountain
which have not been taken yet. By the grace of God we will destroy
and burn these also. All the people of Tirah have taken up their position
on the top of the mountain ; and at its base, from Kohat to Eud-i-Kurman
in the district of Kurram, the frontier of the Orakzai runs, and the
tribesmen have been making /eAat? from time to time within their respec-
tive limits. We will never consent to tender our allegiance to the British
Government and become their subjects. We will never give up the reins
of authority of our country to the hands of the Government. On the
contrary, we are willing to tender our allegiance to the Government of
the King of Islam, It is incumbent on the Government of Islam not only
to look after our interests and to consider our position, but that of the
whole of Afghanistan. We therefore send these eighteen persons from
among our Maliks, Ulama and Elders, with our petitions to Your High-
ness' presence. We are at present engaged in a jehad on the Samana
Eange, and we request that Your Highness will be pleased to do what
is for our good and benefit ; and by the grace of God we will act up to
Your Highness' instructions, because we leave the conduct and manage-
ment of our affairs in the hands of Your Highness in every respect.
We have used our endeavours with our tribesmen to do service to Your
Highness. This is the time to gain the object of Your Highness. All
the Moslems are now at the disposal of Your Highness in the shape of
regular troops, artillery and money. If the British prove victorious

( 154 )

they will ruin the IVToslenis. Tlie services to be done on this side may
be left to us Your Highness. We hope that after the perusal of our
petition Your Highness will favour us with a reply. Dated 7th Eabi-
us-Sani, 1315.'

" I have perused your petitions, all of which were founded on one
object. I now write to yon in reply that it is eighteen years since I
came to Kabul, and you know yourselves that I went to Eawalpindi by
the Khyber route. In consideration of my friendship with the British
Government I had gone to their country as their guest, and on my way
I found many of your tribesmen on both sides of the Pass who made
salaams to me. If what you now state is true why did you not tell me
at that time about the matter, so that I might have conferred with His
E.Kcellency the Viceroy about it ? Some years after this, when the boun-
dary was being laid down, Sir Mortimer Durand passed through the
Khyber and came to Kabul. All the frontier tribesmen knew of this
and saw the Mission with their own eyes. Why did not then your
Mullahs, Maliks and Elders come to me when Sir Mortimer Durand came
with authority to settle the boundary, so that I could have discussed
the matter with liin) ? At that time you all remained silent, and silence
indicates consent I do not know on what account a breach has now
taken place between you and the English. Now, after you have fought
with them and displeased them you inform me.

" I have entered into an alliance with the British Government in
regard to matters of State, and up to the present time no breach of the
agreement has occurred from the side of the Briti-sh, notwithstanding
that they are Christians. We are Moslems and followers of the religion'
of the Prophet and also of the four Khalifas of the Prophet. How can
we then commit a breach of an agreement ? What do you say about the
verse in the Koran — ' Fulfil your promise: to fulfil a promise is the first
duty of a Moslem. God, on the day when the first promise was taken,
asked all the creatures whether he was their God or not. They said: Yes,
you are our God and our Creator. Therefore on the day of the resurrec-
tion the first question will be about the observance of agreements. In-
fidels and Moslems will thus be distinguished by this test.' You will thus
see that the matter of the agreement is of great importance. I will
never, without cause or occasion, swerve from an agreement, because the
English up to the present time have in on way departed from the line
of boundary laid down in the map they have agreed upon with me. Then
why should I do so ? To do so will be far from justice. I cannot at the

( 155 )

instance of a few self-interested persons bring ignominy on myself and
my people.

" What you have done with your own hands you must now carry
on your own necks. I have nothing to do with you. You are the best
judge of your affairs. Now that you have got into trouble— (Me rally^
spoiled the matter) — you want me to help you. You have allowed tlie
time when matters might have been ameliorated to slip by. Now I can-
not say or do anything. I have sent back from Jellalabad the JVfaliks
you had deputed to me. I gave them each a lunqi and Rs.lO for their
road expenses, and I did not trouble them to come to Kabul."

The Amir also issued in Eastern Afghanistan a proclamation by way
of warning to Afghans. It began : —

"This proclamation is from Amir Zia-ull Millat wa ud-din" — {i.e..
Light of Union and Faith). Let it be known to the learned men of
Afghanistan, whether in the Amir's territory or the hill tracts, that I
have come to know of your circumstances by your petitions as well as
through my informants, and am fully aware that you talk in your houses
and meetings that I (the Amir) have sold you to the British Government
for money, and that in these days when fighting is going on between
you and the British Government I have held myself aloof and am sitting
in ease and comfort. Under these circumstances I think it advisable
to explain to you all the facts in detail, and mention the intent and pur-
port of your talk."

His Highness then proceeded to explain at length the policy of the
British Government towards Afghanistan in Shere All's time. " Shere
Ali," he said, "was a fool, and his son, Yakub, also a fool; the former for
intriguing with Russia, the latter for making himself responsible for
Major Cavagnari's safety when he himself had not much control over
the Afghan troops and tribesmen." He pointed out that the English had
never any intention of annexing Afghanistan in those days, but wished
only to avenge Major Cavagnari's murder and find a ruler in the place
of Yakub Khan. He (Abdur Rahman) recognised these things and
satisfied himself that the British Government only wished to defend
Afghanistan from any enemy that might aiise. He explained how he
had had to exercise full authority, as he had failed to make the Afghan
people wise and moral. Turning then to the tribesmen he .showed how
they "tendered their allegiance to the British Government, accepted the

( 156 )

allowances, made agreements, and then, without any cause, raised dis-
turbances and rebellion at the instance of a fakir whose parentage is
not even known to the King of Islam." As they did not consult him
when they raised the revolt, they were not justified in throwing the
blame upon him. They had fi-equently declared to the British Govern-
ment that they were independent of the Amir, and had set themselves
up as kings. That being so, they should settle their affairs themselves?.

He added: — "Why do you call these dmturha,nces jehad or ffhazaf
The time will come for jehad, an d, when it does come, it will be announced
to you. If you behave yourselves courageously on that occasion, I
shall be glad to call you religious leaders. But the first condition of a
jehad is the co-operation of the King of Islam. It is curious that the
King is on friendly terms with the English and yet you are making a
fuss about jehad. It appears that you yourselves are independent kings,
and do not require a king over you. A similar instance occurred in
France thirty years ago, when the people there revolted against their
king, dethroned him and sent him to London, where he died. I will
never interfere with you in religious matters, nor prevent you from
prosecuting your own object provided these be in accordance with the
principles of religion; but the present disturbances have nothing to do
with religion, because all Mussalmans and most of the Khans and tribes-
men are taking sides with the English and helping them. When you
3'ourselves are rendering them assistance how can I be to blame V — (lb
should here be noted that the proclamation, though issued late in Sep-
tember, was dated August 13th, that is to say, before the Afridi soldiers
fighting on the British side had been withdrawn from the front.) — After
noticing that the tribesmen in talking among themselves, were ascribing
the rising as due to the British occupation of Chitral and Swat, the
Amir said : — " I tell you that in taking possession of Chitral the object
of the British Government is not to assess revenue, or tax them. Their
only desire is to increase the population of the country and strengthen
their own position, so that it may serve as a barrier against any future
invasion by Russia. They have remitted the revenue of villages in Swat
of which they have taken actual possession."

Ilis Highness concluded : — " In short, I have nothing to do with
your ati'aiis, and no concern with you because I have no trust in you.
Do not be led to think that, like Shere Ali, I am such a fool as to annoy
and ofTeiul ntlar.^ for your sake. Your real object is to make me fight

'( 157 -)

with the British Government, and if I were to do such a foolish thing,
I am sure you would assume the position of simple spectators."

In the foregoing proclamation there was an echo of the Amir's for-
mer utterances so far as the unruly and troublesome character of his
peojjle was concerned. Inhisletters to the Indian Government in 1880-81
when he had just become Amir, he frequently referred to his difficulties
in dealing with his subjects. Thus he wrote : " The people of Afghanis-
tan are of such a nature that they step beyond the bounds of subjection
and aspire to the position of rulers." And again : " The ignorance of
evil-minded persons, the unwisdom of the principal persons in Afo-hanis-
tan, and the short-sightedness of this nation, are manifest. They incite
the people to tumult and commotion, and drive them out of the path of
humanity. A wise man is unwise in their sight. They lead people astray,
and for the sake of a trifling gain they prefer disorder and tumult. For
their own selfish ends they wish to see the whole world desolate and
ruined. From their ignorance they do not know and see what would
tend to their lasting comfort." In other letters he abused his unruly
subjects in unmeasured terms, and appealed to the Government to give
him rifles and ammunition in order that his regular army might be
etjual to keeping the peace.

After this nothing further was heard of the Amir in connection
with the frontier operations, and it may be said at once that thi'ough-
out the remainder of the fighting the Amir adhered honouiably to the
attitude he had taken up. Nothing further remains to be said there-
fore on this head except a word about the Sipah Salar. Beyond all
reasonable doubt General Ghulam Hyder continued secretly to urge
the Orakzai and Afridis to remain in arms, but his action was clearly
contrary to the line of policy taken by his master, and the Sipah Salar
would no doubt have been called to account had he not been in a posi-
tion to defy the Amir owing to his influence over the troops and tribes^
men in the Jellalabad distiict.

■>«■

{ 158

CHAPTER VIII.

CROSSING THE SAMANA — THE CAPTURE AND ABANDONMENT OF DARGAI.

By the beginning of October the concentration of the troops composing
the Tirah Field Force was in full swing, and the tribesmen now began
to realise to the full the meaning of the preparations menacing them.
An urgent jirgah of the Orakzai and Afridis was held at Bagh, in Tirah,
at which it was decided that unless an arrangement could be made
with the Government of India to include all sections of the two main
tribes in an amnesty, attacks should be made concurrently on the
Kurram, the Samana and Jamrud. The Chamkannis, Zaimukhts and
Alisherzai of the Kurram country were not represented at the jirgah^
but the Tirah Alisherzai attended. An oath was taken on the Koran
that if any individual tribe or section should come to an understand-
ing with the Government that did not include all the others, that clan
should be publicly anathematised as enemies of Islam. All the same
the Khanki Valley Orakzai, who had been giving us so much trouble
on the Samana, became considerably less pugnacious, and before very
long all of them were asking to be allowed to make their submission,
promising to surrender all loot and Government rifles. The Mishtis
also made humble salaams and offered our troops a free passage
through their territory. But at this late stage the tribes had too
much to answer for : no reply was returned to their overtures, General
Yeatman-Biggs especially declining to treat with the enemy while
they still had raiding parties out on the Samana harassing our outposts.
But the Kohat Pa.ss tribesmen had behaved well, and they now continued
impassive, causing us no annoyance during the march of the several bri-
gades from Khushalgarh to join Sir William Lockhart. The Adam
Khels on the one hand and the Jowakis on the other refused to obey the
exhortations of the Mullah Saiad Akbar to join in the so-called jeAa'y, and
carefully refrained from molesting the advancing columns. The last
march into Kohat, through the pass, was indeed sufficiently trying with-
out the addition of hostilities ; as no proper road existed, and theie was
only a rough pebbly track, about 19 miles long from Aimal Chabutra,
the last halting-place before Kohat.

On the 10th October Brigadier-General Hart's column arrived at
Kohatj next day Biigadier-Geueral Kempstei-'s column marched in;

( 159 }

and tfie day after that Bricradier-rjeneral Westitiacott's column eihero;-
ed from the long pass. From Kohat the troops inarched to Shinawari,
-where they stood with their faces to the north ready to march upon
the Samana as soon as the Sappers and Pioneers should have prepared
the way.

On the 7th October ajirpah was held at Kandi Mishti in the Khanki
Valley of the irresolute Mishtis, Sheikans, Abkhels and Mulla Khels
who had come across the Sampagha Pass for the purpose. The Abkhels
upbraided the Mishtis for having given in to the Sirkar, and the Mishtis
denied this, but admitted they did not want to fight. A bigger jV/ya^ of
the Orakzai tribes was held on the 10th October at which it was decided
to hold the Sampagha Pass against General Lockhart's advance.

On the 19th of the month the Mullah Saiad Akbar again issued his
war orders, in which something like a tactical disposition of his available
forces was apparent. Thus the Kuki and Zakka Khels of the Bazar and
Khyber districts were to hold Ali Musjid road ; the Zakka Khels of the
Bara Valley, the Sipah, Kamar, Aka and the Usturi Khels were given the
Bara route ; while the Kambar, Malikdin, Zakka and Adam Khels of the
Maidan were to co-operate with the Orakzai in defending the Tirah passes
facing the Samana Range. The clans were also to give mutual aid when-
ever necessity might arise. It was thus plain that Sir William Lock-
hart's advance would be opposed at the Sampagha and other passes
leading into the Rajgul and Maidan Valleys. The Sampagha Pass, it
may be explained, leads direct from the Khanki Valley, and the ap-
proach to it is fairly easy. The late Colonel Mason reconnoitred almost
to the top of the pass during the Miranzai Expeditions of 1891, so
that our troops would march over ground which have been mapped out
to a certain extent and would present no great difficulties. The pass
can be turned on either flank, and it was clear that many thousands of
tribesmen would be required to hold it even for a short time against
the force which Sir William Lockhart would be able to bring to bear
when once he had concentrated his two divisions in the Khanki Valley,
The Sampagha is almost due north of our line of forts on the Samana,
and it was apparently intended to form the left of the enemy's line of
defence, the right resting on the Arhanga Pass, seven or eight miles
away. This latter pass again was said to be an easy one for pack-
animals, but it had never been reconnoitred. Once our troops crossed it
the southern valleys of Tirah, the summer quarters of the Afridis,
would lie beneath them, and almost immediately Sir William Lockhart

( IGO J)

^\'oulcl be in the heart of tlie tribal country, if all went well ; for the
distances to be traveised from the Khanki Valley are short, the ranges
of hills guarding Tirah on the south being within one march frouj the
left bank of the Khanki River.

To follow the actual operations. On the 11th October a working
party on the Chagru Kotal road over the Samana consisting of Pioneers,
Sappers and 1,000 Punjab coolies was fired on by the enemy, of whom
very large numbers were disclosed near the village of Dargai. Fortu-
nately General Yeatman-Biggs, who had gone down a spur from
Gulistan in force that morning on a reconnaissance, was close at hand,
and he quickly brought his guns to bear on the assailants who there-
upon retired, and the force returned to Fort Lockhart that evening with
no casualties. Reports were afterwards brought in that the losses of
the tribesmen in this little brush were very heavy. One of the surest
tests of the success of an action was whether the troops were followed up
during the return to camp, and in this instance the rear-guards were
left quite unmolested, which went to prove that the enemy were for the
nonce thoroughly beaten off.

On the 12th of October a covering party of a half-battalion of the
15th Sikhs and the Jhind Infantry on the north side of the Kotal was
fired on and compelled to withdraw by a force of Gar Orakzai who pressed
the retirement vigorously. No. 2 JJerajat Mountain Battery however
successfully covered the withdrawal, and the only casualties were one
Jhind sepoy severely and one slightly wounded. After this the enemy
continued almost daily to annoy our working parties on the Chagru
Kotal road, the completion of which was essential to a rapid advance of
the expeditionary force.

Finally on the 17th October Sir William Lockhart issued orders for
the forward movement, as follows: — "On the 20th October the 3rd
Brigade, under Brigadier-General Kempster, with No. 8 Mountain Bat-
tery Eoyal Artillery, No. 5 Bombay Mountain Battery, the machine
gun detachment and signallers of the IGth Lancers, one squadron and
head-quarters of the 18th Bengal Lancers, the 21st Madras Pioneers,
No. 4 Company Madras Sappers, the Sirmur Sappers, and Gurkha
scouts will advance on Khorappa in the Khanki Valley under General
Yeatman-Biggs ; and on the 21st October a column, under Colonel
Chaytoi', composed of the Northampton Regiment, the 3Gtli Sikhs and
No. 9 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, will move from Samana to

( ici )

the Talai spur, to protect the right flank of the 3rd Brigade mov-
ing in the Chagru Valley. The troops named above, under General
Yeatman-Biggs, will stand fast at Khorappa, and improve the road above
and below that place, Colonel Chaytor's column advancing from Talai
to Khorappa; and on the same day the remainder of the 2nd Division,
i.e., the 4th Brigade and remaining Divisional troops, under Brigadier-
General Westmacott, will advance from Shinawari to KHiorappa, as also
a wing of the Line of Communication troops for the permanent garrison
of Khorappa. On the 22nd October the 2nd Division will cross th*
Khanki River and move to Khangirbar and entrench for the night,,
and the 1st Division will march from Shinawari to Khorappa. Or?
the 23rd October the 2nd Division will advance to the vicinity of
Ghandaki and entrench for the night, and the 1st Division advance to
Khangirbar. A wing of the Line of Communication troops will advance-
from Shinawari to Khorappa on the same date, as permanent garrison^
General Yeatman-Biggs accompanies the 3rd Brigade on the 25th."

It has been mentioned that the working party on the Chagru Kotal
road had been repeatedly interfered with by parties of tribesmen coming
from the direction of Dargai, a village on the Samana Range west of
Chagru KotaL It was now determined to punish these tribes, and it was-
arranged that Sir Power Palmer, who commanded all the troops on the
Line of Communications, should for this purpose have the troops of the
2nd Division temporarily under his orders to co-operate with the troops
he already had at Shinawtun. It is necessary here to attempt to exr
plain, though it is difficult to do so clearly, the military geography of the
ground which was destined to be the venue of the most important actioa
fought during the whole campaign. The village of Dargai lies on the
northern side of a plateau: and from this plateau a very steep and narrow
spur, gradually growing less steep, runs down to a village on Chagru
Kotal. This village is situated on a narrow neck or saddle from which
the road runs south to Shinawari, 6 miles distant, and in a more or less
northerly direction into the Khanki Valley to Kliorappa. This saddle,
though narrow, is a long one, and at the other end, after the road falls
into the Chagru Valley, on the northern side, is another village called
Mama Khan. From Mama Khan, to Dargai a very steep, stony and
narrow mountain track runs up the spur to Dargai ridge, mostly on the
northern side of the spur and well under view and fire from the tribesmen,
holding the crest of the plateau, which on the Chagru Kotal side is almost
precipitous and shelves gently away on the western or further aidci.

( 162 )

South of the Bargai plateau a very high and broken spur trends cirrui-
tously down towards Shinawari, the summit of this spur commanding
the J>argai ridge and plateau.

The general idea of the operations ordered by Sir William Loekhart
was that Brigadier-General Kempster's Brigade and some of the Divi-
sional troops of the 2nd Division, and also the 3rd Sikhs of the 1st
Division, 2nd Brigade, the whole under the command of Sir Power
lr*almer, should start at 4 A.M., ascend this long spur and appear
on the right flank and rear of the Dargai position. This position
had been artificially strengthened by sangars or stoneworks, and
to take it in front by the one narrow path approaching it would have
been an almost impossible task if it had been strongly and resolutely
held. If, on the other hand, a frontal attack by another column
from the direction of Chagru Kotal and Mama Khan under the
command of Brigadier-Genearl Westmacott were threatened and made
strongly demonstrative, there was every chance that the enemy's
attention might be distracted and General Kempster's Brigade allow-
ed to execute its advance to some extent unperceived, and cut
in on the tribesmen either in flank or when retreating. Presumably
it was intended that the frontal attack should, if it was to be
merely demonstrative, at all events wait for the flank attack to
develope, but so difficult was the country which Brigadier-General
Kempster's Brigade advancing to make this turning movement
had to traverse, that at 12 noon, though the column had started
at 4 A.M., there were no signs of it apparent from the Samana Suk,
whence Sir William Loekhart and his Staff were watching the operations.
Nor indeed is this to be wondered at, for the crest of the hill along
which General Kempster had to advance was a series of precipitous
spurs, to crown which was almost an impossibility, and many baggage
animals carrying ammunition were lost owing to their falling over the
cliif. So razor-like in sliape were the crests of these hills that it was
quite impossible for even a mountain battery to come into action.
As very few of the enemy were in evidence about the Dargai ridge,
Brigadier-General Westmacott (commanding the column which was
to create the diversion in front for the benefit of General Kempster)
decided on making his attack without waiting for Brigadier-General
Kempster's flank attack to develope. Brigadier-General Westmacott had
under his oi'ders two mountain batteries, No. 9 Mountain Battery Eoyal
Artillery (.Major Rowdy) and No. 5 Bombay Mountain Battery under

( 163 )

Captiiin de Butts, also the King's Own Scottish Borderers, the North-
ampton Regiment and the l-3rd Gurkha Rifles. The remaining regi-
ment of Brigadier-General Westraacott's Brigade, the 36th Sikhs (who
had recently come prominently under notice for their gallant defence of
Fort Gulistan under Major DesVoeux and their equally gallant though
unsuccessful defence of FortSaragheri) were retained for the day at Fort
Lockhart, for the contingency might arise that Fort Lockhart itself
would be attacked if all the garrison except the half-battalion 2-2nd
Gurklias were withdrawn. For this reason then the 36th Sikhs were
not able either on the 18th or again on the 20th to take })art in the
operations against Dargai. Thus with three battalions and two Moun-
tain Batteries Royal Artillery at his disposal the task lay before General
Westmacott of capturing the Dargai I'idge, with the possible, butin these
precipitous regions far from certain, assistance of the flanking column
commanded by General Kempster.

About 9 A.M. the two mountain batteries opened fire on the
Dargai ridge and on the point more especially where the precipitous
path is seen to cross the ridge, at a range of about 1,800 yards ; whilst
the infantry, with the exception of two companies Northampton
Regiment, who remained as escort to the guns, pressed forward to the
village of Mama Khan. The enemy meanwhile appeared in small num-
bers gradually increasing from the direction of Dargai village, and fired a
few shots at 9-30 on the infantry now in and behind Mama Khan village.
The infantry, covered by the ground and avoiding the path which
lay on the enemy's side of the spur, advanced slowly along the precipi-
tous hillside, the l-3rd Gurkhas leading, the King's Own Scottish Bor-
derers in second line, and the six companies Northampton Regiment in
third line, till they reached a saddle with a few fir trees on it about half-
way between Mama Khan and Dargai, and in advancing beyond which
they must come under the enemy's fire. About 11 a.m. the infantry
opened fire from here, and the guns, which had temporarily ceased fire,
joined in again. Thence the Gurkhas, led by their Colonel forty yards
ahead of everybody else, advanced by rushes from one coign of vantage
to another, covered from the rear by infantry fire and forming up where-
ever any dead ground gave them breathing time for a fresh advance.
The King's Own Scottish Borderers meanwhile, in the second line,
were rapidly decreasing the distance between themselves and the
Gurkhas and straining every nerve to reach the summit simultane-
-ously. The 800 yards start the Gurkhas had, however, was not, on

( 164 )

such ground and with soldiere so accustomed to hill warfare as the
Gurkhas, easily regained ; and before they could quite catch them
up the leading Gurkha company, l-3rd Gurkhas, with Liuetenant
Beynon, District Staff Officer, at their head, revolver in hand, were
seen to be rapidly ascending in single file the I'ough stair-case (rather
than path) leading up over the crest, while the remainder of the
regiment and the King's Own Scottish Borderers followed close behind.
This Indian file assault was magnificently cai-ried out, and although as
a matter of fact the enemy oflFered little or no resistance at the last
moment, they miyht for all the troops below knew have been assembled
in large numbers behind the crest, and as soon as the artillery fire
ceased, which it would necessarily do as the infantry approached the
crest, they might have poured in such a fire as to render any approach
in single file an absolute impossibility. But no such fear daunted
the Gurkhas and the position was gallantly carried. Dargai village
was soon in flames, and its fortifications destroyed, and the Narik Suk
hill, which dominates the Dargai village and ridge, crowned. It was
about 12 noon when the Dargai crest was crowned; and the enem}^, not
awaiting the assault, had just begun to clear off when Brigadier-General
Kempster's Column with Sir Power Palmer, was seen slowly advancing
with enormous difficulty. The losses sustained by General Westma-
cott's Column in the direct attack were 2 killed and 14 wounded in the
l-3rd Gurkhas, and 1 killed and 5 wounded in the King's Own Scottish
Borderers.

So difficult was the country over which General Kempster's force
had had to advance, that it had been found necessary to send back to
Shinawari every mule and retain only dhooly-h^divevs and stretchers.
General Kempster's Column joined General Weatmacott's Column on
Dargai height about 3-10 p.m., having had in the meantime to beat oiF
an attack of several thousands of the enemy. The advance in the
face of this opposition was splendidly carried out, and undoubtedly it
was this turning movement which, though hidden by intervening heights
from the view of General Westmacott, nevertheless made the way
easy for the charge of his 3rd Gurkhas, the enemy having lost heart as
General Kempster swept slowly but irresistibly onwards. This turning
movement in the teeth of a powerful foe moreover was so cleverly
executed that only two or three casualties (among the l-2nd Gurkhas)
occurred throughout the whole march to Dargai. But General Kemp-
ster's force had more work cut out for it before the day was over.

( 165 )

Just as he began to make arrangements for returning to Shina-
wari via Chagru Kotal, the retreating enemy receved reinforcements
of about 8,000 Afridis from the Khaniii Valley and thereupon halted
and faced about. The return to Shinawari vid Chagru Kotal in the
face of such overwhelming numbers, with darkness growing rapidly,
was a most diflBcult and dangerous operation: but so well conceived
were General Kempster's dispostions, so admirable the manner in
which the troops, both British and native, carried them out, and so great
the assistance afforded by the mountain artillery both from Chagru
Kotal and the Samana Suk, that the enemy did not dare to press au
attack home, and after Chagru Kotal the return to Shinawari was prac-
tically unmolested. But unfortunately during the preceding stage in
the retirement — in coming down the hill between Dargai and Chagru
Kotal— the losses, with the enemy swarming on the heights above,
were considerable: the Gordons had Major R. D. Jennings-Bramly
killed and Lieutenant M. L. Pears and 14 men wounded, while the 15th
Sikhs had 3 killed and 11 wounded. These two corps were covering
the retirement and hence their heavy losses. The 3rd Sikhs had
also 1 wounded and the l-2nd Gurkhas 1 killed and 4 wounded.
But, on the other hand, as already stated, the enemy had been so
severely punished that they had not the courage to attempt to follow
up the column when General Kemspter, following the lead of General
Westmacott, marched back to Head-quarters, and not a shot was
fired on the rear-guard, even in response to a farewell volley from
the troops.

As the abandonment of Dargai, after it had once been captured,
has been severely commented upon by some military critics, it is as
well to give here, for what they may be worth, the reasons suggested
why Sir Power Palmer did not deem it advisable to retain possession of
the position. Very large numbers of Afridis, attracted by the sound of
the firing, were hurrying up from the Khanki Valley; added to which
the troops were without water, without food and without warm clothes,
and must have suflfered severely if they had bivouacked for the night
unfed and unprotected on the inclement heights. But seeing that to
abandon the position meant that it would have to be taken all over
again two days later when the main advance of the expeditionary
force was to take place, it was certainly very unfortunate that when
captured on the 18th October it could not be retained. It is but fair
however to quote, even at the risk of repetition, the words of the

( 166 )

Pioneer's Special Correspondent at J)argai : — " Great as ' the tactical
and strategical advantage of such a retention would have been, clothing,
firewood and supplies for tired troops at a height of over 6,000 feet
are an absolute necessity, and if this was true in regard to the European
troops, it applied with still greater force to the sepoys." Retirement
then on Shinawari md the Chagru Kotal was ordered, and the bravely-
won heights of Dargai were abandoned for the time to the enemy
Avho, though thoroughly beaten, were clever enough to perceive what
a splendid stroke it would be to return at once to the occupation of this
really impregnable position in stronger force than ever, and so re-impose
upon our troops the heavy task of once again scaling those awful slopes
in the face of a deadly hailstorm of bullets.

( 167 )

CHAPTER IX.

THE RE-CAPTURE OF DARGAI — GALLANTRY OF THE GORDONS.

On the 20th October General Yeatman-Biggs was instructed afresh
by Sir William Lockhart to advance with the 2nd Division, consisting
of the 3rd Brigade under Brigadier-General Kempster and the 4th
Brigade under Brigadier-General Westmacott, via Chagru Kotal to
Khorappa, in the Khanki Valley. It was in the execution of this order
that the memorable capture of the Dargai heights was carried out for
the second time. In the calm and critical I'eflection which has suc-
ceeded the first outbursts of enthusiasm at this fine feat of arms, it has
been questioned by some military men whether there was any i^eal
necessity to take Dargai at all ; or at least whether the tactical dis-
advantage of allowing the enemy to remain in occupation of the crest
could possibly have led to such a sad crop of casualties as the Gordon
Highlanders, the Dorsetshires, the 2nd Gurkhas and the 3rd Sikhs
suffered in attacking an all but impregnable position.* The road
from Shinawari (Sir William Lockhart's advance base in the Miranzai
Valley) to Khorappa on the Khanki River runs through the valley of
Chagru Kotal, and this valley is " absolutely dominated " (as some con-
tend) or "overlooked from a distance " (as others prefer to de.scribe it)
on the west by the Dargai ridge and the Narik Suk. The musketry
range so far as tribal molestation was concerned was certainly a very
long one, varying from about 3,000 up to about 1,000 yards, and the
argument which has been raised is that with a well-posted flank defence
on the Samana Suk no mere musketry fire at such a range upon
troops marching heedless of it through the valley below could have
been so destructive as the point blank volleys which the enemy poured
out at distances up to 300 yards when Dargai crest was assaulted.

It will be remembered that when Dargai was captured, two days
■previously, the frontal attack by General Westmacott's Brigade had
been more or less combined with a turning movement by General
Kempster's Brigade; but on the present occasion only a frontal attack
from Chagru Kotal was made, and that along almost the identical route
which General Westmacott had followed. Consequently the tribesmen
holding the ridge were enabled, though fortunately they did not know

" Sir William Lockliart's own opiniou on this point will be found expressed in bia
Despatches, published as an Appendix.

( 1C8 )

tt, to give all their attention to this one slope which owing to the rugf-
gedneas of the ground could not be properly ascended in regular
formation by assaulting parties, but had to be scrambled over as the
assailants best could. In the result the action was the severest ever
fought on the north-west frontier since the Ambela Campaign, nearly
200 Officers and men being either killed or wounded within six hours.*

Serious as the casualties were, they might have been still heavier if
the whole of the enemy had concentrated their undivided atten-
tion on the holding of Dargai from the Chagru Kotal side. But by a
very fortunate circumstance it so happened that they had been led to
apprehend a repetition of Sir Power Palmer's tactics of the 18th October,
and under this belief felt obliged to make preparations for a flank attack,
thus weakening their powers of resistance against the frontal attack—
the only attack actually delivered. Major Bewicke-Copley and Mr.
Donald, Political Officer, had told some pretended friendlies, who were
really the enemy's spies, as a dead secret that an attack on the right flank
of Dargai village formed a certian part of General Yeatman-Biggs^g
plan of operations, and this of course ensured the " secret " being carried
to the tribal forces crowning Dargai. It was evident all through the
subsequent fighting that such a turning movement was seriously
apprehended, as large numbei's of the foe were visible from the Samana
Suk awaitinor attack far away on the right flank, where two days
previously General Kempster's Brigade had appeared; and this division
of forces greatly lightened the otherwise almost impossible task of
taking the crest direct from Chagru Kotal. The tribesmen, however,
were in a fine fighting mood and full of valour, for they had miscon-
strued the abandonment of Dargai after its capture on the 18th of
October : frontier men habitually regard any movement which is not
in the nature of a direct advance as an acknowledgment of defeat.
They had additional reason to be plucky, for their aggregate strength on
this occasion was computed at 20,000, and they were almost entirely
protected from our guns by rocks, which indeed was the reason why
the position could not be captured otherwise than by a hand-to-hand
assault.

General Yeatman-Biggs marched out of Shinawari at 4-30 a.m. on
the 20th October, and on finding the enemy in strength on Dargai ridge,
gave Brigadier-General Kempster the simple but weightly order to

* It will be seen from the Official Despatches published at the end of this Volume
that Sir Williairi Lockhart criticises unfavourably the ta.^tics adopted by General Yeatm«n-
Biggs, and moreover affirms that they were not in accordance with his expresaed wishes.

( 169 )

*' take the position." General Kenipster at once attacked the ridge
with the Isb Battalion 2nd Gurkhas iu advance, the Dorsetshire Regi-
ment in support, the Derbj shire Regiment (from the First Division) in
reserve, and the Gordon Highlanders with the maxim guns in rear. It
was not originally intended that the Gordons should take a leading
part in the assault, and the task at first allotted to them was to
assist the assaulting party by long-range volleys from Mama Khan.
Fuither support was accorded to the advance by No. 8 Mountain
Battery at 1,800 yards, by the Northamptonshire Regiment, by No. 9
Mountain Battery well posted on the Samana Suk, and by No. 1 Kohat
Mountain Battery and the 3rd Sikhs (from the First Division).

At 9-30 A.M. the enemy opened fire from the ridge, and at 10 a.m.
our guns responded, continuing at work almost incessantly up to 2 p.m.
The guns on the Samana Suk had the exact range, which was 3,300 yards
and their shells were repeatedly seen bursting just over the Dargai
crest. At 10-30 a.m. the infantry opened fire, and a few minutes
later the leading wing of the 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas succeeded in
reaching a wooded spur half-way between Mama Khan and Dargai.
Beyond this the enemy's fire was most deadly, and further advance
was impossible until the artillery could inflict greater damage upon the
enemy and shake their position. Attached to the 2nd Gurkhas and keep-
ing pace with the foremost companies were Lieutenant Tillard and his
scouts of the 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkhas, and these men played a
prominent part at this stage. The upward route beyond the wooded spur
sheltering the advanced wing of the 2nd Gurkhas ran across a bare
slope about 100 yards in extent, on which the watchful enemy was
pi'epared to direct an all-exterminating fire at about 300 yards range.
Nothing daunted, however. Lieutenant Tillard and his scouts and the
left wing of the 2nd Gurkhas, led by Lieutenant-Colonel Travers,
Captain Norie (Adj utant) and Captains Macintyre and Bower (attached)
dashed out from shelter and made a desperate rush across the exposed
slope for the next bit of cover. Every rifle fi-om the crest above was
promptly aimed at the daring band and 30 men fell dead or wounded,
their bodies of course having to be left on the ground. Not to be
outdone, the right wing of the 2nd Gurkhas followed suit shortly
afterwards, and it was here that Major Judge, was shot dead. The
Gurkhas were now protected by cover again ; but for additional
troops to reinforce them, now that the enemy realised that the ad-
vance over what was with stern truth termed the "death-zone"

( 170 )

had seriously begun, was doubly difficult and was for long vainly
attempted, both by the Dorsetsbires and the Derbyshires. Captain
W. R. Arnold of the Dorsetshires was seen by the Gurkhas in
front suddenly to spring up, and calling out heroically " Come on
*E' Company !" he fell, dangerously wounded. Lieutenant Hewitt
of the same regiment, undismayed by the slaughter he had witnessed,
led a whole company forward and every man dropped in his tracks
dead or wounded, he alone of the whole company getting across to
cover, his elbow being just grazed by a bullet. Occasionally after
that single men from both the Derbyshires and the Dorsetshires still
ran the terrible gauntlet ; but for either regiment to advance in a
body for the purpose of helping the 2nd Gurkhas to deliver the
final assault was an impossiblity until the guns had played with better
effect on the position, and until further strong reinforcements were
available. Meanwhile the situation was becoming serious. For more than
two hours onlookers below and from the adjacent heights anxiously
contemplated the probability of a retirement, and all that such an
event would mean ; and the later the hour grew the more urgent it
became to bring the action to a speedy end by a successful coup de main.

It was then that the Gordon Highlanders and the 3rd Sikhs were
ordered up, and it was arranged that for three minutes before they
advanced over the exposed slope eveiy gun — there were 24 in all —
should pour a hot fire on to the ridge. At the proper signal a terrible
fusillade was thundered out by the artillery, and when the mighty roar
had subsided the Commandant of the Gordon Highlanders, Colonel H. H.
Mathias, turning with a glowing face to his regiment, addressed to them
in an impassioned voice, a speech that has since been echoed and re-echo-
ed throughout the length and breadth of the British Empire, a speech
that thrilled every man who heard it : — " The General says the position
must be taken at all costs. The Gordon Highlanders will take it ! "
Cheering wildly, and with the pipers lustily playing the slogan, the
brave Highlanders, hesitating not a single moment, dashed forward en
masse across the fatal slope, led with splendid energy by the Colonel, the
Adjutant and the Sergeant-Major at the head of the regiment, and Major
Downman at the head of the leading company. A single example will
suffice to show how terribly deadly was the enemy's fire. Lieutenant
Dincfwall of the Gordons was hit on his revolver, the impact knocking
him down. Springing to his feet again he was hit on his ammunition
pouch, the blow exploding the cartridges inside. A third bullet

( 171 )

immediately afterwards went through his coat, and the next moment
he was twice hit on the knee. Lieutenant Lamont was shot dead,
Major Macbean was dangerously wounded, and Major Donovan was
twice hit on the hehiiet. Two pipers were killed and tliree others
wounded. One hero, Piper Fiudlater, was knocked over by a Dum Dum
bullet which shattered the bone of his leg, yet he sat up on the ground
and played on until a second bullet came and he could play no longer.
For this fine exhibition of pluck the piper was subsequently awarded
the Victoria Cross.

At 3 P.M. the Gordons had gained a sheltered position at the foot
of the last cliff, and after recovering themselves were ready to combine
with the 2nd Gurkhas in climbing the precipitous path ahead for the
purpose of delivering the final assault. Led by their OflScers and again
loudly cheering, the two regiments, with the few daring soldiers of the
Derbyshire and Dorsetshire Regiments who had managed to get across
the exposed slope, advanced indiscriminately in a procession : the narrow
path or saddle admitted of no other order. But the moral effect of the
earlier advance across the death-zone had been too much for the enemy,
whose fire had already begun to slacken, and when at 3-10 p.m. this final
assault was made the beaten tribesmen would not face the onrushing
procession, but turned tail and fled precipitately down the hill. For six
hours the enemy had offered a most stubborn resistance, during the
latter half of the time amhiguo Marte, and the relief at this sudden and
brilliant termination was intense. But great as is the honor due to
the Gordon Highlanders and the 2nd Gurkhas, it has to be said in
fairness to the other assaulting troops that until a few minutes
before the Gordon Highlanders' advance the enemy's position had
not yet been sufficiently shaken by artillery fire. Moreover, at the
precise moment when the Gordons rushed forward an overwhelming
volley of shells was poured on to the Dargai crest by the guns, which to
some extent must have interfered with the enemy's fire. The personal
gallantry of Colonel Mathias was subsequently rewarded by the bestowal
of the Victoria Cross.

The casualty list was a sadly heaivy one, the number of killed and
wounded amounting altogether to 200, e.g., four Officers and 34 men
killed, and five Officers and 157 men wounded. The Officers killed were
Captain C. B. .Judge, 2nd Gurkhas; Lieutenant A. Lamont, Gordon
Highlanders ; and Captain W. E. C. Smith, Derbyshire Regiment. The

( 172 )

Officers wounded were : Captain J. G. Kobinson, 2nd Gnrkhas (dancjer-
ously)*; Captain H. T. Arnold, Dorsetshire Regiment ; Major F. Macbean
and Lieutenant K. Dingwall, Gordon Highlanders ; and Lieutenant
G. E. White, 3rd Sikhs (all seriously) ; Colonel H. H. Mathias, Captain
H. P. Uniacke, Lieutenant M. F. M. Meiklejohn, and Lieutenant G. S. G.
Crawford, Gordon Highlanders (all slightly). The distribution of the
casualties among the non-commissioned officers and men was as follows : —
Dorsetshire Eegiment, 8 killed, 38 wounded ; Gordon Highlanders, 2
killed and 35 wounded ; Derbyshire Regiment, 4 killed and 8 wounded;
2nd Gurkhas, 16 killed and 49 wounded ; 3rd Sikhs, 2 killed and 16
wounded ; 3rd Gurkhas, 2 killed and 9 wounded.

Tt may be mentioned here that the late Captain Charles Bellew
Judge, of the 2nd (Prince of Wales's Own) Gurkha Regiment, was for-
merly attached to the Leinster Regiment and was appointed to the Indian
Stafi' Corps in 1881. He was Brigade Transport Officer in the expedition
against the Hazaras in 1888, being present at the battle of Kotkai, and
for his gallantry on that occasion was mentioned in despatches. He also
served in the Manipur Expedition of 1891. The late Captain William
Edward Clifton Smith, of the Derbyshire Regiment, entered the army in
1889. He joined the 1st Battalion, and on his return from employment
with the Royal Niger Company was posted to the 2nd Battalion which
had already been in India since 1882. The late Lieutenant Alexander
Lamont, of the Gordons, was born in 1872, and after being educated
^t Eton joined the Gordons three years and a half ago. He was the
second son of Mr. James Lamont of Knockdow, Argyllshire, D. L.,
and formerly M. P. for the County of Bute. He came of a warlike race,
many of his ancestors falling by land and sea, at Seringapatam, Trafalgar,
and Waterloo. Major Forbes Macbean, who was wounded, served with
the 92nd through the Afghan War of 1879-80, and participated in Lord
Roberts's march to Kandahar. He also took part in the Boer War of
1881. Lieutenant Kenneth Dingwall (wounded) joined the 92nd in 1891,
and served with the Chitral Relief Force in 1895, and was among the
storming party who took the Malakand Pass in that year. He received
a medal and clasp for his services.

As for the enemy they were completely driven from the hills, and
retired in confusion down to the Khanki River, thus leaving the road
through the Chagru Kotal open for the further advance to Khorappa.

* Died three days later.

( n.3 )

But it was too late in tlip day for the 2n(l Division with its bao^gage
train to move forward, and General Yeatman-Biggs bivouacked for the
night on the captured position.

The next morning the Division marched on to Khorappa unopposed
together with the Northamptons, the 36th Sikhs and No. 9 Mountain
Battery Royal Artillery, and pitched camp about a mile short of the
Khanki River.

( 174 )

CHAPTER X.

LIFTING THE PURDAH FROM TIRAH,

After the re-capture of Dargai on the 20th October Sir WiUiam Lock-
hart lost no time in pushing forward, his aim being to give the Af ridis
and Orakzai no breathing time. Accordingly on the morning following
the action, the 2nd Division continued its march across Ohagru Kotal
in the direction of Khorappa. The King's Own Scottish Borderers, the
Dorsetshires and the .Thind Infantry were left behind at Dargai and
about the kotal in case of any further hostile demonstration from the
west. Sir William Lockhart himself, with the troops remaining on the
Samana, followed the 2nd Division down to Khorappa, tliere to establish
his head-quarters within gunshot of the Khanki Eiver, across which
the main body of the enemy had retired.

On the night of the 21st October the new camp at Khorappa was
fired into from across the river by about 8,000 of the enemy, carrying 15
standards ; but a few rounds from the guns put an end to the fusillade,
which was rather fortunate as there had not yet been time enough to
prepare proper cover. On the night of 22nd there was more firing into
camp, and again on the 23rd to a smaller extent, but the damage was
principally among animals. The 25th was a very bad night. Firing
into camp began about 5 p.m., and continued more or less without inter-
mission till 10 P.M. Bullets were whistling everywhere, and there were
some extraordinary escapes, but unfortunately also a great many casual-
ties. The 1st Division had sent a foraging party out that morning, and
though they obtained a good deal of forage, the enemy lined the heights
above them as they returned, and some thirteen casualties occurred.
Later in the evening there were some 24 sniping casualties among the
1st Division, and 10 among the 2nd Division. Captain F. F. Badcock
(District Staff Officer, 5th Gurkhas), Field Intelligence Officer, was hit
on the left elbow while sitting at dinner and his arm had unfortunately
to be amputated. Curiously enough, Captain Badcock was wounded on
the same arm at the storming of Nilt Fort in the Hunza Nagar Ex-
pedition where he showed great gallantry in leading a party of the
5th Gurkhas after the gate of the fort had been blown in by Captain
Aylmer. Lieutenant Croker (Munster Fusiliers), Orderly Officer to
Brigadier-General Kempster, was hit on the right shoulder, also when

( 175 )

at dinner, but not seriously injured. Sir William Lockliart himself had
a narrow escape, for barely had some gram bags been placed round his
tent as a protection, when two bullets whizzed through the canvas and
were buried in the grain. On the morning of the 26th October a
British soldier and six followers were found cut to pieces a few hundred
yards from the camp. They were so slashed about as to be quite unre-
cognisable, but it was presumed they had been detained till late on the
Chagru Kotal road and had tried to get into camp after dark. The
approximate number of troops in camp was : — British 6,400, natives
11,200, followers 17,000, and the animals numbered 24,000.

Tribal attention was plainly concentrated now on the defence of
the Sampagha Pass, for contrary to expectation no attacks had been
made on the long Line of Communication from Kohat to Shinawari,
there had been on hostile demonstration in the direction of the Kurram
Valley, while on the Peshawar frontier General Hammond's Column had
not seen any great gathering beyond Bara. The Khyber also lay
neglected, and the Zakka Khel, who had been told off by the Afridi
leaders to watch the road from Jamrud to Ali Musjid, had not ap-
parently mustered in force. The flower of the Afridi fighting men
were assembled with the Orakzai to defend Tirah against the main
attack, and small contingents only could be spared to guard the Bara
and Bazar Valleys against possible flank attacks.

On the evening of the 27th October the order was issued for a
further advance from Khorappa, and a very welcome order it was, for
everyone was tired of the long wait at that place, and the camp, with
its thousands of men and animals was not so salubrious a spot as to
invite a longer stay. The water-supply was particularly bad : the
only procurable water ran through a number of paddy-fields— throuo-h
what in fact sooner or later promised to be a snipe jkeel—cind was
muddy and dirty in consequence. But so great had been the difficulties
of transport along the road from Shinawari to Khorappa, that it was
only on the 27th that the Commissariat godowns were able to supply
the indents for three days' reserve rations for men and two days' for
followers.

The move on the 28th was only a short one, some four miles or
less, to a place called Ghandaki, higher up the Khanki Valley and in the
direction of the Sampagha Pass. To ensure that this move should not
be molested from the right fii,nk, the Northampton Regiment and 36th

( 176 )

Sikhs, under Colonel Chatyor, commanding the former regiment, were
sent to seize a high hill overlooking the route and the new camp,
on the top of which large numbers of the enemy had been visible
the day before and on previous days, and from which doubtless many
men had descended towards dusk to fire into the huge camp. Colonel
Chaytoi-'s two regiments moved off at 5 a.m. and found the hill unoccu-
pied. The sudden start had very probably surprised the enemy, for
there was every indication that the hill had been recently occupied,
and the column as it moved up was fired into from an adjoining emi-
nence. A reconnaissance was made later in the day to the foot of the
Sampagha Pass itself. The enemy were seen in large numbers on the
summit of the range and also on the spurs of the hills to the east and
west. Colonel Sage, commanding the 1st Gurkhas, was severely
wounded during the reconnaissance, but there were no other casualties.

The troops were now in a position to deliver their attack upon the
Sampagha, and only awaited daybreak. The Afridis and Orakzai had
naturally a strong position, and their favourite method of defence, fight-
ing behind stone bi'east-works with a line of retreat open, was once
again adopted. They evidently feared a turning movement, and their dis-
position was mainly designed to guard against this as much as possible.
Hence they had nangared the spurs to the right and left, so as to
avoid being outflanked at the beginning of the action, in which case the
pass would have become untenable. The real plan of attack was, how-
ever, very different from anything the enemy expected, and consisted in
the 2nd Brigade (General Gaselee's) followed by the 4th Brigade (General
Westmacott's) with the 3rd Brigade (General Kempster's) behind it
making a dii'ect attack ; while the 1st Brigade (General Hart's) sent one
battalion to cover the right flank, and another battalion to cover the
left flank. The 3rd and remaining battalion of General Hart's Bri-
gade seized a hill opposite the pass as an artillery position, acted as
escort to the guns, and held itself in readiness to support either of the
two battalions on the flanks which might require assistance. The re-
maining battalion of this brigade (the 30th Punjab Infantry) was at
Dargai.

The 1st Brigade, followed by the artillery of the 1st and 2nd
Divisions, left camp at 5 a.m. on the 29th September and was followed
by the other brigades at short intervals. The hill destined for the first
artillery position was seized without opposition by the Derbyshire
Regiment of Brigadier-General Hart's Brigade, while the Devonshire

( 177 )

Begiment worked their way up by a village called Nazeno, guarding the
right flank, and the 2-lst Gurkhas on the left flank made for Kandi
Mishti. The two regiments on the flanks had very difficult ground to
work over, and though they thoroughly accomplished the protection of
the flanks of the main column, they necessarily took but little part in
whatever fighting there was. A portion of the artillery — the whole six
batteries of which were commanded by Brigadier-General Spragge —
came into action about 7-30 a.m., when the three batteries of the Ist
Division under Lieutenant-Colonel Duthy, fired on a large sangar cover-
ing the road to the pass, and very eff"ectually shelled it, while, as there
was neither sufficient room nor objective for the other three batteries
under Lieutenant-Colonel Purdy, they remained in temporary reserve.
The 2nd Brigade meanwhile began its advance in line of regiments :
the 3rd Sikhs on the right, the Yorkshire Regiment on the right centre,
the Queen's on the left centre, and the 2-4th Gurkhas on the left flank
of all. All these regiments had very precipitous ground to work over,
and perhaps some regiments encountered greater difficulty than others,
but the Queen's (commanded by Major Hanford-Flood who, despite
a wound in the arm received eai'ly in the advance, persisted in going on)
were the first to crown the crest. The two regiments on the right of
the line, viz., the 3rd Sikhs and the Yorkshire Regiment, were then sent
off to crown a hill on the right of the pass, from which some of the
enemy were firing; while of the other two regiments the Queen's
remained about the summit of the pass (which was taken about 9-45),
and the 3-4th Gurkhas pressed up a hill to the left. This advance of
the 2nd Brigade of General Symon's Division had been well prepared
by the artillery. Brigadier-General Spragge, as soon as he saw that the
2nd Brigade were advancing against the hill on which the large sangar
was situated, and which formed a sort of " advanced post " to the enemy's
position, at once sent on his other brigade of division of artillery, under
Lieutenant-Colonel Purdy, for the preparation of the infantry assault
already described. This brigade division of artillery made beautiful
practice against the main ridge, which the 2nd Brigade was assaulting.
Although owing to the steep reverse slopes on which the enemy could
shelter themselves, no great number of casualties resulted from the
artillery fire, the physical efifect of the guns in the actual destruction
of sangars, and the moral effect in that the enemy were prevented
from lining the crest to oppose the infantry advance, were both un-
doubtedly great, and here, as at Dargai, very greatly facilitated the
infantry advance and diminished the infantry losses. As the 2nd

( ns )

Brigade was seen to be nearing the crest of the main position, Bri-
gadier-General Spragge sent forward No. 5 Bombay Mountain Battery
to the top of the pass to assist in finally clearing the anngars. In
rounding a corner in order to get this battery into action Captain
De Butts was killed: he was struck by a bullet in the stomach, and
death was almost instantaneous. Captain De Butts was a very well
known mountain battery officer; he commanded the same battery in
the late Suakim Expedition, and was invalided home from there very ill
indeed. He made however a wonderful recovery, and had only lately
rejoined his battery. Two guns of this battery under Lieutenant Edl-
mann managed to get into position near the top of the pass, and did
excellent service, whilst two guns of No. 9 Mountain Battery Royal
Artillery, which had also been pushed on came into action at the
highest point of the road and managed to shell the last sangar held
by the enemy at a range of 900 yards. The 3rd Sikhs and the York-
shire Regiment, when they reached the top of the pass, were sent ofif,
as already stated, to a hill on the right, commanding a road over the
pass; and the trained scouts of the 3rd and 5th Gurkhas, supported
by two companies of the Queen's, worked up a spur between the
Yorkshire Regiment and the 3i'd Sikhs, and "contained" or held back a
large number of the enemy who were trying to get down to the pass.
The 4th Brigade (Brigadier-General Westmacott's) had meanwhile been
supporting the 2nd Brigade, and arrived on the crest, and the 36th
Sikhs, assisted by long-range volleys from the King's Own Scottish
Borderers and by the very accurate fire of two guns of No. 1 Mountain
Battery Royal Artillery, crowned the crest. The losses in the 2nd
Brigade in the taking of the Sampagha Pass were 1 killed and 14
wounded, of which the Queen's lost 1 killed and 7 wounded. The
total casualties in the whole force were about 24. The enemy on the
whole had really offered but little resistance, and whatever casualties
they had, the killed and wounded were successfully removed. The 3rd
Brigade (Brigadier-General Kempster's) had pressed along hard after
the 2nd Brigade, but despite all efforts arrived too late to take any part
in the action, and was now sent on almost immediately down into the
Mastura Valley. No sooner had the troops reached the top of the pass
than fires were seen at many of the villages down in the valley below
on the road to the Arhanga Pass : the enemy, with a view to hindering
the advance by creating difficulties of food supply, had fired the stock
of fodder at many of the villages. So precipitate was their retreat,
however, that the destruction of the fodder was far from successfully

( 179 )

accomplished, and very ample quantities remained. The Afridis, except
the Kuki Khels, did not assist at all in the defence of the Sampagha
Pass; either because they deemed the attack on their own country so
imminent that they could spare no time to assist their allies, or because
they had quarrelled with the Orakzai as to the disposition of the force
in the pass.

The same evening, after the capture of the pass, both divisions
of the Tirah Field Force moved down into the Mastura Valley where the
Orakzai in times of peace have their permanent head-quarters. Un-
fortunately the baggage of the troops, even great-coats and blankets,
could not follow them in all cases the same day, and many corps were
without these and had to spend a bitterly cold night, and in the case
of the Dorset Regiment and the Gordon Highlanders, not only without
any warm clothing but with nothing to eat except what they had carried
with them in their havresacks. Of course to pass two divisions with
their obligatory mules even, i.e., without anything in the shape of tents
and heavier articles of equipment, along a bad mountain track on the
same day on which an action had been fought in the morning (thus
delaying the start of the baggage) was an obvious impossibility; and
the corps who were without their baggage were doubtless prepared for
that eventuality. The two divisions remained the next day (the 30th)
at the Mastura Camp. The Mastura is a fine wide valley, with numer-
ous homesteads of solidly built two or three storied houses, with good
outhouses, and with the usual towers and walled enclosures. All this
day the baggage began to slowly trickle in from the Sampagha Pass,
where the block on the narrow road was enormous ; and in the evening
the block being hopeless for that day, oi'ders were issued postponing
the further advance of the troops and the attack on the Arhanga Pass
until the next day.

The Arhanga Pass leads direct from the Mastui-a Valley into Maidan
the summer home of the Afridis. The order of advance was : 4th, 3rd,
2nd and 1st Brigades in the sequence named, beginning at 6 a.m.; all
baggage animals, except paklial mules, following in rear of the cloumn.
Mr. Donald, the Political Officer with the 2nd Division, v/ho has a most
intimate knowledge of these tribesmen and their ways, predicted the
night before the attack that not m.ore than about 500 men would hold
the pass, and his prediction proved absolutely correct. The enemy were
very few indeed in number, and offered little if any resistance. The
4th Brigade threw forward a regiment, the King's Own Scottish
Borderers, and seized a conical hill some 1,200 vards from the centre of

( ^80 )

the pass, and on to this hill Brigadier-General Spragge brought to play
the three batteries of the 2nd Division, under Lieutenant-Colonel Purdy,
The 3rd Brigade (Brigadier-General Kempster's) then made a demon-
strative movement to the left; while the 2nd Brigade ( Brigadier-General
Gaselee's), accompanied by General Symons, made a flank attack on the
right with a view to seizing a hill commanding the pass from the east.
The order of advance of this brigade — which practically took the posi-
tion by itself, so weak was the resistance — was that the Yorkshire
Kegiment, with the trained scouts of the 3rd and 5th Gurkhas on their
right, and the 2-4th Gurkhas were in first line, with the 3rd Sikhs in the
second line and the Queen's in the third line. There was a great race up
the hillside between the Yorkshire Regiment and the 2-4th Gurkhas;
the Yorkshire Regiment just winning on the post. The enemy fired
very few shots, and the total casualties were only five; amongst whom
was Captain Searle of the 36th Sikhs, wounded by a stray shot as his
regiment was supporting the King's Own Scottish Borderers in the 4th
Brigade.

After the Arhanga Pass had been crossed the valleys of Maidan and
Rajgul in Tirah, the summer quarters of the Afridis, lay before Sir
William Lockhart, and these he now proceeded to enter, having lifted
the purdah from Tirah in four days from the time of leaving Khorappa
in the Khanki Valley. The ease with which the Afridis had been
ousted from positions vaunted as virtually impregnable, was the more
gratifying, as the experience at the Chagru Kotal had been thought
by some to foreshadow stubborn resistance throughout the campaign.
Their impotence to bar the advance of such a force as the Government
of India had sent against them, was now probably as clear to the
tribesmen as to anybody else ; and the only question was whether they
would frankly accept at once the terms soon to be announced by Sir
William Lockhart, or attempt to partially preserve their military pres-
tige among the frontier tribes by avoiding a regular action and main-
taining a guerilla warfare. The latter course they well knew could
only bring severe punishment upon their country; but as there were
at least 30,000 tribesmen in arms, the more fiery of the tribal leaders
could not be expected to see the necessity of submitting on the spot
without striking a further blow.

We may take advantage of the long delay which once again occurred
at Maidan in bringing up stores from the Samana base, in order to take
a view of the country in which Sir William Lockhart had now established

( 181 )

himself. Tirah or Maidan Valley, which the two divisions of the Tirah
Field Force reached on the night of the 31st October, lies in a wide basin
surrounded by steep hills, crowned in places on the north side with fir
trees, but there are no forests of trees either in the valley or on the
hills. The valley is quite open, with large areas of fairly flat ground
with deep nw/^a^s between them; the whole valley is well cultivated
and very fertile. There were numerous homesteads rather than villages
everywhere : these homesteads generally consisted of a tower and two
or tln-ee double or three storied houses surrounded by smaller buildings
and outhouses and with many walnut, peach, apricot, cherry and other
trees round them. They were full of grain and fodder, though in
some cases the fodder had been burnt before the troops arrived. But
the numerous fowls, bowls of ata, honey, walnuts and other comestibles
found in the houses showed that the rapid advance of our troops had
rather taken the Afridis by surprise. The water-supply was good ; the
nights were not so cold as in the Mastura "Valley, just traversed, and
the whole situation of the troops was greatly improved, from the point
of view of camp comfort. Autumn was well advanced, but it was
easy to see that in the spring or summer the country must be very
beautiful. In the hot weather the central valley is no doubt densely
populated; the banks of the stream were found to be honeycombed
■with cave-dwellings. It was difficulty to ascertain how many Afridis
stay during the winter in Maidan, probably not more than one-fifth of
its summer inhabitants. In a warm winter, or if troubles were appre-
hended towards Peshawar, no doubt more would remain. Regarded
geographically, Tirah is thus described in Records of Frontier Expedi-
tions (Paget and Mason) :— " Maidan is a circular valley or basin, about
ten miles in diameter, surrounded by forest-covered mountains rising
from 8,000 to 9,0U0 feet. The valley is well drained by three or four
large watercourses : that to the west, where the Malikdin Khel hamlets
stand, is known as the Shilober, which name is also applied to the entire
stream after the others have joined it, viz., the Sherdara, occupied by the
Zakka Khels from the east : the Manakass, occupied by some families of
the Jowaki and Ashu Khel sections of the Adam Khels; and the
Kahudara, occupied by the Kambar Khels. These converge from the
Shilober Toi, which, leaving Maidan, enters a narrow rocky gorge three
miles long commanded by heights rising one tliousand feet above it on
either side. After emerging from this defile, the torrent flows through
open country for two or three miles, then joins the Eajgul stream at
Dwatoi, after which the united stream receives the name of the Bara

( 182 )

Eiver." Beyond Maidan lies the Eajgul Valley, of which we read : —
" Its length is about ten miles and the breadth of the open country
lying on either side of the central stream about four to five miles where
widest, its elevation being probably over 5,000 feet. Rajgul is inhabited
by Kuki Khel Afridis, and their hamlets lie near the stream in the
centre of the valley. Temporary sheds are erected by the shepherds
among the pine forests which clothe the surrounding mountains. On
the south Rajgul is separated from Maidan by a steep, rocky, well-
wooded spur, 8,000 to 9,000 feet in elevation."

"While reserve supplies were being slowly pushed forward from
Ehorappa, through difficult country overrun with daring Afridi
skirmishers, at the tedious rate of about two days' supplies in twenty-
four hours, there was for a long time no occurrence in Tirah to give to
the expedition the outward semblance of activity. The road from the
Arhanga Pass to the Tirah Valley was at first very stony and precipi-
tous, but the Bombay Sappers and Miners rapidly improved it ; and
once down into the valley the path or paths were quite easy, and in
time the whole road from Khorappa was made practicable for camels.
The ordinary baggage moved through the Arhanga Pass more quickly
than it had done over the Sampagha Pass, and every British regiment got
their great-coats and blankets on the night of the 31st October, that is,
the night of the arrival of the troops. Part of the baggage belonging to
the 15th Sikhs, however, was caught by the enemy in the narrow defile
on the Maidan side of the pass after dark : the tribesmen fired from the
heights above, the mule drabies bolted, the escort of the 15th Sikhs with
great presence of mind closed round the ammunition mules and effect-
ively protected them, but some 71 Jeypore ponies and some 200 kits
■were carried off. Three drivers were shot dead in the dark, and two
wounded.

The next morning, November 1st, Bagh, the place where the great
tribal jirgnhs are usually held, was reconnoitred. The enemy fired on
the reconnoitring party but were driven off by a few shells. Captain
MacLaren, King's Own Scottish Borderers, was slightly wounded, and
the l-3rd Gurkhas lost one sepoy killed and two severely and one slightly
wounded. The Afridis were seen at 1 p.m. coming down inconsiderable
numbers from the hills to the east of the camp with bullocks to carry
off fodder and goods ; and the 2nd Brigade, with the Derajat Mountain
Battery, moved out to stop their operations, returning to camp at 5 p.m.
Lieutenant E. G. Caffin, Yorkshire Eegiment, was severely wounded in

( 183 )

this affair. A picket of the 36th Sikhs moving out to their post at
6 P.M. were attacked, but they drove off the enemy : one sepoy waa
■wounded. The ti^ansport from the Arhanga Pass coming into camp
about 7 P.M. was also attacked, and hand-to-hand fighting ensued ; and
our casualties were*: — 2nd Royal West Surrey — killed 3; ivounned 4;
Northamptons — loimnded \; transport followers — wounded 3; Jeypore
Transport Train killed 1 ; ivounded 3. Some baggage was lost.

The main body of the Afridis seemed chiefly concerned in getting
their families and flocks into a place of safety. For the moment the
upper part of the Bara Valley lay open to them, and although this could
only be a temporary refuge it was the best they had to turn to without
entering Afghanistan in unwelcome numbers. Excluding the Adam
Khels and a part of the Kuki Khels, who had not risen, there were pro-
bably not less than 20,000 Afridis bearing arms ; counting old men,
women and children, the whole Afridi population at the lowest estimate
must number 50,000; winter was drawing near; and Sir William
Lockhart, who was playing a driving game, hoped by properly combining
the movements of his main column in Maidan with the movements of
the Peshawar Column then at Bara Fort to make the position of the
tribe one that must compel complete submission. It was considered
quite unlikely that a huge tribal exodus into eastern Afghanistan would
take place, though doubtless many separate families would flee towards
this the only safe line of retreat left open. The conclusion generally
drawn was that the Afridis would rally their scattered forces in the
Bara Valley and would then be driven eastward, the scene of the opera-
tions gradually shifting nearer to the Peshawar frontier so as to play into
the hands of the Peshawar Column which would advance from Bara for
the purpose. There was a possible escape for the Afridis from the Bara
Valley into the Bazar Valley which runs north of and parallel to it;
indeed already the Bokar Pass connecting the two valleys was thronged
with the families and flocks of the Zakka Khels, the Aka Khels and the
Kambar Khels. But this evasion at the best could only prolong the
chase, and it was thought that the warlike Afridis, after having been
driven all the way from Chagru Kotal to Khorappa, from Khorappa to
the Sampagha and Arhanga Passes, and thence through Tirah into the
Bara Valley would at last make an all-decisive stand.

For the moment the Afridis alone were engrossing attention, but
as may be well supposed the Orakzai were not dropping out of the plan
of campaign, as heavy scores had yet to be settled with the beseigers of

( 184 )

GuHstan and Saragheri. A reconnaissance in force was ordered down
the Mastura Valley, which runs south of the Bara Valley to discover
what opposition the Orakzai were preparing to offer, and it was
intended later on to look up the Khanki Valley also, still further south.
But operations in these two directions could be deliberately undertaken
by Sir Power Palmer with the strong body of troops forming the Line
of Comnjunication, at a later stage, after the base of Sir William
Lockhart's main column had been transferred from Kohat(yjd Shinawari
and Khorappa) to Peshawar.

X-

( 180 )

CHAPTER XL

GUERILLA WARFARE — A HEAVY CASUALTY LIST,

Having removed their families to places beyond the immediate reach
of our troops, the Afridis now began to grow extremely bold, and
on the 5th November they attacked the convoy with the head-quarter
staff baggage from Khorappa as it was approaching the Arhanga Pass.
They also attacked a foraging party from the 2nd Division, killing a
Jamadar and one man of the 15th Sikhs and wounding five others severely,
besides carrying off about 40 mules. The same night there was heavy
firint? for three hours into Maidan Camp. Lieutenant C. L. Giffard of
the Northamptonshire Regiment was shot dead and Captain E. L.
Sullivan of the 36th Sikhs was severely wounded while walking about in
the mess tent. Two nights later, Captain E. Y. Watson, Commissariat
Officer, 4th Brigade, was shot through the head by a stray bullet and
died almost immediately. On the 7th November, a Sunday, while the
2nd Brigade were at chui-ch parade, a bullet was fired into the assembly
and nearly brought the service to an abrupt conclusion, as it only just
missed the chaplain. Every tent and sleeping place in camp was now pro-
vided with shelter from bullets, either by excavation or by making stone
and mud walls, and the messes were similarly protected. The 2nd
Brigade went out foraging on the 8th, and owing to the precautions
taken by Brigadier-General Gaselee, the enemy were kept at a distance
and there was only one casualty, in the 2-4th Gurkhas. Large quanti-
ties of grain were seized and much more had to be left behind. On the
9th November the 4th Brigade destroyed many of the towers and forti-
fied posts of the Zakka Khels, this tribe having defiantly refused to send
in a ji'gah, and having moreover been mainly responsible for the heavy
firing night after night into camp. Desultory brushes with the enemy
continued to occur while the Tirah Field Force remained at Maidan
awaiting the completion of its reserve supplies, but they led to nothing:
of moment.

One unfortunate event which occurred in the Kurram Valley at
this period cannot be left unnoticed hero, though it had no immediate
connection with anything then taking place in Tirah. Colonel Hill,
Commanding the Kurram movable colnntn, taking adNTintage o-f the-

( 186 )

suspension of hostilities in tlie neighbourhood of Sadda, made a
reconnaissance up the Karniana defile, which, though very successful in
itself, was incidentally marred by a heavy and quite unnecessary loss of
life. The reconnaissance, which was made in force, took place on the 6th
November, and a good survey was made of a portion of the Massuzai
country. The defde is seven miles long, and, according to all appear-
ances, could be held by a thousand tribesmen with proper defensive
preparations against almost any attacking force, as the river bed is
commanded from both sides within easy rifle range throughout. The
enemy, however, were on this occasion completely surprised, and did not
even hold a stockade across the defile. About six miles from Sadda the
road was found passable for cavalry, and the Central India Horse went
through in force and reached the village of Esor at 11 o'clock. Here a
lance belonging to a Diiffadar of the 3rd Bengal Cavalry, killed near camp
in September was discovered, and also a quantity of arms, gunpowder
and o-rain. The arms were confiscated, but nothing was destroyed.
The retirement began at 1 P.M., when the enemy collected in consider-
able force. The 5th Gurkhas, as rear-guard, pi'oceeded a mile down the
defile without trouble, but here a stoppage occurred owing to some
delay in getting in a picket of the Kapurthala Infantry from the heights
above the right bank of the river. The Gurkhas were detained an
hour, and the enemy meanwhile advanced in strength with standards
flying. A few casualties occurred, the Gurkhas losing one killed, one
severely and two slightly wounded, the Kapurthala Infantry one slight-
ly wounded, and the Kurram Militia one dangerously and one slightly
wounded. The enemy on their part lost heavily, and though the ground
was suited for the peculiar following-up tactics of the Pathan, they
gradually fell back discomfited, the last five miles into camp being
covered without a shot being fired. The Maxims and long-range volleys
of the Eoyal Scots Fusiliers were very etfective. So far the reconnais-
sance, which had been conducted in a very able manner, had apparently
been a complete success, and what was very important it had served to
reveal the true state of this shorter route from the Kurram to the
Khanki Valley. But, unknown to everybody except the unfortunate
troops concerned, a sad disaster had befallen the Kapurthala picket al-
ready referred to. The picket consisted of thirty-five Sikhs under a
Subadar, and their po.sition on the heights above the right bank of the
river had apparently been chosen as it overlooked not only the road
along the river bed but also the Gao defile which joins the Karmana
defile at Jani Kot. When the picket was fii'st signalled to withdraw

( 187 )

and join the main body, the message was acknowledged ; but unfortu-
nately the withdrawal was not begun forthwith, though the route by
■which the picket had ascended was a perfectly safe one, as none of the
enemy were near it, having in fact begun to retire up the defile. What
was worse, the delay made in executing the order of withdrawal en-
tirely escaped attention, and indeed it was eventually reported to Colonel
Hill that all units of his column were present. Thereafter the march of
the column to Sadda was resumed, and the five miles home were cover-
ed in ignorance of the absence of the picket. Stranger still, " all
present " was again reported to the OMcer Commanding the Force in
camp the next morning, and it vvas actually not until late in the day
that Colonel Hill was informed that a Subadar and thirty-five men of
the Kapurthala Infantry were " missing." Search parties were sent out,
but no trace of the party could be found, and all too late it was dis-
covered that only a few member.s of it had actually rejoined the column
when it started back from Jani Kot. What really happened to the ill-
fated picket was only discovered later. The Subadar in command had
apparently watched the running fight in the Karmana defile with the
closest attention, and conceived the idea of sharing in it. The sepoys
were equally keen, and it is perhaps not to be wondered at that a body
of brave men, whose discipline is not of the hard-and-fast kind which
obtains in our own regiments, should have become excited when they
saw an action taking place only a couple of miles or so away in which
they had no prospect of participating. When the signal to retire was
received, the last hope of the picket of even a chance skirmish dis-
appeared. Very reluctantly they began to descend. Theroute by which
they had ascended was taken at first, but after it had been followed for
some distance the Subadar and the more impetuous spirits decided to
disobey the order signalled to them and to move down the ridge in a
direction which would bring them into the defile at a point considerably
higher up than Jani Kot. The signallers and five men went on in the
original direction and reached the main column in safety. So far as
could be madeoutthe Subadar's party soon got into very broken ground,
among cliflFs and vul ahi>, and eventually dropped into a narrowand diffi-
cult ravine. If they had been able to follow this toits junction with the
Karmana defile they would have come out above the Gurkha rear-guard,
and would even then have been in a highly dangerous position. But as
they moved down the i-avine they discovered that the way was barred,
the jungle being on fire. Finding themselves trapped they endeavoured
to retrace their steps and were observed by some of the tribesmen. The

( 188 )

lashhar thereupon halted in its retirement, and the enemy turning back
swarmed about the nullah, effectually cutting off all retreat. As heavy
firing might have attracted the attention of the main body of the troops,
the Massuzai and Chamkannis contented themselves by sitting on guard,
and it was not until the moon rose that they made their attack, rolling
Btones into the ravine and shooting down the whole party. Deplorable
as the result must be held to be, there could be little doubt that it was
directly due to over-eagerness on the part of the little band of men and
their leader to give a good account of themselves. They were brave to
a fault, and they paid the penalty which sometimes attaches to rashness
in the face of an enemy. After this affair, the attitude of the tribes-
men east of Sadda became more hostile than ever, and the Massuzai
■were reinforced b}- all the Chamkanni clans. But no actual fighting
ensued, and we may once again leave the Kurram Valley, to follow
events in Maidan.

On the 9th November, by way of preparing for an early forward
movement, Sir William Lockhart ordered a reconnaissance in force front
Maidan to the Saran Pass, which leads into the Bara and Bazar Valleys
through the Sipah Afridis' country; and again the day's operations
though in themselves entirely successful, were marred incidentally by
an unlooked-for disaster. The force which made the reconnaissance to
Saran Sar was a mixed brigade under the command of Brigadier-General
Westmacott. Sir William Lockhart followed the column to the Saran
Sar but returned in advance of it and had reached camp some two
hours before the disaster in question occurred. The regiments forming
the mixed brigade were the Northamptons, the Dorsets, the 1.5th Sikhs
and the 36th Sikhs. After the crest of the Saran Sar had been crowned
the troops started back with all speed, hoping to cover the five miles to
camp before sunset. All went well until within about a mile of the camp ;
no sicrn of the enemy being visible. It was then dusk, and one company
of the Northamptons, while marching alone down a nullah, were
ambuscaded by a party of tribesmen. The enemy would seem to have
been lying close up to the route taken, and their fire at short range was
terribly effective, as the regiment had 49 casualties, including three
British Officers. Tlie three other regiments were only slightly engaged
during the retirement ; their losses being 3 killed and 15 wounded.
The list of casualties for the day was as follows: British Officers—^*// d :
Lieutenant J. T. Waddell and 2nd-Lieutenaut A. H. Macintyre, North-
amptonshire Regiment .; wounded : Lieutenants G. A. Trent (Northamp-

( 189 )

tonshire Eegiraent), O P. S. Ingham and A. A. Mercer (Dorsetshire
Regiment;. Native Officer— «;o»<«rfe(i,-— one Subadar, loth Sikhs. R<iak
and file : Northamptonsliire Regiment — IV killed and 29 wounded ;
Dorsetshire Regiment — 2 killed and 6 wounded ; 15 Sikhs 1 killed
and .3 wounded; 36th Sikhs— 3 wounded. Total of all ranks— kii/ed, 22;
wnuwied, 45. The ambuscade must either have been most carefully
planned, or, as seemed more likely, the attacking party were lying con-
cealed on the lookout for stragglers from camp, when they became
aware of the regiment moving down the ravine, and decided to poUr iu
a few rapid volleys at close quarters before a counter-attack could be
made. The tribesmen chiefly concerned in the attack were again the
Zakka Khels, amidst whose villages iu Maidan the Tirah Field Force
was then encamped.

It was not veiy plain at first how the Northamptons came to find
themselves alone in a nuiinh cut off from their main body; and the
later details never entirely cleared up this point. The facts which
ultimately came to light are these. In clearing the way for the re-
connaissance, in the first instance, a commanding position was captured
by the Northamptons, who as advance-guard enveloped the west
flank of the ridge which the enemy occupied. The position was taken
at 11 A.M. with only 5 casualties. Sir William Lockhart and staff
arrived about 1-30 p.m. and at 2-15 the retirement was ordered.
Here the casual iiies began in earnest : for the enemy, following their
favourite tactics of withholding their attack until the withdrawal of
our troops, emerged suddenly from the woods, and the Northamptons
who now formed the rear-guard had 1 man killed and 11 wounded in
quite a short time. The removal of the wounded became increasingly
difficult, and the ground was too precipitous for stretchers. The 36th
Sikhs were sent back up the hill to assist the Northamptons, who were
seen to be seriously encumbered by their numerous killed and wounded,
and the foot of the hill was only reached at 5 p.m. Up to this point the
Northamptons, though havin^jf many casualties, had njeiely suffered the
ordinary fortunes of rear-guard fighting. But being now belated, and
anxious (as one version suggested) to make up for lost time, they took a
short cut which, as it chanced, lay through a nullah ambuscaded by the
enemy, feeling secure from further molestation by reason of their near-
ness to camp. The march through the nullah^ under a deadly shower
of bullets, was conducted with wonderful coolness. Though powerless
to retort upon the concealed enemy, and losing strength at every step,
the unlucky band stuck bravely to their wounded. When camp was a6

( 190 )

last reached at 8 p.m. Lieutenant Macintyre, a Sergeant and eleven men
of the regiment were reported missing, and were all found killed next
morning. Sir William Lockhart at once ordered a military court of
enquiiy to be held regarding this very unfortunate affair, and after
evidence had been recorded the papers were sent up to Army Head-
Quarters.

Two days later the 2nd Brigade under General Gaselee, with two
mountain guns and one company of Sappers, paid a second visit to Saraa
Sar to complete the survey, bring in forage and destroy the fortifica-
tions of such Zakka Khel villages as could be reached. This was all
accomplished satisfactorily and without any serious misadventure; the
defences of about 40 villages being destroyed. Our casualties were ;
Second-Lieutenant Wright, •2nd Queen's, slightly wounded ; one man of
the 2nd Queen's killed, and one sepoy of the 1 -3rd Gurkhas slightly
wounded. The enemy's loss was considerable, being at least 12 killed
and 30 wounded by rifle fire, while the artillery fire was also eflfective.

While all this guerilla fighting was in progress the Political Officers
under Sir William Lockhart were endeavouring to arrange for the
submis.sion of the tribesmen. Letters were sent out to all the section.^ of
the Afridis and Orakzai, intimating that if they would send in their ;«V-
gahs and promise submission, the terms of the Government would be made
known to them. The Orakzai jn-gahti came in promptly and were informed
that they would be required to make a formal declaration of submission to
the Government, to restore all rifles and Government property lonted, to
surrender 500 of their own rifles, to pay a fine of Es 30,000 and to give
hostages fur the fulfilment of such terms as were not required to be
carried out forthwith. They were further informed that compensation
for damage done to their buildings would be taken into consideration
later on, when the relations of the Government with the border tribes
would be re-arranged. A fortnight's yrace was allowed them to comply
with these terms, and the different clans departed severally to consider
their courses. Before leaving, the ./u^ftAs asked that the Government
should apportion the fine among the various sections of the tribe, but
after consultation with the Political Ofiicers Sir William Lockhart de-
cided that the entire demand should be divided equally between the Gar
and Samil factions and that these should make all further internal dis-
tribution themselves without assistance from the Government. As for
the Afridis, most of their jiryahs also came in, some at once and others
at intervals, to hear what terms the Government intended to impose,

( 191 )

but two Afridi clans refused to come in or to hear any terms at all, and
defied the Government to " come on." These were the Zakka Khels and
the Aka Khels. To the Afridi. /".(/aA.s which did come in Sir William
Lockhart returned a stern answer, declining to listen to anything they
had to say or to declare any terras to them until the two recalcitrant
clans of their tribe had come in also, and warning them that unless
submission were voluntarily and quickly made it would be vigorously
enforced. The Zakka Khels, who alone of all the Afridi clans were
really responsible for keeping hostilities so vigorously alive, have their
settlements in the Bazar Valley and Khyber tracts daring the winter,
and move to Maidaa and the upper part of the Bara Valley during the
summer, and are the most powerful of all the Afridi clans, mustering
4,500 fighting men, mostly well armed. They are notoriously bloodthirsty
and treacherous, and are dreaded even by their fellow tribesmen. It
was they who had planned and mainly carried out the attack on the
Khyber posts, and in all the tribal councils during the past few weeks
they alone had formed the irreconcilable war party The Aka Khels
are found during the winter to the south-west of Peshawar, near Akhor.
Their fighting strength is 1,800 men, and their poverty prevents their
possessing many breechloaders. In the summer they migrate to the
Waran Valley, which lies due north of the Mastura Valley, within
striking distance of the place where Sir William Lockhart's force
then lay. By nature the Aka Khels are not a very bloodthirsty clan,
but in this instance they were dragged in the wake of the Zakka
Khels, and the fact that the Mullah Saiad Akbar belonged to the clan
no doubt prompted them still more strongly to hold out a while for the
sake of their izzat. The appearance of a brigade in the Waran Valley,
■where the Aka Khels were then strongly mustered, was therefore one
of the first measures called for, and Brigadier-General Kempster was
instructed to carry out this manoeuvre forthwith.

At daybreak on the 13th November General Kempster's Brigade
with No. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery and No. 5 Bombay
Mountain Battery, the 36th Sikhs and some companies of Sappers
started out for the Waran Valley by the Seri Kandao Pass. Contrary
to expectation the troops entered the valley practically without any
opposition either during their advance or later in the day; the camp
was not fired into during the night ; forage was obtained in large
quantities and without opposition, both vu the 13th and 14th and
all appeared quiet. Some very interesting letters were found
in Saiad Akbar's house — which was visited and destroyed during the

( 192 )

reconnaissance — amongst them one from the Hadda Mullah, written in
July or August. It said that the Turks had completely defeated the
Greeks, that the English had been turned out of Egypt and deprived of
the use of the Suez Canal, that the Mohmands had defeated us, that our
power in India was on the wane, and that now was the time to rise against
us, as English troops could not stand campaigning in the hot weather. On
the 15th November the force moved out to make a further reconnais-
sance towards the junction of the "Waran and Mastura Valleys so as to
have this point accurately fixed in the survey of Tirah which was being
made under the general superintendenceof Colonel Sir Thomas Holdich.
Although the Aka Khels on the previous two days had shown no active
hostility to the free movement of our troops, due military precautions
had been taken throughout, and the wisdom of this cauticjusiiess was
well exemplified on the loth. No sooner had the advanced guard
got beyond the limits of the camp, than a British flag of truce sent
out in the direction of some Aka Khels, who were seen coming out
of their houses, rifles in hand, was fired on by Zakka Khel tribesmen
posted on an adjoining height, a Gurkha Havildar being killed, and a
sepoy wounded. The reconnaissance was pushed forward, the tribesmen
keeping up a continuous fire, more especially on the return of the troops
to camp. The casualties during this day were 1 killed and 6 wounded ;
2 of the latter being Gordon Highlanders, who were shot as they
were going to their picket jjost at dusk. It appeared later on, from
information received by Colonel Warburton, who acconipanied General
Kempster, that the Zakka Khels had entered the Waran Valley during
the night of the 14th November and had tried to incite the Aka Khels
to fight, in the hope that General Kempster would retaliate by wholesale
destruction of villages, and so drive the Aka Khels into the ranks of
the irreconcilables. The Aka Khels, however, held aloof on the 15th,
and consequently no damage was done to their houses, in spite of the
shots fired by Zakka Khels.

Orders had been sent to Brigadier-General Kempster to return to
Maidan on the 16th, Sir William Lockhart's intention being that the first
move from Maidan — to Bagh — should begin on the 17th with the 2nd
Brigade and the Divisional troops of the 1st Divison. Brigadier-General
KempKter accordingly issued orders to the efl"ect that the baggage with
suilicient escort was to move soon after daybreak ; and the road over the
pass and for a great way on each side had been so improved by the
exertions of No. 4 Bombay and No. 4 Madras Sappers that nearly all
the baggage was safely in camp at Maidan by 3 p.jc.

( 19?. )

Bat as .soon as the retirement of the ti^oojis began, the enemy, both
Zakka Khels and Aka Kliels, pressed boldly forward, and there ensued
one of the severest rear-guard actions of the whole campaign. To
describe in the exact order of occurrence all that took place is to incur
some risk of confusing t!ie narrative, for several bodies of troops, isolated
from the main body, met with independent adventures in different parts
of the field and during different stages of the general action. But the
following extended account of the fighting, while faithful enough in
detail, will perhaps be found as little involved as any that could well be
prepared of such an afitair.

At the outset the enemy were held back by the l-2nd Gurkhas,
admirably handled by Lieutenant-Colonel Travers, to whom two com-
panies of the Dorsets afforded great assistance. The 36th Sikhs liad
been sent on to hold the pass for a time, and were eventually relieved
by the l5th Sikhs; the two companies of the Dorsets and the l-2nd
Gurkhas retiring over the pass, covered by the l5th Sikhs, who had
parties out holding heights on each side of the pass. The 3Gth Sikhs had
orders when relieved by the 15th Sikhs to take up a position further
down the road and nearer Maidan, and to hold various positions on the
high ground above the road, so as to cover the retirement of the 15th
Sikhs. The Gurkhas had some very heavy fighting befoi-e they reached
the pass— which they did not cross till 3 p.m. or latex'— for the enemy's
marksmanship was as usual excellent, and 3 men were killed and 5
wounded, despite the cleverness of the Gurkhas in availing themselves of
cover. Surgeon-Captain Selby, I.M.S., attached to the l-2nd Gurkhas,
showed great courage in tending the wounded under fire, a perilous
duty unflinchingly performed. Lieutenant Wylie, a most popular Officer
with all who knew him, who had only very lately been transferred
for duty from the 2nd Battalion of his regiment at Samana to the
1st Battalion with the Main Column, was shot through the head by a
stray bullet, Captain Maclntyre of his regiment carrying his dead
comrade's body himself till a litter could be obtained. The Gurkhas,
once they had crossed over the pass, met with no further casualties till
they reached camp. But the 15th Sikhs, who had covered the Gurkhas'
retirement and who were now in rear of every other regiment^ had a
far more stirring adventure awaiting them. As they began to draw in
their pickets from the heights above the pass, the enemy pressed forward
anew in great numbers, and many losses were suffered before Colonel
Abbott assembled most uf his men (he had only five weak companies) on

( 194 )

the tungars on the spur preparatoiy to a retirement further down the
hill. The enemy had by this time collected in a wood within about
40 yards of the main sungar, and while Captain Lewarne was taking a
company of the 15th Sikhs down from a post they had been occupying to
a position further down the hill, a large number of swordsmen charged
after him. Captain Lewarne very coolly halted and fronted the com-
pany, fixed bayonets, and waited before opening fire till the swordsmen
were within 40 paces. At the same time a second party, under Lieute-
nant Vivian, perceiving the enemy's manoeuvre, dashed gallantly up to
Captain Lewarne to aid him in checking it. On this occasion the Afridi
losses were undoubted, for the charging tribesmen melted away before
the Sikh fire, and the company reached the point it was making for
without further molestation. The fire on the main body of the 15th
Sikhs with Colonel Abbott in the large sungar west of the wood was very
heavy indeed; and at length Colonel Abbott deemed it advisable to
apprise Brigadier-General Kempster by signal that his retirement was
being greatly delayed by the presence of wounded Sikhs in the sungar
whom it would be extremely difficult to carry away under a heavy fire.
Brigadier-General Kempster at once issued orders for two companies of
the Dorsets and five companies of the 36th Sikhs to return towards the
15th Sikhs and assist the retirement. Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton,
Commanding the 36th Sikhs, was at that time i"iding with one of his
companies nearest the pass, while Captain Custance was in command of
another company of the 36th Sikhs holding a hill further away to the
right. Before receiving General Kempstei-'s order Colonel Haughton, as
soon as he was informed of the difficulty in which the 15th Sikhs were
immersed, at once, and of his own initiative, started away with the single
company near him, and left Major Des Vceux, his second-in-command, to
bring on the remaining three companies and the two companies of the
Dorset Regiment. Captain Custance with his isolated company however
was the first to reinforce Colonel Abbott, the time being then about 4-15
P.M. The enemy were firing with very great precision from the wood, and
to show one's head above the sungars was to risk having a bullet through
it. Colonel Abbott had already been wounded by a shot from a jhezail,
apparently loaded with pieces of telegraph wire, which struck him in
the face, inflicting a serious though happily not a dangerous wound.
Captain Custance, while reconnoitring for a good position for his
company, received two bullets through the helmet and was then shot
through the thigh, and both he and Colonel Abbott were being
carried down the hill in stretchers when Colonel Haughton arrived on

( 195 )

the scene. Major Des Vceux, before following his Colonel, had awaited
the arrival of three other very weak companies of the 36tli Sikhs,
and with these he had also brought a company of the Dorset Regi-
ment under Captain Hammond, with Lieutenant Cowie and Lieutenant
Ci'ooke, Suffolk Eegiment (attached to the Dorsets for duty), as his
subalterns. Soon afterwards Lieutenant Hales, East Yorkshire Eegi-
ment (attached to the Dorsets), also came up with half a company.
In making his way to reinforce Colonel Haughton Major Des Voeux
decided to take the company of the Dorset Regiment under Captain
Hammond on with him, and to leave the other half-company, of which
Lieutenant Crooke was in command, to hold a house close by above the
road, Lieutenant Hales also remaining on the spot with his half -company.
The object in leaving a company of the Dorset Regiment to hold the
houses was to give a point d'appui for the troops in rear further up the
pass. Major Des Voeux then hurried on with the remaining companies
of the 36th Sikhs to catch up Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton, so that
eventually the latter had near him — though not all concentrated in the
same place, but in different positions on the spur west of the wood^lO
companies Sikhs and half-company Dorsets. It should be remarked here
that although for the sake of simplicity the narrative is forced to speak
of " companies " they were only companies in name, or the nucleus
of companies. The half company under Captain Hammond, Dorset
Regiment, for instance, had only 16 men, and the Sikh companies,
especially those of the 15th Sikhs, only numbered from 20 to 30 men
each, so that in all probability Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton had not
more than 200 men in all under his command, especially after he had
sent on the wounded ahead. As a matter of fact, most of the regiments
in General Kempster's Brigade were very short of men at that time, for
this brigade had borne the brunt of the losses, and many men had been
invalided. Moreover, there were men absent on baggage duty and
employed in conveying the wounded back to camp. Lieutenant-Colonel
Haiighton's force was at this stage in two portions, the greater part
holding the sungar close to the wood and a smaller part a swngar further
down the spur. Soon after Colonel Haugh ton's arrival the fire from the
wood, which had hitherto been intense, began to slacken. Apparently
this was due to the tribesmen leaving the wood and working round by
the north to try and cut in on the line of retreat further down the hill.
In any case, as the fire had begun to slacken and it was rapidly getting
dark, and as the wounded had all been sent on and the sungara held were
untenable for the night, Colonel Haughton ordered a gradual retirement.

( 19fi )

The party in the westernmost sungar covered tlie retirement of the other

party from the sungar nearest the wood, and the march was made to the

foot of the hill without further loss. Here in the darkness the troops

were reformed, each Officer calling to a certain company to rally

round him, and search had to be made for a path, as it was considered

advisable to remain on the spur on high ground rather than follow the

real road down the nullah. At this moment a heavy fire was opened

on the force from in front, in flank, and in rear. To have continued

the march under this fire would have involved heavy loss and possibly

disaster. To have remained stationary w^ould have been to submit

helplessly to being shot down. In this critical situation Colonel

Haughton did not for a moment lose his presence of mind. He observed,

as well as it was possible in the darkness, that the fire came principally

from some houses about 300 yards distant, and with splendid decision

he ordered the troops to fix bayonets and turn the enemy out of

the houses. Equally decisive was the response of the troops. The

Dorsets with a cheer, and the Sikhs shouting their war-cry, advanced up

the cultivated terraces against the houses, which by the way had been

set on fire that morning, the mud walls only remaining. The enemy

replied with defiant shouts, and waited till their assailants were within

10 paces before opening a very heavy fire. Luckily, and probably owing

to the ground being in steps, the Afridi fire was too high, and only one

man of the 15th Sikhs, a Subadar, was hit and badly wounded. Of three

principal houses the 15th Sikhs occupied the northernmost house, the

Dorsets the centre, and the 36th Sikhs under Colonel Haughton the

southern house. Lieutenant Munn, the Adjutant of the 36th Sikhs, ran

one tribesman through with his sword on reaching the plateau or spur

on which the houses stood : and a few others were shot. But there was

now great danger of the separated parties firing on one another, and the

"cease fire" was accordingly sounded. The 15th Sikhs and the Dorsets

then moved down to the building held by Colonel Haughton. All the

biiildings were still too hot, after having been burnt, to allow of their

being entered, and the troops were placed in a sort of semi-circle with

the main building behind them. There were no materials for making

b;irricades and sungarx, and befoi-e the troops could be got into position

and lie flat on the ground a very heavy fire was poured in on them,

killing Captain Lewarne, 15th Sikhs, wounding Lieutenant Munn,

36th Sikhs, and killing 3 sepoys and wounding 5 others. After this a

desultory fire was kept up by the tribesmen outside till the moon began

to rise.

( 197 )

Meanwhile Major Des Vanix witli his small foiTe found hirnserf
cnt off from his Colonel. In the attack on the villa<,'es he had taken two
companies and selected for assault a house further to the south. Captain
Hammond, temporarily separated from his own company in the
darkness, accompanied him. When the hottse had heen seized, it was
found to be untenable and a move was made to anothe? house. This
building, though it had been burnt, had cooled down, and the party of
about two weak companies at once set to work to make a Iji-eastwork
with clods of burnt earth and pieces of timber. Major Des Voeus
was not attacked in force, though the enemy hovered round for hours,
shouting that they would serve the defenders as they had served the
defenders of Saragheri, and even throwing stones over the Trails of burnt
houses behind. Communication was established with Colonel Haugh-
ton's force by whistle, and the sentry had orders to fire an occas-ional shot
to show the enemy our troops were on the alert and not short of am-
munition. The night was miserably cold, especially for Colonel Haugh-
ton's men, as they had not even a house to go into, and neither party had
great-coats or blankets. Colonel Haughton himself went out and re-
connoitred under a heavy fire before daybreak, and finding that there
was no very intricate ground between himself and Major Des Voeux,
started off to join him, the wounded being carried on charpoys found in
the houses. The enemy fired, but the dim light did not admit of
accurate aim, and the retirement was well covered by Lieutenant
Cowie with the Dorsets. When the whole force had been concentrated
a move was made towards camp, and the troops sent out by General
Kempster to relieve Colonel Haughton were met about 8 a.m. Thus
ended one of the most exciting rear-guard actions in the whole Tirah
Campaign. But one painful episode remains to be related.

It had fared very badly with the two half-companies of the Dorsets
left behind by Major Des Yceux on the pass the previous night to cover
the intended retirement of Colonel Haugh ton's little force, especially
with the half-company under Lieutenant Crooke. At the outset the
two half-con>panies, some 35 to 40 men in all, with. Lieutenants Crooke
and Hales, opcupied a house and some sun^ars, a strong position, a little
above the road. It will be remembered that Lieutenant Crooke had
been told by Major Des "Voeux tl>at he was to hold on to the houses what-
ever might happen in order to cover the retirement of the Sikhs from
the pass. It was dark, and men were heard moving down the road
in the nullah below. These were challenged and it is said they replied
they were Sikhs. This point will probably never be cleared up for both

( 198 )

Ijiontenant Crooke and Lieutenant Hales are dead, and the men nnd pos-
sibly also tlie Non-Coniniissiuned Officers, who all come from Madras
cantonments are unawiuainted with Hindustani, and the fact of the chal-
lenoin" is not clearly established. In any case, Lieutenant Crooke, a very
capable Officer and of great experience, believed that the men below
him were the 15th and 35th Sikhs, and in that erroneous belief he pro-
bably gave the order to retire — his half -company on one side of the spur
nearest the nullah, the other half -company further away. As a matter of
fact the men whom he had challenged were Afridis, and they came on
Lieutenant Urooke's half -company, killing him and 9 men and wounding
7 others. Private Vickery of this half-company, who had previously
distino-uished himself by trying to save a wounded man under a heavy
fire at Dar^ai was one of the wounded. He was shot through the foot
and was then attacked by three swordsmen. He shot the first, bayonet-
ted the second, losing his bayonet in the man's body, and then clubbing his
rifle knocked the third man's brains out. Finally he returned to camp
brinoino- with him a wounded comrade. Lieutenant Crooke's half-
company, which suffered so severely, belonged to Captain Hammond's
company of the Dorset Regiment which had aftbrded such great
assistance to the Northampton Kegiment on the 9th October, by helping
to cover their retirement, and, assisted by the 36th Sikhs, to carry in
their wounded.

A few words remain to be said about the main body of Brigadier-
General Kempster's force. These troops had held on as long as possible
to the foot of the hill the previous evening in the hopes of being able to
cover the retirement of the 15th and 36th Sikhs and the two half -com-
panies of the Dorset Regiment ; but as darkness came on, and it was
impossible, for the artillery especially, to see to fire, Brigadier-General
Kempster ordered the retirement to be continued, and camp was reach-
ed about 8 P.M. Arrangements were at once made for a force to
be sent out at daybreak towards the pass. All through the night single
men of the Dorset Regiment, a great many of them wounded, straggled
into camp, but the half-company which Lieutenant Hales had command-
ed was brought intact by the Sergeant. The bodies of Lieutenants
Crooke and Hales and nine men were found close together in a nullah,
and the funeral of the two Officers and nine men took place on the
evening of the 17th November in one part of the camp, while Captain
Lewarne and Lieutenant Wylie were buried together in another jmrt.
It was a sad ending to what had otherwise been a very successful expedi-
tion, but one and all who spent the night in the captured houses were

( 199 )

unanimous oh one point — however much their testimony on main points
owing to the darkness was in conflict— that Lieutenant-Colonel Haugh-
ton's coolness, excellent tactical arrangements, and presence of mind, from
the moment he arrived with his small reinforcements at the pass till the
relieving troops were met next day, completely outmatched the enemy
and prevented what might under the leadership of a less cool and able
commander have been an actual disaster. As it was, every man of the
Dorsets, 15th or 36th Sikhs, who took part in the bayonet charge on the
houses, had good reason to be proud of his performance.

Our casualty list for the whole affair was a long one, and included
4 Officers killed and 3 wounded: the total for all ranks being 33
killed and 36 wounded. The full return is as follows: — Dorsets — killed:
Lieutenant G. D. Crooke (Suffolk Regiment), Lieutenant Hales (East
Yorkshire), both attached to the Dorsets, and 10 men; wounded: 8 men.
15th Sikhs — killed: Captain Lewarne and 10 men ; ivounded: Colonel
Abbott (slightly) and 13 men. 36th Sikhs— ^?V/erf .• 6 men; tcounded:
Captain distance. Lieutenant Munn and 7 men. 2nd Gurkhas— fti/^erf,-
Lieutenant Wylie and 3 men ; loounded : 4 men. No. 5 Bombay Moun-
tain Battery — ivounded : one man.

( 200 )

CHAPTER XII.

THE PLAN' OF CAMPAIGN FUP.THER DEVELOPED.

O^ the 18th of November Sir William Lockhart was at last able to
make a move from Maidan, and he turned his face to the north-east in
the direction of Bagh. There were several reasons why it was consider-
ed desirable to move from Maidan: the troops had exhausted nearly all
the grain and forage in the vicinity of the camp; amove to Bagh threat-
ened other sections of the Afridi tribe, notably the Malikdin and Kuki
Khels (for from Bagh a path exists into the Eajgul Valley by following
the Shaloba stream to Dwatoi); and the moral effect of our troops
encamping round Bagh which bears a somewhat sacred character, would
also have a wholesome effect in convincing the enemy generally of our
power to move and encamp anywhere. Part of the 1st Division (Major-
General Symons') began the move on the 18th November, the force
consisting of the 2nd Brigade and the Divisional troops. The distance
to Bagh from Maidan is about 3 miles, and the attitude of the
tribesmen as the troops advanced on Bagh was at first undecided, as
they were seemingly under the impression that the movement was in
connection with either foraging or reconnaissance, and that it would be
followed by the usual retirement to Maidan in the evening. As soon,
however, as it was perceived that the intention of General Symons was
to camp at Bagh the enemy's resistance became very strong, and some
portion of the troops were under tire for nearly eleven houi's, i.e., from
about 7 A.M. to 6 p.m., the enemy firing from the surrounding heights in
three-quarters of a circle. The fire was particularly heavy from a hill
north-west of the camp; and this eminence had to be heavily shelled by
the artillery and then attacked by the Queen's and the 3rd Sikhs before
the force could occupy it. The assaulting troops having captured it.
Captain Parker's Battery, No. 2 Derajat, came into action on the hill and
made excellent practice against scattered parties of tribesmen on sur-
rounding hills; but so bold were the enemy that a certain number crept
up to within 500 yards of the battery, and the Battery Officers had some
very narrow escapes. Captain Parker was shot through the clothes
without the bullet hurting him; one subaltern had his ear grazed by
another bullet and another had the knot of his sword shot away. To
the west and north-west of the camp the enemy were holding some

( 201 )

towers and houses and were keeping up a very galling fire, and tliey had
to be dislodged from their positions by single companies of the York-
shire Regiment, who were most gallantly led, — notably so by 2nd-Lieu-
tenant Edwards, who with a section of 13 men advanced and turned
the enemy out of a house on his front in the most gallant manner, losing
the Colour-Sergeant of the company and one man. The total losses
incuri'ed before the enemy could be expelled from all the positions
they had been holding and pickets placed on such of them as it was
deemed desii-able to hold for the night, were 5 men killed and '22
wounded. Undaunted by temporary reverses, the enemy as soon as
darkness came on crept in between the picket posts and opened a most
galling fire, and at one time a concerted volley was fired straight at
Major-General Symons' head-quarters, the bullets fortunately all being
too high. So excellently had the troops entrenched themselves that
there were no casualties from this night firing, though some animals
were hit. The Gurkha scouts of the 5th Gurkhas did excellent service
during the 18th November, killing several of the enemy and many more
•were seen being carried away wounded.

On the 19th the troops under Major-General Symons were employ-
ed in still further fortifying the picket posts. All the spare animals
were sent back to Camp Maidan to assist in removing some 10,000
maunds of stores belonging to the 4th Advanced Depot at Maidan, and
so excellent was the work done by the Commissariat and Transport
Oflacers at Maidan that the whole of these stores were removed to Bagh
by 12 noon on the 20th. On the 19th, too, the 4th Brigade, with most of
the Divisional troops of the 2nd Division, Major-General Yeatman-Biggs,
and Divisional Staft', accompanied by Sir William Lockhart with the
Head-quarter Staff, moved to Bagh, leaving Brigadier-General Kemp-
stei^'s Brigade and some of the Divisional troops behind to cover the
removal of the 4th Advanced Depot stores to Bagh and to follow on
when all was clear. There was a good deal of firing into camp at Bagh
on the 19th, but Camp Maidan was left completely alone by the enemy,
though every preparation had been made by Brigadier-General Kemp-
ster to meet an attack. The temperature at Camp Bagh, although
the ground lies at a lower altitude than Camp Maidan, was con-
siderably colder, for the minimum temperature on the 19th was 21°
and the maximum 113°, and after that date the cold greatly' increased
in severity so much so that on the night of the 29th 21° of fro.st were
recorded.

( 202 )

On tlie 20th November at about 10 o'clock in the morning the
Zakka Khels made a determined elfort to cut off the tail of a convoy
proceeding up towards the Arhanga Pass. No. 4 Company Madras
Sappers were working not very far from the scene of the occurrence,
and Major Kelly, Commanding the Eoyal Engineers, '2nd Division,
directed the company to cease work and move off to the scene of attack.
So promptly did the company act under Captain "Wright's command
^hat the enemy were drive n up the valley towards the Arhanga Pass,
■^here, as good luck would have it, a half -battalion Gordoi> Highlanders
under Major Downman were posted. Two companies of this regiment,
inoving separately, hurried down two spurs lying on either side of the
ravine, and the enemy were thus caught between two fires, their losses
being estimated at something like 40. Unfortunately a sowar of the
12th Bengal Cavalry who was with the convoy, and four drabies had
been killed before the Madras Sappers could arrive to their assist-
ance. The same day a great number of towers and fortified houses^
from the neighbourhood of which foraging parties had been fired on and
from which sniping into camp had taken place, were destroyed, and thi»
and the further destruction of towers and fortified posts south of the
camp next day, had a most salutaiy effect, for there was little or nO'
night firing afterwards and foraging parties were practic-ally unmo-
lested.

On the 21st November Brigadier-General Kempster's Brigade with
the remainder of the troops oi the 2nd Division, moved to Camp Bagh.
As the last of the 3rd Brigade troops marched off from Can»p Maidan,
the enemy, who had been watching the movement from neighbouring
hills, swooped down on the site of the old camp, running hither and
thither in the hope apparently of finding sonnething of value left be-
hind, but they were doomed to disappointment, and a few shells fromi
some guns in the rear-guard, within range of which they had incau-
tiously ventured, troubled them considerably, whereafter the march of
the 3rd Brigade was practically unmolested. Meanwhile the 2nd Bri-
gade, Brigadier-General GaseTee's, had moved out from Bagh very early
that morning and had set fire to some 60 or 70 towers and loopholed
houses south of Camp Bagh.

There being no definite prospect of the Zakka Khels making sub-
aiission the terms of the Government were now at last announced to-
four A£ridi jiryahs which had been in camp awaiting the declaration, foy

( 2o:5 )

about a fortnight. These terms were : the surrender of all stolen proi
perty, a fine of Rs.50,000, and the handing in of 800 breech -loading rifles.
The four Jirgahs in attendance represented the Malikdin, Adam, Kambar
and Aka Khels : to the other tribes proclamations announcing the term's
were sent out by the Political Officers.

On the 22nd November a most adventurous and, as it proved,
successful reconnaissance was made to Dwatoi or Diva Toi i signifying two
rivers), at the junction of the Rajgul and Shaloba streams. Brigadier-
General Westmacott commanded the force, which Sir William Lockharfc,
Brigadier-General Nicholson, and some of the Officers of the head-quarter
staff accompanied. The column was composed of the King's Own
Scottish Boiderers, the Yorkshire Regiment, the 36th Sikhs, the l-2nd
and l-3rd Gurkhas, the 28th Bombay Pioneers, two companies of Sappers,
(No. 4 Madras and No. 4 Bombay) and two batteries. The route taken
was a difficult one, and goes for the most part along the bed of the
Shaloba stream, through a deep and narrow gorge ; the track crossing
and recrossing the stream, which is knee deep in places. Wet to the
waists as they were, and with no food beyond what they carried in
their havresacks, the troops spent a most trying night out in the bitter
cold at Dwatoi without even their blankets and great-coats: Sir Williarti
Lockhart himself had no great-coat or bedding that night. Although
the tribesmen on either side of the pass were held off as far as was
possible by the Yorkshire Regiment on the right flank and the 1 -2nd
Gurkhas on the left flank, the enemy were nevertheless able by
occupying subsidiary spurs fi'om the main line of hills on both sides to
keep up a well aimed fire on the troops and animals moving along the
ravine below, and they also sniped a good deal at the pickets placed
round the camp at night, the total casualties on the 22nd being 2 killed
and 15 wounded. Of these casualties, two were Officers, one being
Lieutenant Jones of the Yorkshire Regiment, killed, and 2nd-Lieutenant
Watson of the same regiment, dangerously wounded. It appeared that
as the Yorkshire Regiment were moving along the crest of the hills on
the right flank of the line of march. Lieutenant Jones saw a few men on
a spur below firing at the troops in the ravine and took three men with
him to try and turn them out. The enemy were so well concealed,
however, that although he approached very near indeed to where they
were thought to be, their exact whereabouts could not be discovered ;
and Lieutenant Jones then most courageously, leaving his men where
they wei'e, went off by hintself to try and get round the enemy's

( 204 )

flank. Even this nianrpuvre did not avail him, and lie shouted to one
of hiamen to come round to him : but before the man reached him he
was seen to jump on to a rock and empty his revolver, and then fall back
wouiided. He had succeeded in unearthing the foe, but his daring cost
him his life. A section of his company hurried down to his assistance
and 2nd-Lieutenant Watson, who commanded, under a heavy fire
proceeded to get the wounded Officer into a stretcher, divesting himself
of his coat to serve as a pillow. By the time this was done Lieutenant
Watson himself was most dangerously wounded. The bullet broke a
rib, having entered his left side and come out between the shoulders;
fortunately without actually hitting any vital part. A Lance-Corporal
■with him was shot dead. These however were the only casualties in
the Yorkshire Regiment that day; thougli the regiment met with a
good deal of opposition. The completion of the reconnaissance without
further loss on the 22nd and the equal success of the return journey on
the 24th were undoubtedly due to the skilful manner in which the
-troops were handled and to the facility with which the men had adapted
themselves to the peculiar conditions demanded in warfare against
skilled marksmen and skirmishers like the Afridis. The Yorkshire
Eegiment, which left camp before daybreak on the 22nd, had such
extremely difficult ground to traverse that their baggage mules could
not accompany them, and their baggage had to be conveyed up to them
by hand on the 23rd, by which time they had been 36 hours without
great-coats, blankets or food other than that which they had brought in
their havresacks. The l-2nd Gurkhas performed equally good service
on the left flank with that rendered by the Yorkshire Eegiment on the
right, and had three men wounded. The ground they had to traverse
was also very difficult, and instead of there being one continuous crest
on which they could move smoothly along, the range of hills is broken
up into a series of knolls with deep ravines between them, so that the
Gurkhas were continually ascending and descending over very rugged
ground. A curious incident occurred during this portion of the march.
As the Gurkhas were advancing on the 22nd November the leading
scouts shot an Afridi who was trying to drive off some cattle, and when
the man's body was found a little Afridi baby was discovered by his side.
It devolved on the Mess President of the regiment, who computed the
baby's age to be 18 months, to arrange for its nourishment and nursing.
For the former essential he provided from the scanty mess stores some
Swiss milk, and for the latter a Kohati follower was found who, being
next door in blood to an Afridi, was promoted to the post of nurse, The

( 205 )

^question of the disposal of the baby on the 24th, when the return jour-
!ney to Bagh was to be made, became rather embarrassing and the Mess
President decided to restore the infant to its kinsfolk. Accordingly,
^s the house was being passed where this curious capture was made, the
baby was deposited on the threshold in full view of the Afridis who as
usual were pressing on the retirement.

As has been said, the Main Column effected a most successful
retirement to Bagh from Dwatoi on the 24th November, the brunt of
covering which fell on the 36th Sikhs was admirably performed. The
•enemy at first pressed on the retirement strongly, and so boldly at one
juncture that they actually essayed to cut in between a company of the
36th Sikhs and drive off some hospital ponies which were being kept
back to carry any slightly wounded men. Another company of the
36th Sikhs, however, charged down on these adventurous spirits, who
as a result had sevei^al killed and five or six of their fire-arms captured.
The column moving along the ravine were all back in camp before
dusk; having suU'ered lo.sses to the extent of 17, of which the 36th Sikhs
had 2 killed and 13 wounded, including Captain Venour, 5th Punjab
Infantry, attached to the 36th Sikhs, slightly wounded. Owing to the
very late arrival of the baggage on the 23rd a thorough reconnaissance
of Eajgul Valley and the entrance to the Bara Valley could not be
made, but enough of it was seen to show that the route from Dwatoi
onwards through the Bara Valley is considerabl}' easier than that
from Bagh to Dwatoi. Thus ended what under the circumstances was
pronounced one of the most successful reconnaissances yet carried out in
Afridi-land. It is worth mentioning here that when the 3rd Brigade
left Maidan on the 21st November, the loth Sikhs had been obliged
under orders from Sir William Lockhart to part company with the
brigade and march back to the advance base at Shinawari. Before their
departure Sir William Lockhart issued a most complimentary order in
regard to this gallant corps, stating that it was only because the regiment
was reduced by wounds and disease that he had decided to send it
back to the Line of Communication. He further said that the regiment
had nobly upheld the grand traditions of the Sikhs and of the 15th Sikhs
in particular. The place of the regiment in the 3rd Brigade was taken
by the 2nd Punjab Infantry.

Now that Eajgul Valley had been invaded it could fairly be said

that the whole of Tirah had been overrun by our troops, who moreover

. had steadily applied themselves for many days to destroying the villages

( 2or, )

and fortified enclosures of the obstinate Zakka Kliels. There was now
apparently no further object to be gained by remaining in Tirah and
wintering in the cold uplands, as the tribsemen, with their homesteads
in ruins and their supplies eaten up, would of necessity move down to
the Bara and Bazar Valleys, even if not driv^en thither by the troops.
In fact many of them had already left Tirah, and those who remained in
Rajgul were probably regretting they did not make their escape before
our troops appeared at Dwatoi. The time had consequently come
for changing the base of operations from Shinawari to Peshawar, and
this transfer was begun forthwith by removing all heavy baggage back
to Shinawari. The troops being then more lightly equipped were enabled
to operate with greater freedom, while the milder climate in the Bara
Valley would permit of their bivouacking without serious hardship.
General Hammond's column also made ready to move at short notice.

But before Sir "William Lockhart began this movement in concert
with the Peshawar Column, it was desirable first of all to settle up
accounts in the Kurram Valley, or at aU'events to make quite sure that
Colonel Hill, Commanding the Km-ram Movable Column, was master
of the situation in that quarter. Captain Ross-Keppel, Political Officer
in the Kurram, had a few days previously sent out the following declara-
tion of terms to the Khanki Khel Chamkannis :— To pay a fine of
Es. 1,000, to surrender 30 breech -loading rifles, and to restore all Govern-
ment property loofed. On the 19th November the Chamkannis sent in
their reply, deliberately rejecting the Government terms, and defying
Colonel Hill to enforce them. On learning of this, Sir William Lock-
hart promptly ordered an advance into the Chamkanni and Massuzai
country, by way of the Lozaka Pass, the movement to be made in concert
with an advance of the Kurram Column up the Kharmana defile. Owing
however to the more important operations undertaken in the neighbour-
hood of Bagh, as already described, it was not until the 26th November
that the 2nd Brigade of the Tirah Field Force was free to start for the
Lozaka Pass. On the 27th November Sir William Lockhart himself, with
more troops and accompanied by Brigadier-General Nicholson, Chief
of the Staff", followed the 2nd Brigade into Kurram. The whole
column was placed under the immediate command of Brigadier-General
Gaselee, and consisted of the West Surrey, the 3rd Sikhs, the 2-4th
Gurkhas, the 28th Bombay Pioneers, No. 1 Kohat Mountain Battery,
No. 5 Bombay Mountain Battery and No. 3 and No. 4 Companies Bom«
bav Sappers. The troops following behind with Sir William Lockhart

( 207 )

were No. 2 Derajat Mountain Battery, the Yorkshire Regiment, the
l-2nd Gurkhas and the half battalion Scots Fusiliers. Brigadier-General
Gaselee met with no serious opposition when he crossed the Lozaka Pass
on the 28th November. The enemy occupied a sungar at the top of a hill
on the line of advance, and a company of the Queen's Regiment under
Lieutenant Engledue speedily dislodged them, losing only one man killed.
The other casualties were seven sepoys wounded. After the neigh-
bouring villages had been destroyed by way of reprisal, the advance was
continued, and on the morning of December 1st Sir William Lockhart
and Colonel Hill met at Lowarimela, about a mile east of Esor (the
scene of the unfortunate reconnaissance which three weeks previously
had ended in the disaster to the Kapurthala picket). There was at this
period much sniping into camp at night time, and on the 29th Novem-
ber Sir Pratab Singh, Extra Aide-de-camp to Sir William Lockhart,
■was wounded in the hand. Sir William Lockhart, in reporting the inci-
dent to Army Head-Quarters, remarked: — "He (Sir Pratab Singh) had
his hand bound up by his servant and said nothing on the subject.
This plucky behaviour on Sir Pratab Singh's part is only what might be
expected of a man of his race and soldierly instincts. "

After the meeting of the two columns at Lowarimela the Kurrani
Column under Colonel Hill marched towards Thabi, the chief village of
the Khanki Khel Chamkannis with orders to burn and destroy all villages
on the way. Tlie force was divided into two columns : No. 1 Column
under Colonel Money, Central India Horse, consisting of the 2-4th Gur-
khas, a half-company of the Bombay Sappers and Miners, No. 1 Kohat
Mountain Battery, 150 carbines of the Central India Horse, dismounted,
and one field troop Central India Horse; and No. 2 Column under Colo-
nel Gordon, consisting of the 6th Bengal Cavalry and the 12th Bengal
Infantry, 2 Maxim guns, the Scots Fusiliers, 150 carbines of the 6th
Bengal Cavalry dismounted, the Kapurthala Infantry, and the l-5th
Gurkhas. The l-5th and 2-4th Gurkha scoutscovered the advance of both
columns on the left flank. No. 1 Column advanced upon Thabi from
the south and No. 2 Column from the west. The latter arrived at some
outlying hamlets about one mile south and west of Thabi at 9-50 a.m:.,
and the advanced guard came under the fire of some sharpshooters occu-
pying the hills beyond ; but the two Maxim guns took up an excellent
position in some scrub jungle on a knoll and kept the enemy's fire under.
The Engineer party with a strong escort then proceeded to burn and
destroy the hamlets. Signalling communication was now established

( 208 )

•with No. 1 Column, aud oi'ders were sent by Colonel Hill, who
was with tliat cohinin to proceed right up the defile to Thabi and join
handa with hira; he being then within one mile of and overlooking
Thabi. Colonel Gordon at once issued orders for the l-5th Gurkhas
to proceed, followed by the Maxim guns, the 6th Bengal Cavalry, the
Kapurthala Infantry and the 12th Bengal Infantry. The defile was
very narrow, in some places not more than 50 yards across, with pre-
cipitous clitfs on either hand rising to 800 or 1,000 feet above the bed
of the river. On debouching from the defile at Thabi the head of the
column turned to the south to join Colonel Money, whereupon the-
enemy, following their invariable plan, appeared on the high ground
over the ravine and commenced a heavy fire. The l-5th Gurkhas and
the 6th Bengal Cavalry at once extended to cover the withdrawal of the
remainder of the force through the ravine, and while this was being
done Lieutenant Richmond Battye of the 6th Bengal Cavalry was
killed. A little later the two companies of the l-5th Gurkhas and the
6th Bengal Cavalry, after debouching from the defile, came under a
trying fire from the enemy's sharpshooters on the opposite hill. The
enemy had excellent cover among trees with the additional advantage
of being posted above the Gurkhas and the cavalry, who were on
the edges of rice terraces which formed the side of the slope up
which they had to retire to join Colonel Money's Column. It was during
this period and among these troops that most of the casualties of the
day occurred. On the rear of the column reaching Colonel Hill the
6th Bengal Cavalry and l-5th Gurkhas retired without further molesta-
tion, their return march being covered by the Gurkhas (scouts and
2-4th) together with the mountain battery of No. 1 Column, and they
arrived back in camp at Lowarimela about 7-30 p.m. During the gene-
ral retirement the total casualties of No. 2 Column had been — killed :
Lieutenant R. M. Battye, 6th Bengal Cavalry, 2 sepoys l-5th Gurkhas,
3 sepoys 12th Bengal Infantry, and 1 sepoy Kupurthala Infantry; severely
wounded .• Lieutenant Villiers Stuart, l-5th Gurkhas, also wounded, 1
Native Officer and 5 sowars 6th Bengal Cavalry, 2 sepoys l-5th Gurkhas,
3 sepoys 12th Bengal Infantry, 2 sepoys Kapurthala Infanti-y ; and 1
follower killed. With reference to the death of Lieutenant Battye, the
Pioneer wrote :— " It is now almost a tradition with the Battyes that all
shall die on the battlefield; but one may nevertheless regret the death so
early in life of yet another of this gallant family. Richmond Battye
was a young Officer of only eight years' service, eager, active, alert and
conscientious in the discharge of his duties, of a sound understanding

( 209 )

and full of a generous enthusiasm for his profession. He had acted as
correspondent of the Pioneer with the Kurram Column for some time
back, and his letters and telegrams gave abundant evidence of the in-
terest he took in his work."

"While Colonel Hill was engaged in punishing the Chamkannis,
General Gaselee had the less troublesome task of moving against the
Massuzai. This clan made their submission at once, and as they readily
paid up 67 breech-loaders, including 4 of the Kapurtbala Infantry rifles
captured on the 7th Novembei', and nearly all their share of the Orakzai
fine, their villages for the most part were spared.

It is worth adding here that the Chamkannis do not really belong
either to the Afridi or the Orakzai tribe. They are a distinct race and
but little is known as to their origin. Mr. Oliver in Across the Border
refers to the more powerful mountaineers on the upper slopes of the Safed
Koh and then goes on to say : "The petty settlement of Chamkannis,
dropped in amongst them, deserves a passing word of notice — a people
described by Bellew as originating in a heretical sect of Persian Islamites,
driven out of their own country by constant persecution on account of
their peculiar religious ceremonies and immoral proceedings. One of
the stories against them is not altogether without a savour of the
' Love-feast' of more modern sects in ICngland ; and consisted in putting
out the lights at a stage of the religious performances in which both
sexes joined indiscriminately. The Persians called it chiragk-kush (lamp-
extinguisher) and the Pathans or-mur (fire-extinguisher) ; but the Cham-
kannis have turned over a new leaf and become orthodox Mahomedans."
According to Scott, it is supposed that the Chamkannis held most of the
best land in the Kharmana Valley, but were pushed back by the Massu-
zai Oi'akzai into the wilder and colder tracts to the west. The Massuzai,
in fact, claim proprietary rights over the whole Kharmana basin, 200
square miles in area; but neither the Chamkannis nor the Shaonkanris,
a pastoral race in the upper part of the district, ordinarily have any
dealings with them. During the disturbances on the Kohat-Kurram
border Chamkannis and Massuzai had made common cause against the
British Government, though Chikkai — the " Umra Khan " of the district
— had remained loyal to his promise not to take part in hostilities and
had kept together a following suificiently great to prevent his enemies
from molesting him.

Unlike the Massuzai the Chamkannis were not yet conquered ; the
operations of the 1st December, just described, having only served to

( 210 )

increase their ire. Accordingly, by way of further chastisement, Sir
William Lockhart sent Colonel Hill to Thabi again on the 2nd Decem-
ber, and the enemy turned out in great force to oppose him, but were
beaten otf at the point of the bayonet. The column on this occasion
consisted of a wing of the Queen's, the Kohat Mountain Battery, a wing
of the 3rd Sikhs, the 2-4th Gurkhas, 200 men of the 5th Gurkhas, and
Gurkha scouts. The work of destruction was this time completely
carried out in the face of strong opposition, the heights overlooking
Thabi on the west having first to be stormed by the Gurkha scouts led
by Captain Lucas. Many of the enemy were killed and wounded, some
30 bodies being left behind. Our casualties were : Major Vansittart,
5th Gurkhas, slightly wounded; kiUcl .- 2 men of the 5th Gurkhas;
wounded ; 2 men of the 3rd Sikhs.

The power of the Chamkannis, such as it was, having by this second
operation been thoroughly broken. Sir William Lockhart was able to
leave Colonel Hill in secure command of the Kurram country and turn
his own attention once again to the Tirah Afridis. In returning
with his column to the main body of his troops in the Maidan Valley he
did not follow the direct route over the Lozaka Pass by which he had
moved into the Kuiram Valley, but struck out south-east, entering
the Khanki and Mastura Valleys at their upper extremities and sweep-
ing through the principal settlements of the Orakzai. No opposition
was encountered. The Orakzai were completely cowed and hastened
to comply with all the terms previously imposed upon them, deliver-
ing up to Mr. Donald, the Political Officer, 317 rifles and 22,250
Government rupees. Sir William Lockhart, having thus fully accom-
plished his object in making the detour, returned to Maidan by way
of the Chingakh Pass and reached Bagh on the 6th December.

><■

( '^n )

CHAPTER XIII.

THE PLAN OF CAMPAIGN COMPLETED.

Without any further delay the combined movement into the Bara
Valley of the Main Column in Maidan and the Peshawar Column at
Bara was now begun, the village of Barkai being the common objective,
where the two columns were to join hands. Sir William Lockhart's
Column did not make the march en »nat»e,- the 2nd Division under Gene-
ral Yeatman-Biggs with the Divisional troops and staff being taken
by Sir William Lockhart himself through the Rajgul Valley vid Dwatoi,
while the 1st Division under General Symons, after being further
divided, proceeded in two brigades, the one under Brigadier-General
Hart through the Waran Valley and the other under Brigadier-General
Gaselee through the Mastura Valley.

It will be convenient to follow first the march through Eajgul of
General Yeatman-Biggs's Division with Sir William Lockhart — a march
which has been severely criticised. The tactical difficulties besetting the
route from Bagh to Dwatoi had been in a great measure removed by the
fact that the Malikdin Khels, who had partially complied with our terms,
had been told that their houses, which are large and solid and amply
stocked with grain and forage, would be spared if our progress down
the valley was unopposed, and who therefore not only kept the peace
themselves, but probably prevented other hill men from breaking it.
Their neutrality was a most important factor, for although of course no
military precautions were neglected by either column, nothing could
have prevented large losses of men and animals had the Malikdin Khels
been resolutely hostile. As regards the road itself, Major Kelly, R.E.,
with the 28th Bombay Pioneers, No. 4 Company Madras and one com-
pany Bombay Sappers had been at work on it; and by the time the
3rd Brigade marched forward on the 8th December, the track, though
still difficult, had been greatly improved, and in the result out of the
transport of the whole 2nd Division only 15 animals were lost on the
road; though the number of dead ponies and mules which had fallen
into the bed of the stream from the rocks above during the reconnais-
sance made by General Westmacott's Column to Dwatoi on the 22nd
November, offered striking evidence of what the difficulty of the road
had been before the Sappers and Pioneers got to work on it.

( 212 )

The head-quarters of tlie 4th Brigade (General Westmacott's), which
left Bagh at daybreak on the 7th December, arrived at Dwatoi about
11a.m. The 3rd Gurkhas had exceptionally heavy work all day, and
some of them were on picket duty the same night and were employed
again on the 8th December, so that a proportion of them were on duty
for nearly 36 hours. There was some slight opposition when the leading
troops reached Dwatoi, which was easily brushed aside, the total
casualties that day being 2 killed and 2 wounded; but the pickets
guarding the heights round the camp were fired at during the night of
the 7th December and attempts were made to rush them, the brunt of
the attacks being borne by the King's Own Scottish Borderers. On
the 8th December No. 5 Bombay Mountain Battery Eoyal Artillery,
about 100 rifles of the 36th Sikhs, and about the same number of the
3rd Gurkhas and the 5th Gurkha scouts were employed to seize a hill
lield by the enemy whence the pickets had been tired on and command-
ing the entrance to Rajgul Valley. This hill was taken in gallant style
by the infantry: Lieutenant West with the Gurkhas and Lieutenant
Van Someren wnth the 36th Sikhs distinguishing themselves by their
gallant behaviour and skilful leading. The enemy was very quickly
dislodged with a loss on our side of 1 killed and 4 wounded; the
enemy suffering considerably.

The 3rd Brigade (General Kempster's) began its march from Bagh
on the 8th December about 7-30 a.m., and hardly had the last troops
begun to evacuate the camp at Bagh when unarmed men of the Malik-
din Khels with women and children, and showing every sign of being
famine-stricken, rushed into the camp with the hope of picking up food
and grain, a rather forlorn expectation. The 3rd Brigade commissariat
godowns had marched on ahead with the 4th Brigade the previous day;
but had halted about half-way to Dwatoi, and the advance of the re-
mainder of Brigadier-General Kempstei^'s Brigade was much delayed in
consequence; so much so that when night fell the head of the brigade had
only covered about four miles and had then to halt for the night. The
rear portion of the brigade, comprising two field hospitals, was on the
march from 8 a.m. to 9 p.m., and then could only advance about three
miles, so great was the congestion of traffic on the narrow path ahead ;
and the last baggage did not get into camp, about three miles from
Bagh, till very nearly 11 P.M. The day was cold and raw, without any
sun till about 2 p.m. and then only fitful gleams broke the gloom; and
the long standing about, with feet wet and cold from fording and

( 213 )

re-fording the icy stream svas very trying to the men, much moi-e so tlian
if they had been on the march throughout. The 3rd Brigade resumed
its march fairly early next day (the 9th), the last of the troops reaching
camp about 4 p.m. There were no casualties in the 3rd Brigade either
on the 8th or 9th December.

On the 9th December some troops, mainly of the 4th Brigade
(Brigadier-General Westmacott's), viz., two companies of the Royal Scots'
Fusiliers, the 3rd Gurkhas, the scouts of the 5th Gurkhas, two com-
panies of the 2nd Punjab Infantry, four companies of the 28th Bombay
Pioneers, two companies King's Own Scottish Borderers, two companies
36th Sikhs, No. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery and No. 5 Bombay
Mountain Battery, all under the command of Brigadier-General West-
macott, accompanied by Sir William Lockhart, moved up the Rajgul
Valley and destroyed all the houses in the centre of the valley, some
60 in number, inflicting considerable lo.ss on the enemy. This destruc-
tion of villages had been provoked by the renewed hostility of the Kuki
Khels, who inhabit the Rajgul Valley. This clan had apparently
abandoned their intention of submitting the moment the troops appeared
at their door, for they had opposed the advance even at Dwatoi and of
course resisted still more strongly any further progress up their valley.
So admirably, however, were the troops handled by Brigadier-General
Westmacott, that the casualties numbered only four: while on the other
hand immense damage was done to the Kuki Khel property.

On the 10th December the movement down theBara Valley began.
The 4th Brigade with Divisional Staff and Sir William Lockhart march-
ed first, followed by Brigadier-General Kempstei^s Brigade some two
hours later. The 4th Brigade marched about eight miles that day to a
camp at Shundana, and Brigadier-General Kemspter's Brigade marched
about live miles to a camp near Karana. The day was miserably cold,
without sun, and the stream, which was very chilly, had to be constantly
forded and re-forded. The enemy began to fire from long ranges the
moment the troops prepared to move off, shooting one man of the Royal
Scots Fusiliers dead in the ranks as the company was falling in on the
camping ground. The Bara Valley at its upper end is wide and the
going was easy, for no rain had fallen, and movements across the culti-
vated country and dry rice-fields were quite practicable. The casualties
in Brigadier-General Westmacott's Brigade that day numbered seven,
and in the 3rd Brigade five: not including Tieutenant F. Fowke, of the

( 214 )

Dorseta, severely wounded on picket duty in the evening. Alxiut
9 P.M. that night a cold drizzling rain began to fall and occasioned great
discomfort to those who were sleeping on the ground, and who had
not dug trenches. The rain in fact came as a most unpleasant and
uncomfortable surprise: it had threatened so long that the soldiers had
begun to think it would not really come after all.

It had been intended that the 3rd Brigade should start early next
day (the 11th) at 7-30 a.m., catch up the 4th Brigade, and that the
whole division should continue the march united. But the next morn-
ing was very dark indeed, the followers wei^e benumbed with cold, rain
was still falling steadily, and the ground was deep in mud. All these
circumstances unfortunately delayed the start, and moreover there was
no company of Sappers and Miners with General Kempster's Brigade,
besides which the means of getting down from the camping ground,
which was on high ground, to the river-bed below, were very inade-
quate, and so slippery were the descents that animals were falling about
on all sides, and it was nearly 11 a.m., before the last animals were
drawn off the hill. To add to all these troubles, the 4th Brigade for
reasons which have yet to transpire, did not picket the heights on the
flanks of the 3rd Brigade, as the latter had expected them to do, and in
consequence these heights had to be captured and crowned by troops
of the 3rd Brigade which greatly delayed the advance. The enemy
pressed the rear-guard and flanks of the baggage from the first, the
mist which prevailed enabling them to creep close up unobserved ; the
ground except in the stony bed of stream was heavy and yielding and
quite unlike that traversed the previous day, and the cold and wet
combined with the constant fording of the stream seemed to deprive
the mule-drivers and followers of their senses and to leave them with
one idea only, vis., to press along as fast as possible, quite regardless
of how their animals or their loads were getting on, and to es-
cape the enemy's bullets constantly flying over their heads. Some
extraordinary scenes ensued. Brigadier-General Kempster called seve-
ral halts in order to close up the transport and rear -guard, and to
send out fresh troops to guard the flanks of the line of march; and
every endeavour was made to keep the transport in the river-bed and to
prevent the mule-drivers taking short cuts across country and so getting
entangled in heavy ground or in deep-water channels. The moment,
however, the head of the colunm moved on, the wave of transport
swept on after it like a pent-up stream suddenly released, spreading

( 2lo )

out sometimes to a front of half a mile or more; every man pushing
blindly forward, all anxious to avoid fording the river, in places knee-
deep, and all acting on the principle of "each man for himself and the
devil take the hindmost." Twenty times the number of Transport
Officers present could not have controlled this seething mass: it was an
indescribable jumble, sometimes all jostled together on a front of 100
yards and sometimes all spread out to a width of over 800 yards.
Those who took short cuts across country, despite every endeavour on
the part of the Transport Officers to stop them, seemed to be gaining
ground at first, and others madly followed them ; so that everywhere
were animals either bogged, or slipped up in ditches with their loads
under them; or with the chain broken between them and the leading
animal : while the drabi, all unconscious or reckless of everything else,
provided he had only the leading animal of his three following him,
pressed on blindly. Where soldiers, British or native, were with the
animals, the situation was of course different, and the drabi could then
be stopped, though usually only by main force ; but whatever baggage
had no special escort or guard with it ran very little chance of reach-
ing the next camp intact. Where the going was fairly easy, and the
transport was on a broad front, it moved at a most extraordinary pace,
certainly not less than four miles an hour ; so eager presumably were
the drivers to get in to the next camp and settle down to a fire, for
the rain was still falling incessantly, and every follower must have
been wet to the skin. About 5 p.m. the head of the main column of
General Kempster's Brigade arrived in sight of the 4th Brigade Camp;
and he had the option of either going on and joining that brigade
or halting where he was for the night. As the other camp, however,
seemed near and as the mass of his transport Avas reported close up,
Brigadier-General Kerapster decided to push on. This had the dis-
advantage that it still further lengthened an already very long march;
but, on the other hand, the 3rd Brigade had now been following the 4th
Brigade for four days in succession and fighting a continuous rear-guard
action during the last two days, and if General Kempster could now
overhaul General Westmacott the order of march might be reversed, the
flanking and picket duties would be lessened and the men enabled to
get more rest. Whether or not these were the reasons which actually
influenced Brigadier-General Kempster's decision, the fact remains that
the order was given to press on and gain the 4th Brigade Camp, an order
very welcome to the leading troops, but hopelessly impossible to those
in rear. The additional march was easily accomplished by the troops of

( 21G )

the advance-guard and main column of the 3rd Brigade, most of wlioui
arrived in camp just before dusk ; but the transport and rear-guard had
still to come. Darkness now came on rapidly, the rain continued, the
road to camp was difficult to see, and many of the drabis stupidly made
a bee-line for the lights of the camp. Those drabis who took this rash
course were leading most of the animals and loads which eventually
got lost; for the ground, which was easy at the start, was afterwar-ds
intei'sected with deep water-courses nearer the camp, and an animal
once involved was not to be easily extricated. Many drivers deserted
their animals, and many followers disappeared into houses in search
of wood, &c.; while some kahars either broached a keg of rum or
found one already broached and got hopelessly drunk: three of those
who got to camp dying from the effects of intoxication, and others lying
about helpless in the camp. Heavy firing could be heard just outside
camp; and between 7 and 8 p.m. a party of Gordon Highlanders with
Surgeon-Major Beevor, who had been escorting and carrying some
wounded whom the dhoolie bearers had deserted, arrived in camp. So
fatigued were the men who were carrying their wounded comrades,
that Surgeon-Major Beevor himself had helped to carry one man's
stretcher, or rather the bottom of the dhooiie used as a stretcher. At
that moment several of the enemy had crept up in the dark to within
20 yards and fired at the party; and heavy firing had continued for
some minutes, but fortunately no damage was done, and the gallant
Medical Oflicer, who had lent such valuable moral and physical assis-
tance, brought all the wounded up to his hospital without further hurt.
Major Downman, Gordon Highlanders, who was the senior Officer with
the last portion of the rear-guard, (consisting of one company of the
Dorset Regiment, one company of the Gordons, half a company of the
2nd Punjab Infantry, and about three companies of the 1 -2nd Gurkhas,)
as he was retiring and while still some two miles from camp, came upon
a large number of transport animals entangled in ditches with their
drivers benumbed with cold. Meanwhile the enemy began to press
closely on the rear and flanks. To go on to camp unless the animals
were left where they were was impossible, and Major Downman with
presence of mind and judgment decided on seizing some houses and
holding them for the night. Once in those houses the enemy's attacks
•were very easily repulsed, and shelter was gained from the ever falling
rain, which continued till 9 p.m. that night, and then to everyone's in-
tense relief finally stopped.

( 217 )

To contemplate a resumption of the march early next day from
Sher Khel, where most of the troops of the 2nd Division were now en-
camped, as had been previously intended, was clearly out of the question
so far as the 3rd Brigade were concerned, since 400 men were still some
three miles behind on rear-guard duty and probably encumbered with
wounded, many animals and followers were missing, and many followers
were lying about like logs hopelessly drunk. At an early hour Bri-
gadier-General Kempster went out with two battalions and a battery to
help to bring in Major Downman's troops, on whom the enemy had
made continual attacks at daybreak, killing one and wounding three of
the Gordons in a single volley. The troops came in by 11 a.m. without
further losses. The casualties in the 3rd Brigade on the 11th and the
early morning of the 12th amounted altogether to between 30 and 40 :
and included Captain Norie, l-2nd Gurkhas, very severely wounded
(his arm was afterwards amputated) ; Lieutenant Williams, Hampshire
Kegiment, Transport Officer, severely wounded; and 4 men killed and
11 wounded in the Gordons, and 2 killed and 9 wounded in the l-2nd
Gurkhas. Between 100 and 150 transport animals with their loads were
missing, besides many followers, and one unit alone had lost as many as
50 animals. No. 24 British Field Hospital, under Surgeon-Lieutenant-
Colonel Bourke, only lost three animals altogether, despite the fact that
a unit like this has a much fewer number of Non-Commissioned Officers
and men in proportion to the animals than any other unit. The
Medical Officer in charge of this hospital had taken extraordinary
pains to make in efficient; and not only did the wounded under all
circumstances receive every attention and constant food and care, but
the disciplinary and transport arrangements were equally excellent — •
due to the fact that Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel Bourke personally
superintended everything. Surgeon-Major Beevor, previously referred
to in connection with his gallant conduct in helping to carry the
wounded men on the night of the llth, was attached to this hospital.
He had come out to India for a year from England, where he was one
of the Medical Officers attached to the Brigade of Guards, in order to
experiment with the Rontgen rays, and the help he was able to render
to his brother Medicial Officers and the benefits he conferred on wounded
men were enormous. All day on the 12th December Surgeon-Major
Beevor and Surgeon-Captain Marder, the third Medical Officer with this
hospital, were dressing the wounded, for no sooner had one case been
dealt with than another was brought in.

( 218 )

On the morning of the 12th December the sun shone out brightly
attain, and seldom has its warmth been more appreciated. Everywhere
wet clothes and blankets were spread out to dry ; and soldiers, British
and native, basked in the genial rays. There had been no such day of
sunshine since the 2nd December, but though the sun was warm, there
was a very cold wind. All the afternoon and evening there was continual
firing into camp, and some followers and animals were hit, one Afridi
with a Lee-Metford ritle being particularly aggressive.

On the 13th December the march from Sher Khel was resumed,
the idea being to move rather more than half-way to Barkai. The
Sappers had greatly improved the roads out of camp, and the 3rd
Brigade moved off at 7-30 a.m. ; the 4th Brigade, Brigadier-General
Westmacott's bringing up the rear. On this occasion, unlike the march
of the 10th and 11th December, the front brigade performed the task of
picketing the heights on the flanks of the rear brigade, and thus greatly
facilitated the progress of the latter. The leading brigade met with
practically no opposition, but the 4th Brigade had perhaps the heaviest
rear-guard fighting that had hitherto occurred in the campaign, not even
excluding the operations related in the preceding chapter. The enemy
began to fire before the troops had left camp, and five animals in the
King's Own Scottish Borderers were killed whilst loading up ; and an
equal number in the 3rd Gurkhas. The latter regiment acted as rear-
guard at first, the King's Own Scottish Borderers being on one flank and
the 36th Sikhs on the other ; whilst the half-battalion Royal Scots Fusi-
liers moved behind the last of the baggage. Brigadier-General West-
macott personally superintended the fighting all through the day,
remaining always with the rearmost troops, and the ultimate success of
the day was largely due to this. The enemy showed great boldness
and followed across the river ; but the King's Own Scottish Borderers
and the 3rd Gurkhas were lining the banks above; and the Afridis
came under a heavy cross fire while in the water, and also under the
fire of a machine gun, and their losses were very heavy. The road is
along the bed of the river for about three miles, to a place called
Gali Khel, and then leaves the stream up a very steep ascent on the
left bank and passes through undulating country covered with scrub
jungle; with very high hills on the left flank, which were ably crowned
and held by flanking detachments from Brigadier-General Kempsters
Brigade. The enemy's intention in crossing the river was evidently to
try and get at the left flank of the baggage. An attempt had been

< 219 )

niade to keep the 3rd Brigade and 4th Brigade baggage separate;
a whole regiment being behind the 3rd Brigade baggage at start-
ing and a half-battalion at the head of the 4th Brigade. All this
was in vain, however, for the river-bed was very wide, and the heavy
tirinf in rear made the mule-drivers press on regardless of con-
sequences, regiments, roads or even mules. One driver actually
tried to take his mules over a high stone wall ; the leading mule
scrambled over, the other two hung back, the coupling chain broke, but
the mule-driver went on with the one mule, probably thankful enough
that he had a stone wall between himself and the flying bullets. About
4 p.m. the head of the 3rd Brigade halted and encamped, having marched
some seven or eight miles ; and as the 4th Brigade were hotly engaged
and could not make such a long march, the Divisional Staff tried to stop
the 4th Brigade baggage travelling beyond a camp two miles further
back ; but much of it came into the 3rd Brigade camp near Sher
Kamar. The 4th Brigade hospital baggage especially had got far
to the front ; and when dusk fell all the hospitals in the division, or
what could be collected of them, had congregated together. The fol-
lowers had largely absented themselves; men an followers, though all
warned before starting to carry full water bottles, as no water might
be obtainable, had in many cases neglected to take this precaution
and no water was obtainable ; and even pakkal mules in some cases
came in empty.

To return to the 4th Brigade. The enemy continued to press very
heavily after the river-bed had been left, and casualties were frequent ;
each casualty taking away several men from the fighting line, for from the
12th December till the arrival at Barkai, kahars and dhnhlie-h&'AYQVs had
to be almost entirely replaced by fighting men, and especially so on the
14th December. The foi'ce at General Westmacott's disposal was becom-
ing much reduced, and he had towards dusk only some 200 of the
Northampton Regiment and about 150 each of the King's Own Scottish
Borderers, the 36th Sikhs, the 3rd Gurkhas and the Royal Scots Fusiliers.
Seeing how far the 4th Brigade Camp was, he decided to halt for the night
on a convenient ridge, and hardly had he halted than the enemy made
a rush. Bayonets were fixed and the rush repelled with loss, but
Lieutenant West of the 3rd Gurkhas was shot dead, and many casual-
ties occurred. The enemy continued firing on the pickets till about
9 P.M., and the troops had no water beyond the little remaining in their
bottles; their kits were on ahead and they had the prospect of continued

( 220 )

fi^liting next day. The losses during this memorable day were
about 70 ; and in addition to Lieutenant West, killed, Captain Bateman-
Champain of the same regiment was slightly wounded, and Captain
Short, Royal Scots Fusiliers, and Lieutenant Sellar, King's Own Scottisli
Borderers, were severely wounded. The wounded from the previous day
liad a most trying time, but all— Captain None with his amputated arm
conspicuously— bore their sufferings most patiently.

The march to Barkai was resumed and completed next day, the
wounded in both brigades being carried almost entirely by their com-
rades, and the head of the 3rd Brigade was soon in contact with the
advanced troops of General Hammond's Column which had already
arrived at Barkai from Bara. All the 3rd Brigade got into camp in
good time ; but the 4th Brigade had continuous fighting till they were
out of the scrub jungle, and they got into their camp just before dusk,
with a further loss of about 10. From the time the brigade left
Camp Sher Kliel on December 13th, and despite the enemy's constant
endeavours to get round the flanks and attack the baggage, there was
practically no loss at all of baggage or animals; and the general opinion
seemed to be that the troops had been most admirably handled by Briga-
dier-General Westmacott during the two days' continuous rear-guard
fighting. A rest was now ordered and never had troops better deserved
it than those of the 3rd and 4th Brigades ; and though the division
had lost 166 between Bagh and Swai Kot, they had the satisfaction of
knowing that in the last few days at any rate the enemy's losses had
much exceeded their own.

Having seen the completion of the march of the 2nd Division,
under General Yeatman -Biggs, through the Rajgul and Bara Valleys
to Barkai, we have now to follow the less chequered progress of the 1st
Division under General Symons, through the Mastura and Waran Valley,
to the same objective. The whole division marched down the Mastura
Eiver as far as Hissar without meeting with any opposition, the 1st
Brigade under Brigadier-General Hart being in front and the 2nd
Brigade under Brigadier-General Gaselee following at a distance of a
day's march. On the 10th December extremely successful operations
were carried out in the Waran Valley against the Aka Khel Afridis
by way of reprisals for their recent attack on General Kempster's rear-
guard (described in the previous chapter). On a reconnaissance made
by Captain E. W. S. K. Maconchy, 4th Sikhs, orders were issued on
the evening of the 9th for the 1st Brigade and Divisional troops to

( 221 )

cross the range between the Mastura and Waran Valley early next
morning. The Aka Khels were completely surprised, and the whole
of the towers and walled houses in the Waran Valley for a length of
three miles were burnt or blown up. General Hart commanded the
troops in the valley so skilfully that the enemy had no chance. Major-
General Symons and Staff assisted for four and-a-half hours in passing
the troops over the hills, and then watched the proceedings from the
heights. The Mullah Saiad Akbar's towers and village were levelled
to the ground; the damage to these buildings previously inflicted by
General Kempster, having all been repaired. The Afridis were bold and
fired a great deal, but were prevented from closing at any point. The
troops in retirement passed through each other, and the successive lines
prevented the enemy approaching within effective range. During the
day the Zakka Khels from the west joined the Aka Khels, and used Lee-
Metford rifles. The troops were all back in their new camp by 7 p.m.
It had been an arduous day, and extra rations and rum were issued
to all. The two mountain batteries were particularly well handled, and
their accurate fire was most effective. Our casualties were one Havildar
of the Nabha Imperial Service Infantry killed, and two privates of the
Derbyshire Regiment, one Bengal Sapper, one sepoy of the Nabha
Infantry, and one transport driver wounded. The Nabha Regiment wei-e
greatly delighted at having been in action for the first time. The regi-
ment was well handled by Captain Cox, and by its Commandant Sirdar
Sher Singh, who was a lion under fire.

Later in the day the 1st Brigade, commanded by Brigadier-General
Hart, and the Divisional troops of the 1st Division, all under the com-
mand of General Symons, marched right up to the southern end of the
Sapri Pass, where a halt was called for the night. The Sapri Pass lead-
ing from the Mastura to the Bara Valley is a defile of 11 miles in length
■which had never been crossed by any European and was quite unknown.
The path the whole way through was " commanded " in such a manner
as to require but a few of the enemy to make the passage of a force
very difficult and dangerous, if not impossible. Fortunately the enemy
failed to take advantage of the position. After a reconnaissance all the
companies of Sappers and Miners with the division and a regiment of
Pioneers were set to work on the path, as without this preparation
the passage, though it looked fairly easy from a distance, could never
have been made by the baggage transport. For the first two miles of the
glen the ascent, was gradual enough and the track a wide, well-worn one ;

( 222 )

but tho last lialf milo \ip to the top was extremely difficult. Boulders of
rock had to be blasted and a zigzaf; road made to tlie top, which was about
900 feet above the camp ou the Mastura River. The hills were beautifully
wooded throughout on the south side, principally with the evergreen
holly ilex. But the thick weather during the day's halt at Mastura did
not permit of survey operations. The troops started before daybreak on
the 11th December, and when at dawn the clouds lifted, the view down
the pass showing the snow-covered heights between the steep, dark
wooded slopes was very fine indeed. The descent for a short distance
from the top of the pass on the north side was easy, but soon tlie gorge
became more conti-acted and rocky; and tlie advance had to be delayed
from time to time to allow of the Sapper companies in front blasting the
rocks to clear a path for laden mules. The drop in elevation from the
top of the pass to Sapri itself was about 2,300 feet. With a mass of
transport animals carrying supplies for the force, the long line stretch-
ed along the entire road from end to end, a distance of 11 miles, and
it was 5 P.M. before the last of the force was able to make a start.. The
rear-guard of the 30th Punjab Infantry had to bivouac on the top of the
pass, and the transport that could be passed along down the descent was
collected and parked at Khwaja Khidda, the first place where there was
■water and a little open space. General Hart had bonfires lit at short
intervals the whole way down the road, wood luckily being plentiful,
and by the light of these fires the animals were passed along during the
dark hours of the night. This was the most curious feature of the
crossing, and was perhaps unique in the passage of any military force
through a long defile and over a difficult mountain range. From
Khwaja Khidda, the path continued down the rocky bed of a mountain
stream, and here and there the way for mules had again to be made by
blasting and clearing a passage over difficult places. General Symons
with half of the force having reached Sapri by nightfall encamped there
for the night, while Brigadier-General Hart with such troops as could
not get beyond Khwaja Khidda when darkness fell bivouacked there,
the remainder of his force coming on by the light of the fires, or
bivouacking where they were. The bivouac at Khwaja Khidda was
fired into during the night and a man of the Derbyshire wounded, and
the rifle of another smashed. In the^ morning when the march through
the defile was continued, some of the enemy fired into the line of
transport wending its way down and a mule was killed. There were
also two casualties among the followers. Under the circumstances it
was remarkable that more damage was not done. At Sapri the troops

( 223 )

had to camp in rice-fields sodden with the rain, these being the only
spaces where it was possible to get level ground to camp on. Luckily
Sapri is at a much lower level than the camp at the Mastura end of
the pass, and the temperature proportionately warmer. The defile the
whole way down was most picturesque.

On the morning of the 12th December General Syraons continued
his march with the troops that had reached Sapri the previous even-
ing, Brigadier-General Hart following with those that had remained in
the pass. The road from Sapri, after passing some fields, ran through
a very narrow rocky gorge. Eocks had again to be blasted by the
Sappers, who, to the front as usual on this march, had begun this work
on arrival the previous evening. After crossing a stream, the track
ascended on to higher ground to the left, and passing round some low
spurs brought the troops along a level and easy road to the new camp
ground near Swai Kot just beyond Barkai. The march was a short
one, about four miles, and at the end of it General Symons joined hands
with Brigadier-General Hammond. Brigadier-General Hart with the
remainder of the 1st Bi-igade arrived the same evening, the rear-guard
arriving about 10 p.m. General Symons had reason to congratulate
himself and his Division at the very successful crossing of his large and
hampered force over one of the most difficult passes in the whole
trans-frontier country.

On arrival at Mamani, General Symons received orders to proceed
at once to Bara. This sudden move was one of necessity. The 2nd
Division with Sir William Lockhart had not yet api^eared on the scene,
but it was expected to arrive next day, and with General Hammond's
force it would have been difficult to feed more than the three brigades
which, besides General Symons's Division, would then be collected at a
place where supplies had to be brought from India. Shortly after these
orders were received it was brought to notice that the march of the 1st
Division down the road would block the path by which a single file of
mules brought up the daily convoy with supplies. On this General
Symons made inquiries regarding a road reported to be used by the
Afridis. A reconnoitring party was sent out, and the Sappers and
Miners were set to work to make the path down and up the steep banks
of the Mastura River passable for mules. The Sappers began operations
very early next morning, long before dawn, by the light of the moon ;
and later in the morning, half the 1st Brigade and Divisional troops
were started. on a new and unknown road, prepared to puns the night in

( 224 )

liivouac if iinable to get through in the day. By the assistance of the
Sappers and Pioneers, however, the difficult part of the road was passed.
The path became easier and finally led out on to the plain that extends
down to Bara. General Synions thus had the satisfaction on arrival at
Ham Gudr, only two and-a-half miles from Bara, of being able to
telegraph that he had practically discovered a new road from Bara to
Mamanai and had made it as fit for camels as was the road which
General Hammond had followed over the Gandao Pass.

It now only remains for us, in connection with the general concentra-
tion at Barkai, to dispose of the Peshawar Column which, under General
Hammond, had marched in from Bara; and before this not very eventful
movement is alluded to a brief retrospect of the doings of the Peshawar
Column from the time it was constituted may be conveniently introduced.
The constant fighting in Tirah had so completely absorbed public atten-
tion that the very existence of a brigade at Peshawar had been almost
forgotten. As a matter of fact nothing had occurred to direct more than
passing attention to this force, as the task originally assigned to the
column had been to play a waiting game on Sir William Lockhart's Main
Column in Tirah and in the meantime to prevent local raids on the
Peshawar border. But the long stay at Peshawar and Bara, though
necessarily uneventful in the absence of concerted hostilities, proved to
be no picnic for the troops. The British Cavalry with General Hammond
in particular had a most trying time, not so much from sniping by
straggling tribesmen — though they did not escape this experience and
its attendant losses — as from the feverish climate of the Peshawar Valley
during autumn. In the two squadrons of the 11th Hussars every Officer,
and all the rank-and-file with four exceptions only, had suifered from
fever. Some men had been unlucky enough to have three or four
attacks, and the squadrons on arriving at Barkai were still thoroughly
fever-stricken. The medical returns for the 4th Dragoon Guards were
nearly as bad as those of the 1 Itli Hussars. In fact even the unfortunate
division in the Tochi had not fared much worse in this respect than had
the Peshawar Column. But in addition to much sickness the column
had also to repoit at least one regrettable episode in connection with
the work of reconnoitring: due to the fact that the tribesmen, though
careful not to expose themselves, were always very alert and allowed no
opportunity to pass by of displaying their deadly marksmanship. On
Sunday, October 10th, a troop under Captain F. T. Jones of the 4th
Dragoon Guards was sent to reconnoitre the Bara Valley, and Captain

( 225 )

Jones, leaving his troop at the mouth of the Sanighakhi, trotted through
the pass with his advance party, consisting of Corporal Walton, one
trooper and a mounted Khyber Rifle. As they reached the end a party
of the enemy fired a volley at about 30 yards distance, killing on the spot
Captain Jones, Corporal Walton and two horses. The enemy bolted be-
fore the troop could get a single shot at them. Information was immedi-
ately sent in to Colonel Sulivan, Commanding at Jamrud, who ordered out
two guns of " K " Battery Eoyal Horse Artillery under Lieutenant Nairn,
one squadron of the 4th Dragoon Guards under Captain Sellar, two
companies of the Sussex Regiment under Major Donne, and two com-
panies of the Khyber Rifles under Captain Barton; the whole being
commanded by Major Littledale, 4th Dragoon Guards. Although this
force searched the whole of the neighbouring valley and the adjacent
hills, they could find no sign of the enemy, and eventually returned
to camp about 2 p.m. The two bodies were brought in by Sergeant
Clarke and his party. Captain Jones was hit in two places and Corporal
Walton in four. It is scarcely worth while to recount other unfor-
tunate incidents of a less serious nature, but it will be easily credited
from what has already been said that the troops were highly delighted
when at last the order came for them to move up the Bara Valley
and they were thus given a possible chance of getting into action.
As for General Hammond's march to Barkai, owing to the entire absence
of opposition, there wei"e no incidents calling for mention except those
connected with the difficulty of getting the baggage through the valley,

a purely physical difficulty not enhanced as in the case of General

Yeatman-Biggs's Division, by fierce hostilities. On the 15th December
the column, after regretfully learning that, owing to the flight of the
enemy, no employment could be found for them in the Bara Valley,
returned from Barkai to Jamrud, pending a new projected movement,
this time up the Bazar Valley into which the tribesmen had apparently
retreated.

We left Sir William Lockhart with General Yeatman-Biggs's
Division on the last stage of his eventful march to Barkai, but as in
the case of General Symons's Division and General Hammond's Column
the stay of the troops at Barkai Camp was a short one, for the Bara
Valley was by this time clear of large bodies of the enemy, besides
which the poverty of the surrounding country and its inability to
support a large force, with the consequent necessity of running daily
convoys with supplies from Bara, rendered it inexpedient to establish a

( 22G )

winter camp in this inhospitable region. Accordingly a move -was made
for British territory, and by the 17th December the division found itself
comfortably ensconced at Bara, where there were already gathered the
whole remainder of the Tirah Field Force as well as the Peshawar
Column.

Thus the original plan of campaign was at an end, and the whole of
the Tirah Field Force was back in British territory with its task — the
task of subjugating the Orakzai and Afridis — only partially accomp-
lished. Without a doubt the Orakzai had been brought to their knees
but the more warlike of the Afridi clans like the Zakka Khel were as
fiercely defiant as ever.

It unfortunately happened at this period that General Yeatman-
Biggs, who had been in ill-health for some weeks past, but who had
nevertheless courageously persisted in carrying on the whole of his
diflScult and responsible duties, was at last obliged, owing to increasing
weakness, to give up the struggle and to relinquish the Command of the
2nd Division of the Tirah Field Force. The Commander-in-Chief had
arranged that the gallant General should return to Calcutta and resume
the less exacting Command of the Presidency District, but by this time
he was already too ill to move back, and after travelling as far as
Peshawar he completely broke down and had to call a halt. It proved
to be " the long halt." Day by day as he lay at Peshawar his condition
grew worse until it became first critical and then hopeless, and on the
4th January the late Commander of the 2nd Division of the Tirah
Field Force breathed his last. Those around him understood then for
the first time how much he had suffered from broken health all along,
and how for many weeks his indomitable spirit had triumphed over the
frailty of his body. The following General Oi'der was issued in Calcutta,
January 10th : — "The Commander-in-Chief has it in command from the
Viceroy and Governor-General in India to express to the Army His
Excellency's deep regret at the loss which it has sustained in the death
of Major-General Arthur Godolphin Yeat man -Biggs, C.B., and his high
appreciation of the services rendered to the State by that Oflficer. The
record of General Yeatman-Biggs's services covers a period of 37 years,
during which he was employed in the following campaigns and mili-
tary expeditions : — The operations against the Taeping rebels in
China, 1862; the South African War, 1879, during which he command-
ed one of the parties sent in pursuit of Ketchawayo, and subsequently

( 227 )

served as Staflf Officer of the Lydenburg Column against Sekukuni; the
Egyptian Campaign of 1882. In August, 1897, General Yeatman-Biegs
was entrusted with the command of the troops in the Kohat and Kur-
ram Valleys, then threatened by a formidable combination of tlie
Afridi and Orakzai tribes, and he conducted the operations on the
Ublan Pass, as well as those on the Samana, which ended with the
■defeat of the tribesmen and the relief of Gulistan. On the formation
of the Tirah Expeditionary Force he was appointed to the Command of
the 2nd Division, which he held until a few days before his death. The
Commander-in-Chief shares the regret which will be felt by the Army
at the premature death of this gallant and distinguished Officer."

Sir Power Palmer, who had hitherto commanded the Line of
Communication, was appointed to succeed General Yeatman-Biggs in the
Command of the 2nd Division, Tirah Field Force. The vacant post of
Commandant of the Line of Communication was not filled up, as owing
to the change of base from Shinawari to Peshawar it had now become
an easy and simple matter for each General of Division to manage his
own transj^ort and supply. The Gwalior and Jeypore transport trains,
which throughout the Tirah Campaign had been of the greatest service
continued in use.

Orders were now issued for the breaking up of the Reserve Brigade
at Rawalpindi, commanded by Brigadier-General Macgregor ; as the
necessity or supposed necessity for maintaining it no longer existed.
The brigade consisted of the Duke of Cornwall's Light Infantry, the
Yorkshire Light Infantry, the 1st Baluch Battalion, the 2nd Infantry
(Hyderabad Contingent) and the Jodhpur Imperial Service Lancers ;
but of these the Baluchis had already been despatched to Mombasa,
while the Hyderabad Contingent Infantry had gone to Peshawar. The
Duke of Cornwall's Light Infantry was now ordered to join General
Kempster's Brigade, (relieving the Dorsets,) and the Yorkshire Light
Infantry was sent to General Westmacott's Brigade (relieving the
Northamptous),

— ^^

( 228 )

CHAPTER XIV.

THE RE-OCCUPATION OF THE KHYBER AND THE EXPEDITION INTO THE
BAZAR VALLEY.

It was now decided to re-occupy the Khyber Pass, and for this purpose
General Symons's Division and General Hammond's Column were order-
ed to concentrate at Jamrud. No great tribal rising in the Khyber was
expected, and, in any case, once Ali Musjid was seized, the Zakka Khels,
who alone of all the Afridi clans seriously menaced the pass, would not
presumably be able to do much mischief. In concert with this man-
(leuvre the new plan of campaign also included the despatcli of a puni-
tive force into the Bazar Valley, the winter quarters of the Zakka
Khels.

On the 17th December the Peshawar Column marched into Jamrud,
followed by General Hart's Brigade (with General Symons) the same
day and by General Gaselee's Brigade the next day. At this period, for
no avoidable fault of its own, the Devonshire Kegiment was recalled
from the front, and General Symons issued a Divisional Order in which
he said : " In losing the 1st Battalion Devonshire Eegiment from the
1st Division theMajor-General Commanding desires to record his great
appreciation of the good services throughout the campaign of this
particularly efficient battalion. It is returning to cantonments solely on
the recommendation of the Medical Officers, and on account of the scanty
numbers to which it has now been reduced owing to fever and sickness
previously contracted in the Peshawar Valley. It has been a great
pleasure to Major-General Symons to have this extremely well-behaved
and good fighting "West Country Eegiment in his Command."

The morning after his arrival at Jamrud, December 18th, General
Hammond, with an escort of a few troops and two companies of the
Khyber Eifles under Captain Barton, and accompanied by Colonel Aslam
Khan, Political Oflficer in the Khyber, visited Fort Maude. Not a
soul was seen in the pass, and Ali Musjid, of which a good view was
obtained at a distance of about three miles, appeared to be deserted.
The road through the pass was in very good condition. The telegraph
posts, with one or two exceptions, were standing, but with no wire
attached. Fort Maude itself and other fortified posts nearer Jamrud
had been dismantled and burnt, and the walls in some cases breached.

( 229 )

This reconnaissance being entirely favourable, preparations were
made for the advance upon the Khyber, and on the 22nd December the
Peshawar Column received orders to march out next morning. The
advanced guard started about 7 a.m. and proceeded in road formation
as far as Fort Maude, up to which point the hills on the flanks had been
previously crowned by Captain Barton's Khyber Rifles. After leaving
Fort Maude the 9th Gurkhas, who acted as advanced guard to the
column, took up the duty of sending out flanking parties and occupied
all important points right up to Ali Musjid. About two miles beyond
Fort Maude the village of Lala Cheena was passed on the left, lying
peacefully in the sunshine in its riverside position, but deserted by
its inhabitants. A short way further on the advanced guard entered the
true gorge of the Khyber, which commences at Ali Atusjicl ; and passing
below the isolated conical hill on which the Fort stands, halted. A
company of the 9th Gurkhas was sent up to occupy the Fort till the
arrival of the 45th Sikhs, who were on rear-guard, and the Staff Officers
proceeded to lay out the camp on the low spurs and the flat round
bordering the river on the east of the Fort. Not a man was seen nor a
shot fired the whole day. Once the camp was marked out, the units
soon got their tents up, and the ordinary routine of camp life was once
more in full swing.

Considerable damage had been done to Fort Ali Musjid, but the
outer walls were not so seriously damaged as had appeared at first sight :
the breaches in the front wall as seen from below being those made in
the original wall, which had never been rebuilt, by our guns in 1878.
Inside, however, everything was dismantled, all the woodwork burnt,
all the roofs fallen in, and nothing left standing but blackened crumb-
ling walls. In one room the concrete floor had been picked up to
uncover an old well-shaped excavation, which had, previous to our occu-
pation of the Khyber, been used as a magazine. It had been covered in
by us because a child had accidentally fallen in and been killed, but the
wily Afindi, evidently thinking it was likely to contain something of
value had gone for it at once, only to find it empty. Besides the Fort,
there are circular blockhouses on the commanding points near at hand ;
these are entered from the outside by a ladder, which leads on to a plat-
form raised some four feet from the level of the ground, and the walls are
loopholed at a convenient height above the platform. These blockhouses
had also been dismantled and the doors and" platforms burnt, so that
the pickets sent up to occupy them found the loopholes out of all reach,
and had to bivouac outside.

( 230 )

On tlie 24th December the 1st and 2nd Brigades arrived at ^li
Musjid from Jamrud, and went into camp on the low fjronnd about
Lahi Cheena. This was a busy day for the Peshawar Column : there
were parties out in four different directions. A -wina; of the Innis-
killings went out to crown the heights for the incoming brigades ; a
wing of the Oxfords went out to form a covering party to the 34th
Pioneers who were engaged in opening out the roads that the two
brigades were to take next morning ; a party of 100 a men from each
regiment with the Sappers and Miners went out to blow up the Lala
Cheena towers and bring in wood and forage ; and a fourth party
of two companies of the 9th Gurkhas went out w'ith Captain Barton
to reconnoitre the hills on the right of the road to the Alachi Pass,
with a view to finding a way by which General Hammond's Column
could move next day, so as to cover the right flank of the 1st Brigade
in its projected advance into the Bazar Valley.

On Christmas Day, the 1st and 2nd Brigades commenced their puni-
tive expedition into the Bazar Valley — the 2nd Brigade, on the left,
went bv the Chura Kandao Pass, and the 1st Brigade, on the right, by
the Alachi Pass. Sir William Lockhart accompanied the 2nd Brigade. A
force from the Peshawar Column, consisting of a wing of the Oxfords,
four guns No. 3 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, five companies
Sappers and Miners, four companies of the 9th Gurkhas and the 45th
Sikhs, held the hills on the right and guarded that flank for them as far
as the pass. The 45th Sikhs found some 30 men on the extreme right
and drove them off, but not without loss, for one man was mortally
•wounded, and two others were severely and one slightly wounded.
General Hammond himself pushed on to the pass with the Sappers and
Miners and blew up the towers of Alachi village. A few shots were
fired here, but without inflicting any damage. Meanwhile the 1st
Brigade had hardly got two miles from camp; it was then 4 p.m., the
transport ahead was badly blocked, and the troops wei-e obliged to
spend a cheerless Christmas night in the hills, cold and exposed.

After seeing the 1st Division well started on its way to the
Bazar Valley, Geneial Hammond marched his column on December
26th to Landi Kotal, a distance of 10 miles, which he covered without
meetincf any opposition. As at Ali Musjid, the whole place had been dis-
mantled inside. Walls had been left standing, but eveiy bit of woodwork
had been removed or burnt. The house of Captain Barton, late Political
Officer in the Khyber, was a wreck ; all his property, much of it very

( 231 )

valuable, had of course been removed, and everything portable had been
carried ofiF. The caravan oorai and the blockhouse had been treated in a
similar mannei', nothing but bare walls being left. In subsequently de-
stroying villages the column came across many small bits of Captain Bar-
ton's property, such as books, letters, and stray articles of furniture, but
nothing of value was recovered, except his tum-tum, which was found
in a nullah^ placed there no doubt by the original thief, who wished to
avoid recognition. Empty ammunition boxes were also found, but
practically all the Khyber villages were empty; household goods, cattle,
agricultural implements and such like having been taken away to
unknown fastnesses in the high hills, or hidden in caves.

When the Peshawar Column first arrived at Landi Kotal the
attitude of the Khyber Zakka Khels was uncertain. They had been
offered terms, which were that they should pay up half the rifles taken
by them in the late attack on the Forts, in addition to the half of those
demanded as a fine (154 rifles) and should give hostages for the pay-
ment of the other half, and that they should pay the sum of nine
thousand rupees as a money tine; and they had been given till the 28th
December to accept or refuse our terms. The Shinwaris had at once
accepted the terms offered them and were therefore not to be reckoned
with, and Captain Barton took advantage of their compliance to make
them picket the hills to the north of camp and safeguard it by day and
night from that direction, and also to picket daily the high ridge under
which the road runs through the Saddu Khel country. Pending the
final reply from the Zakka Khels, General Hammond set forth on the
27th December with the 57th Field Battery Royal Artillery, four guns
No. 3 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery and the 9th Gurkhas, to
reconnoitre the Bori Pass, which runs between the Khyber and the Bazar
Valley and from which General Symons's Division was expected to
emerge on its return from the Bazar Valley. This movement necessitated
passing close to the Saddu Khel villages, and the malihs sent word
that they did not want to fight, but if the troops approached their
villages, they had 4('0 men there and would resist. General Hammond's
only reply was to send back for first reserve ammunition, to deploy the
Gurkhas into line, and bring up the field battery. Two companies of
the Gurkhas were then extended and sent round to flank the villages,
commanding heights were occupied and the force advanced through the
villages and up the pass unmolested. The road to the pass runs through
a defile in the hills, at first fairly open, but the valley soon contracts
and is flanked by high, craggy, isolated peaks so placed as to render it

( 232 )

impossible to efficiently command the flanks. At a distance of ahout
three miles from the pass the valley still further contracts, and the path
runs through a gorge about one hundred and fifty yards in len^^th so
narrow as to be impassable for a laden mule, and between precipitous
rocks about 100 feet high. The route is in fact impracticable, nor can
it be improved.

The next day, December 28th, was wet and cold, and the troops
did not move out. The tribes had not come in, but on the contrary had
added to their list of offences by shooting a sepoy of the 9th Gurkhas
during the night, close outside the entrenchments, and by carrying off
about five miles of telegraph wire and breaking down the posts. On
the 29th, therefore, the force moved out, partly to forage, partly to
punish the tribes for their presumption, and partly to guard outgoing
and incoming convoys ; and operations of this nature continued tO' form
the regular programme of work for many days afterwards. Every day
villages were destroyed, and more forage seized, but not witliout loss, for
the Zakka Khels were well armed and were good shots, with an accurate
knowledge of the country, and of the range of every prominent object.
They sniped at the troops almost incessantly and also destroyed the
telegraph lines with such persistence that all attempts at repairs had to
be given up for the time being.

On the 30th December the Oxfordshire Regiment, who were out on
convoy duty, met with a serious misadventure. After seeing the dak
through and completing the day's work, four companies of the Oxfords,
•who were crowning the furthest heights towards Ali Musjid and had to-
form the rear-guard to the retirement, became seriously engaged with
the enemy. About 5-30 p.m. General Hammond at the camp at Landi
Kotal received a report that the rear-guard was hard pressed and in need
of reinforcements. The troops in camp were at once spread out smartly
and hurried to the scene of action. The 34th Pioneers were sent to
occupy the villages on the right, and General Hammond with the-
remainder pushed on, occupying points on the flanks as he advanced.
He found the Oxfords, as well as 20 men of the Inniskillings and one
company of the 9th Gurkhas (who had been left on flanking heights
to co-operate with the retirement) holding three villages. All firing
had ceased, and under cover of the reinforcements which he had brought
General Hammond withdrew the Oxfords and the Gurkhas from the
villages, retiring off the hills. It appeared that the Oxfords when first
attacked had taken cover in a deep nullah which proved to be also

( 233 )

exposed to the enemy's fire. The dhoolte-hea.rei-s thereupon bolted, and as
it was found impossible to get away the killed and wounded it became
necessary to occupy the villages till reinforcements arrived from Landi
Kotal. The casualties in the Oxfordshire Regiment were : — ktllei : one
Sergeant, one Lance-Corporal, and one private; wounded: Lieutenant-
Colonel F. H. Plowden, Commanding; severely ivounded : Caj^tain C. Parr,
Lieutenant R. C. R. Owen, Sergeant-Major Dempsay ; viortally wounded :
four Sergeants and six privates. Not only were the dead and wounded
carried safely back to camp, but all rifles, ammunition and accoutrements
were brought in, so that nothing fell into the hands of the enemy.

On New Year's Day most of the troops were again employed in
blowing up towers and in foraging. The Zakka Khels, awakening at
last to the daily seizure of their bhoosa, took the extreme measure of
setting fire to the bhoosa stocks, and after this date little or no forage was
found in any of the villages. The same day General Hammond, covered
by a wing of the Inniskillings and Oxfords, went up the Tsera Nullah
to examine some caves nightly occupied by the enemy. Household goods
were found in the caves, and while the troops were engaged in clearing
the caves and destroying the goods some shots were fired at General
Hammond and the group of Officers standing with him. Several bullets
fell quite close, and one hit Lieutenant H. L). Hammond, R.A., General
Hammond's Orderly Officer. Some shots were also fired at the troops
when retiring. The day's casualties were : — ivounded .• Lieutenant
Hammond ; severely wounded : one Sergeant, Royal Inniskilling Fusiliers,
one sepoy, 34th Pioneers, and one follower.

It had been intended to surprise the villagers on the morning of the
3rd January; 200 of the 9th Gurkhas were to start out into the hills
early and get into position over the Bori Pass by daylight while the
rest of the troops demonstrated over the villages at the mouth of the
pass. The eifect would have been to drive the enemy up the pass,
whence the Gurkhas would have driven them back, and further loss
would have been inflicted on any line of retreat they might have taken.
The Gurkhas started at 4 a.m., but the weather was so inclement with
rain, sleet and snow, that the whole moveAient was countermanded.
Later the same day Major Hickman of the 34th Pioneers, who was in
command of a picket party guarding the road between Ali Musjid and
Landi Kotal, was shot through the heart by a stray bullet fired from
a distance of 800 vards.

( 234 )

On January 5th a foraging party went out as usual but failed to findl
any sign of the enemy, and not a single shot was fired, the tribesmen
having apparently crossed over the hills into the Bazar Valley. The
blowing up of their villages was a far greater loss to the Khyber Zakka
Khels than to those of the Bara and Bazar Valleys, for the Khyber men
stay in the pass all the year round, do not migrate, and have no other
homes except caves in the hills. Tliey must have been suffering con-
siderable distress, for it was now very cold, the thermometer at night
time registering 13 degrees of frost.

The story of the re-occupation of the Khyber is now complete, and
in leaving the Peshawar Column in possession of Landi Kotal and Ali
Musjid it has only to be mentioned that from this date the " Peshawar
Column " nominally ceased to exist, the force under General Hammond
till then so styled being re-named the " 5th Brigade of the Tirah Field
Force."

We now return to General Symons's Division, which we left in the
Khyber at the mouth of two passes leading into the Bazar Valley, pre-
pared to strike another blow at the Zakka Khels and their villages of
refuge. Before the advance was continued the Imperial Service Troops
with the Division, who throughout the Tirah Campaign had acquitted
themselves with very great credit, received orders to return to their
respective States, as their work was over; and General Symons in part-
ing with them issued the following complimentary order : — " The General
OflScer Commanding the 1st Division, desires to record his appreciation
of the good services and soldier-like demeanour of these corps. Their
discipline and good behaviour have been beyond reproach, and quite
equal throughout the campaign to that of the best of our native troops.
General Symons in the name of the whole Division begs to thank them
for their incessant and hard work, always cheerfully performed. The
Major- General's especial approbation is due to Commandant Sardar
Sher Singh, Commanding the Nabha Regiment, and to Commandant
Sardar Meter Khan, Commanding the Maler Kotla Sappers. These
Officers have displayed zeal, intelligence, and good qualities of com-
mand. The 1st Division will miss their services, and they all leave with
congratulations and good wishes."

It was a great disappointment to the troops under General Symons
not to find the enemy in force in the Bazar Valley, as the men of the 1st
Bivi-sion were anxious to avenge the recent losses of the 2nd Division

( 235 )

during the march from Dwatoi to Barkai. The Zakka Khels had the
whole of the upper part of the Bara Valley once again open to them, and
they discreetly left Bazar to the care of small bodies of men. Cheena is
the only village of importance iu the valley, and the enemy did not con-
sider it worth while fighting for. Their cave-dwellings along the Bazar
River could not be destroyed. During this little expedition the troops
were for the most part admirably handled; but the Alachi route proved
difficult, and a battalion of infantry with commissariat stores had to be
left all night on the pass : fortunately it was not attacked. General
Gaselee's Bi'igade alone went as far as Cheena, which was destroyed, while
General Hart's Brigade halted at Burg ready for action in case the Zakka
Khels should show themselves in great strength. The tribesmen however
never numbered more than 200 men in any one spot. On the 27th
General Hart remained at Burg, whilst part of his force went on to the
Bazar Valley to meet Sir William Lockhart, and to picket the left bank
so as to assist in protecting General Gaselee's Column returning from
Cheena. The rear-guard of the 2nd Brigade was followed up as usual,
but when the Afridis met the pickets of the 1st Brigade they transferred
their attention to the latter. The Eoyal Sussex Regiment, who were
on this picket duty, were engaged warmly for 2^ hours, and when they
retired on Burg the enemy followed them close into camp. The regiment
lost 3 killed and 3 wounded. Lieutenant St. de V. A. Julius was also
slightly wounded. A private in the Royal Sussex behaved with great
gallantry. He was shot through the leg and severely wounded, but after
this he helped a wounded comrade away, and assisted in carrying the
dhoolie all the way back to the camp. He then went to his company's
bivouac to get some food and then to the hospital to have his wound
dressed.

On the morning of the 28th December at a quarter to five o'clock
General Hart started in the darkness and rain to surprise and surround
the Karamna villages as it was reported that the tribesmen had returned.
All the villages were surrounded before daylight, but the Zakka Khels
had been too sharp and had flown. The subsequent withdrawal of the
force from Burg up a steep ravine was an extremely difficult operation.
The pickets on the hill tops reported the enemy in force on the south
of the camp ; and the rear-guard, consisting of the Royal Sussex and the
21st Madras Pioneers, the latter in the rear, were heavily engaged for
several hours. The great difficulty was to get the pickets down safely:
there were ten of them all pinnacled on the stejo locky hills, and Colonel

( 236 )

C. H. W. Cafe, who commanded the rear-guard, managed the operation
admirably. The more distant pickets were brought down and passed up
the ravine, and the others followed in their turn. The Afridis followed
closely and persistently, and approached within 100 yards of the Madras
Pioneers, thus giving our men a much better chance than usual, and many
were seen to fall. Our losses were two men of the Eoyal Sussex severely
wounded, one sepoy of the 21st Madras Pioneers killed, four severely
and one slightly wounded. All the valuable towers ia Burg and
Karamna were blown up, and in carrying out this duty a distressing
accident occurred whereby Lieutenant C. R. Tonge, E.E., and a sapper
of No. 4 Company Bombay Sappers, were accidentally killed. One of
the charges under a tower exploded, and Lieutenant Tonge, thinking
that the other fuse had failed, went up to the tower, when the second
charge went off.

On the 29th December the 1st Brigade under Brigadier-General Hart,
accompanied by General Symons, returned to Ali Musjid. The with-
drawal was closely and boldly followed by the Afridis, who in places got
quite near, being much aided by clouds on the hills. They followed the
rear-guard for six miles, and shot well. Our casualties were : six men of
the Derbyshire Eegiment severely wounded, and three other men
slightly wounded ; one rifleman of the 2-1 st Gurkhas dangerously
wounded. Several of the casualties occurred in withdrawing the pickets
from the hills round Karamna Camp. They were all eventually
passed through the strong rear-guard placed in position at the exit of
the camp. The baggage was all sent on ahead and the operation of the
withdrawal was skilfully executed, the troops supporting each other
admirably. Brigadier-General Hart himself came in with the last com-
pany. The transport did very well; not one load being lost. General
Gaselee's Brigade marched by another route to Jamrud. They also had
12 or 13 casualties en route.

The next few weeks were uneventful, and towards the end of
January it seemed as if the eiForts of the Political Officers were likely to
be ci-owned with success. Even the Zakka Khels were known to be
debating for the first time whether it would not be wiser to come to
terms, than risk another invasion in the spring. The news, therefore,
which reached India on the 30th January that out troops had met with
a serious reverse was wholly unexpected. As it afterwards emerged,
the operations which led up to this unfortunate business had been
carefully planned beforehand and every effort had been made to keep

( 237 )

the proposed movement of troops secret. News had been received that
the Afridis had driven their cattle and camels to graze on the Kajurai
Plain, which is due east of Fort Bara and is enclosed on the northern,
western and southern sides by spurs which run down from the main
range of hills separating the Bara and Bazar Valleys. It was accord-
ingly resolved to capture the Afridi herds and herdsmen. For this
purpose four columns, one from each brigade, were formed, and ordered
to move concentrically so as to cut off the tribesmen's line of retreat
westwards. The points from which the columns moved on the morning
of the 29th January were Ali Musjid, Jamrud, Bara Fort and Mamani.
General Symons reported that the Ali Musjid and Jamrud Columns
had seen nothing of the enemy, though they had marched over twenty
miles. The Bara Column which presumably moved straight across the
Kajurai Plain, had also nothing of interest to report. The column,
however, further to the west, drawn from General Westmacott's Brigade,
and consisting of the King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry, four
companies of the 36th Sikhs and two guns of No. 5 Bombay Mountain
Battery, with Colonel Seppings of the King's Own Yorkshire Light
Infantry in command had a very different experience. Little opposi-
tion was experienced in the advance, but when the retirement began
through a narrow defile known as the Shin Kamar Pass the enemy
appeared in considerable numbers and pressed hard upon the small
column. It was the old story of a small force completely at the mercy
of skilful marksmen securely planted on both sides of a narrow gorge.
Too few in numbers to clear the hills, their only coui^se was to retire as
best they could, though men were dropped in their tracks at every step
and the column was every moment becoming more and more hampered
with the wounded. Fortunately it was found possible to send a message
to General Westmacott, who turned out with 200 of the King's Own
Scottish Borderers, 100 Gurkhas and two guns. He found the little
column retiring in good order, but very slowly. Promptly grasping the
situation he brought his guns into action from the hills at the mouth of
the gorge on the enemy's left, and turned the direction of the retirement
through his troops. "When the whole had passed through he retired
slowly, reaching camp at 7-30 p.m., and being the last man himself to get
in. Even as it was our losses were extremely heavy, and our dead had
to be left on the field. The casualty list comprised : British Officers —
killed : Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton, Lieutenent Turing, 36th Sikhs ;
Lieutenants Walker, Dowdall and Hughes, King's Own Yorkshire Light
Infantry; wounded: Major Earle, Captian Marrable and Lieutenant

( 238 )

Hall of the King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry. The rank and file of
the Yorkshires also suffered heavily, losing 22 killed and 17 wounded ;
the 36th Sikhs lost 3 men killed. On the 31st January General West-
inacott advanced again to the Shin Kamar Pass for the purpose of
bringing in the dead, and 22 bodies were recovered. His force consisted
of 400 of the Gordon Highlanders, 300 Sikhs, 300 2nd Gurkhas, 400
3rd Gurkhas, 250 King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry, 400 King's
Own Scottish Borderers, and No. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery.
Little opposition was made to the advance, the few casualties taking
place as the force retired. One gunner was killed, one gunner and one
man of the King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry, one Gurkha, and one
bhisti were wounded. Surgeon-Captain M. Dick and Lieutenant Browne,
30th Sikhs, were slightly wounded.

So ended what was certainly one of the most unfortunate episodes of
the campaign. The loss of the Colonel of the 36th Sikhs in particular
was deeply regretted throughout the army. On more than one occasion
since the operations against the Afridis began. Colonel Haughton's quick
resolve, magnificent courage, and inspiring leadership had saved a
critical situation, and he was idolised by every soldier in his regiment.

PART V.
TO MINOR EXPEDITIONS,

( 239 )

PART V.
TWO MINOR EXPEDITIONS.

CHAPTER I.

THE UTMAN KHEL EXPEDITION.

While in the early part of November Sir "William Lockhart was engaged
in punishing the Afridis in the Maidan Valley, the Malakand Field
Force, which under Sir Bindon Blood had co-operated with General
Elles's Force in subjugating the Mohmands and the Maniunds, was enjoy-
ing a well-earned rest and awaiting fresh employment. After the health
of the force had been thoroughly recruited, it was thought desirable in
the absence of any other work to give some portion of the two brigades
a ten days' promenade through the Utman Khel country, west of the
Malakand. The Utma Khels had informally expressed their willing-
ness to comply, as far as possible, with the terms imposed upon them by
Major Deane, and the troops visiting their villages were not likely to
meet with resistance. A certain number of rifles and other arms had
to be collected, and the mere presence of a strong brigade would, it was
rightly expected, prove sufficient to remind the tribesmen of their
obligations. Preparations for the expedition were accordingly begun
at Jalala in the Peshawar District, and the Guides Cavalry and Infantry
were ordered to rejoin the Malakand Field Force. Sir Bindon Blood's
plan was to detach a strong brigade to visit the Utman Khels, and yet
have a sufficient force left to keep a close watch upon the still suspected
Buner border.

The Utman Khels are not an important tribe, as their fighting
strength is put at only 1,200 or 1,500 men, but they have been notorious
evildoers on the frontier for many years past. Years ago they attacked
the gangs of labourers employed on the Swat River Canal and cut up a
number of unarmed coolies, an offence for which they were never
thoroughly punished. They shared in the attack on the Malakand, but

( 240 )

withdrew in haste when the I'elieving force arrived. The northern
section of the clan living beyond the Panjkora were dealt with by
Major Deane, Political Officer, after the operations in the Mamund
Valley; and it was the southern sections that had now to be visited.
They had hesitated for weeks, thinking, perhaps that all military
opei'ations were at an end; but the instant Sir Bindon Blood's troopa
started, their jirgah hastened to make formal submission. Their object
■was, of course, to prevent our troops entering their country; but it was
important that the Totai Valley and the passes leading into it from the
Swat Valley, Dargai and the Peshawar District should be thoroughly
explored.

Colonel A. J. F. Eeid was given the command of the expeditionary
force, with the temporary rank of Brigadier-General, and the force it-
self consisted of the following troops : — The Buffs, No. 8 Mountain
Battery, one squadron 10th Bengal Lancers, the 21st Punjab Infantry,
the 35th Sikhs, No. 5 Company Queen's Own Sappers and Miners, " C "
and "D" Sections No. 1 British Field Hospital, " A " and " B" Sections
No. 35 Native Field Hospital, and No. 50 Native Field Hospital.
The following Officers were appointed to the staff of the column : — Com-
manding, Brigadier-General Reid ; Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General,
Captain A. B. Dunsterville, East Surrey Eegiment ; Deputy Assistant
Quarter-Master-General, Major L. Herbert, Central India Horse; Orderly
Officer, Lieutenant H. A. Vallings, 29th Punjab Infantry; Extra Orderly
Officer, Lieutenant W. S. Frasei', 19th Bengal Lancers; Field Engineer,
Captain H. J. Sherwood, Eoyal Engineers ; Intelligence Office)-, Lieute-
nant A. C. M. Waterfield, 11th Bengal Lancers ; Commissariat Officer,
Captain A. E. Burlton, Staff Corps ; Transport Officer, Lieutenant E. S.
Weston, Manchester Eegiment ; Provost-Marshal, Lieutenant H. E.
Cotterill, Eoyal West Surrey Eegiment ; Signalling Officer, Lieutenant
W. H. Trevor, The Buffs ; Senior Medical Officer, Surgeon-Lieutenant-
Colonel P. F. O'Connor, Indian Medical Service ; and Senior Veterinary
Officer, Veterinary-Lieutenant G. M. Williams, Army Veterinary
Department. Co-operating with General Eeid was a small force con-
sisting of the 16th Bengal Infantry and one section of No. 51 Native
Field Hospital, under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel A. Montanaro.

The expedition started out from Jalala on November 22nd, its des-
tination being the Totai Valley, about three marches distant. Harainkot
was reached on the 24th, and the Utman Khel jirgahs which had muster-
ed at Kot, were so anxious to prevent their country being entered by the

( 241 )

troops that, as already stated, they sent word on ahead that they were
prepared to make submission. General Hill's reply was that he would
meet the jirgah at Kot in the Total Valley. To Kot he accordingly
marched that day, crossing over the Bhar Pass en route. The road over
the pass, although it had been considei'ably improved the day before
by No. 5 Company Queen's Own Sappers and Miners and by working
parties from all corps, proved very difficult for laden camels. The bag-
gage, however, was all got over with the loss of a few camels, and reached
the camp late in the evening. Shortly after passing Bhar on the west side
of the pass the valley widens considerably, and is very green and full of
cultivation. The villagers of Lower Total showed an unmistakable
wish to be friendly. Jiryahs from Lower and Upper Total and Agrah
met General Eeid on arrival at Kot, and were told what the Government
terms were, namely, — (1) The surrender of 300 guns and all breech-
loaders ; (2) survey of the country ; (3) formal submission to the Political
Agent at Malakand ; (4) forage for the force ; and (5) road-making as
required — an important matter, as the column had 600 camels in its
carriage equipment. All the clans accepted the terms unconditionally,
except the Agrah jirgah, who, as they showed some hesitancy, were told
that the force would exact compliance with the terms at Agrah, The
force halted on November 25th at Kot in order that the two routes to
Agrah might be reconnoitred. That over the Khels Pass was found
impracticable for camels, and it was decided to use the route via
Silipatai which, however, also required much work to make it passable,
Bargolai was seen to be in a wide cultivated plain among the hills, and
the reconnaissance was made to within two miles of Agrah Pass.
Groups of people were seen here and there, but no shot was fired.

At 8 o'clock on the morning of the 26th November the force left Kot
and marched to Silipatai, about five miles, the road following the bed of
the stream in a deep gorge the whole way. It was necessary to cover
the march of the column by parties on the hillsides marching parallel
to the column. Progress was necessarily slow, but the rear-guard reach-
ed the camp at 2 p.m. without any mishap. No. 5 Company Sappers and
Miners, covei'ed by the 21st Punjab Infantry, proceeded towards Bar-
golai and made the road passable for camels up to 1| miles from th^
place. The reconnaissances from this point to Bargolai proved the road
to be quite practicable for the remainder of the way. The villagers of
Dheri, Silipatai and Bargolai were very submissive, bringing in supplies.
Groups of men wei'e seen on the Agrah Pass and the sui'rounding hills,

( 242 )

and were said to be the Agrah jirgah wlio had come to their boundary to
tender their submission to General Reid at that place. The force
bivouacked at ni((ht on terraced hillsides near Bedani village half a
mile south-east of Silipatai. The surrounding villages were warned that
the penalty for any sniping into camp would be exacted from them
and they crowned all the heights in the neighbourhood with pickets.

Next day, November 27th, the force marched from Silipatai to
Bargolai, the road having been made passable for camels by the Queen's
Own Sappers and Miners. Bargolai is at the extremity of the long nar-
row gorge that leads from Kot, about eight miles long, and the column
bivouacked in a pear-shaped valley with a considerable amount of
cultivation, hills rising to three or four thousand feet all around. A
reconnaissance up the Agrah Pass showed the road to be impassable for
camels, and only fair for mules.

On the 28th November General Eeid with 500 rifles of the 21st
Punjab Infantry, 250 of the Buflfs, 250 of the 35th Sikhs, four guns of
No. 8 Bengal Mountain Battery, and half of No. 5 Company Queen's Own
Sappers and Miners as a flying column, with mule transport only, march-
ed from Bargolai over the Agrah Pass and bivouacked on a low spur in
the centre of the valley which gives the pass its name. No opposition
was met with, the grain and fodder demanded were brought in at once
and the rifles were surrendered the next day. The valley or rather
group of valleys were all under cultivation, the wheat crops being a few
inches high. About 2 o'clock in the afternoon of the 28th the advanced
pickets reported the presence of a gathering of about 500 men carrying
a few standards on the right bank of the Swat River, about five miles
away. They appeared to^be Shamozai, but they showed no signs of
intending to cross the river. There are rope bridges over the river at
this point, but crossing is a slow operation and to get back hurriedly is
impossible, so the (supposed) Shamozai contented themselves with
watching General Reid's movements. The night of the 28th passed
quietly, and next morning a reconnaissance under Lieutenant-Colonel
FaithfuU went out to the Inzari Pass, which was visible about three
miles otf.

The reconnaissance under Colonel Faithfull to the Inzari Pass
showed the road over the pass to be a very fair one, and quite passable
for mules. The ascent for the last 200 yards is very steep. The recon-
naissance pushed beyond the pa.ss enabling the Government Surveyor

( 2{8 )

to complete his sketch to the point reached fi'om the Malakand side in
August last. The view from the top of Iiizari was magnificent. The
hill drops almost perpendicularly to where the Panjkora and Swat
Eivers join, and in the distance the snow peaks of the Lowari Eange were
visible. General Reid accompanied the reconnaissance in person, and the
party returned at 5 p.m. By this time all the arms demanded had been
surrendered, and the district having made complete submission orders
were issued for the force to return to Bargolai next day. The night
passed quietly, and the Flying Column left Agrah at 8 a.m., all being in
Bargolai Camp by 11-30. The remainig arms required from Bargolai
having been surrendered, the force took its departure from Bargolai on
the 1st December and marched to Kot.

As the Kanawari jirgah, Avhich had been granted leave to meet
General Reid on his arrival, had not come in and had not sent in the
arms required of them, it was decided to visit their villages and enforce
submission. The villages lie high up in the hills to the west of the
site of General Reid's Camp and about 3,000 feet above it. The road
was very bad and very steep and progress was slow. About half-way up,
the representatives of the villages were met hurrying down to General
Reid with all that was required of them in the way of weapons, but as
they had neglected to attend at the prescribed time the force continued
its march on the villages and the arms were accepted there. One of the
principal maliks, however, having refused to appear or tender any sub-
mission, the fortifications of his dwelling were destroyed. A survey was
made of the heights overlooking the Panjkora River and the force then
returned to camp, arriving at 4-30 P.M., having been out 11 hours.

The Utman Khel Expedition was now at an end, its object having
been fully accomplished without the necessity of any fighting ; and the
column under General Hill bi'oke uji. In his despatches to the Adjutant-
General in India Sir Bindon Blood wrote: — " You Avill observe that the
objects in view of which the operations reported on were undertaken,
were fully and expeditiously attained, and that no hitch or contrettrnps
of any sort occurred. I venture to think that much credit is due to
Colonel Reid for the perfect manner in which he arranged and carried
out the movement of his force and overcame the conisderable physical
difficulties which he encountered ; and I fully endorse the favourable
I'emarks he makes regarding his troops and staff. I would further ex-
press an opinion that Lieutenant-Colonel Montanaro also carried out
what he had to do with tact and judgment; and I have the honour

( 244 )

accordingly to recommend both these Officers, together with all who
served under them, to the favourable notice of His Excellency the Com-
mander-in-Chief. In making the necessary preliminary arrangements
for the operations under reference, I was much assisted by information
and advice received from Mr. Merk, Civil Service, the Commissioner of
Peshawar, from Major Deane, C.S.I., the Political Agent at the
Malakand, from Mr. C. Bunbury, Civil Service, Deputy Commissioner
of Peshawar, and also from Mr. Stuart Waterfield, Punjab Police, who
was specially appointed Assistant Political Officer for the operations."

><•

( 24a )

CHAVTEIi II.

THE EXPEDITION AGAINST THE BUNERWALS.

After the return at the end of December of the Tirah Field Force
to British tei-ritory, the Government turned their attention to the
Bunerwals with whom a long outstanding account had to be settled.
The tribesmen of Buner had shown an extreme spirit of hostility during
the attack on the Malakand in July and again at Landaki when Sir
Bindon Blood's Force was advancing into Upper Swat. An ultimatum
was now sent to the tribe calling upon them to comply with the following
terms within a week: — (1)A representative jirgah to make complete
submission at Mardan ; (2) the restoration of all Government property ;
(3) the surrender of 600 guns, including 60 Enfield rifles stolen on
the Eustam border ; and (4) the payment of fine of a Es.11,500. The
following terms were simultaneously announced to the Chamlawals,
who inhabit the small valley south-east of Buner : the surrender
of 100 guns, a fine of Rs. 1,500 and the handing in of 100 swords and
standards from Koga and Nawagai.* The terms for the Gaduns, who
live south-east of the Chamlawals, were not for the moment announced,
but like their neighbours the Khudu Khel, they were expected to
voluntarily make submission. The Chamlawals and Gaduns, like the
Bunerwals, had both sent contingents to fight at Malakand and in the
Swat Valley.

Formal notice was given that in the event of non-compliance with
the Government's terms a column commanded by Sir Bindon Blood
would be sent to invade Buner and exact submission by force of arms.
The troops selected for the expedition were : — 1st Brigade (General
Meiklejohn's), the Royal West Kent Regiment, the Highland Light
Infantry and the 20th and 31st Punjab Infantry ; 2nd Brigade (General
Jeffreys's), the East Kent, the Guides Infantry, and the 16th and 21st
Punjab Infantry ; Divisional troops : four squadrons of Cavalry, 10th
Field Battery, Nos. 7 and 8 Mountain Batteries, No. 5 Company Queen's
Own Sappers and Miners and No. 4 Company Bengal Sappers and
Miners.

*This village has to be distinguished from the place of the same name in Bajour.

( 24G )

The following staff was appointed : — Commanding, Sir Bindon
Blood ; Aide-de-Camp, Lord Fincastle ; Orderly Officer, Lieutenant
W. S. Fraser, 19th Bengal Lancers ; Assistant Adjutant-Cjleneral, Major
H. H. Burney, Gordon Highlanders ; Assistant Quarter-Master-General,
Lieutenant-Colonel A. Masters, Central India Horse ; Deputy Assis-
tant Quarter-Master-General, Intelligence Department, Captain F. W. S,
Stanton, E.A. ; Superintendent, Army Signalling, Captain E. V. O.
Hewitt, Royal West Kent Regiment ; Chief Commissariat Officer, Major
H. Wharry ; Brigade Transport Officer, Captain C. G. R. Thackwell ;
Assistant to Chief Commissariat Ofl'icer, Captain R. C. Lye, 23rd Pioneers;
Assistant to Brigade Transport Officer, Lieutenant E. F. Macnaghten,
16th Lancers ; Principal Medical Officer, Surgeon-Colonel J. C. G.
Carmichael ; Senior Veterinary Officer, Veterinary-Captain H. T. W.
Mann ; Commanding Royal Artillery, Colonel W. Aitken ; Adjutant,
Royal Artilleiy, Captain H Rouse ; Commanding Royal Engineers, Colo-
nel W. Peacocke ; Adjutant, Royal Engineers, Captain H. G. Sherwood ;
Field Engineers, Major E. Blunt and M. C. Barton ; Chaplain, Rev.
L. Klugh ; Survey Officer, Captain C. L. Robertson, Royal Engineers ;
Superintendent of Telegraphs, Lieutenant W. Robertson, Royal Engi-
neers ; Field Intelligence Officers, Captain J. K. Tod, 7th Bengal Cavalry,
and Lieutenant A. C. M. Waterfield, 11th Bengal Lancers ; Commissariat
Officer, Advanced Depot, Captain "W. E. F. Burlton, S.C. ; Transport
Officer, Lieutenant R. S. Weston, Manchester Regiment ; Brigade Com-
missariat Officer of the Rustam Column, Lieutenant E. G. Vaughan ;
Ordnance Officer, Captain L. G. Watkins, Royal Artillery ; Section
Commandant, Captain C. E. Belli-Bivar, 7th Bombay Lancers. The Field
Postal Staff consisted of Mr. H. C. Sheridan (Senior Postal Superinten-
dent), Mr. A. D. Appleby, and Mr. M. N. Cama. Mr. Sheridan, by the
way, had acted in a similar capacity with the Malakand Field Force and
the Mohmand Field Force. In the former he had been assisted by Mr.
Appleby and Mr. G. M. NichoU ; and in the latter by Mr. C. J. Stowell
and Mr. Nicholl.

1st Brigade: Commanding, Brigadier-General W. H. Meiklejohn j
Orderly Officer, Lieutenant C. R. Gaunt, 4tli Dragoon Guards ; Deputy
Assistant Adjutant-General, Major E. A, P. Hobday ; Deputy Assistant
Quarter-Master-General, Captain G F. H. Dillon ; Assistant Superinten-
dent, Army Signalling, Lieutenant J. W. O'Dowda, Royal West Kent
Regiment ; Provost Marshal, 2nd-Lieutenant S. Morton, 24th Punjab
Infantry ; Brigade Commissariat Officer, Captain C. H. Beville ; Brigade

( 247 )

Transport Officer, Captain J. M. Caniilleri ; Eegimental Commissariat
and Transport Officer, Lieutenant J. Duncan, Eoyal Scots Fusiliers ;
Veterinary-Lieutenant W. A. Macdougall, xVrmy Veterinary Depart-
ment.

2nd Brigade: Commanding, Brigadier-General P. D. JefTreys; Order-
ly Officer, Lieutenant J. Byron ; Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General,
Captain A. B. Dunsterville ; Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master-General,
Major H. C. Powell, 2-lst Gurkhas ; Assistant Superintendent, Army
Signalling, Lieutenant W. H. Trevor, East Kent Eegiment ; Provost
Marshal, Captain W. E. Banbury, 25th Madras Infantry ; Brigade Com-
missariat Officer, Captain G. A. Hawkins ; Brigade Transport Officer,
Captain D. Baker, 2nd Bombay Grenadiers ; Regimental Commissariat
and Transport Officer, Lieutenant G.C. Brooke, Border Eegiment ; Veter-
inary Officer, Veterinary-Lieutenant G. M. Williams, Army Veterinary
Department.

It was not at all easy to predict what course the Bunerwals would
adopt. There were those who believed that as their Swati neio-hbours
had submitted the men of Buner also would give in, seeing that they
could not well arrange for a great tribal combination: but others argued
that, like the Swatis when the Chitral Expedition began, they would
make one stand in the passes for their name's sake and thereafter open
negotiations. The military authorities were fully prepared for either
contingency. The pass by which it was decided to enter Buner in the
event of the tribesmen withholding submission is known as the Tano-i or
Tangao ; it is immediately beyond Sanghao where Sir Bindon Blood, ou
receiving the order to advance, concentrated his two brigades in readi-
ness. The receipt of the Government's ultimatum by the Bunerwals was
followed by a summons from the Buner jirgak to the tribesmen to watch
the passes and be prepared to defend them ; the Shaszai sections beino-
detailed to the Tangao Pass, the Malizai sections to the Malendir and
the Chaiulawals and Hindustani fanatics to the Ambela Pass. The
Upper Swatis and Yusufzai sections north of Buner refused to join the
Bunerwals. These defensive arrangements having been made, a reply
was sent in to the Deputy Commissioner of Mardan intimating that the
Bunerwals had decided not to comply with the Government's terms.

The concentration of the force at Sanghao was completed on the 6th
January, and at once Sir Bindon Blood in person, accompanied by the
Brigadiers and the Officers Commanding the I'egimeiits, went out to

( i^48 )

examine the Tangao Pass and decide on the plan of attack. The enemy
were seen in large numbers crowiiin<T the crest of the hills on the nortli
of the gorjre leading to the pass, and on the top of the pass itself, which
is aliout 3,800 feet above sea level. As the camp was at an elevation of
al)ont 2,000 feet the rise to the pass was about 1,800 feet, accomplished
in about one mile of road, the hills on both sides of the gorge being
Tery steep.

The Sappers and Miners, covered by the 20th Punjab Infantry,
were busy all day improving the entrance to the gorge, whilst the Buners
were energetically but ineffectually loosening large rocks from the crest
of the hills in the hope of crushing the working parties beneath. About
30 standards were visible on the hill top and the enemy were estimated
at about 1,000, mostly Salarzai, who received the reconnaissance by
firiuf a few funs at intervals at long ranges. After the Sappers had
knocked off work it was still very uncertain whether the mules would
be able to ^et over the pass next day after the fight, but 500 coolies
were engaged to carry up actual necessities for the troops should it be
impossible to get the mules up.

The assault on the Tangao Pass was successfully delivered on the
7th January. The dispositions for the attack were as follows:— 20th
Punjab Infantry to execute a turning movement, scaling the hill to
the north of the camp some one and-a-half miles from the pass ; the
Eoyal West Kent, the Highland Light Infantry, and the 21st Punjab
Infantry, followed by the 16th Bengal Infantry, to make the frontal
attack ; the 10th Field Battery on a low spur at the mouth of the gorge,
and two mountain batteries on an eminence to the south of it. The
Buffs and the 3rd Bombay Light Infantry escorted the guns and the
former extended a long way up the high hills to the south, being over-
looked by high impassable cliffs. The 20th Punjab Infantry left camp
about 8 A.M., the batteries and escort a little later, and the remainder
of the troops at 8-30. The 10th Field Battery opened at 9 a.m., and
throughout the day fired some 480 rounds at ranges from 2,200 to 2,600
yards. No. 8 Bengal Mountain Battery opened at 9 A.M., and No. 7
British Mountain Battery at 10-15. A large numbers of standards,
about 28, lined the crest, but few of the enemy were visible at any time.
The Mountain Battery ranges were 1,650 yards to 2,050. The frontal
attack was sent forward about 12 noon, about which time the 20th
Punjab Infantry were heard heavily engaged with the enemy. The latter
appeared to have few guns, but kept up a hot fire with what they had.

( 249 )

When the frontal attack got somewhat up the steep slopes, the enemy
also tried rolling stones down on the advancing troops, but ineffectually.
The shooting of the guns was remarkably accurate, and prevented the
enemy from collecting. A party of five Buners started for a ghazi rush,
but only one kept it up and he was quickly shot. About 1-30 the
20th Punjab Infantry had surmounted the high peak, capturing some
standards, and began to descend along the crest to the pass under
a dropping fire. Shortly after this all the standards were one by one
carried away from the eldest, and the opposition practically ceased. The
crest was crowned by 2 o'clock. One man of the Highland Light
Infantry was dangerously wounded. The operations throughout were
conducted with great skill and were materially assisted by the long-
range volleys of the Buffs, who were firing from 1,100 to 1,400 yards.
The Political Officer's report on the operations stated that the tribal
gathering on the Tangao Pass consisted of Salarzai, Asherzai and
Gadizai, numbering in all about 2,000 ; and that their losses for the day
amounted to about 20 killed and 60 wounded.

After the capture of the pass Sir Bindon Blood went up to the top
and found the road very difficut for mules. These animals, which had
been loaded about 11 A.M. and had been pushed forward some way up
the gorge, were therefore sent back to the camp, but the blankets and
great-coats for the troops had followed them on coolies. The descent
from the pass on the other side was found to be sudden and steep. The
valley to the village of Kingargali is from 400 to 800 yards wide, and
the village lies on the border of a level and well-cultivated plain about
2,500 yards from the top of the pass. The two companies of Sappers
were at work on the road until dark, and bivouacked there for the
night.

Meanwhile the 1st Brigade went on and occupied the village of
Kingargali, reaching it about 3-30 p.m. The village was found deserted,
but with plenty of grain and fodder in it. A quiet night was passed,
there being no sniping. Next day more work was done on the road,
and some 250 mules were passed up with rations for the brigade at
Kingargali, but the road was still difficult in parts and very trying to
aden mules, being steei? and narrow.

While Sir Bindon Blood was carrying out the main advance from
Sangao a small column acting under his instructions and consisting of
the Guides Infantry, the 31st Punjab Infantry, three squadrons of

( 250 )

the 10th Bengal Lancers, and a party of Sappers, the whole under
the immediate command of Colonel Adams, V.C., marched out from
Rustam partly to reconnoitre the Rnstam passes into Buner and partly
to distract the attention of the Bunerwals from Sir Bindon Blood's
advance and divide their forces. On the 6th January Colonel Adams
began work by sending three reconnoitring parties towards the Pirsai,
Malandri and Ambela Passes. All three parties reported that the
passes were held, and at Pirsai the enemy fired on the cavalry. The
infantry of the column left Rustam at 4 p.m. on the 6th January, bivou-
acking near Pirsai village. The night was cold and frosty. At daybreak
on the 7th the infantry left Pirsai, the Guides Infantry covering the
advance of the 31st Punjab Infantry; and the enemy bolted after a
slight resistance. They were evidently quite taken by surprise, and had
not time to collect contingents from Malandri Pass, where Hindustani
fanatics guarded the road. The cavalry followed at noon. After arrival
on the Pirsai Pass Colonel McRae with six companies of the Guides and
four companies of the 31st Punjab Infantry pushed on to the village of
Chowbanda on the Buner side. There was no opposition, and all the
inhabitants had fled. Colonel Adams, Guides Cavalry, reconnoitred four
miles on to the village of Kai, and the cavalry after crossing the pass
tried to effect a junction with the main body of the Buner force under
Sir Bindon Blood, but as it was nearly dusk Colonel Adams decided
to return and bivouac with the infantry. Next day the column joined
hands with the main body.

The Salarzai and Asherzai sections of the Bunerwals now hurriedly
sent in their jirffaks to Sir Bindon Blood's camp and were clearly reduced
to a very submissive mood. A few days later other clans followed
suit, and by the middle of January the object of the expedition was
completely accomplished without any further fighting. The power of
the Bunerwals, like that of the Swatis, the Mohmands and the Bajouris,
was, for the time being at least, thoroughly broken, their fighting prestige
destroyed, their strongest defences shown to be futile, their arms taken
away, and their countiy explored.

[ THE END.]

. APPENDICES.

APPENDIX I.

THE REWARDS FOR MAIZAR.

The following rewards to the native troops engaged on the Maizar action
were notified in the Gasette of India : —

Subadar Naraj'an Singh, ist Sikhs, is admitted to the 2nd class of the
Order of British India with the title of Bahadur.

The admissions to the 3rd class of the Order of Merit are as follows :—

Havildar Nihal Singh commanded his sub-section with great coolness,
firing blank cartridges when the supply of shell was exhausted, so as to induce
the enemy to think the gun was still in action, and helped to carry the carriage
back to the relief line.

Naick Shara AH kept his gun in action under great difficulties. The
gun and carriage twice turned over backwards, and twice the lanyard broke,
but he continued to load and fire after getting a spare lanyard from Havildar
Nihal Singh.

Salutri Kewal helped to carry Captain J. F. Browne, R.A., out of action,
and dressed his wound, under a heavy fire.

Driver Havildar Rur Singh carried the body of Lieutenant F. A. Cruick-
shank, R.A., out of action, and gave great assistance in sending the wounded to
the rear and saddling up the mules under fire.

Gunner Jawala Singh helped to carry the carriage of No. 3 Sub-division
to the relief line, and then returned to help in carrying Lieutenant Cruickshank's
body.

Gunner Diwan Singh, after finishing his duties in limbering up, picked
up Gunner Chet Singh, who was lying stunned, and carried him out of action.

\si Sikh Infantry.

Havildar Maha Singh, Sepoy Tara Singh, Sepoy (Lance-Naick) Jalandhar.
These three men brought Colonel Bunny, when mortally wounded, out of action
under a very heavy fire.

Havildar Mahomed Baksh, Sepoy (Lance-Naick) Khoja Mahomed, Sepoy
Isar Singh, Sepoy Habibulah. These four men carried Surgeon-Captain Cassidy
out of action under a heavy fire. Seopy Khoja Mahomed was also subsequently
very prominent in the firing line, and Sepoy Isar Singh helped to bring away
the reserve ammunition under a heavy fire,

Naick Lachman Singh was in charge of the reserve ammunition which
was stacked in the valley when the firing commenced. Though under heavy
fire he remained by the boxes, opening two, ready for issue, and subsequently
helped to carry the reserve ammunition away.

Sepoy Sheo Singh helped to bring away the reserve ammunition, return-
ing twice under a heavy fire, each time bringing away a box. He was subse-
quently twice wounded.

( ii )

The action of these men in bringing away the reserve ammunition enabled
fire to be kept up throughout the retirement, and probable was the means
of enabling the escort to secure its retreat.

Sepoy (Lance-Naick) Shah Sowar helped to carry Captain J. F. Browne,
R.A., out of action when wounded, and kept off some Waziris, who came close
up, by his steady firing. He then again helped to carry Captain Browne when
the enemy fell back.

Sepoy (Lance-Naick) Sundar Singh helped to bring Lieutenant Higgin-
.«on out of action, when wounded, under a heavy fire, and remained with him
the rest of the day, taking him back from the entrance of the lane to the kotal
linder a heavy fire.

1st Pitttjab Infantry.

Bugler Bela Singh assisted in saving and distributing the reserve ammuni-
tion, and was also one of the defenders of the garden wall, where he fought
bravely with a rifle he had taken from one of the killed.

Sepoy (Lance-Naick) Ishar -Singh behaved with great gallantry at the
garden wall, where he bayoneted two men, and much encouraged his men by
his example and tenacity, only retiring when actually ordered to do so.

Sepoy AUayar Khan carried Lieutenant Seton-Browne, when wounded,
to the kotal, where the second stand was made.

Naick Assa Singh helped Lieutenant Seton-Browne during the subse-
quent retirement, though they were hard pressed by the enemy and under heavy
fire. Without his aid Lieutenant Seton-Browne could not have played the
part he did in the conduct of the retirement.

Sepoy Nurdad shot down several of the enemy at very close quarters,
and subsequently led a gallant counter-charge against them, repulsing them,
but being himself very severely wounded.

The Governor-General in Council is also pleased to notify that had the
undermentioned non-commissioned officers and men survived, the distinction of
the 3rd class of the Order of Merit would have been conferred upon them in
consideration of their conspicuous gallantry and heroic devotion to duty on the
occasion referred to. Their widows are admitted to the pension of the 3rd class
of the Order of Merit, with effect from the date of their death.

No. 6 {Bombay) Motintain Battery,

Havildar Umardin and Lance-Naick Utam Chand.

1st Sikh Infantry.

Lance-Naicks — Atr Singh, Kesar Singh, and Achar Singh. Sepoys —
Shankar Khan, Mahomed Khan, and Roshan Khan,

1st Punjab Infantry.

Naick Bur Singh, Lance-Naick Khanaya Singh, Sepoy Indar Singh.

The promotion to the 2nd class of the Order of Merit is also sanctioned of
Havildar (now Jemadar) Hussain Shah, tst .Sikh Infantry, for conspicuous gal-
lantry on the same occasion, in having helped to carry Surgeon-Captain Cassidy
out of action under a heavy fire.

The Governor-General in Council is further pleased to sanction the admis-
sion to the 3rd class of the Order of Merit of Langri (Cook) Jhanda Singh, 1st
Sikh Infantry, for conspicuous gallantry on the same occasion, in having, when
Lance-Naick Atr Singh was killed, run out and brought in the box of ammuni-
tion the Naick was carrying when he met his death.

iii )

APPENDIX 11

THE TOGHI FIELD FORGE.

The following General Order gives the exact details of the above Force : — •

The Governor-General in Council sanctions the despatch of a force, as
detailed below, to exact reparation for the treacherous and unprovoked attack
on the escort of the Political Officer, Tochi, on the loth June 1S97. The force
will be styled the Tochi Field Force :

Formation of Force.— 'The force will be composed as follows : —

\st Brigade,

and Battalion Argyll and Sutherland Highlanders.

1st Regiment of Sikh Infantry, Punjab Frontier Force.

1st Regiment of Punjab Infantry, Punjab Frontier Force.

33rd (Punjabi-Mahomedan) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

Squadron, 1st Regiment of Punjab Cavalry, Punjab Frontier Force.

6 Guns, No. 3 (Peshawar) Mountain Battery, Punjab Frontier Force.

No. 2 Company, Bengal Sappers and Miners.

2 Sections, No. 2 British Field Hospital.

No. 28 Native Field Hospital.

2 Sections, No, 29 Native Field Hospital.

27td Brigade.

3rd Battalion, The Rifle Brigade.

14th Sikh (The Ferozepore) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

6th Regiment of Bengal (Light) Infantry.

25th (Punjab) Regiment of Bengal Infantry.

1 Squadron, ist Regiment of Punjab Cavalry, Punjab Frontier Force.
4 Guns, No. 6 (Bombay) Mountain Battery.

2 Sections, No. 2 British Field Hospital.
No. 30 Native Field Hospital.

2 Sections, No. 29 Native Field Hospital.

C and D Sections. No. 32 Native Field Hospital, are detailed for the Line
of Communications, and Section No. I, Field Veterinary Hospital, for the Base.

Commands and Staff. — The following Officers are detailed for the staff of
the force : —

General Officer Commanding the Major-General G. Corrie Bird, c.b.
Force.

Aide-de-Camp ... ... Captain H. M. Twynam, East Lanca-

shire Regiment.

Orderly Officer ... ... Captain S. W Scarse-Dickens, H.l.i.

Assistant Adjutant-General ... Major J. Wilcocks, d.s.o., Leinster

Regiment.
Assistant Quarier-Master-General ... Brevet-Lieutenant-Colonel J. E, Nixcm,

1 8th Bengal Lancers.

( iv )

Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master- Major G. V. Kemball, r.a.

General {hitelliij;cnce).
Field Intelligence Officer ... Lieutenant G. K. Cockerill, 28th

Punjab Infantry.
Superintendent, Army Signalling ._ Captain G. W. Rawlins, 1 2th Bengal

Cavalry.
Principal Medical Officer ... ... Surgeon-Colonel R. H, Carevv, d.s.o.,

A.M.S,

Field Engineer .„ ... Major T. Digby, r.e.

Assistant Field Engineer ... ... Captain A, L. Schreiber, r.e.

Assistant Field Engineer ... ... Lieutenant W. D. Waghorn, r.e.

Field Paymaster ... ... Captain P. G. Shewell, Military Ac-

counts Department.

Ordnance Officer ... ... Major C, H. L. F. Wilson, r.a.

Chief Commissariat Officer ... Major G. Wingate, Assistant Commis-

sary-General.

Assistant to Chief Commissariat Lieutenant J. L. Rose, 2nd Battalion,
Officer. 1st Gurkhas.

Divisional Transport Officer ... Captain H. James, Assistant Commis-

sary-General.

Assistant to Divisional Transport Lieutenant E. C. Hagg, l8th Hussars,
Officer.

Inspecting Veterinary Officer ... Veterinary-Major G. T. R. Rayment,

A.V.D.

Survey Officer ... ... Lieutenant F. W, Pirrie, i.s.c.

Provost-Marshal ... ... Captain P. Malcolm, 2nd Battalion, 4th

Gurkhas.

1st Brigade Staff.

Commanding ... ... Colonel C. C. Egerton, c.B., D.s.o.,

A.-D.-c. with the temporary rank of
Brigadier-General.

Orderly Officer ... ... Captain A. Grant, 2nd Battalion, 4th

Gurkhas.

Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General ... Captain H. P. Watkis, 31st Punjab In-
fantry.

Deputy Assistant Quarter -Master- Brevet-Major F. Wintour, Royal West
General. Kent Regiment.

Brigade Commissariat Officer ... Lieutenant E. C. R. Annesly, Deputy

Assistant Commissary-General.

Brigade Transport Officer ... Captain M. S. Welby, i8th Hussars.

i Lieutenant H. W. R. Senior, 20th
Punjab Infantry.
Lieutenant T. S. Cox, lith Bengal
Lancers.
Lieutenant J. Muscroft, 2nd Battalion,
1st Gurkhas.
Veteri>iary Officer ... ... Veterinary-Lieutenant F. W. Hunt,

A.V.D.

2nd Brigade Staff.
Commanding ... ... Brigadier-General W. P. Symons, c.B.

Orderly Officer ... ... Captain A. G. Dallas, i6th Lancers.

Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General ... Captain J. McN. Walter, Devonshire

Regiment.
Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master- Major H. M. Grover, 2nd Punjab Cavalry.

General.
Brigade Commissariat Officer ... Lieutenant E, A. R. Howell, Deputy

Assistant Commissary-General.

)

Bngade Transport Officer

Regimental, Commissariat

Transport Officers,

Veterinary Officer

and

Captain P. W. D. Brockman, 5th Bengal
Infantry.

Lieutenant N. J. H. Powell, 23rd

Bengal Infantry (Pioneers).
Lieutenant P. H. Cunningham, 1st

Bombay Infantry (Grenadiers).
.Lieutenant G. E. Tuson, i6th Lancers.
Veterinary-Lieutenant C. B. M. Harris,

->^

( vi )

APPENDIX III.

THE TOCHI VALLEY DESPATCHES.

The following is extracted from the Gazette of India : —

The Governor-General in Council is pleased to direct the publication of a
letter from the Adjutant-General submitting a despatch from Major-General
Bird, Commanding the Tochi Field Force, describing the operations of that force
from June to November last. The Field Force has, under Major-General Bird,
fully carried out the objects of the expedition, and the Governor-General in
Council, in concurrence with the Commander-in-Chief, desires to express his
high appreciation of the discipline, resolution, and patient endurance displayed
by all ranks under the severe trials to which they have been exposed.

The Adjutant-General in his letter says : — The force has accomplished the
object for which it was detailed, and the tribesmen have submitted to the terms
imposed by the Government of India. Although practically unopposed by the
enemy the duties devolving on the troops have been of an unusually trying
nature, owing to the unhealthiness of the climate. Amidst much sickness,
which has resulted in a heavy death-roll, the good discipline, endurance, and
soldierly qualities of all ranks have been most marked, and are, in the opinion
of the Commander-in-Chief, deserving of high commendation. His Excellency
would draw attention to the excellent work which the Medical Department is
reported to have performed during the operations, and to the good service
rendered by the other departments of the force, and by the Officers whose
names are mentioned in the despatch. I am desired to add that the Commander-
in-Chief considers that much credit is due to Major-General Bird for the
manner in which he has conducted the operations committed to his charge.

Major-General Corrie-Bird, in the course of his despatch, says : — On 30th
October the 3rd Battalion Rifle Brigade, which had been in this Valley four
months, left Bannu for India. This fine corps had been the victim of an
epidemic of dysentery and enteric fever, and had lost three Officers and 75
non-commissioned officers and men, besides a very large percentage of Officers
and men invalided or left behind in the field hospitals. I cannot bear too high
testimony to the discipline which cheerfully endured, and the pluck which
combated the scourge during a long and trying season, and the battalion
carried away with it the regrets of the whole force at the losses they had
sustained. The losses by disease have, I regret to say, been very heavy. Three
British Officers and over 100 British soldiers have died from sickness, besides
50 native soldiers and many followers. Great numbers have been invalided or
are still in hospital. The troops notwithstanding these trials have worked
cheerfully, and done their duty splendidly, and I thoroughly endorse the high
opinion formed of them by the General Officers Commanding the Brigades, and
would here place on record my high appreciation of their discipline and sol-
dierly qualities.

I submit for the favourable consideration of the Commander-in-Chief the
names of the following Officers : — Lieutenant-Colonel J. E. Nixon, Assistant
Quartermaster- General ; Major Wilcocks, D. S. O., Leinster Regiment,
Assistant Adjutant-General ; Lieutenant-Colonel Wingate, Chief Commissariat
Officer ; Captain H. James, Captain Clements and Major Williamson, Sur-
geon-Colonel Carew, Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel Simmonds, Surgeon-Major

( vii )

Hudson, Surgeon-Captain Mamby, Major Kemball, Deputy Assistant Quarter-
master-General, Intelligence Branch ; Major Digby, Commanding Royal
Engineers ; Captain Malcolm, 4th Gurkhas, Provost-Marshal ; Captain Rawlins,
1 2th Bengal Cavalry, Superintendent, Army Signalling ; Lieutenant Cockerill,
28th Punjab Infantry, Field Intelligence Officer. The Officers of the Personal
Staff:— Captain Tvvynam, Captain Scarse-Dickens, Highland Light Infantry, and
Lieutenant Talbot, Royal Horse Artillery ; Brigadier-General Symons,
Brigadier-General Egerton, Colonel the Hon. M. Curzon, Rifle Brigade ;
Lieutenant-Colonel Hogge, 33rd Punjab Infantry ; Lieutenant-Colonel Coats,
25th Punjab Infantry, and Major Pollock, 1st Sikhs.

Of the Officers specially brought to notice by the General Officers Command-
ing the Brigades, the following are mentioned : — Major Wintour, Deputy
Assistant Quartermaster-General ; Captain Watkis, Deputy Assistant Adjutant-
General ; Major Grover, Deputy Assistant Quartermaster-General ; Captain
Walter, Devonshire Regiment ; Lieutenant-Colonel Cunninghame, 1st Punjab
Cavalry, Road Commandant.

Major-General Bird adds : — I desire to record my recognition of the assis-
tance afforded me by Major G. T. Younghusband, who has been Chief Political
Officer of the expedition throughout. I trust his services may receieve a
suitable recognition. My thanks are also due to the other Civil Officers, Mr.
Lorrimer and Mr. Kettlewell. For the good work done by the Telegraph
Department, I would record my special thanks. A new line was constructed
from Bannu to Datta Khel most expeditiously by Lieutenant Green, Royal
Engineers. I would commend the work done by the Postal Department under
Mr. Van Someren.

-^<^

APPENDIX IV.

THE MALAKAND AND SWAT VALLEY
DESPATCHES.

We take the following extracts from the despatches which appeared in the
Gazette of India : —

No, 727-F. — Field Operations — Malakand, dated Simla, 15th September 1897.

From Major-General G. de C. Morton, c.b., Adjutant-General in India, to

the Secretary to the Government of India, Military Department.

I have the honour, by direction of the Commander-in-Chief, to forward,
for the information of the Government of India, the accompanying report
from Brigadier-General W. H. Meiklejohn, C.B.. C.M.G., giving details of what
occurred at the Malakand from the 26th July to the ist August 1897, on which
latter date Major-General Sir B. Blood, K.C.B., took over command of the
Malakand Field Force,

2. The Commander-in-Chief desires to draw attention to the success with
which the first sudden attack of the tribesmen was promptly met and repulsed,
while he considers that the subsequent arrangements made to hold the position
reflect great credit on Brigadier-General Meiklejohn and the force under his
command.

3. Sir George White wishes to express his entire concurrence with the
remarks of Brigadier-General Meiklejohn as regards the admirable behaviour
of the troops during the defence of the Malakand. For five consecutive nights
large numbers of the enemy, led on by their Mullahs, and strongly imbued
with a spirit of fanaticism, attacked the position with determination, during
which time the troops had no rest or sleep. Each successive attack was met
and repulsed with steadiness and success.

4. The incident mentioned when an advanced post in the line of defence
was held by a party of a native officer and 25 men of the 31st Punjab Infantry
cannot pass unnoticed. The small party detailed for this duty gallantly
maintained their position for 6J hours, and resisted what is described as a most
determined attack, until at length the Serai they were holding was set on fire
and rendered untenable. Out of the party of 26 men detailed for the duty, ig
were either killed or wounded, which in itself testifies to the gallant stand they
made.

5. His Excellency also wishes to express his admiration of the manner
in which the Corps of Guides marched at very short notice from Mardan, a
distance of 32 miles. Despite the intense heat they had gone through, the corps
arrived in such a soldier-like condition that, on reaching the Malakand, the
Infantry of the Guides at once took up the position allotted to them in the line
of defence, and were under arms and fighting throughout the same and ensuing
nights. Nor can Sir George White omit a reference to the march of the 35th
Sikhs and the 37th Dogras, under Colonel Reid, which regiments proceeded to
reinforce the Malakand Brigade as rapidly as possible. The march was carried

( ix )

out under the most trying conditions and in exceptionally sultry weather, but
all ranks pushed on to reinforce their comrades, notwithstanding that they left
1 8 of their number dead from heat apoplexy e)i route ^ a loss which His Excellency
deeply deplores.

Sir George White has also heard with the deepest regret of the death of
Lieutenant-Colonel J. Lamb, 24th Punjab Infantry, Major W. W. Taylor, 45th
Sikhs, Lieutenant L. Manley and the non-commissioned officers and men
mentioned in the report.

In conclusion, the Commander-in-Chief desires to recommend to the
favourable consideration of the Government of India Brigadier- General
W. H. Meiklejohn and the Officers mentioned by him in his report.

Brigadier General Meiklejohn, in a despatch, deals with the attacks from
July 26th to August 1st. He says : —

Of the behaviour of the troops of all ranks, I cannot speak too highly.
The courage with which they have faced overwhelming odds night after night,
the endurance with which they have stood and fought with next to no sleep for
five days and five nights, has been be3^ond all praise. The trial has been a very
severe one, and I trust that His Excellency will agree that they have come out
of it honourably.

All have done well, but I should like to bring before His Excellency for
favourable consideration the following names of Officers and men : —

24//; Punjab Infantry.

Lieutenant-Colonel J. Lamb, on the first alarm being sounded on the night
of the 26th Juljr, took prompt action in reinforcing the outpost line held by his
regiment, and later was of great assistance in directing the defence of the central
enclosure till he was severely wounded.

Captain H. F. Holland showed great courage in assisting to drive a number
of the enemy out of the central enclosure and was severely wounded in doing so.

I virould specially wish to mention Lieutenant S. H. Climo, who commanded
the 24th Punjab Infantry after Lieutenant-Colonel Lamb and Captain Holland
had been wounded. This Officer has shown soldierly qualities and ability of
the highest order. He has commanded the regiment with dash and enterprise
and shown a spirit and example which have been followed bj' all ranks. I trust
His Excellency will be pleased to favourably notice Lieutenant Climo, who has
proved himself an Officer who will do well in any position and is well worthy
of promotion.

Lieutenant A. K. Rawlins has behaved well all through. I would recommend
him to His Excellency for the plucky way in which he went to the fort on the
night of the 26th July to bring down reinforcements, and again for the dash he
showed in leading his men on the 27th and 28th, of which Lieutenant Climo
speaks most highly.

Lieutenant E. W. Costello, 22nd Punjab Infantry, temporarily attached
to the 24th Punjab Infantry, has behaved exceedingly well, and is the subject
of a separate recommendation.

2,1st Punjab Infantry.

Major M. I. Gibbs commanded the regiment in the absence of Major
O'Bryen with skill and in every way to my satisfaction.

Lieutenant H. B. Ford, Acting Adjutant, 31st Punjab Infantrj^, rendered
valuable assistance in helping to bring in a wounded sepoy during the with-
drawal from North Camp. He also behaved with courage in resisting an attack
of the enemy on the night of the 28th when he was severely wounded.

( X )

Surgeon-Lieutenant J. Hug^o, attached to 31st Punjab Infantry, rendered
valuable service on the night of the 28th in saving Lieutenant H. B. Ford from
bleeding to death. Lieutenant P'ord was wounded and a branch of an artery
was cut. There were no means of securing the arterj', and Surgeon-Lieutenant
Hugo for two hours stopped the bleeding by compressing the artery with his
fingers. Had he not had the strength to do so, Lieutenant Ford must have
died. Early in the morning thinking that the enemy had effected an entrance
into Camp, Surgeon-Lieutenant J. Hugo picked up Lieutenant Ford with one
arm, and, still holding the artery with the fingers of the other hand, carried
him to a place of safety.

45//1 Rattray s Sikhs.

Colonel H. Sawyer was away on leave when hostilities broke out, but he
returned on the 29th and took over command of the regiment from Lieutenant-
Colonel McRae, and from that time rendered me every assistance.

I would specially bring to the notice of His Excellency the Commander-
in-Chief the name of Lieutenant-Colonel H. N. McRae, who commanded the
regiment on the 26th. 27th and 28th. His prompt action in seizing the gorge
at the top of the Buddhist Road on the night of the 26th and the gallant way
in which he held it undoubtedly saved the camp from being rushed on that
side. For this, and for the able way in which he commanded the regiment
during the first three days of the fighting, I would commend him to His
Excellency's favourable consideration.

Also Lieutenant R. M. BarfF, Officiating Adjutant of the regiment, who,
Lieutenant-Colonel McRae reports, behaved with great courage and rendered
him valuable assistance.

The Guides.

I also wish to bring the name of Lieutenaut-Colonel R. B. Adams of the
Guides to His Excellency's notice. The prompt way in which the corps
mobilised and their grand march reflect great credit on him and the corps.
Since arrival at the Malakand on the 27th July and till the morning of the
1st August, Lieutenant-Colonel Adams was in command of the Lower Camp,
i.e., that occupied by central and left position, and in the execution of this
command, and the arrangements he made for improving the defences he gave
me every satisfaction. I have also to express my appreciation of the way in
which he conducted the cavalry reconnaissance on the 1st August on which
occasion his horse was shot under him.

Great credit is due to Lieutenant P. C. Eliott-Lockhart, who was in command
of the Guides Infantrj', for bringing up the regiment from Mardan to Malakand
in such good condition after their trying march.

Captain G. M. Baldwin, D.S.O., behaved with great courage and coolness
during the reconnaissance of the 1st August, and though severely wounded by a
sword cut on the head, he remained on the ground and continued to lead his
men.

Lieutenant H. L. S. Maclean also behaved with courage, and displayed
an excellent example on the night of the 28th July, when he was severely
wounded.

I \tli Bengal Lancers.

Major S. B. Beatson commanded the Squadron, llth Bengal Lancers,
which arrived at Malakand on the 29th, and led them with great skill and dash
on the occasion of the reconnaissance on the 1st August.

No. 8 Bengal Mountain Battery.

Lieutenant F. A. Wynter was the only Officer with No. 8 Bengal Moun-
tain Battery from the 26th till the 30th July, and he commanded it during
that time, when all the severest of the fighting was going on, with great ability.

( xi )

and has proved himself a good soldier. I should like especially to mention him
for His Excellency's consideration. The Battery did excellent work all through.

No, 5 Company, Queen's Own Madras Sappers and Miners.

Lieutenant A. R. Winsloe, R.E., commanded the company from the 7th
July till the 1st August to my entire satisfaction. His services in strengthening
the defences were invaluable.

Lieutenant F. W. Watling, R.E., was in command of the company in the
absence of Captain Johnson on the 26th, and commanded it well until he was
wounded in gallantly trying to resist a charge of the enemy. After Lieutenant
Watling was wounded the command for the remainder of the night of the 26th
and till Lieutenant Winsloe returned on the 27th devolved on Lieutenant
E. N. Man ley, R.E. He performed his duties with great credit, and afterwards
was of great assistance, by his zeal and his exertions, to Lieutenant Winsloe.

Medical Staff.

Brigade-Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel F. A. Smyth was most zealous and
performed his duties to my satisfaction. He volunteered to perform the duties
of Provost-Marshal, and did so for a short time during the illness of Lieutenant
H. E. Cotterill.

The arrangements made by Surgeon-Major S. Hassan, Senior Medical
Officer, 38th Native Field Hospital, and the indefatigable attention and care
with which he devoted himself to the wounded deserve great praise. The list
of casualties is large, and Surgeon-Major Hassan has been untiring in his exer-
tions for their relief. I hope His Excellency will think fit to consider his
services favourably.

Surgeon-Captain T. A. O. Langston, 38th Native Field Hospital, rendered
valuable assistance in attending to the wounded under a heavy fire on the
night of the 26th and each following night, and behaved with courage and
devotion in carrying out his duties under very exceptional circumstances.

Surgeon-Lieutenant W. Corr has worked night and day in the hospitals in
trying to alleviate the sufferings of the wounded, and has most ably and effi-
ciently aided Surgeon-Major Hassan.

Brigade Staff,

Major L. Herbert, my Deputy Assistant Adjutant and Ouarter-Master-
General, was of the greatest assistance to me by the zeal and energy with which
he performed his duties from the moment the news of the approach of the
enemy was received till he was severely wounded while standing next to me
in the enclosure of the Sappers and Miners' Camp on the night of the 26th.
Since being wounded, he has carried on all his office duties on his bed. I would
wish to commend his gallant conduct for the favourable consideration of the
Commander-in-Chief.

Although Major H. A. Deane is in no way under my authority, I feel I am
under a great obligation to him for the valuable assistance he rendered me
with his advice and for volunteering to put himself at my disposal with the
object of carrying on the active duties of Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General
when Major Herbert was wounded. He was indefatigable in assisting me in
every way he could, and I am anxious to put on record my grateful appreciation
of the services he rendered me.

The above list of names may appear to be somewhat long ; but I would
point out that the fighting was almost constant for a week, and was of such a
close nature as to demand incessant exertion from every Officer in the force and
to elicit constant acts of courage and gallant example which cannot be over-
looked.

( ^ii )

I would not like to close this despatch without payine; a tribute to the
memory of a fine soldier and charming companion whose death the whole force
deplores.

Major W. W. Taylor had behaved with the greatest gallantry and dash in
meeting the enemy's first charge with Lieutenant-Colonel McRae, and had he
lived he would undoubtedly have distinguished himself in his career. His
loss is a heavy one to his regiment and to the Service, and there is no one in
the Brigade who does not mourn him as a friend.

I have also to deplore the death of Honorary Lieutenant L. Manley, as my
Commissariat Officer, who had rendered me great assistance, and who died
fighting manfully. His loss is a very serious one to the Brigade.

I attach separately for favourable consideration a list of Native Officers,
non-commissioned officers and men who have done especially good service, some
of whom I have therein recommended for the Order of Merit.

I trust these recommendations will meet with the favourable consideration
of His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief.

MALAKAND FIELD FORCE.

Return of casualties in action at Malakand from 26th July to 1st August

1897 inclusive.

SUMMARY.

Officers.

Killed ... ... ... ... ... I

Wounded ... ... ... ... ... 19

Non-commissioned Officers and Men.

Killed ... ... ... ... ... 22

Wounded ... ... ... ... ... 13»

No. 728-F — Fiela Operations. -Malakand, dated Simla, 15th September 1897.

From Major-Gencral G. de C. Morton, c.b., Adjutant-General in India,

to the Secretary to the Government of India, Military Department.

In continuation of my letter No. 727-F., dated 15th September 1897, I
have the honour, by direction of the Commander-in-Chief, to forward herewith
despatches from Major-General Sir B. Blood, K.C.B., describing the operations
at the Malakand and in the Swat Valley from the 1st to 3rd August 1897, in-
cluding the defence and relief of Chakdara.

2. In submitting these reports His Excellency desires to express his
approbation of Sir B. Blood's energy, of the sound dispositions made by him and
of the able way in which he was supported by Brigadier-General Meiklejohn,
Colonel Reid, and all ranks under his command.

3. The advance from the Malakand to the relief of Chakdara was carried
out with skill and judgment The troops, in spite of the exertions and hard-
ships they had undergone during the past week, advanced with great energy
and drove the enemy disheartened and panic-stricken in all directions into the
plain, where they were pursued by the cavalry and still further dispersed.

4. The separate report on the defence of Chakdara speaks for itself, but
Sir George White wishes to record his admiration of the manner in which this
small garrison successfully held their own for six nights and days against over-
whelming numbers. He would also specially refer to the patient courage and
endurance of the followers, both at the Malakand and Chakdara, during the
■operations from the 26th July to the 2nd August.

5. Among many other brave acts performed during the defence, Sir George
White desires to draw special attention to the gallantry and devotion of the

(

xiii )

signallers who, isolated as they were in the signal tower under very trying cir«
cumstances, without water to drink, and at times under a heavy fire, continued
to perform their duties in a most soldier-like manner.

That the morale of the small garrison of Chakdara was in no degree shaken
by the severe strain to which they had been subjected is evident from the brilliant
sortie which was made by the party under command of Lieutenant Rattray on
the arrival of the Relieving Force.

His Excellency desires to commend the services of Major-General Sir
B. Blood, and those mentioned by him in the operations under reference, to
the special consideration of the Government of India.

Sir Bindon-Blood closes his despatch describing his relief of Chakdara in
the following terms : —

The complete and comparatively easy success of these operations, which I
have been privileged to direct, was, chiefly and in the first place, due to the
steadfast courage and conduct of our native soldiers under the gallant leading
of their British Officers. Not a little was also due to the patient courage of our
mule-drivers and other followers, who behaved in the somewhat exciting cir-
cumstances of the early morning of the 2nd August, as if they were parading
for a peaceful march in the plains of India. Their confidence in us was some-
thing touching, especially when we consider the scenes they had witnessed for
nearly a week, the heavy and continuous firing at short range which had gone
on round two-thirds of our position up to an hour or two before the start of the
relieving column, and the constant sight at no great distance of hordes of
wild barbarians thirsting for their blood. These circumstances were calculated
to unpleasantly affect the steadiest nerves, and the way in which all sorts
and conditions of our native soldiers and followers came out of the trial is a
source of keen satisfaction to all of us. Truly these men deserve to bear the
good old motto Ncc asperat terrent.

In operations such as those connected with the relief of Chakdara Fort, it
is very difficult to select individuals for reward with fairness, and I would accord-
ingly suggest that, if possible, in this case some distribution of rewards should
be made to the native ranks at proportionate rates per unit to be allotted in
each unit by the British Officers acting as a sort of committee.

I have the honour to invite the special attention of His Excellency the
Commander-in-Chief in India to the good services of the following officers during
the operations described above, vis : —

Brigadier-General W. H. Meiklejohn, C.B., C.M.G., carried out his duties
in command of the force which relieved Chakdara Fort with great gallantry and
judgment.

Colonel A. J. F Reid, officiating Colonel on the Staff, Malakand Brigade,
afforded me valuable assistance by carrying out the re-arrangement of the
defensive posts at the Malakand on the 1st August after the Relieving Force had
been drawn from them and in making the preparations for Colonel T. H.
Goldney's attack on the 2nd.

Colonel T. H. Goldney, 30th Sikhs, disposed and led the troops on the
morning of the 2nd in the successful attack on the hill since named after him
in a most judicious and satisfactory manner.

Major E. A. P. Hobday, R.A., was most energetic and indefatigable in
assisting Colonel A. J. F. Reid and me in carrying out the multifarious work
which had to be done at the Malakand and in the Swat Valley on the ist, 2nd
-and 3rd,

( xiv )

Brigadier-General Meiklejohn reports favourably on the following Officers
who were under his command during the operations above detailed, vis : —

Captain G, F. H. Dillon, 40th Pathans, who acted as Staff Officer to the
Relieving Force, showed great readiness and resource, and his assistance was of
the utmost value.

Lieutenants C. R, Gaunt, 4th Dragoon Guards, Orderly Officer, and
E. Christian, Royal Scots Fusiliers, Signalling Officer, carried out their duties
most satisfactorily.

Lieutenant-Colonel R. B. Adams, Queen's Own Corps of Guides, command-
ed the Cavalry (four squadrons) with the Relieving Force, in the most gallant
and judicious manner.

The following Officers commanding Units and Detachments of the Relieving
Force are stated by Brigadier-General Meiklejohn to have carried out their
duties in a thoroughly capable and satisfactory manner, vis : —

Colonel H. A. Sawyer, 45th Sikhs.
Major Stuart- Beatson, lith Bengal Lancers,
Major J. G. Ramsay, 24th Punjab Infantry.
Captain A. H. C. Birch, R. A. (8th Bengal Mountain Batterj-,)
Lieutenant G. de H. Smith, 2nd Regiment, Central India Horse, attached
to Queen's Own Corps of Guides (Cavalry).

Lieutenant A. R. Winsloe, R.E. (No. 5 Company, Queen's Own Sappers and
Miners).

Lieutenant. P. C. Eliott-Lockhart, Queen's Own Corps of Guides (Infantry).
Surgeon-Captain H. F. Whitchurch, V.C, attended to the wounded under
fire throughout the fighting.

The following Officers under Colonel T. H. Goldney's command led their
detachments under my own observation with gallanti-y and judgment, viz : —

Lieutenant-Colonel L. J. E. Bradshaw, 35tli Sikhs.
Captain L. C. H. Stainforth, 3Sth Dogras.

Jemadar Nawab, who commanded two guns of No. 8 Bengal Mountain
Battery in support of Colonel Goldney's attack, attracted my favourable notice
by his smartness, quickness and thorough knowledge of his work.

I would also wish to bring to His Excellency's notice the good work done
by Major H. Burney, Gordon Highlanders, Assistant Adjutant-General ; Major
H. Wharry, D.S.O., Chief Commissariat Officer, and Captain A. B. Dunster-
ville, 1st Battalion, East Surrey Regiment, my Aide-de-Camp, the only Officers
of the Divisional Staff" of my force who had arrived at the Malakand on the 2nd
August. These Officers worked very hard and were of great use to me.

Major H. A. Deane, C.S.I. , Political Agent, Dir and Swat, was not in any

way under my orders during the operations above described, but, notwithstand-
ing, I hope, I may be permitted to express the obligations under which I lie to
him for valuable information and general assistance which he gave me.

MALAKAND FIELD FORCE,
Return of casualties in action at relief of Chakdara on 2nd August 1897.

Non-commissioned Officers and Men,

Killed ... ... ... ... ... 5

Wounded ... ... ... .„ ... 28

( XV )

No. 729-F. — Field Operations — Malakand, dated Simla, I5tli September 1897.

Front Major-General G. de C. Morton, c.b., Adjutant-General in India, to
the Secretary to the Government of India, Military Department.

In continuation of my letter No. 728-F., dated 15th September 1897, I
have the honour, by direction of the Commander-in-Chief, to submit for the
information of the Government of India the accompanying despatch from Major-
General Sir B. Blood, K.C.B., Commanding the Malakand Field Force, giving
an account of the operations of the force under his command from the 4th to
26th August i}^97 inclusive.

2. His Excellency has much pleasure in bringing to the notice of the
Government of India the admirable manner in which Sir B. Blood has exercised
his command and the skilful way in which that Officer handled his troops at the
action of Landaki on the 17th August, when he dislodged the enemy from an
extremely strong natural position.

3. Sir George White deeply regrets the loss of Lieutenants R. T. Greaves,
Lancashire Fusiliers, and H. L. S. MacLean of the Queen's Own Corps of
Guides ; and he also desires to record his admiration 'of gallantry displayed on
the occasion of their death by Lieutenant-Colonel R. B. Adams, Queen's Own
Corps of Guides, Lieutenant Viscount Fincastle, i6th Lancers, and the Native
Officers and non-commissioned officers and men of the Queen's Own Corps of
Guides who accompanied them, and whose conduct will form the subject of a
separate communication.

4. The Commander-in-Chief cordially endorses the opinions expressed in
paragraphs 31 and 35 of the report, and favourably commends to the notice of
the Government of India the Officers therein mentioned.

Sir Bindon Blood in his despatch says : —

I would wish to express my admiration of the fine soldierly qualities
exhibited by all ranks of the special force which I led into Upper Swat. They
fought the action at Landaki in a brilliant manner, working over high hills
under a burning sun with the greatest alacrity and showing everywhere the
greatest keenness to close with the enemj'. They carried out admirably the
trying duties necessitated by marching in hot weather with a transport train
ot more than 2,000 mules, and they endured with perfect cheerfulness the dis-
comforts of several nights' bivouac in heavy rain. The Officers of the Divisional
Staff and of my personal staff who were with me, Brigadier-General W. H.
Meiklejohn, C.B., C.M.G., and his staff and the several heads of departments
and Commanding Officers of Divisional Troops, all carried out their duties in
an entirely satisfactory manner.

Major H. A. Deane, Political Agent and his Assistant Lieutenant A. B.
Minchin gave valuable assistance in collecting intelligence and supplies.

While the operations above described were in progress a diversion was
made towards the southern border of the Buner country from Mardan by
the 1st Reserve Brigade, which, on its head-quarters leaving Mardan, came under
my command as the 3rd Brigade, Malakand Field Force.

A force under Brigadier-General J. Wodehouse, C.B., C.M.G., was concen-
trated on the 17th August at Rustam, 18 miles north-east of Mardan and about
four miles from the Buner border, with the object of acting as a containing
force, and so preventing the sections of the Bunerwals who had not already
committed themselves against us from joining in opposition to our advance
into Upper Swat.

( xvi )

The presence of this force had the desired effect, and Brigadier-General
Wodehouse and his staff made good use of the time they spent at Rustam in
acquiring valuable information about several of the passes in the neighbourhood.

Brigadier-General Wodehouse states that throughout the operations of his
force, which involved considerable fatigue and exposure to heat and rain, the
spirit of his troops left nothing to be desired. He makes special mention of the
work of No. 3 Companj', Bombay Sappers and Miners, under Captain C. E.
Baddeley. R.E. He also reports very favourably on the assistance given him by
Lieutenant C. P. Down, Assistant Commissioner, and has expressed to me a high
opinion of that Officer's abilities and acquirements, particularly of his proficiency
in the local vernacular.

THE BUNER DESPATCH.

Sir Bindon Blood's despatch on the Buner%val expedition was published in
the Gazette of India with the following comments : —

The Governor-General in Council concurs in the opinion expressed by the
Commander-in-Chief regarding the skill with which the operations of the field
force were conducted by Sir Bindon Blood, and the discipline and good conduct
displayed by the troops throughout these short but successful operations.

The Adjutant-General in a covering letter wrote : — The celerity with which
the successful result was attained is undoubtedly due to the skilful dispositions
made by the commander of the force, and to the enterprise, judgment and vigour
with which the operations were carried out, particularly in the attack and
capture of the Tangao Pass. His Excellency now commends to the notice of
the Government the services of Sir Bindon Blood and of the Brigadiers and
others mentioned in the despatch. The discipline and conduct of the troops,
British and native, have been all that could be desired, and reflect the greatest
credit on all ranks.

Sir Bindon Blood in his despatch mentioned between sixty and seventy
Officers. He remarked :— The 1st and 2nd Brigades were most ably and
efficiently commanded by General Meiklejohn and General Jeffreys respectively,
and he recommends these Officers strongly to the consideration of the Com-
mander-in-Chief. The only casualty during the operations was a private of the
Highland Light Infantry, mortally wounded.

X-

( xvii )

APPENDIX V.
THE MOHMAND AND MAMUND DESPATCHES.

The despatches from Major-General Sir Bindon Blood and Major-General E. R.
Elles dealing with the operations of the Malakand and Mohmand Field Forces in
September and October, were published in the Gazette of India of the 3rd Decem-
ber.

The Adjutant-General, in a covering letter to Sir Bindon Blood's despatch,
says : — The Commander-in-Chief considers that Brigadier-General V. D.
Jeffrej's's disposition of the troops under his command on the 1 6th September
showed that that Officer had greatly underestimated the fighting power of the
Mamunds as regards both numbers and strength of position. His Excellency
has, however, much pleasure in endorsing Sir Bindon Blood's commendation of
the subsequent operations of this Brigade. Sir George White desires me to ex-
press his approval of the general conduct of the operations carried out under
Sir Bindon Blood's directions, and of the resource and appreciation of the situa-
tion he evinced when confronted with unexpected difficulties. He also concurs
in the terms in which Sir Bindon Blood speaks of the services rendered by
Brigadier-Generals Meiklejohn and Wodehouse, the latter of whom was severely
wounded in the night attack on the 3rd Brigade, on the 20th September. The
gallantry and discipline of the troops were, in Sir George White's opinion,
conspicuous throughout the operations ; especially so in the night attacks made
by the enemy on the 14th, i6th and 20th September, as well as during the
trying incidents of the i6th September and in the attack on the villages of
Agrah and Gat on the 30th September. The valuable reconnaissances made by
the nth Bengal Lancers under Major Beatson when establishing connection
with Major-General Elles's force, and the skilful handhng of the cavalry of the
Corps of Guides by Lieutenant-Colonel R. B. Adams on the 30th September
appear to the Commander-in-Chief to be specially worthy of commendation.
His Excellency has much pleasure in endorsing the favourable terms in which
Sir Bindon Blood has mentioned Colonel A. J. F. Reid, who was responsible for
a great portion of the line of communications and for the efficient supply of
troops at the front ; as well as in commending to the favourable notice of the
Government the Staff, Departmental and Regimental Officers named in the
despatch. The advance made in knowledge of their special duties evinced by
the Transport Officers during the operations now reported on, and the attention
that has been paid to the care and treatment of Transport animals, are, in Sir
George White's opinion, most satisfactory and creditable. In conclusion, the
Commander-in-Chief desires to bring to the notice of the Government the services
rendered by Major-(^eneral G. de C. Morton, Adjutant-General, and Major-
General A. R. Badcock, Quarter-Master-General in India, in the performance of
the onerous duties which devolved upon them in connection with these
operations.

In a letter from the Government of India it is said that the Governor-
General in Council concurs in the Commander-'n-Chief's expression of approval
of the general conduct of these operations, and of the skill and resource shown by

( xviii )

Sir Bindon Blood. His Excellency in Council also shares with the Commander-
in-Chief his appreciation of the gallantry and discipline displayed by all ranks
throughout the operations.

Sir Bindon Blood's Despatch.
Sir Bindon Blood gives the following reasons for separating his two
brigades on the inarch to co-operate with Major-General EUes in the Mohmand
country : —

Some little delay being necessitated by political arrangements with the
Jandoul Chiefs and others, the disposition of the force on the I2th September
had altered to the following : —

3rd Brigade, Watelai, three miles south-west of Khar on the left bank of
the Chaharmung stream.

2nd Brigade, Gosam.

1st Brigade, two battalions and the loth Field Battery at Panjkora and
Serai, the remainder on the Line.

Divisional Head-quarters, with the 3rd Brigade at Watelai.

On the 13th, the 3rd Brigade halted, the 2nd Brigade moved to a point
close to south-west of Khar, and I personally examined the Rambat Pass, find-
ing that the country to the south of it was very deficient in water and forage.
This being so, I directed Brigadier-General P. D. Jeffreys. C.B., commanding
the 2nd Brigade, to encamp on the 14th, north of Markhanai. to improve the
Rambat Pass, to cross it into Butkor on the 15th with two battalions, a com-
pany of Sappers and Miners, a squadron, and five days' supplies, and to send
the remainder of his brigade on the same day, under Colonel T. H. Goldney,
35th Sikhs, to join me at Nawagai, to which place I intended to march on the
14th with the 3rd Brigade. I further directed Brigadier-General Jeffreys to
move his special force through Butkor as quickly as possible to Danish Kol,
where I promised to join him or send him further instructions. Both brigades
carried with them rations for men up to the 23rd September ; and I had
arranged to drop my communications with the Malakand and draw my next
supplies from Shabkadar, where the Mohmand Field Force, under Major-General
E. R Elles, C.B., was waiting to march on the 15th to join me in the Mohmand
country, south of Nawagai,

The movements detailed in the foregoing paragraph were duly carried out
by the 2nd and 3rd Brigades, so far as the 14th was concerned ; the 3rd Brigade,
with Divisional Head-quarters, being encamped on the evening of that day about
a mile south of the village of Nawagai, while Brigadier- General Jeffreys, with
three battalions, a mountain battery and a squadron was on the right bank of
the Chaharmung stream, north of Markhanai, having detached the Buffs and the
4th Company, Bengal Sappers and Miners, to the crest of the Rambat Pass to
prepare it for the passage of his special force next morning.

At about 8 P.M. on the 14th, while it was still quite dark, before the moon
rose, Brigadier-General Jeffreys's camp was suddenly assailed by a heavy
musketry fire from the ravines close by. The attack was continued, with little
intermission for six hours, being directed at first chiefly asrainst the faces of the
camp held by the Guides under Major F. < ampbell and the 35th Sikhs under
Colonel T. H. Goldney, and afterwards against that defended by the 30th
Dogras under Lieutenant-Colonel F. G. Vivian. The enemy showed no inclina-
tion to come to close quarters, and ultimately drew off about 2 a.m., doubtless
having in view the desirableness of getting beyond reach of cavalry before
daylight. This, however, they did not succeed in doing, as they were over-
taken in the Mamund Valley about 8 a.m. on the 15th by Captain E. H. Cole

and his squadron of the 14th Bengal Lancera, who killed 21 of them and dis-
persed the rest.

I regret to say that two British Officers were killed * and one dangerously

» o • iir 17 T 1 ■ J wounded f in this affair. The other casualties

•Captain W. E. Tomkins and „,„^„ . vni^j ,. ^- 1 j- j ^

Lieutenant A. VV. Bailey. were .— Aj^/^rf -two native soldiers and two

t Lieutenant H. A. H.rington. followers ; wounded one native officer, five
other native ranks and two followers ; ninety-
eight horses and transport animals were also killed or wounded.

Meanwhile, on my arrival at Nawagai on the 14th September. I found the
Khan disposed to be friendly, and to do all in his power to provide such sup-
plies as we required. The Hadda Mullah was reported to be in the Bedmanai
Pass with a small gathering which was said to be increasing in numbers ; but
the tribes inhabiting the Mittai and neighbouring valleys seemed somewhat
half-hearted about opposing us. The tribes south of the Rambat Pass also sent
to disclaim hostile intentions ; but, notwithstanding this, some of their men
joined in the night attack of the 14th- 15th on Brigadier-General Jeffreys's
camp.

Early in the morning of the i6th I received a brief report b3' heliograph of
the attack on Brigadier-General Jeffrej's's camp the night before, and at once
sent him orders to concentrate his force and proceed to the punishment of the
tribes concerned. Later in the daj' I received a fuller report of what had
happened, together with information from Brigadier-General Jeffrej-s that he
had received my orders and was concentrating his brigade at inayat Kill in the
Mamund Valley, with a view to carr3'ing them out. He had ascertained that the
attack on his camp had been made by a small gathering of Mamunds, who had
been reinforced by some of Umra Khan's followers from Za^i, a village in the
Mamund Valle}', and by a few men from the neighbouring tribes.

Naturally the night attack of the 14th- 1 5th, with the consequent turning
aside into the Mamund Vallej^ of Brigadier-
\ Mo^u'nla," Battery. General Jeffreys's Brigade, made a considerable

3 Sqiiacrons. change in the aspect of affairs in .South Bajour

1 Company of Sappers. and the Mohmand ccvintry ; and the strategical

situation which had now developed itself was
interesting, I found myself at Nawagai with a brigade of all arms + in a
strongly entrenched position, faced by the Hadda Mullah's gathering in the
Bedmanai Pass,— a not very difficult defile, some six or eight miles in length, the
mouth of which is about seven miles south-webt in a straight line from the site
of my camp,— itself about one mile south of Nawagai village The intervening
ground is a plain of which the western halt is cut up by ravines, while the
rest is favourable for cavalry. East of and behind me lay the road to the camp
of the 2nd Brigade at Inayat Kili running for about six mi ies through a net-
work of deep ravines, and then for the remaining six or seven over a plain.
I was not strong enough to attack the Mullahs gathering in their position
with sufficient amount of odds in my favour, while! did not Shink it advisable

to rejoin Brigadier-General JeiTrej-s,— first,
§ 4 Battalions. because he was strong 8 enough already for

1 Mountain Battery. ,. , . " <> ,, , -^ .

1 Squadron. immediate requirements ; secondly, becau.se it

I Com (,aoy of Sappers. would have been most unwise to have retired

through the ravines above mentioned in face of
the Mullah's gathering ; thirdlj', because I expected that one of Major-General
Elles's Brigades would join me in the Nawagai Valley on the 17th or the
18th at latest, and finally, because my support was necessary to keep the Khan
of Nawagai with us, -as, if I had deserted him. he would have been compelled
by the Mullah's men to throw in his lot with them, which would have been
a serious matter on account of his influence in Bajour. Accordindy.- I deter-
mined to stay where I was until Major-General Elles's advance should make
it possible to dispose effectually of the Mullah's gathering, and to clear out the
Bedmanai Pass and the Mittai and neighbouring valleys with completeness.

( XX )

The most interesting pait of Sir Bindon Blood's despatch is that which
deals with the action of September i6th. It may be well to give it in full, Sir
Bindon Blood says : —

At about 6-30 on the morning of the 1 6th September Brigadier-General
Jeffreys moved out from his camp at Inayat Kili with the greater portion of
his force in three columns, to deal with the villages of the Mamunds. The right
column under Lieutenant-Colonel F. G. Vivian, 38th Dogras, consisting of six
companies and a detachment of Sappers was directed along the eastern side of
the Mamund Valle}- on the villages of Shinkot, Chingai, Damadolah and Badam
Kili ; the central column under Colonel T. H. Goldney, 35th Sikhs, consisting
of six companies, four guns, one squadron, and a detachment of Sappers, was
directed against the villages of Minar, Hazarnao and Badalai ; while the left
column under Major F. Campbell of the Guides was composed of five companies
and a detachment of Sappers, and was directed along the right bank of the
Watelai ravine parallel to the centre column. The right column under
Colonel Vivian having advanced by the route ordered as far as Damadolah,
found that place too strongly held to be reasonably attempted without artillery,
and returned thence to camp arriving at 4 p.m., with two men slightly
wounded. The centre column under Colonel Goldney, advanced some six miles
up the valley without seeing anything of the enemy, who were first reported
at Badam Kili to which place a detachment under Lieutenant-Colonel
A. E. Ommanney was sent to dislodge them. The remainder ot the column pushed
on, and at about 10-30 a.m. two companies of the 35th Sikhs which led the
advance occupied a knoll near Shahi Tangi upwards of nine miles from camp.
In this movement, however, the two companies advanced too far from their
supports and as the enemy promptly attacked them in force they were com-
pelled to retire about a mile with the loss of one British Officer and one sepoy
killed and sixteen non-commissioned officers and sepoys wounded. Soon after-
wards, the Buffs under Colonel Ommanney coming up, the knoll was again
occupied without much opposition, being the furthest point reached by the
column during this advance. The guns came into action, first on the spur
north of Badalai and afterwards on the north of Chingai (11^ ; they were
covered in the first position by two companies of the 35th Sikhs posted to
their right, and on their moving towards the second position one-and-a-half
of these companies under Captain W. I. Ryder w^ere ordered to cover the move-
ment by climbing to the top of a high ridge to their right and then advancing
along it towards the north. Owing to subsequent orders not reaching him,
Captain Ryder went further. In the earlier part of the day the left column
had remained far behind, being fully occupied for some considerable time in
dealing with the numerous villages met with along the road shortly after
leaving camp. Towards 9 a.m. it was called up by General Jeffreys, as the
enemy began to appear in force on his left near Agrah and it joined the
centre column about noon. At about 2-30 p.m., as soon as the fortified villages
of Chingai (II) and .Shahi Tangi had been dismantled. General Jeffreys ordered
the troops to return to camp ; Captain Rj'der was still on the high ridge above
Chingai (11), along which he attempted to retire in a direction which diverged
from the line of the retreat of the main body of the force. Soon after the
retirement commenced a message was received from him stating that .he vvas
hard pressed and could not rejoin the main body, whereupon General Jeffreys
ordered Major Campbell with six companies of the Guides Infantrj' to go to
his assistance which they did about 4 p.m., a short time being taken up in
assembling the companies which were in extended order. The fact of this move-
ment having to be undertaken so late in the afternoon was a most unfortunate
occurrence, since General Jeffre\-s had to wait until the safety of the Guides
and Captain Ryder's detachment was assured ; and the consequent delaj' at
that time of the day made it impossible for him to reach camp before dark.
The (luides, under Major Campbell, most successfully and gallantly relieved
and brought off Captain Ryder's detachment, which had suffered heavy losses.

( xxi )

The combined detachments did not, however, succeed in rejoining General
JeflVej's, being prevented by niglitfall and a thunderstorm which came on about
the same time. Ultimately they made their waj' to camp without further loss,
arriving about 9 p.m. Meanwhile, as soon as the safety of Captain Rj'der's
detachment was certain, General Jeffreys continued his retirement towards
the camp. So long as daylight lasted the enemy kept at a respectful distance
from him, but as it got dark they got bold and the ground being broken and
diflicult they were able to bring a hot fire to bear on the troops, while a heavy
thunderstorm which came on at dusk greatly increased the difficulties of the
situation. Ultimately, however, by about 8-30 p.m. all the troops had arrived
in camp except General JeftVej-s, four guns of No. 8 (Bengal) Mountain Bat-
tery, a small party of Sappers and a few men of the Buffs and the 35th Sikhs
who got separated from the rest in the darkness. About dusk General Jeffrey's,
then about three miles and a half from camp, decided to occupy a neighbour-
ing village called Bilot for the night, chietly with a view to sheltering the
battery mules with him from the enemj-'s sharpshooters, and while he was
engaged in arranging this the thunderstorm before referred to came on causing
sudden and complete darkness. In the consequent confusion the troops got
separated and only the detachments above detailed remained with General
Jeffreys. He proceeded to occupy and entrench an angle of the village, part
of which was burning, while the rest was soon occupied by the enemy, who
fired on the General and his detachment from behind walls at a few yards'
range, inflicting serious losses on men and animals. This state of things con-
tinued, in spite of several gallant attempts to clear the village which were led
by Lieutenants Watson and Colvin, R.E., until the arrival about midnight
of Major J. F. Worlledge, 55th Sikhs, with two companies of Guides and two
of his own regiment. After this the enemy were easily driven oft", and gave no
further annoyance during the night. Major Worlledge had left camp about
5-30 P.M. in obedience to an order from General Jeffreys, and on joining the
General about dark had been sent to find and support the Guide*, under Major
Campbell. Failing to find the Guides in the dark, Major Worlledge tried to
retrace his steps to the General but only succeeded in finding him after the
moon rose about midnight, although he had been close to him for some time
previously without knowing it. General Jeffreys ultimately reached camp at
8 A.M. on the 17th, some of the troops there having been sent out to his assist-
ance and returning with him.

After detailing the losses, 151 killed and wounded. Sir Bindon Blood con-
tinues : — The behaviour of the troops throughout this trying day was very
good. The steadiness and discipline shown by the Buffs under Colonel Om-
manney were admirable, while General Jeffreys has specially commended the
gallantry with which the Guides Infantry under Major Campbell brought off
Captain Ryder's detachment of the 35th Sikhs, carrying the wounded on their
backs under a heavy fire. He has further strongly endorsed Major Campbell's
favourable mention of the courage and judgment shown by Captain G. B.
Hodson and Lieutenant H. W. Codrington of the Guides who commanded the
companies of the battalion which were chiefly in contact with the enemy ;
the gallantry of Surgeon-Captain J. Fisher who made a most determined though
unsuccessful attempt to take medical aid to the wounded of Captain Ryder's
detachment through a hot fire ; of Surgeon-Lieutenant E. L. Perry ; of Jema-
dar Sikandar Khan of the Guides, and of several non-commissioned officers
and sepoys of the same corps. General Jeffreys has also described in very
favourable terms the gallant and valuable work done on this day by Captain
E. H. Cole and his squadron of the nth Bengal Lancers. He has commended
the conduct of Captain Ryder and Lieutenant O. G. Gunning, 35th Sikhs, who
were both wounded, and of Jemadar Narayan Singh, Havildar Ram Singh and
Sepoy Karram Singh of the same regiment. He has also brought to notice a
gallant act of Captain Birch and his trumpeter Juvan in rescuing a wounded
sepoy of the 35th Sikhs, as well as the distinguished gallantry of Jemadars

( xxii )

Navvab and Ishar Singh and several non-commissioned officers and men of the
same battery. General Jeffreys further refers in the strongest terms of com-
mendation to the gallant conduct of Lieutenants Watson and Colvin, R.E., and
of the handful of men of the Buff's and No. 4 Comoany, Bengal Sappers, who
spent the nights of the i6th and 17th with him in the village of Bijot. The
conduct ot these Officers and men in entering the village several times in the
dark, in the face of a heavy fire directed upon them at close quarters, seems de-
serving of the highest recognition, and I have consequently made a special
communication to you on it. General Jeff'reys has also commended the gallant
conduct of his Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General, Major Hamilton ; and finally
he has praised the courage and resolution of Lieutenant Churchill of the 4th
Hussars, correspondent of the Pioneer newspaper, with the force, who made
himself useful at a critical moment.

.Sir liindon Blood, in closing his despatch, pays a high tribute to the
work done by the cavalry. The health of the troops was generally good ;
only seven British and five native soldiers and eight followers died from disease
between September 6th and October 27th. The Officers mentioned in the de-
spatch include all the heads of departments, the general staff". Major Deane and
Mr. Davis. Political Officers. The commissariat, transport and medical arrange-
ments are all said to have been excellent. The telegraph arrangements were
well carried out by Lieutenant W. Robertson, R.E., under the direction of
Mr. C. E Pitman, while the postal service under Mr. H. C. Sheridan was also
satisfactory.

Sir Bind<in Blood adds : — It will have been gathered from the foregoing
narrative that the three brigades of the force were ab\y commanded by
Brigadier-Generals Meiklejohn, JeflVej's and Wodehouse, who were efficiently
seconded b\^ their staff's. The line of communications and base were also most
efficientlj' managed by Colonel Reid and by Lieutenant-Colonel V. A. Schalch,
Base Commandant, and their respective staff's.

A description is given of the movements about Nawagai, and the account
of the night attack on the camp on September 20th, closes in the following
words : —

The steadiness of the troops during this somewhat trying action was quite
perfect, and the safety of the camp was never in the slightest degree doubtful,
although the enemy's swordsmen were so determined that many of them were
shot down close to the entrenchment. The fire discipline of the infantry was
shown to be excellent, especially that of the 1st Battalion, Queen's (under
Lieutenant-Colonel Collins,) who are in all respects an example of what a
battalion of infantry should be. The star shells fired by the mountain
battery were most useful, and shrapnel and case were also fired at diff'erent
times with great eff'ect, all under the direction of Lieutenant-Colonel W. Aitken,
C.B,, commanding the Royal Artillery with my force. In short, the aff'air
was a most satisfactory one, as proving the admirable discipline, confidence
and steady shooting of our troops, as well as the efficiency of the simple
defensive arrangements which had been made.

The following comments are made on the operations in the Watelai
Valley : —

It will have been observed, of course, that there was much more difficulty
in dealing with the Mamunds than was experienced with the Swatis. the
Masazai Mohmands, or with the Mamund's neighbours, the Salarzai and
Shamozai.

Much of this difficulty was due to the fact that our invasion of the Mamund
Valley was not preceded by a decisive action like that at the Malakand on the
and August, at Ladakai on the 17th x\ugust. at Nawagai on the night of the
20th September, or, as in the case of the Salarzai and Shamozai, by such an
object-lesson as our operations against the Mamunds them.selves.

( xxiii )

Besides this, however, the special physical features of the Mamund Valley
gave the tribe great advantages, which they utilised with considerable tactical
skill. It will be seen that the valley consists of a broad and gently sloping
plateau, cut up by ravines, especially towards the top, and with hills rising
somewhat suddenly on all sides. This plateau is well cultivated for rain crops,
but is practically waterless at this season ; the only good water above a point
near Inayat Kili beiny- in the ravines on ihe sides of the hills where many of
the most important villages are consequently situated, those on the level depend-
ing for their water-supply on tanks or, in one or two cases, on doubtful wells.
Thus, as soon as the lower villages had been dealt with, which was done
without opposition, it was necessary for our troops to attack those on the
sides of the hills, on ground very difficult for assailants and extremely favour-
able for defenders.

The tribesmen were further much assisted by the circumstances that a
great part of their best lands lie in Afghanistan, on the north-western side of
the high range of mountains whose crest forms the Afghan frontier in that
direction. Thus, much of their property was beyond our reach, while they
had a secure refuge to which they could send their movables from our side of
the frontier and betake themselves if pressed. They showed commendable

skill and patience in adhering to the only tactics
» There was an exception at which could give them any' measure of success,
Agrah and Oat on the 30th ^i„ <.• ■ * u r ^ ,

September. always retirmg* before our troops so long as

they advanced, and then following them up in
skirmishing order as far as the open ground on their withdrawal to their
camp, vvhi. h had to remain low down the valley on account of the difficulty
about water higher up. The more credit is due to the Mamunds for holding

out so well, as thej' suffered t severely in every
t It is now known that 220 of encounter with us, besides undergoing much loss

the tribes wer^ killed, besides . . j j * i- c i.u • j r

about 150 of tneir friends who ^^ property and destruction of then- defences

came to help them. whose speedy reconstruction, though costly and

difficult for them, is necessary to their existence.

Both in the Nawagai and Mamund Valleys a considerable number of
Martini-Henry and other rifles were used against us with apparently unlimited
supplies of ammunition.

The conduct and discipline of the troops in the operations under reference
was in the highest degree satisfactory. The operations, which extended over
seven weeks, were carried on without tents and on a very low scale of baggage,
while the rations though abundant and excellent in all respects, were neces-
sarily open to the objection of sameness. Notwithstanding these inconveniences,
the troops remained uniformly cheerful, especially when active hostilities were
going on.

The despatch closes with the following remarks : —

I have already alluded to the steadiness and gallant bearing of the infantry
in the several engagements that took place during the operations under refer-
ence, and I w-ould now wish to invite attention to the invaluable nature of the
services rendered by the cavalry. At Nawagai three squadrons of the nth
Bengal Lancers, under Major S. B. Beatson, swept the country everywhere
that cavalry could go, carrying out reconnaissances, protecting signalling
parties, and watching every movement of the enemy. In the Mamund
Valley a squadron of the same regiment, under Captain E. H. Cole, took part
in every engagement that occurred while they were there, establishing such
a reputation that the enemy even when in greatly superior numbers never
dared to face them in the open. Afterwards when Captain Cole and his men
left the Mamund Vallej^ the Guides Cavalrj', under Lieutenant-Colonel Adams,
being in greater strength, acted still more effectually in the same manner
showing tactical skill of a high order, combined with conspicuous gallantry.

( xxiv )

A very interesting: feature of the operations was the presence of field
artillery in the Mamund and Salarzai Valley's, where, althoug;h active operations
did not go on after their arrival, their presence produced a f^reat effect, while
it was amply proved that they could have been brought into most useful action
with comparative ease.

The health of the force was remarkably good throughout, only seven
British and five native soldiers and eight followers having died from disease
between the 6th September and 27th October, out of a force (including Com-
munications and Base Hospitals) which, for nearly a month of that time,
included three brigades of infantry, besides a considerable proportion of the
other arms.

The Commissariat arrangements under Major H. Wharry, D.S.O., were
most successful. The rations were always abundant and of uniformly good
quality ; and I may here observe that in five previous campaigns I have never
seen the supply of bread anj-thing like so continuously good as it has been
throughout the operations of the Malakand Field Force. No doubt the excel-
lence of the Commissariat arrangements has had a great deal to do with the
good state of health of the troops which I have remarked upon.

The transport was most efficient throughout the operations under refer-
ence, and its management under the direction of Captain C. G. R. Thackwell,
Divisional Transport Officer, who was most ably and energetically assisted by
Veterinary- Captain H. T. W. Mann, Senior Veterinary Officer, was most suc-
cessful. In proof of this I will cite a report just made to me by Brigadier.
General Jeffreys, commanding the 2nd Brigade of my force, that this morning,
on inspecting 1,265 mules attached to his brigade, which have just returned
from seven weeks in the field, he found fourteen sore backs and four animals
otherwise unfit for work, or a total of only 18 disabled animals in all.

The medical service was carried out in a very satisfactory manner. Some
difficulties arose on the transfer of Officers and materials to the Tirah Expedi-
tionary Force on its formation, especially as large convoys of sick and wounded
were on the line of this force at the time, but these difficulties were successfully
overcome by Colonel A, J. F. Reid. who was in charge of the Line, and matters
were ultimately restored to smooth working on the arrival of Surgeon-Colonel
J. C. G. Carmichael, Indian Medical Service, who is now Principal Medical
Officer of the Force.

The telegraph arrangements were well carried out bj' Lieutenant W.
Robertson, R.E., under the direction of Mr. C. E. Pitman, CLE. The postal
service under Mr. H. C. Sheridan was also satisfactory.

The working of the several departments of the Head-quarters Staff was
most satisfactory and successful. The heads of departments were : —

Major H. H. Burney, Gordon Highlanders, Assistant Adjutant-General.
Lieutenant-Colonel A. Masters, 2nd Regiment, Central India Horse, Assist-
ant Quarter-Master-General.

Captain H. E. Stanton, D.S.O., R.A., Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master-
General (Intelligence).

Captain E. W, M. Norie, Middlesex Regiment, Superintendent, Army
Signalling.

Surgeon-Colonel J. C. G. Carmichael, Indian Medical Service, Principal
Medical Officer.

Lieutenant-Colonel W. Aitken, C.B., R.A., Commanding Royal Artillery.
Colonel J. E. Broadbent, R.E., Commanding Roj-al Engineers— relieved
early in October by Lieutenant-Colonel W. Peacocke, C.M.G., R.E.

Captain W. E. Banbury, 25th Madras Infantry, Field Treasure Chest
Officer.

( XXV )

Captain W. W. Cookson, R.A., Ordnance Officer.
Major H. Wharry, D.S.O., Staft" Corps, Chief Commissariat Officer.
Captain C. G. R. Thackwell, Staff Corps, Divisional Transport Officer.
Veterinary-Captain H. T. W. Mann (wounded in action, 20th September),
Army Veterinary Department, Senior Veterinary Officer.

Captain C. L. Robertson, R.E., Survey Officer.

Captain C. G. F. Edwards, 5th Punjab Cavalry, Provost-Marshal.

The Rev. L. Klogh, Chaplain.

Lieutenant W. Robertson, R.E., in charge of Telegraphs.

I am under great obligations to my personal staff — Captain A. B. Dunster-
ville, I.St Battalion, East Surrey Regiment, Aide-de-Camp ; Captain A. R.
Dick, 2nd Punjab Cavalry, and Lieutenant Viscount Fincastle i6th (The
Queen's) Lancers.

It will have been gathered from the foregoing narrative that the three
brigades of the force were ably commanded by Brigadier-Generals W. H,
Meiklejohn, ist Brigade, P. D. Jeffreys, (wounded in action, i6th September),
2nd Brigade, and J. H. Wodehouse (wounded in action, 20th September), 3rd
Brigade, who were efficiently seconded by their staffs. The Line of Communica-
tions and the Base were also most efficiently managed by Colonel A. J. F. Reid,
and by Lieutenant-Culonel A. V. Schalch, nth Bengal Infantry, the Base
Commandant, and their respective staffs.

In my final report on the conclusion of the operations of the force, I
shall have the honour to bring the services of the Officers above brieily referred
to more fully to the notice of His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief.

Major H. A. Deane, C.S.I., Political Agent, Dir, Chitral and Swat, was in
separate and independent charge of the political arrangements connected with
the operations I have described as far as Nawagai. He accompanied my head-
quarters to Gosam, where I left him on the 12th September, and rejoined me at
Inayat Kili on the 4th October. He gave much assistance in arranging for the
collection of local supplies.

Mr. W. S. Davis was my Political Officer throughout the operations beyond
Nawagai and in the Mamund Valley prior to Major Deane's return to my
head-quarters on the 4th October. He carried out his duties to my complete
satisfaction. His native assistant, Khan Bahadur Ibrahim Khan, also made
himself very useful.

Major-General Elles's Despatch.

Major-General Elles in a despatch, dated October 13th, gives a very clear
account of the operations in the Mohmand country. The despatch contains the
following remarks : —

The expedition proved productive of little fighting, but the splendid force
under my command would, I believe, have made little of any possible opposi-
tion. I cannot speak too highly of the 20th Punjab Infantry and 21st Gurkhas,
on whom the brunt of the work fell. I would wish for no better regiments for
hill fighting under their respective commanders. The work done during the
expedition by the 28th Bombay Pioneers and No. 5 Company, Bengal Sappers
and Miners, is worthy of the highest commendation. The 28th Pioneers also
did excellent work in reserve to the 1st Brigade in the attack at BediiTanai, and
at Jarobi covered the retirement showing high soldierly qualities in both
instances. The main difficulties to contend with were the passes, over which
roads had always to be made, and anxiety regarding water as in the western
Mohmand country ; the supply is almost entirely from tanks, the dams of which
had been cut by the Mohraands, and they often only contained a little dirty
water.

( xxvi )

The Imperial Service Troops uiuler my commaiul proved their fitness to
fight in the first line and were utilised exactly tiie same as the regular native
troops. The cavalry escorts of the Patiala and Jodhpore Cavalry did good
reconnaissance work on more than one occasion and came under fire. The
1st Patiala Regiment was employed under Lieutenant-Colonel Graves in the
operations in the Mittai and Suran Valleys, and covered the retirement of the
brigade under fire; their good service was brought to my notice by the General
Officer Commanding the 3rd Brigade. Tlie Nabha Regiment, owing to its hav-
ing been added to my force late in September, had to be kept on the Line of
Communications.

I trust the objects of the expedition were fully carried out, thanks to the
fine body of troops I had the honour of commanding and to the hearty co-opera-
tion of my staff and of all ranks in the Force.

The following subsidiary despatch was published in the Gazette of Indni by
General Elles in connection with the Mohmand Field Force in continuation of
the despatch of 13th October 1897:—! bring to the notice of the Commander-
in-Chief the names of the following for good services during the Mohmand Ex-
pedition : — Mr. Merk, Civil Service, rendered very valuable services as Political
Officer. The prompt settlement obtained was entirelj' due to his knowledge of
the tribes, his perfect command of their language, which enabled him to deal
directly with they/V^«/(S, and his firmness in dealing with the jirgahs. His
judicious selection of subordinates greatly contributed to the success of the
expedition. My movements were almost entirely based on the information
obtained by him regarding distances and water. I am under the greatest
obligations to Mr. Merk for the manner in which he conducted the political
business throughout. Lieutenant Waterfield, Assistant Political Officer, carried
out his work very firmly and in great harmony with the Military Officers at the
various posts. Captain Cox, in charge of the Imperial Service Troops, the
Patiala and Nabha Regiments, carried on all the work connected with them
with great smoothness, and was most zealous in his work. Major Liythell,
Royal Engineers, Survey Officer, did excellent work under difficulty, march-
ing daily, and was most keen and energetic. Mr. Stowell carried out all the
postal arrangements entirely to my satisfaction. Everj'thing was carried on
most creditably by him and his subordinates. Mr. Pike, Assistant Superinten-
dent of Telegraphs, ably assisted by his subordinate, Mr. J. C. Murphy, laid the
telegraph line rapidly and well. The telegraph work was most satisfactory,
all concerned working verj' willingly.

( xxvii )

APPENDIX VI.

THE TIRAH FIELD FORCE.

General object — The general object of tliis expedition is to exact reparation
for the unprovoked aggression of the Afridi and Orakzai tribes on the Pesha-
war and Kohat borders, for their attacks on our frontier posts, and for the
damage to life and property which has thus been inflicted on British subjects
and on those in the British service.

It is believed that this object can best be attained by the invasion of Tirah,
the summer home of the Afridis and Orakzais, which has never before been
entered by a British force.

Forntation of the Force.— The Force which will be styled the " Tirah
Expeditionary Force " will be distributed for operations as follows : —

(rt) A main column of two Divisions, each consisting of two Infantry
Brigades and certain Divisional Troops, will advance on Tirah from
the neighbourhood of the Samana Range.
(&) The Line of Communication of the main column between Kohat and
Tirah (including the posts on the Samana Range) will be held by a
force consisting of one Native Cavalry Regiment and four Native
Infantry Battalions.
(c) A mixed brigade, to be styled the " Peshawar Column '" will operate,

as may be required, from Peshawar.
((/) A force, which will be designated the " Kurram Movable Column "
will be formed in support on the Hangu-Parachinar line, for employ-
ment as circumstances may require.
(e) A mixed brigade will be formed at Rawalpindi as a Reserve.

Composition of the Force.— These forces will be composed as follows : —
THE MAIN COLUMN.
First Division.

First Brigade.— 2nA Battalion the Derbyshire Regiment, 1st Battalion the
Devonshire Regiment, 2nd Battalion 1st Gurkha (Rifle) Regiment, 30th (Punjab)
Regiment of Bengal Infantry, No. 6 British Field Hospital, and No. 34 Native
Field Hospital.

Second Brigade.— 2nd Battalion the Yorkshire Regiment, 1st Battalion
Royal West Surrey Regiment, 2nd Battalion 4th Gurkha (Rifle) Regiment,
3rd Regiment of Sikh Infantry, Punjab Frontier Force, Sections A. and B.
of No. 8 British Field Hospital, Sections A. and C. of No. 14 British Field
Hospital and No. 31 Native Field Hospital.

Divisional Trosps.—^o. X Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, No. 2
(Derajat) Mountain Battery, No. 1 (Kohat) Mountain Battery, 2 Squadrons i8th
Regiment of Bengal Lancers, 28th Regiment of Bombay Infantry (Pioneers),
No. 3 Company Bombay Sappers and Miners, No. 4 Company Bombay Sappers
and Miners, one Printing Section from the Bombay Sappers and Miners, the
Nabha Regiment of Imperial Service Infantry, the Maler Kotla Imperial Ser\'ice
Sappers, Section A. of No. 13 British Field Hospital, and No. 63 Native Field
Hospital.

( xxviii )

Second Division.

Third i?)-;Vi''/<'.- tst battalion the Gordon Highlanders, 1st Battalion the
Dorsetshire Re<,nment. 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkha (Rifled Regiment, 15th (The
Ludliiana Sikh) Regiment of Bengal Infantry, No. 24 British Field Hospital and
No. 44 Native Field Hospital.

Fourth Brigade. — 2nd Battalion the King's Own Scottish Borderers, 1st
Battalion the Northamptonshire Regiment, 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkha (Rifle)
Regiment. 36th (Sikh) Regiment of Bengal Infantry, Sections C. and D. of No.
9 British Field Hospital, Sections A. and B. of No. 23 British Field Hospital and
No. 48 Native Field Hospital.

Divisional Troops.— ^o. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery. No. 9 Moun-
tain Battery Royal Artillerv, No 5 (Bombay) Mountain Battery, Machine Gun
Detachment, 16th Lancers, two Squadrons 1 8th Regiment of Bengal Lancers,
2 1 St Regiment of Madras Infantry (Pioneers), No. 4 Company, Madras Sappers
and Miners, one Printing Section from the Madras Sappers and Miners, the
Jhind Regiment of Imperial Service Infantrj-, the Sirmur Imperial Service
Sappers, Section B. of No. 13 British Field Hospital and No. 43 Native Field
Hospital.

LINE OF COMMUNICATION.

No. I Kashmir Mountain Battery. 22nd (Punjab) Regiment of Bengal
Infantry, 2nd Battalion 2nd Gurkha (Rifle) Regiment, 3Qth (Garhwal Rifle)
Regiment of Bengal Infantry, 2nd Regiment of Punjab Infantry, Punjab
Frontier Force, 3rd Regiment of Bengal Cavalry, No. I Company Bengal
Sappers and Miners, No. 42 Native Field Hospital, No. 52 Native Field
Hospital, the Jeypore Imperial Service Transport Corps, the Gwalior Imperial
Service Transport Corps. Ordnance Field Park, Engineer Field Park, British
General Hospital of 500 beds at Rawalpindi, Native General Hospital of 500
beds at Rawalpindi, No. i Field Medical Store Depot. (For First Division").
No. 2 Field Medical Store Depot. (For Second Division). No 5 Veterinary Field
Hospital, No. 1 1 British Field Hospital, No. 25 British Field Hospital, No. 47
Native Field Hospital, and No 64 Native Field Hospital.

THE PESHAWAR COLUMN.

Second Battalion the Royal Inniskilling Fusiliers, 2nd Battalion the
Oxfordshire Light Infantry, Maxim Gun Detachment, 1st Battalion Devonshire
Regiment, 9th Gurkha (Rifle) Regiment of Bengal Infantry, 34th Pioneers, 45th
(Rattray's Sikh) Regiment of Bengal Infantry, 57th Field Battery Royal
Artillery, No. 3 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, 9th Regiment of Bengal
Lancers, No. 5 Company, Bengal Sappers and Miners, No. 5 British Field
Hospital, No. 45 Native Field Hospital. A. and B. .Sections, No. 54 Native Field
Hospital, British General Hospital of 250 beds at Nowshera * and Native
General Hospital of 500 beds at Nowshera.*

THE KURRAM MOVABLE COLUMN.

Twelfth Regiment of Bengal Infantry, the Kapurthala Regiment of Imperial
Sen.Mce Infantry, 4 Guns 3rd Field Battery Royal Artiller\', 6th Regiment of
Bengal Cavalry, one Regiment of Central 5ndia Horse, Section D. of No. 3
British Field Hospital, No. 62 Native Field Hospital, Section B. of No. 46
Native Field Hospital and Native General Hospital of 200 beds at Kohat.
THE RAWALPINDI RESERVE BRIGADE.

Second Battalion the King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry, 1st Battalion
the Duke of Cornwall's Light Infantry, 27th Reigment (ist Baluch Battalion
of Bombay (Light) Infantry, 2nd Regiment of Infantry Hyderabad Contingent,

*Tliese General Hospitals will also receive the sick and wounded from the Force at
the MalaUiUiil iiuil lu the- bwat Valley.

( xxix )

Jodlipur Imperial Service Lancers, No. 12 British Field Hospital and No. 53
Native Field Hospital.

All units which will be concentrated at Peshawar, except such as are
detailed for the Peshav(/ar Column, will march from Peshawar to Kohat through
the Kohat Pass under the orders of the Lieutenant-General Commanding the
Forces, Punjab, under instructions which will be given from Army Head-
Quarters. The General Officer Commanding the Expeditionary Force will direct
all movements at and beyond Kohat, and he will also direct all movements of
the Peshawar Column beyond Peshawar.

Kohat will be the Base of Operations for the First and Second Divisions and
the Kurram Movable Column, but the Line of Communication will commence at
and include Kushalgarh. Kohat and Kushalgarh will, for the time being, be
dissevered from the Punjab Command.

Peshawar will be the Base of Operations for the Peshawar Column, but
will remain in the Punjab Command.

COMMANDS AND STAFF.

Army Staff.

Lieut€7iant-Gencral Commanding the General Sir W. S. A. Lockhart, k.c.b.,

Force. k.c.s.i.

Aide-de-Camp ... ... Lieutenant F. A. Maxwell, i8th Bengal

Lancers.
Aide-de-Camp ... ... 2nd-Lieutenant J. H. A. Annesley, l8th

Hussars.
Orderly Officer ... ... Lieutenant G. R. de. H. Smith, Central

India Horse.
Orderly Officer ... ... 2nd Lieutenant E. H. E. Collen, Royal

Artillery.
Deputy Adjutant-General, Chief 0/ Brigadier-General W.G. Nicholson, c.b.

the Staff.
Assistant Adjutant-General ... Brevet-Lieutenant-Colonel E.G. Barrow,

7th Bengal Infantry.
Assistant Onarter-Master-Gencral ... Major CJ. H. W. O'Siillivan r.e.
Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General ... Captain J. A. L. Haldane, Gordon High-
landers.
Assistant Ouarter-Master-General for Colonel G. H. More-Molyneux, Assist-

Inielligenee. ant Quarter Master-General.

Deputy Assistant Qiiarter-Master-Gene- Captain E. W. S. K, Maconchy, d.s.o.,

ralfor Intelligence. 4th Sikhs.

Field Intelligence Officer ... Captain F. F, Badcock, d.s.o., 1st Bat-

talion 5th Gurkhas.
Principal Medical Officer (ivith the Surgeon-Colonel G. Thomson, c.b.,
temporary rank of Surgeon-Major- Indian Medical Service.
General),
Secretary to Principal Medical Opjiccr Surgeon-Major W. A. Morris, Army

Medical Staft'
Bngadier-General, Commanding Royal Brigadier-General C. H. Spragge, r.a.

Artillery.
Brigade-Major, Royal Artillery ... Captain C. de C. Hamilton, r.a.

Orderly Officer, Royal Artillery .. Major H F Mercer, r.a.

Brigadier-General Commaruiing Royal Brevet-Colonel J. E. Broadbent. r.e.
Engineers. (with the temporary rank of Briga-

dier-General).
Brigade-Major, Royal Engineers ... Captain S. L. Craster, r.e.
Orderly Officer, Royal Engineers ... Lieutenant H. Biddulph r.e
Superintendent, Army Signalling ... Ma.jo,r G. J. N. Logan-Home, 1st Bed-
fordshire Regiment.

( XXX )

Hcad-Quarlers Coniniandatit

Assistant Judge- Advocate-Gcncyal

Principal Pyovost-Marshal

Chief Ordnance Officer ...
Commissariat Transport Officer

Inspecting Veterinary Officer

Comptroller of Military Accounts

Field Pay-Master
Chief Survey Officer

Captain R. E. Grimston, 6tli Bengal
Cavalry.
. Captain F. J. S. Lowry, 29th Bombay

Infantry.
. Lieutenant-Colonel E. Balfe, Deputy

Judge- Advocate-General,
. Colonel C. H. Scott, k.a.
,. Captain G. W. Palin, Assistant Com-
missary-General.
.. Veterinary-Lieutenant-Colonel B. L.

Glover.
., Lieutenant-Colonel W. R. LeG. Ander-
son, Comptroller of Military Accounts,
Punjab Command.
.. Captain P. G. Shewell, Military Accounts

Department.
.. Brevet-Colonel Sir T. H. Holdich,

K.C.I.E., C.B., R.E.

Main Column.

First Division.

Connuanding [ivitli the local rank of Brigadier-General W. P. Symons, c.b

Major- General) .
Aide-de-Canip

E.xtra Orderly Officers

Assistant Adjutant-General

Assistant Quarter-Master General ...

Deputy Assistant Ouarter-Master-

Gencral for Intelligence.
Field Intelligence Officer ...

Principal Medical Officer ...

Lieutenant-Colonel Commanding Royal

Artillery.
Adjutant, Royal Artillery
Divisional Ordnance Officer
Conunanding Royal Engineers
Adjutant, Royal Engineers
Field Engineer
Assistant Field Engineer
Assistant Field Engineer
Assistant Superintetidoit, Army

Signalling.
Provost-Marshal

Commissary-General .^

Assistant to Commissary-General

Chief Transport Officer

Captain A. G. Dallas, 16th Lancers.

(Lieutenant J. M. Wikeley, 17th
Bengal Cavalry.
Lieutenant G. H. Badcock, 7th
Bengal Cavalry.
Lieutenant-Colonel C. W. Muir, c.i.E.,

17th Bengal Cavalry.
Major E. A. G. Gosset, 2nd Derbyshire

Regiment
Captain A. Nicholls, 2nd Punjab In-
fantry.
Lieutenant C. E. E. F. K. Macquoid,
1st Lancers, Hyderabad Contingent
Surgeon -Colonel E. Tovvnsend, Army

Medical Staff,
Lieutenant-Colonel A. E. Duthy, r.a.

Captain W. K. McLeod, r.a.

Captain A, R. Braid, r a.

Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Hart, R.E.

Captain O. M. R. Thackwell, r.e.

Major J. A. Ferrier, d.s o., h.e.

Lieutenant J. F. N. Carmichae!, r.e.

Lieutenant W, H Bunbury, r.e.

Captain H. T. Kenny, 2nd Bombay
Lancers.

Captain H. W. G. Graham, d.s.c, 5th
Lancers.

Colonel L. W. Christopher, Commissary-
General.

Captain H. S. G. Hall, Assistant Com-
missary-General.

Major H. Mansfield, Assistant Commis-
sary-General.

( xxxi )

Assistant to ChuJ Transport Officer, Captain 1. H. Sinitli, I2tli Bengal

Cavalry.
The Rev. Saunders Dyer, m.a., f.s.a.
The Rev. K. M. Kirwan, m.a.
The Rev. Father N. J. Winkley.
Major W. R. Yielding;, c.i.e., d.s.O.,

A.ssistant Commissary-General.
Lieutenant C. H. Corbett, 1 8th Hussars.

Principal Chaplain
Clinrch uf Englaiiii Chaplain
Roman Catholic Chaplain
Divisional Commissariat Officer

Assistant to Divisional Commissariat

Officer.
Divisional Transport Officer

Assistant to Divisional Transport
Officer.

Captain F. C. W. Rideout, Assistant
Commissary -General.

Captain A. W, V. Plunkett, 2nd Bat-
talion the Manchester Regiment.

First Brigade (First Division).

... Brigadier-General R, C, Hart, v.c, c.B.
... Captain C. O. Svvanston, i8th Bengal
Lancers.

Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General ... Captain A. G. H, Kemball, 1st Batta-
lion, 5th Gurkhas.
Captain H. R, B. Donne, 1st Norfolk

Regiment,
Captain A. Mullaly, Deputy Assistant

Commissary-General.
Lieutenant H. L Nicholls, ist Bedford-
shire Regiment,
Captain E. de V. Wintle, 15th Bengal

Lancers.
Veterinary-Lieutenant W. J. Tatam.

Commanding
Orderly Officer

Deputy Assistant Ouarter-Master-

General.
Brigade Commissariat Officer

Assistant to Brigade Commissariat

Officer.
Brigade Transport Officer

Veterinary Officer

Second Brigade (First Division),

... Brigadier-General A. Gaselee, C.B., A.-D.-c.
... Lieutenant A. N. D. Fagan, Ist Lancers,
Hyderabad Contingent.
Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General, Major W. Aldvvorth, d.s.o., 1st Bedford-
shire Regiment.
Major A. A, Barrett, 2nd Battalion, 5th

Gurkhas,
Lieutenant C. S. D. Leslie, Deputy

Assistant Commissary-General.
Captain H, de la P. Gough, 16th Lancers.

Commanding
Orderly Officer

Deputy Assistant Ouartcr-Master-

General.
Brigade Commissariat Officer

Assistant to Brigade Coiinnissariat

Officer.
Brigade Transport Officer

Veterinary Officer

Commandmg
Aide-de-Camp

Orderly Officer
Orderly Officer

Lieutenant H. Macandrew, 5th Bengal

Cavalry.
Veterinary-Lieutenant W. F. Shore.

Second Division.

Assistant Adjutant-General
Assistant Quarter-Master-Gencral
Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master
General for Intelligence.

Major-General A. G. Yeatman-Biggs, c.B.

Captain E. St. A. Wake, loth Bengal
Lancers.

Captain R. G. Brooke, 7th Hussars.

Hony. -Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Maha-
raja Sir Nripendra Narayan, Bahadur,
of Cooch Behar, g.c.i.e., 6th Bengal
Cavalry.

Lieutenant-Colonel R. K. Ridgeway, v.c.

Major C. P. Triscott, d.s.O., r.a.

Major R. C. A. B. Bevvickc-Copley,
King's Royal Rifle Corps.

( xxxii )

Field Intelligence Officer ...
Principal Medical Officer ...

Adjutant, Royal Artillery
Divisional Ordnance Officer
Conuuandiiig Royal Engineers
Adjutant, Royal Engineers
Field Engineer
Assistant Field Engineer
Assistant Field Engineer
Assistant Superintendent,

Signalling.
Provost' Marslial
Field Treasure Chest Officer

Church of England Chaplain
Roman Catholic Chaplain

Captain H. F. Walters, 24111 (Baluch-
istan) Retcimeiit of Bombay Infantry,
Surt^eon-Colonel Ci. McB. Davis, d.s.o,,
Indian Medical Service.
Lieutenant-Colonel Connnanding Royal Lieutenant-Colonel R. Purdy, r.a.
ylrtillery

... Captain H. D. Grier, r.a
... Captain H. F. Head, r.a.
... Lieutenant-Colonel C. B. Wilkieson, r,e,
... Captain T. Fraser, r.e.
... Captain F. H. Kelly, r.f.
... Lieutenant W. A. Stokes, r.e.
... Lieutenant C. B. L. Greenstreet, r.e.
Army Captain G. C. Rigby, 1st Wiltshire Regi-
ment.
... Captain W. C. Knight, 4th Bengal Cavalry.
... Lieutenant W. M. Grimley, 20th Punjab

Infantry.
... The Rev. H. W. Nelson, b.a.

^.^...^.. ^ ^•— / ••• The Rev. Father Vanden Deyssel.

Church of Scotland (attached to Gordons) The Rev. D. H. Gillan, m.a., b.d.
ChurchofScotland{attachedtoK.O.S.B's,)Thti Rev. W. Thomson, m.a.
Weslcyan Chaplain ... The Rev. J. J. Findlater.

Divisional Commissariat Officer ... Lieutenant-Colonel B. L. P. Reilly,

Assistant Commissary-General.
Assistant to Divisional Commissariat Lieutenant A. D. Macpherson, 2nd Pun-

Officer jab Cavalry.

Divisional Transport Officer ... Major H. L. Hutchins, Assistant Com-

missary-General.
Assistant to Divisional Transport Offi- Major H. R. W. Lumsden, 3rd Bengal

cer. Infantry.

Survey Officer ... ... Mr. E. A. Wainwright, Survey of

India Department.

Third Brigade (Second Division).
Commanding (ivith the temporary Colonel F. J. Kempster, d.s.o.,a.-d.-c.

rattk of Brigadier-General).
Orderly Officer ... ••• Lieutenant G. D. Crocker, 2nd Royal

Munster Fusiliers.
Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General, Major H. St. Leger Wood, 1st Dorset-
shire Regiment.
Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master- Major H. S. Ma.ssy, 19th Bengal Lancers.

General.
Brigade Commissariat Officer ... Lieutenant

t..A.C.-G.

Assistant to Brigade Commissariat Lieutenant
Officer Infantry.

Brigade Transport Officer ... Lieutenant R. A. N. Tytler, 1st Gordon

Highlanders.
... Veterinary-Lieutenant C. Rose.

Fourth Brigade Second (Division).

Brigadier-General R. Westmacott, C.B.,

D.o.O.

... Lieutenant R. C. Wellesley, Royal
Horse Artillery.
Captain W. P. Blood, 1st Royal Irish
Fusiliers.

Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master- Captain F. J. M. Edwards, 3rd Bombay
General. " Light Cavalry.

, H. Drake-Brockman,
W. Birch, 29th Punjab

Veterinary Officer

Commanding

Orderly Officer

Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General

( xxxiii )

Brigade Commissariat Officer ... Captain E, Y, Watson, Deputy Assistant

Commissary-Gener.il.
Assistant to Brigade Commissariat Lieutenant N. G. Fraser, 4th Bombay

Officer. Cavalry.

Brigade Transport Officer ... Captain W. H. Armstrcng, 1st East

Yorkshire Regiment.
Veterinary Officer ... ... Veterinary-Lieutenart F. W. Wilson.

Line of Commuxication.
General Off cer Commanding ... Lieutenant-General Sir A. P. Palmer

K.C.B.

Aide-de-Camp ... ... Lieutenant F. C. Galloway, r.a.

Orderly Offcer .... ... Lieutenant H. O. Part, 7th Bengal In-

fantry.
Assistant Adjutant and Quarter- Captain (temporary Major) J. W. G.

Master-General. Tulloch, 24th Bombay Infantry.

Deputy Assistant Adjutant and Ouar- Captain I. Phillips, 1st Battalion, 5th

ter-Master-General. Gurkhas.

Principal Medical Officer (with the Brigade -Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel W.

temporary rank of Surgeon-Colonel). E. Saunders, Army Medical Staff.
Senior Ordnance Offcer ... ... Captain Watkins, r.a.

Section Commandant ... ... Captain O. B. S. F. Shore, 18th Bengal

Lancers.
Section Commandant ... ... Captain St. G. L. Steel, 2nd Bengal

Lancers.
Section Commandant ... ... Captain F. de B. Young, 6th Bengal

Cavalry.
Lieutenant- Colonel Commanding Royal Lieutenant-Colonel J.W. Thurburn, r.e.

Engineers.
Adjutant, Royal Engineers ... Captain H. V. Biggs, r.e.

Field Engineer ... ... Captain C. H. Cowie, r.e.

Assistant Field Engineer... ... Lieutenant H. S. Rogers, r.e.

Assistant Field Engineer... ... Lieutenant R. P. T. Hawksley, r.e.

Assistant Field Etigineer... ... Lieutenant A. E. Turner, k.e.

Provost Marshal ... ... Major L. S. Peyton, 14th Bengal Lancers.

Chief Commissariat Officer .„ Lieutenant-Colonel C. M. Keighley,

D.S.O., Assistant Commissary-General.
Chief Transport Officer, L. of C. ... Major C. V W. Williamson, Assistant

Commissary-General.
Church of England Chaplain ... The Rev. W.Pritchett Shaw.

Veterinary hispector ... ... Veterinary-Captain F. W. Forsdyke.

Staff at the Base.

Base Coynmandant ... ... Colonel W. J. Vousden, vc, Indian

Staff Corps.
Deputy Assistant Adjutant and Quar- Major A. J. W. Allen, 1st East Kent

ter-Master-General. Regiment.

Commandant, British Troops Depot ... Major A. de B. V. Paget, 2nd Battalion

Durham Light Infantry.
Adjutant and Quarter-Master, British Captain A. F. Bundock. 2nd Battalion

Troops Depot. South Lancashire Regiment.

Commandant, Native Troops Depots ... Captain S. M. Edwardes, d.s.o., 2nd

Bombay Infantry (Grenadiers).
Base Ordnance Officer ... ... Captain M. W. S. Paslej', r.a.

Officer in Charge of Engineer Field Captain U. W. Evans, r.e.

Park.
Base Commissariat Officer ... Major H. R. Marrett, Assistant Com.-

missarv-General.

( xxxiv )

Departmental Assistants to Base Com-
missariat Officer.

Regimental Assistants to Base Com-
missariat Officer.

/'Captain W. H. D. Rich, Assistant
Commissary-General.
Lieutenant F. W. H. Forteath, De-
puty Assistant Commissary-Gene-
ral.
Lieutenant L. H. Marriott, Deputy

Assistant Commissary-General.
Lieutenant H. G. P. Beville, Deputy
>■ Assistant Commissary-General.
Departmental Assistant (for Trans- Captain H. N. Hilliard, Deputy Assist-
port) to the Base Commissariat ant Commissary-General.

Officer.

^Captain W. P. M. Pollock, i8th Hus-
sars.
Captain H. Smj'th, 1st Battalion

Cheshire Regiment.
Lieutenant T. E. Bayley, 20th Hus-
sars.
Lieutenant C. G. E. Ewart, 5th Ben-
gal Cavalry.
Lieutenant E. N. Davis, 3rd Infantry
Hyderabad Contingent.

The Peshawar Column.
Commanding ... ... Brigadier-General A. G. Hammond,

C.B., D.S.O., V.C., A.-D.-C.

Orderly Officer ... ... Lieutenant H. D. Hammond, r.a.

Assistant Adjutant and Quarter-Mas- Brevet-Lieutenant-Colonel F. S. Gwat-

ter- General. kin, 13th Bengal Lancers.

Deputy Assistant Adjutant and Quar- Major C. T. Becker, 2nd King's Own

ter-Master-General. Scottish Borderers.

Field Intelligence Officer ... ... Captain F. H. Hoghton, 1st Bombay

Infantry (Grenadiers).
Principal Medical Offcer... ..,. Brigade-Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel R.

G. Thomsett, Army Medical StatT.
Lieutenant-Colonel Commanding Royal Lieutenant-Colonel W.M.M. Smith, r.a.

Artillery.
Adjutant, Royal Artillery... ... Captain F. R. Drake, r.a.

Brigade Ordnance O^cer .. . ... Major T. E. Rowan, r.a.

Field Engineer... ... ... Major E. C. Spilsbury, r.e.

Assistant Field Ettgineer ... Lieutenant C. B. Farwell, r.e.

Assistant Superintendent, Army Sig- Lieutenant C. E. Cobb, 1st Battalion

nailing. East Yorkshire Regiment.

Brigade Commissariat Officer ... Lieutenant H. H. Jones, Deputy Assist-

ant Commissary-General.
Assistant to Brigade Commissariat Lieutenant V. R. Pigott, 1st Battalion

Officer. Cheshire Regiment.

Brigade Transport Officer ... Lieutenant C. Charlton, Royal Horse

Artillery.*
Veterinary Offcer ... ... Veterinarj'-Lieutenant F. U. Carr.

The Kurram Moveable Column.
Commanding (with tank and pay of Colonel W, Hill, Indian Staff Corps.

Colonel on the Staff).
Orderly Offcer ... ... Captain R. O. C. Hume, 1st Battalion

Border Regiment.
Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General ... Major E. F. H. McSwinej', d.s.o., 1st

Lancers, Hj'derabad Contingent.

• Lieutenant P Holland Pryor, 13th Bengal Lancers, tock over the apiiointment of
Brigade Transport Officer, on October iSth. 1897, iwo days before the Column Kft Peshawar
and held it throughout the remaining operations.

( XXXV )

Deputy Assistant Qiiarter-Master-

General.
Principal Medical Officer

Brigade Ordnance Officer

Field Engineer

Assistant Field Engineer

Assistant Superintendent, Army

Signalling.
Brigade Coynmissariat Officer

Assistant to Brigade Commissariat

Officer.
Brigade Transport Officer

Veterinary Officer

Captain C. P. Scudamore, D.s.o,, 1st
Royal Scots Fusiliers.

Brigade-Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel W.
R. Murphy, D.s.o., Indian Medical
Service.

Lieutenant D. R. Poulter, r.a.

Captain J. A. Gibbon, r.e.

Lieutenant E. A, Tandy, r.e.

Lieutenant C. R. Scott-Elliot, 4th Mad-
ras Pioneers.

Captain C. F. T. Murray, Assistant
Commissary-General.

Captain P. H. Rogers, 2nd Yorkshire
Light Infantry.

Captain H. W. Colquhoun, 24th Mad-
ras Infantry.

Veterinary-Lieutenant W. N. Wright,

The Rawalpindi Reserve Brigade.

Commanding
Orderly Officer

Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General ..,

Deputy Assistant Quarter- Master-
General.
Brigade Commissariat Officer

Assistant to Brigade Commissariat

Officer.
Brigade Transport Officer ...

Veterinary Officer ,„

Brigadier-General C.R. Macgregor, d.s.o.
2nd -Lieutenant E. W. C. Ridgeway, 29th

Punjab Infantry.
Major Sir R. A. W. Colleton., Bart., 1st

Royal Welsh Fusiliers.
Captain H.Hudson, 19th Bengal Lancers.

Lieutenant E. G. Vaughan, Deputy
Assistant Commissary-General.

Lieutenant A. P. Trevor, 20th Bombay
Infantry.

Lieutenant K, E. Nangle, 3rd Infantry,
Hyderabad Contingent.

Veterinary-Lieutenant W. S. Anthony.

->«

( xxxvi )

APPENDIX YIl.

THE SAMANA AND KURRAM VALLEY
DESPATCHES.

The Right Hon'blethe Governor-General in Council is pleased to direct the pub-
lication of the subjoined letter from the Adjutant-General in India, submitting
despatches from Majcr-General A. G. Yeatman-Riggs. C.B., Commanding
the Kurram-Kohat Force, describing the operations which took place on the
Samana Range and in the Kurram Valley in August and September last.

The Governor-General in Council concurs with His Excellency the Com-
mander-in-Chief in his appreciation of the conduct of these operations, and of
the behaviour of the troops engaged.

The Governor-General in Council desires especially to express his admira-
tion of the brilliant defence of Fort Gulistan by the 36th Sikhs, and of the post
of Saragheri by a party of twenty men of the same regiment under the com-
mand of Havildar Ishar Singh, who died fighting to the last, displaying a heroic,
devotion which has never been surpassed in the annals of the Indian Army.

THE COM.MANDER-IN-CHIEf's COMMENTS.

Major-General G. de C. Morton, C.B., Adjutant-General in India, in for-
warding the despatches from the Commander-in-Chief to the Government of
India, says : —

His Excellency is of opinion that the operations in question were well
planned and skilfully carried out. The march to the relief ofGuli.stan was
performed under very trying circumstances, owing to the heat and to a great
scarcity of water en route, but the force successfully accomplished its object
with the same gallantry and cheerfulness as have been evinced on every occa-
sion by our troops during the various operations which have recently taken
place on the North-West Frontier.

The Commander-in-Chief wishes to draw attention to the admirable con-
duct and steadiness of the 36th Sikhs, under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel
Haughton, during the attack on the various posts held by that regiment on the
Samana Range.

At Sangar, the small garrison made a sortie and gallantly captured a stand-
ard from the enemy while the brilliant defence of Fort Gulistan by the detach-
ment under the command of Major Des Voeux, reflects the greatest credit on
that Officer and the garrison of the post.

The Government of India will, His Excellency is assured, appreciate fully
the intrepid manner in which the late Havildar Kaia Singh led the sortie from
the Gulistan Fort, and also the conduct of Havildar Sundar Singh, who assisted
his comrades at a critical moment.

The Commander-in-Chief deeply regrets the loss of the garrison of Sara-
gheri, a post held by 21 men of the 36th Sikhs, and he wishes to record his
admiration of the heroism shown by those gallant soldiers. Fighting against

( xxx\ii )

overwhelming numbers they died at their post, thus provinq: their loyalty and
devotion to their Sovereign, while upholding to the last the traditional bravery
of the Sikh nation.

The creditable manner in which the attack of the enemy on the post at
Sadda was repulsed is due, in His Excellency's opinion, not only to the steadi-
ness and good discipline of the garrison, but also to the satisfactory arrange-
ments for the protection of his camp which were made by Colonel G, L.R.
Richardson, CLE.

In conclusion, the Commander-in-Chief recommends to the favourable
consideration of Government the services of Major-General Yeatman-Biggs,
C.B., and those mentioned by him in his despatch. Among the names brought
specially to notice is that of Miss Teresa McGrath, whose heroism is described
in terms which His Excellency cordially endorses.

GENERAL WOLSELEy's COMMENDATION.

Lieutenant-General Sir G. B. Wolseley, K.C.B., Commanding the Forces
Punjab, sent the despatches to the Adjutant-General. In doing so he said :—

These operations seem to have been well planned and carried out. The
heroic defence of Saragheri is, in my opinion, worthy of the highest praise, and
I deeply lament the loss of the garrison.

I fully endorse the Major-General's commendation on the defence of Fort
Gulistan and the behaviour of all ranks. Major Des Voeux proved himself a
gallant and skilful leader, and the Major-General's remarks on this Officer's
conduct appear to be fully deserved,

I have much pleasure in recommending for the Order of Merit all the non-
commissioned officers and men the Major-General has brought to notice.

THE ATTACKS ON HANGU AND THE SAMANA POSTS.

Major-General A. G. Yeatman-Biggs, Commanding the Kohat Field Force,
writing from Fort Lockhart, the 2ist September, says: —

I have the honour to report, for the information of His Excellency the
Commander-in-Chief, that news was received by me from reliable sources at
Hangu on the 8th instant, to the effect that the Afridis had decided to come
and assist the Orakzai in attacks on Hangu and on the Samana posts on
Friday, the loth instant.

Having on the same day received reports that the necessary amount of

transport and supplies for putting thirty

4 guns, 9th Field ^ days' supplies into the Samana posts had

tiUer"^' ^"^ ^^^" collected, I gave orders to start that

2 squadrons, 3rd j-^'? ^j* V^'' night with a column, strength as per mar-

Bengal Cavalry. I n n y. ^^^^ The ammunition supply had, ten days

I squadron, 3rd I previously, been sent up by me to the

Punjab Cavalry. ' f, i- ,• , ^

4 companies, Royal Iri>h Regi. ^amana, makmg up the total number of

ment, 300. rounds to four hundred per rifle, 36th Sikhs.

i-2nd Gurkhas, 500.

and P?n"Iw V ^°°' Concentrating at Pat Darband at I 30

'Balf.ccmpany^No!'' 4°°Conipany, ■^•"- °" ^^e 9th instant, the I-2nd Gurkhas

Bombay Sappers and Miners. moved up the road as advanced guard, and

Sec. No. 8, British Field Hospital. occupied the plateau on which Dhar is

Sec. No. 42. Native Field Hospital. situated before daylight. At 4 a.m. the

remainder of the column started. No enemy
were reported in sight, and the road was found too bad for guns ; so I sent the
cavalry and artillery back to Hangu, and the convoy proceeded up the road,
arriving at Fort Lockhart about mid-day.

On the loth I sent the half-company of the Bombay Sappers and Miners
to improve the defences of Gulistan.

( xxxviii )

At 7-30 P.M. Major Rewicke-Copley reported that he had seen clouds of
smoke north of the Sampagha Pass, and that the Afridis were coming over the
pass.

Hearing that the whole of the Afridi laslikar had arrived at Khorappa
during the night, 1 sent a few scouts of the l-3rd Gurkhas down the spurs to-
wards the Khanki Valley, to ascertain if the information was correct, as
Khorappa cannot be seen from the Samana plateau. These scouts w^ere sup-
ported by the l-3rd Gurkhas and two companies of the 2nd Battalion of the
Royal Irish Regiment.

About 10 A.M., large numbers of the enemy could be seen marching down
the Khanki Valley. I at once recalled the troops by heliograph. Just before
receiving the order to retire the l-3rd Gurkhas fired a few long-range volleys
into a parry of the enemy, and three were seen to drop. At I p.m. Major
Bewicke-Copley reported to me from Crag Picket that 22 standards and about
10,000 men had passed down the valley.

It seemed probable that the tribesmen intended to carry out their threat
of attacking Hangu, or perhaps Shahu Khel, a small post guarding the Khanki
Valley, about four miles north-west of the point where it is crossed by the
Kohat-Hangu road.

This post had been reinforced by me with one company of the Royal Irish
and 61 rifles of the 15th Sikhs, under command of Major Forster, Royal Irish
Regiment.

I ordered the 2nd Punjab Infantry to seize Gogra Hill, supported by the
I-2nd Gurkhas.

The Commandant of the Border Militia Police, Mr. D. Donald, informed
me that a large number of the enemy were making for the Darband Kotal, and
the Officer Commanding the i-2nd Gurkhas reported to me (7 p.m.) that seven
standards and a considerable number of tribesmen were retracing their steps up
the valley.

A convoy with two days' supplies had been ordered out from Hangu to
meet me at the Pat Darband Kotal, where I found them when I advanced
with the remainder of the column. The supplies had been sent up on 5 1 camels,
as no mules were available.

The advanced guard and main column halted for the night at 9 p.m. on
the hill. A few shots were fired at the rear-guard from Gogra Hill, and the
whole of the sarwans, except one, bolted, and the camels, being left without
drivers and without nose-strings, stampeded. The rear-guard, consisting of a
wing of the l-3rd Gurkhas, under Lieutenant-Colonel Pulley, and two com-
panies of the i-2nd Gurkhas, under Captain Robinson, withstood several
determined attacks, and did their utmost to save the convoy. At midnight I
sent out two companies of the 2nd Punjab Infantry, under Lieutenant Elsmie
accompanied by Captain Scudamore, Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master-General,
to assist in bringing the camels in. All but two were found to have thrown
their loads, so it was useless, and by 2 a.m. the rear-guard had taken up the
position assigned to them in the bivouac. The enemy consisted of Sheikhans,
Mishtis, Malla Khels and Ali Khels, and they admit to their losses being over
100 killed and wounded. A leading malik of the Sheikhans was wounded
and five leading Malla Khels killed.

When morning broke (12th'), I sent out Colonel Lawrence, Royal Irish
Regiment, with two companies of his Battalion and five companies of each
of the remaining corps, to endeavour to recover the camels and stores, but only
thirteen camels were recovered, and of these only two had loads. The Royal
Irish fired long-range volleys to keep the tribesmen at a respectful distance.

( xxxix )

On the return of Colonel Lawrence's reconnaissance, I set the column once
more in motion towards Lakka, as being the best position from which both
Hangu and Shahu Khel could be protected. I arrived there at I p.m., but,
finding no water, and having lost our food, I issued orders to commence the
march to Hangu at 3 p.m. At 3-30 p.m. I received a message by heh'o from
Fort Lockhart that Saragheri was hard pressed, and at 4-30 p.m. it was helloed
that Saragheri had fallen, and that Gulistan was hard pressed.

Four riflemen of the i-2nd Gurkhas who had been reported missin"- the
previous evening, rejoined, having made their way by the Darband Kotal.

The troops, after their hard day without food or water, had earned a rest
but about 3-30 P.M. on the 13th, a letter was brought to me from Major Des
Voeux, 36th Sikhs, Commanding at Gulistan, urgently asking for help. I
immediately despatched two guns of the 9th Field Battery and the 3rd Ben'^-al
Cavalry with their signallers to gallop along the road at the foot of the hills as
far towards Gulistan as they could go, and sent a wire to Doaba to despatch
two more guns of the 9th Field Battery and the squadron of the 3rd Punjab
Cavalry to join in the demonstration.

The guns from Hangu were accompanied by Mr. D. Donald who knows
the country well, and he was able to show Ihem a position from which they
could fire a few rounds to encourage the garrison, and Major Middleton com-
manding the 3rd Bengal Cavalry, sent through by helio, just before sunset, a
message to assure the garrison that they would be relieved by mid-day on the
14th.

The four guns of the Derajat Mountain Battery had reached Hangu the
previous day, having marched 35 miles in under thirteen hours, so they were
added to our column, and we set out at midnight for Lakka.

At 4 A.M., on the 14th instant, I arrived at Lakka, and sent on two com-
panies of the I -3rd Gurkhas to occupy the hill on which we had bivouacked on
the night of the lith.

At 5 A.M. we marched for Gulistan. On arrival opposite Tsalai (7 a.m )
the advanced guard of the I -3rd Gurkhas was assailed with a heavy fire. I
brought up the guns and shelled the enemy's marksmen out of Tsalai tower at
a range of 900 yards, and at once ordered the I -3rd Gurkhas to attack the
enemy's position on Gogra, the i-2nd Gurkhas following in support. Gogra
Hill was quickly taken under cover of the fire of the guns, and one company of
the Royal Irish fired long-range volleys at the Orakzai retreating down the
Sarmela spur. The strength of the enemy was estimated at about 4,000.

The 2nd Punjab Infantry pressed on followed by the guns, and the
Gurkhas held the position until they had passed through.

As we neared Sangar the garrison of that post displayed a white standard
which they had captured from the enemy. Sangar and Dhar had been attacked
all night, but a sortie had been made from the first-named as soon as our
guns opened fire, and Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton, commanding the 36th
Sikhs, had joined the party with 12 men of the Royal Irish and 35 Sikhs, and
had poured long-range volleys into the foe as they retreated down the Sarmela.

At 10 A.M. I reached Fort Lockhart and reconnoitred the enemy's position
from a bastion of the Fort, and found about 8,000 to 10,000 Afridis h'lldinga
strong position, which was skilfully occupied with lines of sa«^ars on Sara-
gheri ridge.

I ordered up the guns, and by 10-30 a.m.. they were playing on the
enemy's position with shrapnel, whilst the 35th Sikhs from Fort Lockhart ad-
vanced to turn the Afridi right, and the 2nd Punjab Infantry made a frontal
attack on their position, supported by the two Gurkha battalions as they ar-
rived on the ground. The Atridis did not wait for the infantry, but fled from
their position and made foi the Khanki Valley. I pressed on with all possible

( xl )

speed, as I did not know whether Gulistan was holding out or not. On reach-
ing the hi^h ground overlooking Gulistan, I found that the Fort was invested
by about 6,000 Orakzais, but they did not wait for the attack of the 2nd Punjab
Infantry and 36th Sikhs, which was made under an accurate fire of the guns
of the mountain battery, and by 8 p.m. they were in full retreat down the
Khandartang spur and Gulistan was relieved, after having been hard pressed
by some 7,000 to 8.000 Afridis and Orakzais since the I2th instant. The
enemy's casualties are reported over 400 killed.

I wish to bring to the notice of His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief
for special recognition the names of —

Major C. H. Des Vceux, 36th Sikhs, who was the life and soul of the
defence of Gulistan. He did all that could be done, with the slender means at
his disposal, to frustrate each device of the enemy, whose attack was a most
determined one. with riflemen ready, on ridges and terraces within fifteen yards
of the Fort, to open a heavy fire on any one who exposed himself in the slight-
est degree. His judi^ment in permitting the sortie was, in my opinion, good,
as the success attending it encouraged the garrison and made the enemy move
away from the walls.

Second-Lieutenant H. R. E. Pratt, 36th Sikhs, who, though suffering from
dysentery, was always ready for any emergency, and is very highly spoken of
be Major Des Vceux.

Surgeon-Captain C. B. Frail, Indian Medical Service, whose care of the
wounded was unremitting, and who was often under heavy fire.

Miss Teresa McGrath, who had been previously attached to the hospital
by my orders, w'ho rendered most valuable assistince to the Medical Officer.
Her conduct is spoken of most enthusiastically by all ranks.

No. 755, Havildar Sundar -Singh. 36th Sikhs, who is reported to have been
conspicuous for his gallantry throughout the siege, and who, of his own accord,
sprang over the wall of the horn-work, carrying with him those who happened
to be near him, to the succour of his comrades who had made a sortie to cap-
ture a standard, and were in imminent peril of being killed to a man.

Havildar Bishen Singh, 36th Sikhs, who was in command at Sangar, and
kept the enemy at bay against heavy odds, who led a successful sortie, captur-
ing a standard.

The rank and file named below, who took part in the sortie made by the
36th Sikhs from Gulistan : — No. 807, Lance-Naick Sadu Singh. No 1078,
Sepoy Attar Singh No. 1046, Sepoy Sajin Singh. No. 1380, Sepoy Bakram
Singh. No. 1603, Sepoy Chajja Singh. No. 1369, Sepoy Badan Singh. No. 1597,
Sepoy Phuman Singh. No. 1741, Sepoy Thaman Singh. No. 1066, Sepoy
Sawan Singh. No. 1600, Sepoy Ghuna Singh. No. 1588, Sepoy Bhagwan
Singh. No. 1589, Sepoy Harnam Singh. No. 180, Sepoy Rur Singh. No. 368,
Sepoy Sher Singh. No. 1632, Sepoy Ralla Sin^h. No. 1123. Sepoy Kala Singh.
No. 1 177. Lance-Naick Dewa Singh. No. 817, Lance-Naick Harnam Singh,
No. 939, Lance-Naick Jiwan Singh. No. 1167, Sepoy Mihan Singh. No. 823,
Sepoy Mehma Singh. No. 1183, Sepoy Hira Singh. No. 1539, Sepoy Nabha
Singh. No. 1338, Sepoy Jowahir Singh. No. 907, Sepoy Basawa Singh (since
dead). No. 1 146, Sepoy Ghulla Singh. No. 1854, Sepoy Jiwan Singh.

No. 2,509, Rifleman Dhanbir Sahai, i-2nd Gurkhas, for helping in a
wounded naick of the same battalion on the night of the Il-I2th instant, under
heavy fire.

I should also have brought forward the names of Havildar Kala Singh,
36th Sikhs, w^ho volunteered to command the sortie from Gulistan, and Sepoy
Gurmukh Singh, 36th Sikhs, for special recognition, but the former has, I
regret to say, succumbed to his wound.*, and the latter was last seen signalling
from Saragheri just before the enemy swarmed iu. 1 trust that in the cases

( -^li )

of those brave soldiers wlio lost their lives at Saragheii and Gulistan, their
wives and families may be considered for pension as if they had survived to
receive the rewards they so justly deserved.

My thanks are due to the various members of my staff, Majors Bevvicke-
Copley, King's Royal Rifles, and E. F. H. McSvviney, D.S.O., ist Lancers,
Hyderabad Contingent, and Captains C. P. Scudamore, D.S.O , Royal Scots
Fusiliers, and E. St. A. Wake, loth Bengal Lancers, who, without even the
organisation cf a Brigade Staff to help them, performed the duties of Divisional
Staff to a force larger than a division, scattered over a wide area, to my entire
satisfaction. My thanks are also due to His Highness the Maharaja of Cooch
Behar, G.C. LE., Honorary Lieutenant-Colonel, 6th Bengal Cavalry, who
accompanied me throughout as Orderly Officer, and to Brigade-Surgeon-Lieu-
tenant-Colonel W. R. Murphy, D.S.O., Indian Medical Service, Captain
C. F. T. Murray, Staff Corps, Commissariat Department, and Captain P. H.
Rogers, Yorkshire Light Infantry, Transport Officer, who organised their
respective departments under circumstances of exceptional difficulty,

I wish also to favourably mention the following Officers :— Colonel W. W.
Lawrence, Royal Irish Regiment, Commanding the Column. Lieutenant-
Colonel E. A. Travers, Commanding the l-2nd Gurkhas. Lieutenant-Colonel
C. Pulley, Commanding the i-3rd Gurkhas. Lieutenant-Colonel J. Haughton,
36th Sikhs, Commanding on the Samana. Lieutenant-Colonel K. R. N. Sturt,
Commanding the 2nd Punjab Infantry. Major B.J. C. Doran, Royal Irish
Regiment, Staff Officer to the Column. Captain J. L. Parker, R.A., Com-
manding No. 2 (Derajat) Mountain Battery. Captain J. G. Robinson, l-2nd
Gurkhas, for coolness and gallantry on the occasion of the rear-guard action,
I2th instant. Lieutenant A. M. S. Elsmie, Adjutant, 2nd Punjab Infantry,
for coolness displayed in assisting to bring in the camels on the night of
Il-I2th instant. Lieutenant G. VV. M. West, i -3rd Gurkhas, for conspicuous
gallantry on the occasion of the rear-guard action, Il-I2th instant. Jemadar
Harakbir Gurung, I -3rd Gurkhas, for conspicuous gallantry on the occasion of
the rear-guard action, Ii-I2th instant.

I am also indebted to Mr. D. Donald, Commandant, Border Militia Police,
whose unrivalled knowledge of the country and people has been of the great-
est service to me.

THE ATTACK ON SADDA.

Major-General Yeatman-Biggs, writing from Fort Lockhart on the 30th
September, says : —

I have the honour to report, for the information of His Excellency the
Commander-in-Chief in India, that the camp at Sadda was attacked on the
night of the i6th and 17:11 September.

Colonel G. L. R. Richardson, CLE., Commanding the Flying Column, had
established himself in a well intrenched camp and high ground overlooking
Sadda. About lo-io p.m. on the i6th, a laslikai; consisting of Massuzais and
Chamkannis, numbering about 2,000, collected iu the Khurmandarra and
attacked a picket of the 5th Punjab Infantry about a hundred yards outside
the south-east corner of the camp. The picket had to abandon their saiigar
and retire into camp, losing the Havildar in so doing. The moon was obscure
by passing clouds, and the noise of the water rushing in the nullah prevented
the patrols of the 5th Punjab Infantry and l-5th Gurkhas hearing or seeing
the approaching enemy.

The enemy's attack was pushed to within twenty or thirty yards of the
stone wall with which the camp was surrounded with a certain amount of
resolution up to midnight, after which it slackened off considerably. In no
case did the enemy come to close quarters, though two standards were brought
up to within fifty yards of the camp. They s«-emed to have lost heart at the
last luomeut iu the face of the steady fire which was brought to bear ou them

( 3.1ii )

The expenditure of ammunition was as follows : —

Ronnds,
15th Sikhs ... ... ... ... 525

15111 Hunjub Infantry ... ... ... ... 1,200

l-5th Gurkbas ... ... ... ... 373

Total ... 2,098

The usual casualty returns have been already forwarded,

FURTHER OPERATIONS ON THE 3AMANA.

On the same day Major-General Yeatman-Biggs reported : —

I have the honour to report that on the 27th August last, a large gathering
of Orakzai appeared on the Samaoa Suk, and heavy firing was heard in the
direction of Shinawari, which was held by the Border Police. This was
reported to me at Kohat.

Reconnaissances were made from Gulistan towards the Samana Suk, and
from Hangu to Shinawari.

The enemy was found to be about 4,000 in number, strongly posted on the
Samana Suk. In this reconnaissanre, I regret to say, Lieutenant A. K. Blair,
36th Sikhs, was wounded in the chest. Reinforcements were sent from Fort
Lockhart, but soon after their arrival at Gulistan information was received
that the enemy's /rts/;>^rt>- was assembling to the east of Fort Ltckhart, so
Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton, 36th Sikhs, Commanding on the Samana, decid-
ed to return to Fort Lockhart.

The Officer Commanding the reconnaissance made by a squadron of the
l8th Bengal Lancers to Shinawari, returned the same day to Hangu, and re-
ported all well. This was the second reconnaissance made from Hangu to
Shinawari (a distance of over twenty miles) within the last tew days.

The following day the enemy were discovered to be holding the Chagru
Kotal as well as the Samana Suk on the west of the Samana Range, and the
Sarmela spur on the east end of the range, and during the day they buret the
posts of Gogra and Tsalai, which had been evacuated by the Border Police.

In order to anticipate the enemy, should a second attack be made on
Shinawari, I ordered two companies of Gurkhas to march to reinforce the
garrison there. One squadron of cavalry accompanied them, with orders to
return to Hangu as soon as the Gurkhas had reached the post. Reliable
reports were received on the morning of the 29ih August that Shinawari had
been evacuated by the Border Police, and the post burnt by the tribesmen the
previous evening, so the troops en roule to reinforce the garrison, were recalled.
The Orakzai held ajirga/t this day, and decided that the Ali Khel, Mamuzai,
Aisherzai and Aka Khel should attack Gulistan on Friday, September 3rd,
whilst the Mishti, Sheikhan Malla Khel and Kabia Khel attacked Hangu.

During the night of the 29th the post of Sangar was fired into, and a sepoy
of the Border Police deserted from the adjacent post of Dhar with liis rifle and
ammunition. This psot was therefore reinforced by one Native Officer and 37
sepoys of the 26th Sikhs, so that all posts on the Samana should be held by
Sikhs

The three following days the enemy remained on the east and west ends
of the Samana, but made no further move.

On ihe 3rd September a (i'/i/s/j from Dhar was murdered by the enemy,
and his three mules stolen. Mr. D. Donald, Commandant of the Border Police,
proceeded to Dhar to make inquiries into the circumstances, and he and his
escort were fired on.

( xliii )

A-s tribesmen were reported to be advancing^ on Gulistan and Saragheri
in force, these posts were reinforced from Fort Lockhart. Towards evening the
enemy, in considerable force, took up a position in and about Picquet Hill ^400
yards west of Gulistan, and set fire to the thorn hedge which had been placed
as an obstacle a few yards ouiside the horn-work of the place. Ttie fire was
extinguished by volunteers, whose names have been brought to notice bj' me
in a separate letter. At 8 p.m. the bonfire, which had been previously pre-
pared between the horn-work and Picquet Hill, was lit by volunteers, whose
names have also been mentioned in the despatch of the 21st September.

The enemy kept up a hot fire until midnight when they retired.

Lieutenant-Colonel J. Haughton and Lieutenant and Adjutant R C. Munn,
of the 36th Sikhs, strove hard, with their little handful of men from Fort Lock-
hart, to succour the many small posts scattered over the Samana Range that
were beset on all sides by overwhelming numbers of the enemy.

The expenditure of ammunition between the 27th August and the 3rd
September on the Samana was —

Rifles ... ... ... ... ... 410

Rounds expended ... ... ... ... 3.649

I have not considered it necessary to attach any sketch, as the whole ground
is so well known, and has already been mapped by the Survey Department.

><-

( xliv )

APPENDIX VIII.

THE TIRAH DESPATCHES.

The following notification and despatch are taken from the Gazette of India: —

The Right Hon"ble the Governor-General in Council is pleased to direct the
publication of the subjoined letter from the Adjutant-General in India, sub-
mitting a despatch from General Sir W. S. A. Lockhart, K.C.B., K.C.S.I.,
describing the opperations of the Tirah Expeditionary Force, from the iSth to
the 31st October 1^97.

His Excellency the Governor-General in Council concurs virith his Excel-
lency the Commander-in-Chief in his appreciation of the ability and judgment
shown by General Sir William Lockhart in the conduct of the operations
recorded in his despatch, and also of the gallant and soldierly behaviour of the
Officers, Non-Commissioned Officers and men under his command.

His Excellency in Council, while deeply regretting the loss of life which
occurred in the attack on the heights of Dargai on the 20th October 1897,
fully shares in the admiration expressed by the Commander-in-Chief of the
gallantry displayed by both Officers and men on that occasion.

In the assaults on the Sampagha and Arhanga Passes, the skilful disposi-
tions of the General Commanding and the excellent qualities displayed by the
troops, enabled these strong positions to be won with comparatively little loss.

THE commander-in-chief's COMMENT.

Major-General G. de C. Morton, C.B., Adjutant-General in India, in for-
warding the despatch to the Secretary to the Government of India, Military
Department, said : —

I have the honour, by direction of the Commander-in-Chief, to forward,
for the information of the Government of India, the accompanying despatch
from General Sir W. S. A. Lockhart, K.C.B., K.C.S.I., describing the opera-
tions of the Tirah Expeditionary Force from the iSth to the 31st October
1897.

2. The general object of the expedition was to exact reparation for the
unprovoked aggression of the Afridi and Orakzai tribes on the Peshawar and
Kohat borderers, in attacking our frontier posts, and for the damage to life and
property which had thus been inflicted on British subjects and on those in the
British service. The despatch now submitted shows the measures which were
taken by General Sir William Lockhart to carry out the orders of the Govern-
ment of India and to enter Tirah, a country which until now has never beeu
invaded by a Bntish force.

( xlv )

3. The incidents which occurred between tlie iSth and 20th October, and
which immediately preceded the concentration of both divisions of the force at
Khangarbur, in the Khanki Valley, are detailed in the despatch. With regard
to paragraph 21 thereof the Commander-in-Chief agrees with Sir William Lock-
hart that a flanking demonstration combined with a frontal attack would in
all probability have enabled the Dargai heights to have been taken at less loss
of life, but he is confident that the Government of India will share his admira-
tion of the distinguished gallantry and the marked devotion to duty evinced by
all ranks in assailing that difScult position, defended as it was by a resolute
and well armed enemy.

4. The measures subsequently taken by Sir William Lockhart to force
the Sampagha and Arhanga Passes, where it had been anticipated the greatest
resistance would be met, were thoroughly successful, and to their skilful con-
ception and the employment of concentrated artillery fire may be ascribed the
small loss of life that characterised both operations.

5. His Excellency cordially endorses the remarks which the General
Officer Commanding the Force makes regarding the behaviour of the troops
engaged in these operations, and he desires to recommend for the favourable
consideration of Government the distinguished services of General Sir William
Lockhart, and of the Officers, Non-Commissioned Officers and men mentioned
by him in the despatch.

SIR WILLIAM LOCKHARt'S DESPATCH.

The despatch from General Sir W. S. A. Lockhart to the Adjutant-
General in India is dated Head-Quarters, Tirah Expeditionary Force, Camp
Dwatoi, the 9th December 1897. It is as follows : —

In compliance with the instructions conveyed in your letter No, 2235-F,,
dated the 20th November 1S97, ^ have the honour to submit, for the inform-
ation of His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief in India, the following account
of the operations of the force under my command from the 18th to the 31st
October 1897.

2. On October 1 6th, the 2nd Division of the Main Column had con-

centrated at Shinawari, with the exception of the
• No. 9 Mountain Battery troops occupj'ing the Samana ridge near Forts
R.A., .St Baitalion, Nor- Lockhart and Gulistan* ; the 1st Division was
thamptonshire Kegiment, ^ j .. i_i ^^1 , ^1 ,1

36th Sikhs. expected to assemble at the same place on the 19th;

and I consequently issued orders for the march of
the Main Column on the 20th and following days from Shinawari to Khorappa,
each corps being directed to leave behind its tents and heavy baggage
under charge of a regimental guard. Meanwhile the road from the Chagru
Kotal towards Khorappa was being improved by military and hired labour,
working under the protection of covering parties. It was reported, however,
that the troops and labourers thus employed were being so molested by the
enemy's sharp-shooters who occupied the heights to the west of the Chagru
defile, especially by those living in a small village called Dargai, about X,8oo
j'ards to the left of the road shortly after it cro.sses the crest of the pass, that
the improvement of the road could not be continued until the heights had been
cleared, while two days' work was said to be necessary to render the road
sufficiently good for the passage of laden transport animals. It was further re-
ported that no water was obtainable in the immediate vicinity of Dargai, the
inhabitants getting water from the valley below to the west, where there were
several rich Ali Khel villages and a number of cattle.

3. I therefore determined to attack and destroy the village of Dargai,
while by a simultaneous flanking movement 1 seized the heights overlooking

( xlvi )

the valley to the west, and cleared out the lower villa.sfes referred to above.
Although I was aware of a hostile gathering in the Khanki Valley, the inform-
ation 1 had received through native channels led me to believe that the
Orakzai, other than the Ali Khel section of that tribe, did not intend seriously
to oppose my advance until I had reached Khorappa, and that the Afridis
were too busily engai^ed in fortifying the Sampagha and Arhanga Passes to be
able to assist the Orakzai in any considerable strength.

4. During my stay on the Samana, Major-General Yeatman-Biggs had
been in indifferent health, and though he was able to move to Shinavvari on
October, the 17th, while the troops to be employed were drawn almost exclu-
sivelj- from the 2nd Division, I thought it better to spare him the fatigue of
conducting the operations designed to clear the road and punish the Ali Khels.
These operations I accordingly entrusted to Lieutenant-General Sir A. P.
Palmer, Commanding the Line of Communication.

5. The front attack on Dargai was directed by Brigadier-General West-
macott, C.B., D.S.O., who had the following troops placed at his disposal : —
No. 5 (Bombay) Mountain Battery, Rocket Detachment, Royal Artillery,
2nd Battalion King's Own Scottish Borderers, 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkha Rifles.

The Main Column employed on the flanking movement was commanded by
Brigadier-General Kemspter, D.S.O., and consisted of the following troops : —
No. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, Machine Gun Detachment, l6th
Lancers, 1st Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders,
1st Battalion 2nd Gurkha Rifles, 15th Sikhs, No, 4 Company Madras Sappers
and Miners, Scouts of the 5th Gurkha Rifles. This column was accompanied
by Lieutenant-General Sir A, P. Palmer, K.C.B., with an escort of one
company of the 3rd Sikhs.

Brigadier-General Kempster's Column left Shinawari at 4-30 a,m,, and
Brigadier-General Westmacott's at 5 a.m. On the latter reaching the Chagru
Koatl at 8-30 A.M., it was joined by No. 9 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery,
and the 1st Battalion Northamptonshire Regiment from Fort Lockhart. At
9 A.M. the attack was commenced, the 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkhas leading, with
the 2nd Battalion King's Own Scottish Borderers in support and the 1st Batta-
lion Northamptonshire Regiment in reserve. At the same time a working
party under Lieutenant-Colonel J. W. Thurburn, Commanding Royal Engineers,
Line of Communication, consisting of the 21st Madras Pioneers, the Sirmur
Imperial Service Sappers, and the hired labourers, was pushed forward beyond
the koial to improve the road.

6. The advance of the troops which was covered by No. 9 Mountain Bat-
tery Royal Artillery and No. 5 (Bombay) Mountain Battery, was necessarily
slow, the slopes being extremely steep and affording but little cover. The
enemy at first kept up a vigorous 6re from the walled terraces and rocks in
front of the village, but shortly before noon, when the flanking movement
began to develop and the tribesmen's line of retreat was threatened, the
opposition slackened and the position was carried by a company of the 3rd
Gurkhas under M.^jor Rose. About 20 of the enemy's dead were left on the
ground, a sure indication of the heavy loss which had been inflicted.

7. Meanwhile the Main Column had moved in a north-westerly direction
along a track which had been reported as practicable for baggage animals. At
the fifth mile, however, the road was found to be impassable for mules, and
No. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery with all laden animals had to be
ordered back to Shinawari, escorted by the ist Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment
and two companies of ihe 15th Sikhs. The remainder continued their march,
led by the Gurkha scouts, a few of the enemy's marskmen firing at the
advancing troops and wounding two riflemen of the Ist Battalion 2nd
Gurkhas,

( xlvii )

At II A.M., heliographic communication was established with Brigadier-
General Westmacott's Column, and shortly before noon the 1st Battalion 2nd
Gurkhas, which was leading, reached a commanding position at Khand Talao,
about two and a half miles west of Dargai, thus causing zhe tribesmen hastily
to evacuate that village as well as the villages in the valley below. During
their retirement the enemy, estimated to number some 800 men, came under
the fire of the ist Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, and suffered considerable loss.

8. At this point, owing to the great difficulties of the road, the Main
Column had to be halted to allow of the Gordon Highlanders and 15th Sikhs
closing up, and also to cover the return to camp at Shinawari of the Mountain
Battery and its escort. At 2-30 p.m. the concentration had been completed,
and the Main Column began to move towards Dargai in order to join Briga-
dier-General Westmacott's force, which in the meantime had destroyed that
village. The path was extremely difficult, and in some places precipitous, so
that progress was slow, and it was found impossible to reach villages below
Dargai which it had been intended to deal with, and near which the water-
supply to Dargai was situated. The track to the water was afterwards found
to be about three miles in length, so commanded from ^he adjacent heights,
that water could not have been obtained in the presence of an enemy unless
these heights as well as Dargai itself had been held.

9. At this time a hostile force, numbering about 4,000 men, was observed
advancing from the Khanki Valley up the Narik Darra towards Khand Talao,
while another body of the enemy began to ascend the Dargai heights from the
same direction. It was clear, therefore, that the gathering of tribesmen near
Khorappa, having heard the sound of the guns earlier in the day, had resolved
to reinforce the Ali Khels who had just been driven out of Uargai and the
neighbouring villages. But before the enemy could come within fighting dis-
tance, the junction between tne two columns had been effected, the 15th Sikhs
covering the climb of Brigadier-General Kempsters Column along the rugged
path described above and the retirement of the Sikhs being in turn covered by
ihe Gordon Highlanders and two companies of the King's Own Scottish Bor-
derers, who took up a strong position just below the village of Dargai.

While this was going on, Brigadier-General Westmacott began his with-
drawal to the Chagru Kotal, having first posted No. 5 (Bombay) Mountain
Battery near the kotal itself, and sent No. 9 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery
with the 1st Battalion Northamptonshire Regiment to a position on the Samana
Suk, which flanked the road from Dargai to the crest of the pass. The enemy
pressing on, a hot engagement ensued between them and the rear-guard,
our guns making excellent practice, and the Gordon Highlanders with the two
companies of the King's Own Scottish Borderers, steadily holding their ground
and checking the advance of the tribesmen. The heavy loss inflicted on the
enemy caused them to lose heart, no reply being made to a final vollej' fired by
the rear-guard about 7 p.m., after which the withdrawal to the Chagru Kotal
and thence to Shinawari was entirely unmolested. Camp was reached by the
rear-guard at 1 1 p.m.

10. Lieutenant-General Sir A. P. Palmer has commented most favour-
ably on the steadiness and gallantry of the troops engaged on October the 1 8th,
and has brought to my special notice the services of the following Officers with
Brigadier-General Westmacott's Column : — Major H. Rose, 1st Battalion 3rd
Gurkhas ; Captain A. P. Battman-Champain, 2nd Battalion 2nd Gurkhas ; and
Lieutenant W. G. L. Beynon, D.S.O., 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkl as, who led the
attack on Dargai. Also Captain T. G. MacLaren, Captain D. R. Sladen, Captain
A. E. Haig, Lieutenant H. F. Pipe-Wolferstan, and 2nd-Lieutenant T. H.
Keyes of the 2nd Battalion King's Own Scottish Borderers, who were engaged
in supporting the attack and covering the withdrawal.

Witli Brigadier-General Kempsters Column: —

Lieutenant- Colouel H. H. Mathias, C.B., 1st Battalion Gordon High-
landers.

( xlviii )

Lieutenant-Colonel H. A. Abbott. 15th Sikhs.

Lieutt-nant-Coloiiel E. A. Travers, 1st Battalion 2nd Curkhas.

Captain I. Phillips, 1st Battalion 5th Gurkhas, Deputy Assistant Adjutant
and Quarter-Master-General, Line of Communication.

Captain F. G. Lucas and Lieutenant the Hoa'ble C. G. Bruce, 5th Gurkhas,
who were in charsje of the Gurkha scouts.

No. 2967, Private W. Rennie, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders, who shot
down four of the enemy at very close quarters.

11. The casualties on October 18th comprised —

Major R. D. Jennings-Bramly, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders, killed.
Lieutenant M. L. Pears, 1st Battalion Scottish Rifles, attached to the
Gordon Highlanders, severely wounded.

British Non-Commissioned Officers and men:— Killed 2, wounded 10.
Native ranks : — Killed 6, wounded 21.
Followers: — Wounded 3.

12. I am much indebted to Lieutenant-General Sir A, P. Palmer and
Brigadier-Generals Westmacott and Kempster for the skilful manner in which
the troops were handled and the operation described above brought to a satis-
factory conclusion.

13. Having watched the action from the Samana Suk until Dargai had
been captured and the two columns had established communication with each
other, I returned to Fort Lockhart, where at 5 p.m. I received a heliogram
from Lieutenant-General Sir A. P. Palmer, informing me that the object of the
reconnaissance had been attained, and that the troops were returning to Shinawari.
I accordingly directed the General Officer Commanding the 2nd Division to
continue work on the road the next day, under the protection of two battalions
and a mountain battery. At il a.m. en October 19th, a heliogram was
received from Major-General Yeatman-Biggs, reporting that the troops of his
division had reached camp so late on the previous evening that he thought it
better not to employ them in the manner indicated, especially as an advance
to Khorappa had to be made the ne.xt day. I regret that my orders were not
carried out even at the risk of fatiguing the troops, as the presence of a force on
the Chagru Kotal might have deterred the enemy from re-occup3'ing Dargai,
and in any case would have enabled the road to be further improved. But the
heliogram reached me too late to allow of the employment of the working
party, which otherwise might have been covered by troops detailed from the
1st Division.

14. On October 19th the Dargai heights were observed during the day
from the Samana ridge, but there was no sign of a formidable gathering,
although a few tribesmen were seen moving about near the village.

15. Late on the evening of the 19th I received a telegram from Shinawari,
reporting that Dargai and the adjacent heights were believed to be strongly
held by the enemy, and that the General Officer Commanding the 2nd Divi-
sion proposed to advance the next day to Khorappa via Fort Gulistan, the
Samana Suk, and the Tsalai spur, instead of down the Chagru defile. For reasons
which need not here be detailed, I was unable to accept this suggestion,
and in reply desired Major-General Yeatman-Biggs to adhere to the original
plan of movement. I remarked that while it would be necessary to clear the
Dargai heights overlooking the road to the west, the enemy would probably
retire as soon as troops had been pushed on to the point where the Narik Darra
joins the Chagru defile, as the enemy's rear would thus be threatened ; and to
assist him in the frontal attack, 1 placed at his disposal two battalions and
one mountain battery from the 1st Division. I also informed him that No. 9
Mountain Battery Royal Artillery and the 1st Battalion Northamptonshire
Regiment would be directed to co-operate from Fort Lockhart, by taking up
a position ou the Samana Suk opposite Dargai at 7 a.m.

( xlix )

l6. On October 20th the troops of the 2nd Division, as detailed below,*
moved as directed, the advance-guard leaving camp at Shinawari at 4-30 a.m.
and reaching the Chagru Kotal at 8 a.m. At the latter hour the 1st Battalion
Northamptonshire Regiment and No. 9 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery were
in position on the Samana .Suk. Tlie troops detailed from the 1st Division to
assist in the advance of the 2nd Division were No. i (Kohat) Mountain Battery,
the 2nd Battalion Derbyshire Regiment and the 3rd Sikhs.

The 3rd Brigade under Brigadier-General Kempster began its attack on the
Dargai heights at 10 a.m., by a concentrated artillery fire from No. 8 Mountain
Battery Royal Artillery, and No. i (Kohat) and No. 5 (Bombay) Mountain
Batteries, these being posted slightly in advance of the kotal. No. 9 Mountain
Battery Royal Artillery, assisted by shelling the enemy's sangars from the
Samana Suk. The attack was led by the 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, supported
by the 1st Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment. The 2nd Battalion Derbyshire
Regiment was in reserve, followed by the 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders.

By 11-30 A.M. the above force was in formation, under cover, in readiness
to capture the heights, but when the 2nd Gurkhas, accompanied by the
Gurkha scouts of the 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkhas, made their first rush across the
open, they were met by such a hot and well-aimed fire that all they could do
was to hold on to the position they had reached, without being able to advance
further.

At 2 P.M., the Dorsetshire Regiment was ordered to storm the enemy's
entrenchments, but though a few men were able to get across the fire-swept
zone, an advance beyond the line held by the 2nd Gurkhas was reported by
the Commanding Officer to be impracticable, owing to the large number of
tribesmen lining the edge of Dargni plateau and the steepness of the slope
leading up to it. The General Officer Commanding the 2nd Division accord-
ingly ordered Brigadier-General Kempster to move up the Gordon Highlanders
and the 3rd Sikhs, the former regiment being replaced on the lower spur which
it had hitherto occupied by the Jhind Im.perial Service Infantry. The Gordon
Highlanders went straight up the hill without check or hesitation. Headed by
their pipers and led by Lieutenant-Colonel Mathias, C.B., with Major Macbean
on his right and Lieutenant A. F. Gordon on his left, this splendid battalion
marched across the open. It dashed through a murderous fire and in forty
minutes had won the heights, leaving three Officers and thirty men killed or
wounded on its way. The first rush of the Gordon Highlanders was deserving

The troops of the and Division referred to above were as follows

■^rd Brigade .

1st Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment.

ist Battalion Gordon Highlanders.

1st Batt'ilion 2nd Gurkhas.

icth Sikhs.

No 24 British Field Hospital.

No. 44 Native Field Hospital.

a,th Brigade.
2nd Battalion King's Own Scottish Borderers.
Tst Battalion 3rd Gurkhas.
Two sections, No 9 British Field Hospital.
Two sections. No. 23 British Field Hospital.
No. 48 Native Field Hospi'al

Divisional Troops.

No. 8 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery.

No. 5 (Bombay) Mountain Battery.

Machine Gun Detachment, j6th Lancers.

2ist Madras Pioneers.

No. 4 Company Madras Sappers and Miners.

Thind Regiment of Imperial Service Infantry.

Sirmur Imperial Service Sappers

One section. No. 13 British Field Hospital.

No. 43 Native Field Hospital.

( 1 )

of the highest praise, for they had just undergone a very severe ch'mb, and
had reached a point beyond which other troops had been unable to advance for
over three hours. The first rush was followed at short intervals by a second
and a third, each led by Officers; and as the leading companies went up the
path for the final assault, the remainder of the troops, among whom the 3rd
Sikhs were conspicuous, streamed on in support. But few of the enemy waited
for the bayonet, many of them being shot down as they fled in confusion.

17. I'he position was won at 3-15 p.m., with the loss of three Officers
killed, namely : —Major C. B. Judge, 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas; Captain
W. E. C. Smith, 2nd Battalion Derbyshire Regiment; and Lieutenant A.
Lainont, ist Battalion Gordon Highlanders; and nine wounded, namely: —
Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Mathias, C. B., 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders;
Major F. IMacbean, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders ; Captain H. P. Uniacke,
1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders; Lieutenant M. F. M. Meiklejohn, ist
Battalion Gordon Highlanders ; Lieutenant K. Dingwall, 1st Battalion Gordon
Highlanders; Lieutenant G. S. G. Craufurd, 1st Battalion'Gordon Highlanders;
Captain W. R. Arnold, 1st Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment; Captain J. G.
Robinson, 1st Battabon 2nd Gurkhas (since dead) ; Lieutenant G. E. White,
3rd Sikhs; of other ranks 35 were killed, and 158 wounded.

18. The enemy's loss has not been ascertained, but must have been heavy.
Nearly every section of the Afridis was represented, but net in full strength;
and there were about 1,500 Sheikhans, Mishtis, Mallakhels and Akhels, besides
contingents from the Mamozai, Massozai and Akhels.

19. The General Officer Commanding the 2nd Division has brought to
my special notice the gallant conduct of Lieutenant-Colonel Mathias, C.B,,
Commanding the 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders, in leading his battalion to
the assault of a most difficult position at a critical period of the fight, when
previous attempts had failed. I recommend this Officer for the Victoria Cross.

Major-General Yeatman-Biggs has also reported most favourably on the
behaviour of ihe following British and Native Officers and soldiers : —

Major F. Macbean, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders, who was the first
to spring out of cover and lead his company to the attack, and who, being
immediately afterwards wounded, continued to cheer his men on while lying
on the ground.

Lieutenant-Colonel E. A. Travers, 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, who led the
first rush of his men.

Captains D. C. F. Macintyre and J. G. Robinson, 1st Battalion 2nd Gur-
khas; and Lieutenant A. B. Tillard, 1st Battalion 3rd Gurkhas, commanding
the Gurkha scouts of his regiment.

No. 2951, Piper G. Findlater, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders, who, after
being shot through both feet and unable to stand, sat up under a heavy fire
plaj'ing the regimental march to encourage the charge.

No. 3456, Private E. Lawson, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders, who
carried Lieutenant Dingwall, when wounded and unable to move, out of a
heavy fire, and subsequently returned and brought in Private McMillan, being
himself wounded in two places in so doing.

Subadar Kirpa Ram Thapa, 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, who, though
wounded in two places, continued to discharge his duties in the front line.

I recommend Piper Findlater ana Private Lawson for the Victoria Cross.

20. The General Officer Commanding the 2nd Division has also brought
to notice the services of the following Officers, Non-Commissioned Officers and
inen as deserving of recognition : —

Major G.T. F. Downman, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders.
Captain C. C. Miller-Wallnut, 1st Battalion Go-^don Highlanders.
Captain and Adjutant W. Campbell, tst Battalion Gordon Highlanders.
Lieutenant G. D. Mackenzie, Ist Battalion Gordon Highlanders.
Lieutenant G. E. E. G. Cameron, ist Battalion Gordon Highlanders,

( li )

No. 1771, ColourSersfennt J. Craib, 1st Battalion Cordon Hijjhianders.

No. 2025, Colour- .St rgeant T. Mackie, I.'^t Battalion Gordon Highlanders.

No. 2021, Sersreant F. Richie, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders.

No. 3056, -Sergeant D. Mathers, ist Battalion Gordon Highlanders.

No. 1952, Sergeant T. Donaldson, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlanders.

No. 2465, Sergeant J. M'Kay, 1st Battalion Gordon Highlandeis.

No. 3711, Lance-Corporal (piper) G. Milne, 1st Battalion Gordon High-
landers.

Captain W. R. Arnold, Ist Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment, who led the
first rush of his battalion.

No. 3937, Private S. Vickery, 1st Battalion Dorsetshire Regiment, who
ran down the slope, rescued a wounded comrade, and brought him back to
cover. This soldier has subsequently greatly distinguished himself during the
withdrawal of Brigadier-General Kempster's Colutiin from the Waran Valley,
and 1 propose in due course to recoinmend him for the Victoria Cross.

Lieutenant H. S. Pennell, 2nd Battalion Derbyshire Regiment, who en-
deavoured to bring in Captain Smith's body, and only desisted on finding that
Captain Smith was dead.

Captain C. E. de M. Norie, 1st Battalion 2nd Gurkhas, who was conspicu-
ously forward at the commencement of the action.

21. In recording my acknowledgments to Major-General Yeatman-Biggs,
C.B., and Brigadier General Kempster, D S.O., for the success of the opera-
tions on October 20th. I think it necessary to point out that the advance was
not conducted in the manner in which I had intended, and as I thought I had
clearly indicated. The General Officer Commanding the 2nd Division restricted
himself to a frontal attack on the Dargai heights, without employing a portion
of the large force at his disposal to turn the enemy's rear by pushing on as
rapidly as possible to the point of junction of the Narik Darra with the Chagru
defile Undoubtedly the troops would have been under fire and might have
suffered some loss in moving along the road below the heights; but if full
advantage had been taken of the inequalities of the ground, I am of opinion
that the loss would not have been heavy, and I feel confident that, as soon
as their line of retreat was threatened, the tribesmen would have begun to
disperse.

At the same time, I recognise that the eneiny's defeat was rendered more
complete and decisive by their being encouraged to hold on to the last, and the
result of the action inust be regarded as satisfactory, inasmuch as the move-
ment of the troops, baggage and supplies from Shinawari to Khorappa,
subsequent to the capture of the Dargai heights, was almost unmolested.

22. On the night of October 20th, Dargai was held by the Ist Battalion
Dorsetshire Regiment and 3rd Sikhs, supported by the 1st Battalion Gordon
Highlanders, while the remanider of the troops bivouacked on or near the
Chagru Kotal.

23. At daybreak on the 2ist, the march of the 2nd Division to Khorappa,
or, more properly, to Khangarbur, on the left bank of the Khanki stream, was
resumed, while in order to avoid a block on the main road, 1 proceeded from
Fort Lockhart to the satne point vid Fort Gulistan and the Tsalai spur, taking
with ire No. 9 Mountain Battery Royal Artillery, the Ist Battalion Northamp-
tonshire Regiment, the 36th Sikhs, and No. 3 Company Bombay Sappers and
Miners. The track from the village of Tsalai down to its junction with the
main road was so bad, that none of the baggage of the troops accompanying me
reached camp at Khorappa until late the next day, that of the 36th Sikhs not
arriving until mid-daj' on the 23rd.

24. The 4th Brigade and some of the Divisional troops of the 2nd Division
arrived at Khorappa towards the evening of the 21st October. The remainder of
the division coming in the next day ; but owing to the steepness and narrowness
ot the road, and the inferiority of a considerable propoitiun of ilie transport

( Hi )

animals, several days elapsed before all the bao;o;ae:e of the division had
come up. On October 24th, the troops of the 1st Division began to move
from Shinawari to Khorappa, and by the evenins; of the 27th the Main Column,
with its supplies and transport, had concentrated in readiness for a further ad-
vance. Advantage was taken of the halt at Khorappa to improve the road from
the Chagru Kotal, to complete the organisation of the transport service, and
to adjust the loads of the several classes of animals employed, namely, mules,
ponies and donkeys.

25. And here I may mention that during the halt at Khorappa, though
every military precaution was taken, the camp was fired into every night,
sometimes by large bodies of the enemy, and our foraging parties were pertina-
ciously opposed and followed up by the tribesmen. The losses from this cause
were heavy, aggregating three British Officers, twenty-five British soldiers, and
twenty-one native ranks, killed or wounded. The names of the Officers are
given below : —

Lieutenant-Colonel R. C. Hadow, 15th Sikhs, severely wounded.
Captain F. F. Badcock, D.S.O,, 1st Battalion 5th Gurkhas, dangerously
wounded.

Lieutenant G. D. Crocker, 2nd Battalion Royal Munster Fusiliers, wounded.

26. On October 28th, in accordance with instructions issued on the pre-
vious evening, the force marched in two columns to Gundaki, The 1st Division
across the plain and the 2nd Division up the bed of the Kandi Mishti stream,
while a detached column consisting of the 1st Battalion Northamptonshire Regi-
ment and the 36th Sikhs occupied the hills to the right of my line of advance As
the left column was threatened from the west, I also occupied three hills which
commanded that flank with the 2nd Battalion Yorkshire Regiment, a wing of
the 2nd Battalion 4th Gurkhas, and a wing of the 3rd Sikhs, respectively. This
display of force led the enemy to believe that I intended to turn their right,
vvhich they at once began to strengthen, and during the night of the 28th the
detachment of the 4th Gurkhas, which in the evening had been reduced to two
companies, was continuously attacked at close quarters, suffering, however, but
slight loss owing to the care taken in the day time to protect the position by
saiigars. The strong flanking parties which had pushed out enabled me to re-
CDnnoitre the Sampagha Pass, and having settled on my plan of action, I direct-
ed the whole force to bivouac near Gundaki, and issued orders for the attack oa
the following day.

Our casualties on October 28th were : —

Lieutenant-Colonel C. A. R. Sage, 2nd Battalion 1st Gurkhas, severely
wounded. Other ranks : — Killed two, wounded 10.

27. Here it may be noted that, previous to my advance, on October 28th,
I had to detach two battalions to strengthen the force on the Line of Communi-
cation. The 30th Punjab Infantry was detailed to hold the Dargai heights,
and the 2ist iVIadras Pioneers to form part of the Khorappo garrison.

28. On October 29th, at 5 a.m., the ist Brigade moved out of camp to
cover the advance to the Sampagha. The 1st Battalion Devonshire Regiment
seized the village of Nazeno, thus protecting my right. Lieutenant-Colonel
Yule quickly brushed away all opposition on that side. The 2nd Battalion Ist
Gurkhas covered my left by occupying the village of Kandi Mishti and met
with no opposition The 2nd Battalion Derbyshire Regiment, advancing in the
centre, occupied without resistance a low rocky hill stretching across the plateau
between the Kandi Mishti and Sampagha ravines, which I had chosen as my
first artillery position.

At 5-15 A.M., the 2nd Brigade, preceded by the Gurkha scouts, left camp
with orders to enter the Sampagha ravine, and to advance by a path leading to-
wards the enemy's position up a long bare spur as soon as the guns should have
sufficiently silenced the fire from the saiigars ; this advance to be supported ia
succession by the 4th and 3rd Brigades.

( liii )

At 6-30 A.M. the first shots were fired by the enemy, but the action did not
really beg:in until "J-^O a.m., when the three mountain batteries of the 1st Divi-
sion opened fire on the saiigars from the first artillery position above mention-
ed. Their fire was effective, the range being I.850 j^ards, and the enemy quickly
evacuated the entrenchments which commanded the lower slopes of the pass,
these being seized by the 2nd Brigade at 8 a.m. The three batteries of the
2nd Division, together with the rocket detachment, were now p\ished on,
and opened fire on the crest of the pass at a range of 2,200 yards. The fire
of the guns was, however, soon masked by the rapid advance of the 2nd Brigade
which, with the 1st Battalion Royal West Surrey Regiment (the Queen's) lead-
ing, reached the summit of the pass at 9-45 a.m. The artillery was again
ordered up in support, No. 5 (Bombay) Mountain Battery in front. On reach-
ing the crest this batterj^ did e.xcellent service in assisting the infantry of the
2nd Brigade to dislodge the tribesmen from the heights they were holding on
either flank, but while engaged on this duty I regret to report that Captain De
Butts, Royal Artillery, Commanding the battery, was tnortally wounded. Ihe
heights on the north-east of the pass were eventually cleared by the 1st Batta-
lion Royal West Surrey Regiment and the 3rd Sikhs, while those on the north-
west were stormed bj' the 36th Sikhs, supported by six companies of the 2nd
Battalion King's Own Scottish Borderers. The last shots were fired at 11-30
A.M., and the 15th .Sikhs were then sent on as an advance-guard into the
Mastura Valley, where 1 proposed to bivouac.

29. While the troops were moving down into the valley some slight resis-
tance was met with, but this ceased as soon as the hills commanding the camp-
ing ground had been occupied by pickets.

The 1st Brigade remained on the Sampagha for the night, with a view to
protecting transport animals and baggage.

30. The casualties during the action were : —
Captain F. R. McC. De Butts, Royal Artillery, killed.

Major R. T. Hanford-Flood, 1st Battalion Royal West Surrey Regiment,
slightly wounded.

Other ranks: -Killed one, wounded three.

31. On October 30th, the Main Column, with the exception of the 1st
Brigade, which continued to hold the Sampagha Pass, remained in camp on
the right bank of the Mastura stream. In the morning I made a reconnais-
sance of the Arhani'a Pass, and issued orders for the attack on the following
day. My great difficulty was the want of food, some corps having absolutely
nothing in hand and the steep and narrow track over the pass delaying the
arrival of supplies. But by redistributing what there was, and making use of
what could be collected in the neighbouring villages, each man was eventually
provided with two days' rations. I therefore determined not to postpone the
attack on the Arhanga Pass, as I was convinced that a protracted halt in the
Mastura Valle3', expedient as it might seem from a commissariat point of view
would not only encourage the Afridis and give them time to collect their fight-
ing men, but also enable them to destroy, hide, or remove the forage and grain
stored in their villages, and thus render our stay in Tirah a matter of extreme
dilliculty.

32. On October 31st, the 4th Brigade crossed the Mastura stream at 6 a.m.
and advanced towards the Arhanga Pass across a broken plain up to a low de-
tached mound, in rear of which the brigade was massed ac 8 a.m. Shortly after-
wards the three batteries of the 2nd Division opened fire from this mound
at a range of 1,300 yards, oa the enemy's main position along the crest of the
pass. Meanwhile the 2nd Brigade had moved up on the right, and the 3rd
Brigade was disposed in echelon on the left, with the object of threatening the
enemy's right and joining the central attack when ordered to do so. The 2nd
Brigade began the action by a flank movement on the right up two rocky .spurs
and an intervening ravine, thus gaining the crest east of the pass; while the
4th Brigade attacked in the centre, supported by the 3rd Brigade. The

( 'iv )

2nd Rri'^atle's at'ack wns led by the 2nd f'.;itt;)lirin Yorkshire Ree^iment and
the Gurkha scouts, each tfallfintly tmc ing up the steep slope, the summit
of which was reached by both sininUaneously at lO a.m. Tiie main attack
was led bj' the 2nd Battalion King's Own .Scottish Borderers. Neither attack
met with serious opposition, and shortly after lo a.m. the pass was in our
hands, and all opposition had practically ceased.

The casualties were : — Killed none, wounded two.

I may here mention that the road up the Arhanga Pass though short, was
the steepest and worst that had j^et been encountered.

33. Immediately after the action I gave orders for the concentration of
the force in Maidan with the exception of the 1st Brigade, which I had to
leave behind for the purpose of dominating the Mastura Valley and of guard-
ing the Line of Communication between Tirah and Khorappa.

34. During the period dealt with in this report the troops under my
command were subjected to much privation and fatigue, to trreat variations
of temperature, to heavy losses in action, and to continual night alarms. No
body of men could have shown a better spirit.

That a more formidable resist-ince was not offered in the passes leading
respectively into Ornkzai and Afridi Tirah, I attribute to the lesson taught
those tribes at Dargai in the actions of October iSth and October 20th. They
then learnt that their strongest positions could not avail them against the valour
of British and Native troops.

35. In submitting thi.s report, I desire to record my acknowledgments to
the General Officer Commanding the Line of Communications, the General
OfHcers Commanding Divisions and Brigades, the Chief of the Staft', and the
Brigadier-Generals Commanding the Koyai Artillery and Royal Engineers, the
Heads of Departments, especially those of Ordnance, Supply and Transport,
the Officers of the Head-Quarters, Divisional, and Brigade Staffs, and the Com-
manding and other Officers, Non-Commissioned Officers and men of the several
corps under my command, all of whom have done their duty in a manner
befitting Her Majesty's Army.

My recommendations for the recognition of the services of individual Officers,
Non-Commissicned Officers and soldiers, subsequent to the action of October
20th. will be embodied in my final despatch on the termination of the present
expedition.

General .Sir William Lockhart's despatch describing the operations of the
Tirah Expeditionary I'orce from November ist to January 26th, was published
in a later issue of the Gazette of India, together with comments as follows : —

SIR GEORGE WHITe's LETTER TO GOVERNMENT.

In a covering letter the Adjutant-General on behalf of the Commander-in-
Chief writes : —

" No campaign on the frontiers of India has been conducted under more
trying and arduous circumstances than those encountered by the Tirah Expedi-
tionary Force. Its operations have been carried out in a. country destitute of
roads, the phj'sical configuration of which is such as to present the maximum of
difficultj' to the movement of regular troops. The enemy w^ere for the most
part skilled marksmen, exceptionally active and well armed, and expert in
guerilla tactics. While avoiding serious resistance to the advance of our troops,
they have lost no opportunity of harassing them both on the march and in
bivouac : a system of fighting admirably suited to the nature of the country, and
which has necessarily occasioned us considerable loss not only in action, but
also from toil and exposure. In spite of these difficulties severe punishment
has been meted out to the tribes concerned, with the result that the entire

( Iv )

Orakzai tribe has submitted and complied witli the terms of the Government, as
have also a portion of the Afridis ; and it seems probable even now that the re-
mainder of this tribe will not force a repetition of offensive operations, but will
tender their submission at an early date. During: the operations the fighting
qualities and endurance of the troops have been highly tested, and it is with no
small sense of gratification and pride that the Commander-in-Chief brings to the
notice of the Government of India the soldierly conduct and discipline of the
troops amidst all the hardships and exposure which fell to them ; both Officers
and men having, whether in action or in bivouac, conducted themselves in a
manner thoroughly befitting the traditions of Her Majesty's Army. His Ex-
cellency deplores the loss to the Army of the many brave Officers and men who
have died in the performance of their duty, and amongst them such distinguished
soldiers as the late Major-General Yeatman-Biggs, Lieutenant-Colonel Haughton,
36th Sikhs, and others whose careers were so full of promise.

" The Commander-in-Chief would specially commend to the favourable
notice of the Government the distinguished Officer selected for the command of
the expedition, who has exercised an exceptionally difficult and responsible
command with much skill, vigour and judgment; and His Excellency takes this
opportunity of expressing his own acknowledgments to Sir William Lockhart
for the able manner in which he has directed the operations of the F'orce under
his command. The Commander-in-Chief also endorses the commendatory
remarks made by Sir William Lockhart on the services of General Sir A. Power
Palmer, General Symons and General Nicholson, and the Officers and others
mentioned in paragraphs 22 to 31 of the despatch. His Excellency fully shares
Sir William Lockhart's appreciation of the assistance rendered by the Imperial
Service troops, whose association with our own troops has given them an oppor-
tunity of gaining valuable military experience which cannot fail to result in in-
creased efficiency,

" Sir George White has much pleasure in commending to the notice of the
Government the services of Lieutenant-Colonel Sir Partab Singh, who accom-
panied the force throughout the expedition as extra Aide-de-Camp to Sir William
Lockhart ; of Lieutenant-Colonel the Maharaja of Cooch Behar and of Major the
Maharaj Rana of Dholpur, who were employed as extra Orderly Officers to the
Divisional Commanders.

" As this despatch will probably be the last that Sir George White will submit
during his tenure of command, he desires to take this opportunity of bringing to
the notice of the Government the valuable services rendered by the following
Officers and Departments in connection with the recent operations."

The Oflicers named are: Sir George Wolseley, Commanding the Punjab ;
General Morton, Adjutant-General ; General Badcock, Ouarter-Master-General ;
Colonel Duff, Military Secretary ; Surgeon-Major-General Gore ; Major Mullaly,
D.A.Q.-M.-G. for Mobilisation ; Veterinary-Colonel Thomson ; Major-General
Hobdaj% Commissary-General-in-Chief; Major-General Wace, Director-General
of Ordnance ; Mr. Reynolds, Director-General of Telegraphs ; the Postal, Tele-
graph and Survey Officers and subordinates with the Field Force ; Colonel
Brackenburjr, Manager, Mr. Jacob, Traffic Superintendent, and the subordinate
staff of the North-Western Railway.

It is further remarked : — " It has been ascertained that between the 1st July
and the 31st October the additional trains on the North-Western Railway re-
quired for military traffic amounted to 4,544, or an average of 37 trains per diem
in excess of the normal traffic. Any breakdown of the railway arrangements
during the period when troops and supplies were being pushed to the front
would have had a very serious effect on the military operations ; and that no
such failure occurred, is due, in His Excellency's opinion, to the able administra-
tion of his railway system by the Manager and to the untiring efforts of his sub-
ordinates."

( Ivi )

The follovving are some of the observations in detail : —

" On Lieutenant-General Sir G. Wolseley and the Staff of the Punjab
Command devolved the duty of carrying out the preliminary concentrcition of the
Various forces which have been placed in the field. This has been no light task,
but it has been successfully perform.ed. Of the staff at Army Head-Quarters I
ttm to mention General Morton, Adjutant-General in India, who has throughout
proved himself zealous and untiring in the performance of the duties which,
especially during the war, pertain to his responsible position, and has at all times
afforded to the Commander-in-Chief all the assistance in his power. I am especial-
ly to bring to notice General Badcock. Quarter-Master-General in India, for his
supervision of all the arrangements for the mobilisation of the large forces now
and recently in the field. The difficulty of the task has been greatly enhanced
by the fact that we were not only engaged in active operations in several direc-
tions at one and the .same time, but were also compelled to be in readiness to
meet any further complication which might suddenly arise along any portion of
the North-West frontier. That we have been able to mass the necessary troops
without delay on the point threatened by each successive rising as it occurred,
and that our mobilisation arrangements have worked smoothly and without
friction, have been very largely due to the Quarter-Master-General's constant and
assiduous work. Sir George White also wishes to bring to the special notice
of the Government of India the services of Lieutenant-Colonel Duff. Military
Secretary, in whom His Excellency has always found a Staff Officer of the very
highest ability, most earnest sense of duty and soundest judgment, who has
done all that a direct personal assistant could do to lighten the work and anxiety
of the Commander-in-Chief in a time of exceptional difficulty,"

SIR WILLIAM LOCKHART's DESPATCH.

Sir William Lockhart, in his despatch, describes the military operations in
November, December and January.

Regarding Sir Henry Havelock Allen's death, for which he expresses deep
regret. Sir William Lockhart says :— " Every precaution had been taken to
ensure his safety, and on bidding him good-bye at Lala China, I had impressed
on him the necessity of invariably remaining with the troops detailed for his
protection."

The despatch continues : —

" During the oparations described I have received every possible support
and assistance from the General Officer Commanding the Line of Communica-
tion, his Staff and the troops under his command. The requirements ot the
Main Column have been promptly and fully met, while the arrangements made
to protect the long and exposed line between Kohat and the Sampagha Pass and
afterwards to transfer the base from Kohat to Peshawar have been all that I
could have desired,

" In bringing this narrative to a close I wish to record my high appreciation
of the conduct of the British and native troops serving with the Tirah Expedi-
tionary Force. Up to the present date their losses have amounted to 1,050
killed and wounded. They have been subjected to great hardship and exposure,
harassed at night by assaults at close quarters or by distant rifle fire, and en-
gaged in long and trying rear-guard actions. Their duties on picket and in
guarding foraging parties, have been specially onerous. Hardly a day or night
has passed without casualties, and whether we advanced or retired, every
soldier had to be constantly on the alert against the enemy, who made no stand
in the open but were unrivalled as skirmishers and marksmen. The operations
were carried out in a country which offered every natural advantage to the
tribesmen and imposed on regimental Officers and rank and file ttie necessity
for individual initiative, unremitting watchfulness and personal activity. I am
glad to say the troops responded nobly to the call made upon them. Cheeertul
and soldier-like under exceptionally trying conditions, Officers and men upheld to
the utmost the traditions of their corps and the honour of Her Majesty's Army.

( Ivii )

" The advance into Tirah was delayed, and the subsequent movements of
the force were impeded, by the inferiority of a large proportion of the transport
animals and the want of proper discipline and training amongst many of the
transport drivers and Kahars. But it must be remembered tliat a peace
organisation which has to be rapidly expanded when war breaks out takes time
to render it eflicient, and that the requirements, elsewhere had already absorbed
much of the better class of pack transport which would otherwise have been avail-
able.

" The results attained by the expedition may be summarised as fol-
lows : — The troops under my command have marched everywhere within the
Orakzai and Afridi limits and the whole of Tirah has now for the first time been
accurately surveyed. Our enemies, wherever encountered, have been punished,
and their losses are stated on unimpeachable evidence to have been extremely
severe. The towers and walls of almost every fortified village in the country
have been levelled to the ground, and the winter supply of grain, fodder and
fuel of both tribes has been consumed by the force. The Orakzai have been
completely subdued and have complied with the terms prescribed for them ; but
the Afridis still hold out, although I have strong hopes that they may before
long submit and thus save their country from a fresh invasion in the spring.

" During the present expedition the scouts, drawn from the 3rd and 5th
Gurkhas, have proved especially valuable. Being trained mountaineers and
accustomed to guerilla warfare, they were able to climb most precipitous hills,
lie in ambush at night, and surpass the tribesmen in their own tactics.

" The Imperial Service Corps attached to the force have taken their full
share in the hardships of the campaign, and fighting side by side with their
comrades in the regular army have given a tangible proof of their readiness and
that of their rulers to assist in the defence of the Empire.

" During the expedition the Mountain Artillery had an important part to
play, and fully sustained its reputation as one of the most eflicient branches of
that arm of the service.

" Much work of a responsible and arduous nature, principally road-making
and the destruction of village defences, devolved on the corps of Royal Engi-
neers, the companies of Sappers and Miners and the Pioneer regiments. This
work was carried out in a creditable manner."

Sir William Lockhart praises the administration of the Army and Civil
Departments, and says that medical officers fully maintained their high reputa-
tion by their attention to the sick and wounded under fire and in hospital ; also
that the signalling and survey work were well done. He acknowledges the
public spirit evinced by Mr. Dhanjiboy, who by tonga service facilitated the
transport of the sick and wounded to the base hospital.

In recording his obligations to the General Officers, Sir William Lockhart
writes: — '' Sir A. Power Palmer has commanded the Line of Communication to
my entire satisfaction, and has displayed administrative talents of a high order.
Major-General Sjniions has commanded the 1st Division with marked ability,
and in a manner which has gained the confidence of all ranks. Major-General
Yeatman-Biggs was in a very bad state of health from the outset, but his indomit-
nble spirit carried him through the whole of the operations, only to die at
Peshawar on January 5th. I would fain have sent him back to India from the
Samana or subsequently from Korappa, but the responsible medical officers consid-
ered him fit to remain in the field : a decision which gratified him, although I
personally could not agree with it Owing to a regrettable accident t^ Brigadier-
General Hamilton, Brigadier-General R. Hart was sent to relieve him. General
Hart joined the 1st Brigade on October 24th, and has commanded it throughout
the expedition with great ability and energy, Brigadier-General Gaselee
has fully maintained his high reputation and proved himself to be an admirable
leader in mountain warfare. Brigadier-General Westniacott has performed

( Iviii )

excellent service, more particularly when withdrawing from the Bara Valley on
December 13th and 14th. Brigadier-General Hammond, though until lately he
has not participated in the active operations of the force, has commanded the
Peshawar Column to my satisfaction. I am also much indebted to the Officer
Commanding the Kurram Movable Column, Colonel Hill, who has shown energy,
capacity and judgment in the performance of his duties. His troops were well
handled, both in the reconnaissance to Hissar and during the operations against
the Khani Kliel Chamkaunis.

" I desire to bring to the notice of the Commander-in-Chief and the Govern-
ment of India the following Officers who have rendered exceptionally good
service: — Brigadier-General Nicholson, chief of the staff, an officer of brilliant
abilities, fertility of resource and experience in war, the value of whose assis-
tance it is difficult for me to acknowledge in adequate terms. 1 would very
specially put forward his services for recognition and reward. Lieutenant-
Colonel Barrow, Assistant Adjutant-General and Major G. H. W. O'Sullivan,
Assistant Quarter-Master-General, have fully justified their selection for their
important post on the Army Staff. I consider these Officers are well deserving
of advancement. Captain Haldane, Deputy Assistant Adjutant-General, is a
staff officer of high promise, great ability and untiring mental and physical
energy."

Other Officers included in this special list are Brigadier-General Spragge,
C.R.A., and his Brigade-Major Captain C. De C. Hamilton; Brigadier-General
Broadbent, C.R.E., and his Brigade-Major Captain Craster ; Surgeon-Major-
General Thomson, Principal Medical Officer, and his Secretary Surgeon-Major
Morris ; Colonel Scott, Senior Ordnance Officer; Colonel Christopher, Commis-
sary-General of the Force ; Major Mansfield, Chief Transport Officer, and his
Assistant Captain Hall ; Lieutenant-Colonels Dixon, King's Own Scottish
Borderers ; Abbott, 15th Sikhs ; Travers, 2nd Gurkhas ; Haughton, 36th Sikhs
(who are said to have commanded their battalions in a manner which merits
high approbation), Mr. Van Someren and Mr. Truninger, Postal Department; Sir
Pratab Singh, Extra Aide-de-Camp. Sir William Lockhart says, his acknowledg-
ments are due also to Lord Methuen, Press Censor ; Colonel Holdich, Chief
Survey Officer ; Veterinary-Colonel Glover ; Lieutenant-Colonel Anderson,
Military Accounts ; Mr. Pitman, Chief Superintendent of Telegraphs, Punjab
Division ; Lieutenant Davie, 3rd Sikhs, Commanding the Personal Escort; and
Subadar-Major Bishan Singh.

The following list includes the names of Officers whose good services came
under Sir William Lockhart 's personal notice : — " Officers whose good services
came under my personal notice : —

Army and Personal S/a^.— Colonel More-Molyneux, Lieutenant-Colonel
Balfe, Major Logan-Home, Captain Maconchy, Captain Swanston, Major Mercer,
Captain Grimston, Surgeon-Captain Morgan, Captain Shewell, Major Scallon,
in charge of Imperial Service troops, Captain Bajee (Haroda State Artillery),
Lieutenants Maxwell and Annesley (,Aide-de-Camps), Lieutenants CoUen and
Smith (Orderly Officers), Risaldar-Major Khan Bahadur Kisaldar Kadam Khan,
Jemadar Abdul Ghani.

\ St Division. — Surgeon-Colonel Townsend, Lieutenant Macquoid, Captain
Leshi ; Royal Surrey Regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel Collins ; Devonshire
Regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel Yule ; Yorkshire Regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel
Franklyn ; No 2 Derajat Mountain Battery, Captain Parker, Bengal Sappers,
Captain Sergeant; 3rd Sikhs, Lieutenant-Colonel Tonnochy ; 4th Gurkhas,
Lieutenant-Colonel Browne ; Gurkha Scout, Lieutenant Tillard.

2nd Division. — Lieutenant-Colonel Martin Surgeon-Colonel Davies, Major
Lyons Montgomery, Captain Grier, Veterinary-Lieutenant Rose ; No. 8
Mountain Battery, Major Shirres ; Roj^al Scots Fusiliers, Captain Northcctt ;
King's Own Scottish Borderers, Captain Macfarlane and Captain Maclaren ;

( lix )

Dorsetshire Regiment. Captain Clarkson ; Gordon Highlanders, Major Down-
man; No. 5 Hombay Mountain Battery, Lieutenant Edimoun ; 15th Sikhs,
Captain Rowcroft ; 2nd Gurkhas, Captains Macinryre and Norie ; 3rd Gurkhas,
Lieutenant-Colonel Pullej' and NTajor Rose ; 2nd Punjab Infantry, Lieutenant-
Colonel Sturt ; 36th Sikhs, Lieutenant-Colonel Des Voeux and Lieutenant
Munn; Gurkha Scouts, Captain Lucas and Lieutenant Bruce; Surgeon- Majors
Whitehead, Bevor, Gerard, Shearer.

Line of Commtiftications. — Colonels Vousden, Keighley, Thurburn, Lieute-
nant Tomkins, Surgeon-Colonel Saunders.

The following list is given of Officers favourably mentioned by the different
Generals : —

1st Division . — Lieutenant-Colonels Muir and Vlart, Majors Ferrier and
Yielding, Captains Rideout and Dabas, the Maharaj Rana of Dholpur.

\st Brigade — Major Donne and Captain Kemball; 5th Gurkhas, Deputy
Assistant Quarter-Master-General, Captain Mullaly.

2nd Brigade. — Major Aldworth, Major Barret, Lieutenant Abadie. Regi-
mental : Roj-al West Surrey Regiment, Captain King King ; Yorkshire Regiment,
Major Bowles and Lieutenant Noble ; Derbyshire Regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel
Dowseard, Major Smith-Dorrien ; No. I Kohat Mountain Battery, Captain St.
John ; 2ist Madras Pioneers, Lieutenant-Colonel Huggins ; 1st Gurkhas, Lieute-
nant-Colonel Sage and Major Martin ; 3rd Sikhs, iVIajor Quin and Lieutenant
Taylor ; 4th Gurkhas, Captain Carnegy ; 30th Punjab Infantry, Lieutenant-
Colonel Maisej\

Army Medical Staff. — Brigade-Surgeon Lieutenant-Colonels .Swayne and
King, Surgeon-Major Priggs and Corker.

2nd Division.— Ma.}or Triscott, Major Bewicke Copley, Lieutenant-Colonel
Purdj', Major Kelly, Captains Knight, Hilliard and Wake, the Maharaja of Cocch
Behar, Mr. Wainright, Survey Department.

^rd Brigade. — Majors St. Leger Wood and Massy.

^th Brigade. — Major Doran, Captain Edwards, 3rd Bombay Cavalry. Re-
gimental : Roj^al Scots Fusiliers, Lieutenant-Colonel Spurgin, Captain Powes;
King's Own Scottish Borderers, Major Maj'ne, Captains Sladen and Haig ;
Dorsetshire Regiment, Lieutenant Shonbridge ; Gordon Highlanders, Lieute-
nant-Colonel Mathias, Captains Uniacke and W. Campbell, Lieutenant A. F.
Gordon; 15th Sikhs, Lieutenant Gordon; 3rd Gurkhas, Lieutenant West
(since deceased) ; 28th Bombay Pioneers, Major Chase and Lieutenant Moore ;
2nd Punjab Infantry, Captain Eales ; 36th Sikhs, Captain Custance and Lieutenant
Van Someren ; Sirmur Sappers, Lieutenant Chancellor, Surgeon-Lieutenant-
Colonel Bourke, Surgeon-Major Granger, Surgeon-Captains Burtchnell and Selby.

Line of Commttnication. — Major Tulloch, Captain Philipps, Major Allen,
Lieutenant Galloway, Captain Steel Shore, Young, Biggs, Watkins, Major Bond,
Veterinary-Captain Forsdyke, Lieutenant-Colonel R. Gordon (22nd Punjab
Infantry) ; Lieutenant-Colonel (iraves (39th Garhwal Rifles); Captain Denne,
Captain HoUway, Surgeon-Lieutenant-Colonel H. Hamilton, Surgeon-Major

jer.

Peshawar Column. — Lieutenant-Colonel Gwatkin, Captain Bretherton,
Lieutenant Holland, Lieutenant-Colonel Plowden and Captain Davies, Oxford-
shire Light Infantry ; Colonel Sawyer, 45th Sikhs,

Kurram Movable Column. — Major McSwinsy, Captain Scudamore, Brigade-
Surgeon Lieutenant-Colonel Murray, Assistant Commissary-General, Captain
Rogers, Colonel-Lieutenant Gordon, Captain Shakespear, 6th Bengal Cavalr3',
Lieutenant-Colonel Money, Central India Horse, Major Kettlewell, Surgeon-
Major Willis,

( 1^ )

In addition to tlie transport officers mentioned in the preceding' paragraphs,
the Commissary-General witii the Tirah Expeditionary Force brought to special
notice the services of the followins: regimental officers :— Captains Weller,
S. D. Browne, Cookson, C. Davies, Pollock, Cotgrave.

Sir William Lockhart further records his acknowledgments to the Native
Commanding Officers of the various Imperial Service Corps. Among the
honorary commissioned and warrant officers mentioned are: Assistant Surgeons
O'Connor, Charters, Hussey, Captain Bennett, Conductors Land and Thorne,
Ordnance Department; Lieutenant Ezechiel, Conductor Falkland. Commissariat
Transport Department ; Lieutenant J. McDermott, Conductor Morrison, Sub-
Conductor Wiggins, Miscellaneous Departments. The Non-Commissioned Offi-
cers mentioned are : Sergeant-Major Diblett. Sergeants Howell, Payne, Blaker,
Tibbs, G. C. White, A. White, Pepper and Ashworth. The Rev. A. S. Dyer
and the chaplains of all denominations were mentioned as having performed
their duties satisfactorily.

Sir William Lockhart concludes by recording his indebtedness for advice
and assistance to Sir Richard Udny, Colonel Warburton, Mr. King and other
Officers attached to the force in a political capacity.

Comprehensive lists of Non-Commissioned Officers and men, British and
native, who have shown conspicuous gallantry, and whom it is intended to re-
commend for the Distinguished Conduct Medal or Order of Merit, will be sub-
mitted in a supplementary despatch.

THE viceroy's REMARKS.

The Governor-General in Council, in directing the publication of the above
despatch, remarks :—" These operations have been conducted in a country of
great natural difficulty and against an enemy of extraordinary boldness and
activitj', armed moreover with weapons of precision, of which they thoroughly
understood the use. The withdrawal from Tirah necessitated by the season
formed part of the plan of operations from the outset, but it was nevertheless an
operation of great difficulty under circumstances requiring not only most careful
dispositions, but also a very high degree of discipline, courage and endurance on the
part of the troops. The Governor-General concurs with the Commander-in-Chief
in his opinion that the manner in which the campaign has been conducted
reflects very great credit on Sir William Lockhart's skill and judgment, and shares
His Excellency's admiration of the devotion to duty and soldierly spirit displayed
by the troops on all occasions. His Excellency tenders to all Officers and men
of the Tirah Expeditionary Force the cordial congratulations and thanks of the
Government of India, His Excellency also fully shares in Sir George White's
appreciation of the assistance rendered by the Imperial Service Troops, and
takes this opportunity of acknowledging the ready loyalty of the chiefs who have
placed their regiments and transport trains at the disposal of the Government
and the personal services rendered by Sir Partab Singh, the Maharaja of Cooch
Behar, and the Maharaja Rana of Dholpur. His Excellency further desires to
acknowledge the services rendered during the operations by the Officers of the
Staff" at Army Head-Quarters and of the Departments under the Government of
India mentioned bj' the Commander-in-Chief, and cannot allow this opportunity
to pass without conveying to Sir George White his sense of the distinguished
ability with which on this occasion and throughout his term of office the respon-
sible duties of Commander-in-Chief have been performed."

A despatch from Sir William Lockhart describing the operations of the
Tirah Expeditionary Force from the 27th January to the 5th April, was
published still later with comments : —

The Governor-General in Council agrees with the Commander-in-Chief in
his appreciation of the services of the Officers named in tile Adjutant-General's
letter, and ot the conduct ot the troops during the period in question.

( I-xi )

The Commander-in-Chief endorses tlie commendatory remarks made by
Sir William Lockhart on the services of Brigadier-Ceneral Hamilton,
Commanding the 3rd Brigade, Briiradier-General Ottley, Commanding the
Royal Engineer Force, and the others named in the despatch, as also the
soldierlike conduct shown bj- the troops.

Sir William Lockhart in his despatch describes the Shinkamar action, and
adds: — "Among the killed the country has to deplore the loss of Lieutenant-
Colonel Haughton, 36th Sikhs, an officer whose able and gallant leading of the
fine regiment which he commanded had repeatedly come under my notice."

Sir William Lockhart, in concluding his despatch, remarks : " The Afridis
are now most desirous of resuming their former friendly relations with the Brit-
ish Government, and admit that the recent operations in Tirah have convinced
them of the folly of their unprovoked attack on the Khyber and the Samana
posts and other hostile acts. They express contrition for their misconduct and
acknowledge the justice of their punishment. I trust that these tribesmen who
have proved themselves as brave foes as the Sikhs did, may like the latter
become our firm friends. No finer fighting material can be found on the borders
of India, and if by firm 3'et sympathetic treatment we succeed in gaining the
confidence aqd aftection of these hardy mountaineers, we may hope to utilize
their services more fully than before in the defence of the Empire.

" In bringing this narrative to a close I would wish to record my appre-
ciation of the soldier-like behaviour of the troops under my command, not only
while actively engaged in the field, but also while employed on the tedious
and monotonous duties of a blockade. Their conduct during the second phase of
the campaign has been as creditable as were their gallantry and endurance
during the first. The force can congratulate itself on having carried out in the
most thorough manner the task entrusted to it. In no previous campaign on
the north-west frontier of India has a more exemplary punishment been inflict-
ed, or a more complete submission been enforced. I have to record my
obligations to Brigadier-General Hamilton, who has performed his duties
with marked ability and energy ; also to Brigadier-General Ottley, who has
rendered valuable service as commanding the Royal Engineers of the force,
more particularly in connection witii the improvement of communications and
the restoration of the Khyber posts.

"During the period dealt with in this despatch the following Officers have
been brought to my notice as deserving of favourable mention : Major C. St.
L. Barter and Captain H. Wells Cole. King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry ;
Lieutenant A. K. Robb, Durham Light Infantry (attached to King's Own
Yorkshire Light Infantry) ; Surgeon-Lieutenant M, Dick, Indian Medical
Service.

" Since the publication of my previous despatches the unde"mentioned
Officers, whose names were omitted in the first instance, have been specially
recommended for their good services by the general officers concerned : — Lieu-
tenant-Colonel C. H. W.Cafe, Royal Sussex Regiment ; Major G. F. A. Morton,
Commanding No. i Mountain Battery Royal Artillery ; Major E. Hegan, 5th
Dragoon Guards, Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master-General ; Major H. R.
Marrett. Base Commissariat Officer ; Major A. B. Helyar. Commanding 57th
Field Battery ; Surgeon-Major Spence, Army Medical Staff" ; Captain H. B. H.
Wright, Commanding No. 4 Company Madras Sappers ; .Surgeon-Captain J.
B. Jameson. Army Medical Staff"; Captain A. M. Lloyd, Base Transport Officer;
Captain A. Nicholls, Deputy Assistant Quarter-Master-General for Intelli-
gence ; Captain U. W. Evans, in charge of the Engineer Field Park ; Captain
F. H. Hoghton, Field Intelligence Officer ; Captain G. W. Palin, Commissa-
riat Transport Officer ; Veterinary-Captain Richardson ; Captain H. Smj'th,
Cheshire Regiment, Transport Officer ; Captain H. F. Walters, Field Intelli-
gence Officer ; Captain Birdwood, Orderly Officer ; Captain G. C. Rigby,
Assistant Superintendent, Army Signalling ; Captain W. .S. Nathan, Field

( Ixii )

Engineer ; Captain H. J. M. MacAndrew, Brigade Transport Officer ; Lieutenant
Hill, 15th Siklis; Lieutenant C. S. D. Leslie, Brigade Commissariat Officer;
Lieutenant Beatt_v, Transport Officer; Lieutenant H. O. Pan, Orderly Officer ;
Lieutenant Ballard, Transport Officer ; Lieutenant Herbert, Royal Horse Artil-
lery, Transport Officer; Lieutenant Sheppard, Bengal Sappers ; Lieutenant
A. E. Turner, Assistant Eield Engineer; Lieutenant Hammond, Orderly Officer
(dangerously wounded and since dead) ; Second-Lieutenant Young, attached to
the Gordon Highlanders.

" I am much indebted to Subadar-Major Yasin Khan, 24th Punjab Infantry,
for his assistance in dealing with the Afridi representatives, and I trust his
services may be duly recognised."

Sir William Lockhart forwards lists of British, Non-Commissioned Officers
and men and of native ranks who have shown conspicuous gallantry in the field
during the operation-^ subsequent to the 26th January, whom he recommends for
the Distinguished Conduct Medal and the Order of Merit.

( Ixiii )

<
D

C/3

•-^

►^1

•papuno/^
•spunoAV
_JO PS!a_
•P31I!5I

•-• r^ - M U-) i-i

" I

N « : - - rj- I OS

•papuno^

■spunoAv
JO paiQ

■P3II!:H

•papuno^
•spunoAV
JO paiQ

■pain:M

^§

•papunoyYV

•spunoA\
JO PsiQ

•painx

5 "^ 5

^^§

•Suissij\[

•papuno^

•spunoA\
JO paiQ

•painx

•paiHN

•papunoy^

•* : : : ^ oo

•spunoA\jo paiQ

■psilIM

1) Uh

i ^ : >>

O 1-

'^ c

-o _o

- 'CJ 3 '-^

: §^ W

5 E rt J2

■ o o b

rooo rt • M r^ I «

•papuno^

:30 CO :

u-1

•spunoA\

JO p^ia

S 6

■=•0 .

■a c^o?; "

X « K 2 ;5 (X,

Pioneer Press— No. 1332 — 30-9-9S — 500.

^.OFCAllFOff^

. ,, . _ o

%J|]AINn-3WV

'^tfOJIlVj-JO^

,^WE•UNIVER%

v;^lOSANGElfjv. ^OFCALIFOftK

^■lOSANCElf

Return this material to th^ librar/
from which it was borrowed

^ S

"^/Sa^AINfimv

^lOSANCElfj-^

^<!/0JllVJJO^

A.OFCAIIFO/?^

"^AaJAiNn-iv^

^OFCAilFOff/l^

^ER%

^WEUNIVERi/A

%Abvaan-^'*?^ '^^^Aavaani^'^ <rii3DNYsoi^ "^^

-n
O

<ril30NVS01^ %a3AINn3WV

AWEUNIVERS//i

.^lOSANGElfj^
o

UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY

A 000 020 192 1

■"<:/Udiivjj

^OFCALlFOfi*;^ ^OFCAIIFO/?^

^TilJONVSOl^ "^AaJAINrt-lW^^

^<?Aiivaaiii'^'^ ^<?Aavaaii-^'^'^

^UIBRARYOc.

^UIBRARYQ^

^^mimi^"^

^<i/ojnvDjo'f^

^WEUNIVER% ^v^OSANCElfx^

, , ^ o

"^aaAiNaB"^

.^OFCA1IFO%

^^OFCAllFOff^^

^ c?

,\WEUfJIVER5//i

^vWSANCEifx^

^^AHVaaiH^ <rii33NVS01^'" %a3AlNa^]WV

aWEUNIVERJ/a ^>:lOSANCElfj>

.^^WEUNIVERS-//)

>,VlOSANCElfX;>

^HIBRARYQ^ -j>^lLIBRARY/9^

§^

"^AiiaAiNn^iwv^ %ojiiv>jo^ ^<!/ojnv3-jo'^

^OFCAllFOi?^ ^OFCALIFO/?^^

<rii3DNVsoi^ "^/saaAiNa-jwv ^6'Aavii8ii# ^6^A«vaaiB^

-5^llIBRARYQ<-

^l-lIBRARYOc^

iWEUNIVERJ/A

,^OF-CAltF0%

^^mmy\^^ <rii30Nvsoi^ ^ijaAiNam^^^

.^QFCAIIFO/?^

AWEUNIVER5/A

^^Awaani"^

^^vlOS•ANCEl£r^^

^<?AavaanT^ ^riWDNvsoi^ ^/^aaAiNaiwv